2013 May 02 USC Book

NEW YORK STATE STANDARD SHEETS
N@O
T@U@R@N
O@N
R@E@D
NEW YORK LAW

SEAT BELT USE
REQUIRED
school
park
6107MGS
JET-EKT
x x x
NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

ENGINEERING DIVISION, OFFICE OF DESIGN
ANDREW M. CUOMO, GOVERNOR ISSUED THROUGH MAY 2, 2013 JOAN MCDONALD, COMMISSIONER
SHEET NO. SUBJECT ISSUED BY EFFECTIVE SHEET NO. SUBJECT ISSUED BY EFFECTIVE SHEET NO. SUBJECT ISSUED BY EFFECTIVE
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS TRANSITION: W-BEAM (MOD.) - HPBO RAIL AND MEDIAN EB 11-013
203-01 EB 08-036 01/08/09 EB 10-041 05/05/11 606-27 01/12/12
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SHEET 4 OF 6 - SLOPES - TYPICAL SECTIONS BARRIER EB 11-034
203-02 EARTHWORK TRANSITION AND BENCHING DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09 GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS TRANSITION: HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION
554-02 EB 10-041 05/05/11 (SHEET 1 OF 3)
INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR GRANULAR FILL-SLOPE SHEET 5 OF 6 - FACING DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
203-03 EB 08-036 01/08/09 (ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026)
PROTECTION
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS
EB 10-041 05/05/11 606-28 TRANSITION: HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION
INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE SHEET 6 OF 6 - FACING DETAILS EB 11-034 01/12/12
203-04 EB 08-036 01/08/09 (SHEET 2 OF 3)
PIPES 601-01 PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVING LAYOUT DETAILS EB 12-009 09/06/12
TRANSITION: HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION
INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR CORRUGATED AND STRUCTURAL REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE END SECTIONS AND EB 09-025 01/07/10
203-05 EB 08-036 01/08/09 603-01 EB 08-036 01/08/09 (SHEET 3 OF 3)
PLATE PIPE AND PIPE ARCHES CONCRETE COLLARS
TRANSITION: HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL
ALUMINUM AND STEEL END SECTIONS FOR EB 11-034 01/12/12
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) INSTALLATION 603-02 EB 08-036 01/08/09 (SHEET 1 OF 2)
CORRUGATED PIPE AND PIPE-ARCH 606-29
DETAILS FOR CIRCULAR AND ELLIPTICAL CORRUGATED METAL TRANSITION: HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL
204-01 EB 08-036 01/08/09 EB 08-036 01/08/09
PIPES, STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPES AND PIPE-ARCHES, AND 603-03 CATTLE PASS EB 08-036 01/08/09
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
REINFORCED CONCRETE AND OTHER "RIGID" PIPES 603-04 CUT-OFF WALLS FOR END SECTIONS EB 11-013 01/12/12 606-30 TRANSITION: CONCRETE WALL - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN EB 08-036 01/08/09
209-01 LINEAR MEASURES EB 09-036 09/02/10 603-05 CULVERT-END SAFETY GRATE EB 08-036 01/08/09 TRANSITION: WIDE - NORMAL WIDTH SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN
606-31 EB 08-036 01/08/09
CHECK DAMS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 09-036 09/02/10 PRE-CAST CONCRETE TRANSVERSE DRAINAGE (ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026)
209-02 604-01 EB 08-036 01/08/09
CHECK DAMS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 09-036 09/02/10 INTERCEPTOR
W-BEAM GUIDE RAILING (SHEET 1 OF 2)
EB 08-036 01/08/09
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS (SHEET 1 OF 4) EB 12-044 05/02/13 (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
EB 09-036 09/02/10 606-33
(SHEET 1 OF 2) DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS (SHEET 2 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09 W-BEAM GUIDE RAILING (SHEET 2 OF 2)
209-03 604-02 EB 08-036 01/08/09
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS (SHEET 3 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09 (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
EB 09-036 09/02/10
(SHEET 2 OF 2) DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS (SHEET 4 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09 CONCRETE BARRIER (CAST-IN-PLACE)
606-35 EB 08-036 01/08/09
PIPE INLET/OUTLET PROTECTION (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
605-01 POROUS CONCRETE PIPE UNDERDRAIN EB 08-036 01/08/09
209-04 EB 09-036 09/02/10
PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
CABLE GUIDE RAILING (SHEET 1 OF 3) EB 12-003 09/06/12 606-36 PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER EB 11-013 01/12/12
209-05 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES EB 09-036 09/02/10
606-01 CABLE GUIDE RAILING (SHEET 2 OF 3) EB 12-003 09/06/12 606-37 MACHINE FORMED CONCRETE BARRIER EB 08-036 01/08/09
209-06 TURBIDITY CURTAIN EB 09-036 09/02/10
CABLE GUIDE RAILING (SHEET 3 OF 3) EB 12-003 09/06/12 TRANSITION: BOX BEAM - W-BEAM
209-07 SEDIMENT TRAPS EB 09-036 09/02/10 606-38 EB 08-036 01/08/09
(MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER (SHEET 1 OF 3) EB 12-003 09/06/12
WIRE ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE (SHEET 1 OF 3) EB 10-004 05/06/10
606-02 CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER (SHEET 2 OF 3) EB 12-003 09/06/12 TRANSITION: HPBO - JERSEY SHAPE
212-01 WIRE ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE (SHEET 2 OF 3) EB 10-004 05/06/10 606-40 EB 08-036 01/08/09
CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER (SHEET 3 OF 3) EB 12-003 09/06/12
WIRE ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE (SHEET 3 OF 3) EB 10-004 05/06/10
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (SHEET 1 OF 4) EB 11-013 01/12/12 TRANSITION: CONCRETE WALL - JERSEY MEDIAN
CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 10-004 05/06/10 606-41 EB 08-036 01/08/09
212-02 BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (SHEET 2 OF 4) EB 11-013 01/12/12
CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 10-004 05/06/10 606-04
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (SHEET 3 OF 4) EB 11-013 01/12/12 TRANSITION: CONCRETE BARRIER BETWEEN
WIRE MESH SLOPE PROTECTION (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 10-004 05/06/10 606-42 EB 08-036 01/08/09
STANDARD (NJ) AND SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE SHAPES
212-03 BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (SHEET 4 OF 4) EB 10-022 01/06/11
WIRE MESH SLOPE PROTECTION (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 10-004 05/06/10
606-05 BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER EB 08-036 01/08/09 607-01 R.O.W. FENCING EB 08-036 01/08/09
212-04 WIRE MESH DRAPE EB 10-004 05/06/10
BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III NOISE BARRIER - WALL DETAILS
TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 10-004 05/06/10 606-06 EB 09-025 01/07/10 607-02 EB 08-036 01/08/09
GRADING, PAYMENT, AND LAYOUT DETAILS (HORIZONTAL SHEATHING)
212-05
TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 10-004 05/06/10 W-BEAM (MOD.) GUIDE RAILING COMPONENTS
EB 11-013 01/12/12 NOISE BARRIER - WALL DETAILS
HOT MIX ASPHALT OVERLAY SPLICE (PAVEMENT (SHEET 1 OF 2) 607-03 EB 08-036 01/08/09
402-01 EB 08-036 01/08/09 (VERTICAL SHEATHING)
606-07
TERMINATION DETAIL) W-BEAM (MOD.) GUIDE RAILING COMPONENTS
EB 11-013 01/12/12 607-04 CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH TOP RAIL EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-01 METAL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENT EB 08-036 01/08/09 (SHEET 2 OF 2)
607-05 CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH TOP TENSION WIRE EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-02 TYPICAL PLAN, CROSS SECTION AND JOINT LAYOUT EB 08-036 01/08/09 606-08 WEAK POST W-BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER EB 11-013 01/12/12
607-06 GATES AND CHAIN LINK FENCE ADJACENT TO GATES EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-03 LONGITUDINAL JOINTS EB 08-036 01/08/09 HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED
EB 11-013 SIDEWALK CURB RAMP DETAILS (SHEET 1 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-04 LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES EB 08-036 01/08/09 BEAM GUIDE RAILING WITH PLASTIC, SYNTHETIC, OR 01/12/12
TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 11-034 SIDEWALK CURB RAMP DETAILS (SHEET 2 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-05 LONGITUDINAL JOINT SAWING AND SEALING EB 08-036 01/08/09 606-09 608-01
HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED SIDEWALK CURB RAMP DETAILS (SHEET 3 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-06 TRANSVERSE JOINTS EB 08-036 01/08/09 EB 11-013
BEAM GUIDE RAILING WITH PLASTIC, SYNTHETIC, OR 01/12/12 SIDEWALK CURB RAMP DETAILS (SHEET 4 OF 4) EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-07 TRANSVERSE JOINT SAWING AND SEALING EB 08-036 01/08/09 TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 11-034
ACCESSIBLE PARKING FOR PERSONS WITH
502-08 UTILITY ISOLATION AND JOINT LAYOUT GENERAL NOTES EB 08-036 01/08/09 HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED 608-02 EB 08-036 01/08/09
EB 11-013 DISABILITIES DETAILS
502-09 UTILITY ISOLATION GUIDELINES EB 08-036 01/08/09 606-10 BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER WITH PLASTIC, SYNTHETIC, OR 01/12/12
EB 11-034 608-03 DRIVEWAY DESIGN GUIDELINES EB 08-036 01/08/09
TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS
502-10 TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING LAYOUT EB 08-036 01/08/09
606-11 GRADING DETAILS FOR NCHRP 350 HPBO TERMINALS EB 11-034 01/12/12 608-04 DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-11 NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING LAYOUT EB 08-036 01/08/09
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER 608-05 DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE LAYOUT EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-12 SHALLOW STRUCTURE ISOLATION EB 08-036 01/08/09 606-13 EB 08-036 01/08/09
(ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026) 608-06 DRIVEWAY OPENING LIMITS EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-13 DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION EB 08-036 01/08/09
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER AND 609-01 STONE CURB AND GRANITE CURB EB 08-036 01/08/09
606-14 EB 08-036 01/08/09
502-14 DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION NEAR MANHOLE CASTINGS EB 08-036 01/08/09 SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE WIDE BARRIER
609-02 MISCELLANEOUS CURB DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
(ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026)
502-15 MULTIPLE UTILITIES ISOLATION EB 08-036 01/08/09
CONCRETE CURB, CURB AND GUTTER, AND HOT MIX
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER TERMINAL 609-03 EB 08-036 01/08/09
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS - SHEET 1 OF 5 606-15 EB 08-036 01/08/09 ASPHALT CURB
EB 10-041 05/05/11 SECTION - RAMPED TERMINAL
GENERAL NOTES LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 12-011 09/06/12
(ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026) 611-01
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS - SHEET 2 OF 5 606-16 PIER PROTECTION EB 08-036 01/08/09 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 12-011 09/06/12
EB 10-041 05/05/11
GENERAL DETAILS
606-19 TRANSITION: BOX - CABLE EB 12-003 09/06/12
554-01
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS - SHEET 3 OF 5
EB 10-041 05/05/11 606-20 TRANSITION: BOX - W-BEAM (MOD.) EB 08-036 01/08/09 STATE OF NEW YORK
TYP. SECTIONS FOR MECH. STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEMS
606-21 TRANSITION: BOX - HPBO EB 11-034 01/12/12 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS - SHEET 4 OF 5 TRANSITION: BOX - SINGLE SLOPE (SHEET 1 OF 3) EB 08-036 01/08/09
EB 10-041 05/05/11
TYP. SECTIONS FOR MECH. STABILIZED WALL SYSTEMS
606-22 TRANSITION: BOX - SINGLE SLOPE (SHEET 2 OF 3) EB 08-036 01/08/09
U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS - SHEET 5 OF 5 TRANSITION: BOX - SINGLE SLOPE (SHEET 3 OF 3) EB 08-036 01/08/09
EB 10-041 05/05/11
TYP. SECTIONS FOR PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEMS
606-24 TRANSITION: BOX MEDIAN - CORRUGATED MEDIAN EB 08-036 01/08/09
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS TRANSITION: BOX MEDIAN - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN
EB 10-041 05/05/11 EB 08-036 01/08/09
SHEET 1 OF 6 - WALLS - GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS (SHEET 1 OF 3)
INDEX OF SHEETS ISSUED THROUGH
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS TRANSITION: BOX MEDIAN - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN
554-02 EB 10-041 05/05/11 606-25 EB 08-036 01/08/09 05/02/2013
SHEET 2 OF 6 - WALLS - TYPICAL SECTIONS (SHEET 2 OF 3)
TRANSITION: BOX MEDIAN - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN (LATEST CHANGES HIGHLIGHTED)
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS EB 08-036 01/08/09
SHEET 3 OF 6 - SLOPES - GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS
EB 10-041 05/05/11 (SHEET 3 OF 3) SHEET 1 OF 2
SHEET NO. SUBJECT ISSUED BY EFFECTIVE SHEET NO. SUBJECT ISSUED BY EFFECTIVE SHEET NO. SUBJECT ISSUED BY EFFECTIVE
TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER (SHEET 1 OF 3) EB 09-025 01/07/10 SPECIFIC SERVICES SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) 680-15 MAGNETIC VEHICLE DETECTOR INSTALLATION DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
EB 09-025 01/07/10
619-01 TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER (SHEET 2 OF 3) EB 09-025 01/07/10 645-07 (ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026) 680-16 WOOD POLE DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER (SHEET 3 OF 3) EB 10-034 01/06/11 SPECIFIC SERVICES SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09 680-17 UTILITY CLEARANCES TO0 TRAFFIC SIGNALS EB 10-018 06/11/10
TYPE III CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09 SIGN PANEL DETAILS FOR GUIDE, INFORMATION, AND PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 1 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
645-09 EB 12-040 05/02/13
619-02 OTHER SIGNS
TYPE III CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09 PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 2 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
MULTIPLE POST SIGN INSTALLATION USING TYPE B
619-04 PORTABLE TEMPORARY WOODEN SIGN SUPPORT EB 08-036 01/08/09 645-10 EB 09-025 01/07/10 PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 3 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
SIGN POSTS
619-10 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL GENERAL NOTES EB 08-036 01/08/09 (ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026) PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 4 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
685-01 PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 5 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
619-11 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL LEGENDS AND NOTES EB 08-036 01/08/09 BI-DIRECTIONAL BREAKAWAY BASE AND HINGE
645-11 EB 09-025 01/07/10
SIGN TABLE (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 12-010 05/03/12 ASSEMBLY PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 6 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
619-12
SIGN TABLE (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 12-010 05/03/12 OMNI-DIRECTIONAL BREAKAWAY BASE AND HINGE PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 7 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
645-12 EB 09-025 01/07/10
ASSEMBLY
SHOULDER CLOSURE PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 8 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
619-20 EB 09-025 01/07/10 645-14 POLE MOUNTED SIGNS EB 08-045 05/07/09
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (SHEET 9 OF 9) EB 12-036 05/03/13
646-11 REFERENCE MARKER DETAILS EB 11-006 09/0111
SHOULDER CLOSURE
619-21 EB 09-025 01/07/10 DELINEATOR MOUNTING ON CONCRETE MEDIAN
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY MULTIPLE WORK LOCATIONS 646-12 EB 10-020 01/06/11
BARRIER DETAILS
SHOULDER CLOSURE
619-22 EB 08-036 01/08/09 646-13 STANDARD AND LARGE DELINEATOR PANEL DETAILS EB 10-020 01/06/11
EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY
646-14 STANDARD DELINEATOR BRACKET AND FASTENER DETAILS EB 10-020 01/06/11
SHOULDER CLOSURE
619-23 EB 08-036 01/08/09 DELINEATOR SNOWPLOWING MARKER AND SUPPLEMENTARY
EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY RAMP APPROACH 646-15 EB 11-006 09/01/11
SNOWPLOWING MARKER DETAILS AND NOTES
PARTIAL EXIT RAMP CLOSURE REFERENCE MARKER LARGE DELINEATOR SNOWPLOWING AND
619-24 EB 09-025 01/07/10
EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY 646-16 SUPPLEMENTARY SNOWPLOWING MARKER LAYOUT ON FREEWAYS EB 10-020 01/06/11
AND EXPRESSWAYS
SINGLE LANE CLOSURE
619-30 EB 08-036 01/08/09 649-01 AUDIBLE ROADWAY DELINEATORS EB 10-037 01/06/11
MULTI LANE HIGHWAY
655-01 RECTANGULAR GRATES EB 08-036 01/08/09
SINGLE LANE CLOSURE
619-31 EB 08-036 01/08/09 655-02 PARALLEL BAR FRAMES AND GRATES EB 08-049 05/07/09
MULTI LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAY
655-03 CAST MANHOLE FRAMES, GRATES AND COVERS EB 08-049 05/07/09
SINGLE LANE CLOSURE
619-32 EB 08-036 01/08/09 655-04 RETICULINE GRATES EB 12-031 01/10/13
MULTI LANE HIGHWAY / EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY
655-05 CAST FRAMES AND CURB BOXES AND WELDED FRAMES EB 09-025 01/07/10
SINGLE LANE CLOSURE
619-33 EB 09-025 01/07/10 PROOF LOADED CAST STEEL OR IRON MANHOLE
NEAR ENTRANCE RAMP EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY 655-06 EB 08-036 01/08/09
FRAMES, GRATES AND COVERS
SINGLE LANE CLOSURE
619-34 EB 09-025 01/07/10 WELDED FRAMES AND PROOF LOADED CAST STEEL OR
NEAR EXIT RAMP EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY 655-07 EB 08-049 05/07/09
IRON FRAMES AND CURB BOXES
DOUBLE LANE CLOSURE 655-08 TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING AND RING EB 08-036 01/08/09
619-40 EB 08-036 01/08/09
EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY
663-01 WATER MAIN PIPE INSTALLATION DETAILS EB 10-011 01/06/11
DOUBLE INTERIOR LANE CLOSURE 663-02 WATER MAIN HORIZONTAL THRUST RESTRAINT DETAILS EB 11-025 05/03/12
619-41 EB 08-036 01/08/09
MULTI LANE HIGHWAY
663-03 WATER MAIN THRUST RESTRAINT DETAILS EB 11-025 05/03/12
619-50 SIDEWALK DETOUR OR DIVERSION EB 09-025 01/07/10 663-04 WATER MAIN UTILITY CROSSING RELOCATION DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
619-51 CROSSWALK CLOSURE AND PEDESTRIAN DETOUR EB 08-036 01/08/09 663-05 WATER MAIN HYDRANT AND VALVE DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
FLAGGING OPERATION 663-06 WATER MAIN HYDRANT FENDER DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
619-60 EB 09-025 01/07/10
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY
663-07 WATER MAIN SERVICE CONNECTION DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
FLAGGING OPERATION 664-01 SANITARY SEWER MAIN PIPE INSTALLATION DETAILS EB 10-011 01/06/11
619-61 EB 08-036 01/08/09
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY INTERSECTION
670-01 LAMPPOST FOUNDATIONS EB 08-036 01/08/09
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL 670-02 LIGHT STANDARD DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
619-62 EB 08-036 01/08/09
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY
DAVIT ARM, WOOD POLE BRACKET ARM AND DEEP
SINGLE LANE SHIFT 670-03 FOUNDATIONS EB 08-036 01/08/09
619-63 EB 08-036 01/08/09 (ERRATA ISSUED BY EB 12-026)
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY WITH CENTER TURN LANE
680-01 TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE FOUNDATIONS EB 08-036 01/08/09
CENTER TURN LANE CLOSURE
619-64 EB 08-036 01/08/09 PRECAST STANDARD RECTANGULAR PULLBOXES,
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY WITH CENTER TURN LANE 680-02 EB 11-013 01/12/12
FRAMES AND COVERS
MULTI LANE SHIFT
619-65 EB 08-036 01/08/09 STANDARD CIRCULAR PULLBOXES,
EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY 680-03 EB 11-013 01/12/12
FRAMES AND COVERS
ROAD CLOSURE WITH OFF SITE DETOUR PULLBOX, CONDUIT AND GROUND ROD INSTALLATION
619-66 EB 08-036 01/08/09 680-04 EB 08-036 01/08/09
2-LANE 2-WAY ROADWAY DETAILS
624-01 CONCRETE GUTTER EB 11-013 01/12/12 BASE - AND POLE - MOUNTED CABINET INSTALLATION
680-05 EB 08-036 01/08/09
DETAILS
625-01 R.O.W. AND SURVEY MARKERS EB 09-025 01/07/10
STANDARD TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLES (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09
630-01 HIGHWAY BARRIER AND HIGHWAY-RAILROAD BARRICADE EB 08-036 01/08/09 680-06
STANDARD TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLES (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09
PRECAST MODULAR WALLS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09
632-01 SPAN WIRE MOUNTED TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION
PRECAST MODULAR WALLS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 08-036 01/08/09 680-07 EB 08-036 01/08/09
DETAILS
STANDARD SIGN BLANK DETAILS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 09-025 01/07/10 STATE OF NEW YORK
645-01 MAST ARM AND POLE MOUNTED TRAFFIC SIGNAL
STANDARD SIGN BLANK DETAILS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 09-025 01/07/10 680-08 EB 08-036 01/08/09
INSTALLATION DETAILS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
645-02 ROUTE MARKER ASSEMBLIES EB 09-025 01/07/10 PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS AND FLASHING BEACON
680-10 EB 08-036 01/08/09
POSITIONING OF TRAFFIC SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 09-025 01/07/10 INSTALLATION DETAILS
645-03 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
POSITIONING OF TRAFFIC SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 09-025 01/07/10 680-11 SIGNAL HEAD ASSEMBLY DETAILS EB 08-036 01/08/09
TOURIST, BUSINESS, AND RAMP SERVICE SIGNS SINGLE SPAN WIRE MOUNTED SIGN INSTALLATION
EB 09-025 01/07/10 680-12 EB 08-036 01/08/09
(SHEET 1 OF 2) DETAILS
645-05
TOURIST, BUSINESS, AND RAMP SERVICE SIGNS DUAL SPAN WIRE AND MAST ARM SIGN INSTALLATION
EB 09-025 01/07/10 680-13 EB 08-036 01/08/09
(SHEET 2 OF 2) DETAILS INDEX OF SHEETS ISSUED THROUGH
TOURIST ORIENTED BUSINESS SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) EB 09-025 01/07/10 INDUCTANCE LOOP VEHICLE DETECTOR INSTALLATION 05/02/2013
645-06 680-14 EB 08-036 01/08/09
DETAILS (LATEST CHANGES HIGHLIGHTED)
TOURIST ORIENTED BUSINESS SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) EB 09-025 01/07/10
SHEET 2 OF 2
GENERAL NOTES:
1. THESE TYPICAL SECTIONS SHALL APPLY TO THE EXCAVATION OF ALL UNSUITABLE

MATERIAL DEPOSITS THAT AVERAGE 10’ OR LESS IN DEPTH AND AT NO LOCATION
EXCEEDING 20’ IN DEPTH.
2. ALL SLOUGHED MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM WITHIN THE EXCAVATION PAYMENT
LINES. THE COST OF SUCH REMOVAL SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID FOR
EXCAVATION.
3. WHERE THE REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED IN ADJACENT AREAS

AND THE ADJACENT LATERAL LIMITS OF EXCAVATION ARE EITHER CLOSER THAN THE
DEPTH OF EXCAVATION, OR LESS THAN 10’ APART, THE LATERAL LIMITS OF
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SHALL BE EXTENDED TO INCLUDE THE MATERIAL BETWEEN
THE ADJACENT EXCAVATIONS.
AREA "A" ROADWAY AREA "A" 4. THE UPPER PAYMENT LINES FOR ACCEPTABLE UNDERWATER BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL
(SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5) BE 2’ ABOVE THE WATER LEVEL EXISTING IN THE EXCAVATION AT THE TIME OF
BACKFILLING, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
5. AREA "A" IS DEFINED AS THE AREA BETWEEN THE ONE ON TWO SLOPE, WHICH LOCATES
FILL SLOPE FILL SLOPE THE LATERAL LIMITS OF THE EXCAVATION, AND THE FILL SLOPE. COMPACTION AND
LIFT THICKNESS REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 203 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE MATERIAL IN AREA "A".
2 2
1 1
EXISTING GROUND 6. LIMITS OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SHALL BE EXTENDED
10’ OUTSIDE THE PLAN DIMENSIONS OF ANY CULVERT OR STRUCTURE.
(SEE NOTE 4)
UNDERWATER BACKFILL EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES UNSUITABLE MATERIAL

UNSUITABLE MATERIAL MATERIAL PAYMENT LINES
BOTTOM OF EXCAVATION
TYPICAL TRANSVERSE SECTION

c c
W
ROADWAY ROADWAY
D
UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
(SEE NOTE 3)
BOTTOM OF EXCAVATION
W - DISTANCE BETWEEN ADJACENT LATERAL LIMITS OF EXCAVATION

D - DEPTH OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
EXCAVATION LIMITS - ADJACENT ROADWAYS
DIRECTION OF EXCAVATION
AND BACKFILL OPERATIONS
WATER
(SEE NOTE 4) SURFACE
STATE OF NEW YORK

FILE NAME = IP_PWP:d0109553\203-01.dgn
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SUITABLE
ACCEPTABLE UNDERWATER
UNSUITABLE MATERIAL MATERIAL
BACKFILL MATERIAL
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:01
20’ MIN.
BOTTOM OF EXCAVATION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
USER = jturley
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

LONGITUDINAL SECTION
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS
APPROVED OCTOBER 01, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
/S/ ROBERT L. SACK, P.E.

203-01
DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER
EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/08/09
(TECHNICAL SERVICES)
ORIGINAL GROUND SURFACE
EARTH OR ROCK CUT

T HEORETICAL GRADE LINE SUBGRADE SURFACE
3 DEG. OR MORE
ROCK SURFACE
(SEE NOTE 4)
EARTH CUT (SEE NOTE 7)

c
ROADWAY
ROCK CUT
40’
EARTH SLOPE SEE BENCHING

DETAILS
(SEE NOTE 4)
(SEE NOTE 2)
ROCK SURFACE
EARTH CUT
ROCK CUT
THEORETICAL GRADE LINE

ROCK SLOPE
ORIGINAL GROUND SURFACE SUBGRADE SURFACE
c
ROADWAY
EARTH OR ROCK CUT

(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 4)
SUBGRADE SURFACE (SEE NOTE 6)
(SEE NOTE 7)
40’ 40’
EARTH SLOPE (SEE NOTE 2)

EMBANKMENT
SEE BENCHING DETAILS
TRANSVERSE - TRANSITIONS LONGITUDINAL - TRANSITIONS
GENERAL NOTES:
1. THE INTENT OF THE TRANSITIONS IS TO OBTAIN UNIFORM BEARING

AND MATERIAL BOTH TRANSVERSELY AND LONGITUDINALLY.
2. A PLANE 4’ BELOW THE PAVEMENT ELEVATION AT THE EDGES OF PAVEMENT.
3. THE HATCHED AREA DOES NOT NECESSARILY COINCIDE WITH THE SUBGRADE AREA.
EMBANKMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT UP BY
STAGE ALONG WITH THE BENCHING AND 4. THE TRANSITION AREAS SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH THE SUBGRADE AREA MATERIAL
COMPACTED PARALLEL TO THE BENCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR IN THE PROPOSAL.
4’ u
5. THE LOWER LIMITS OF THE HATCHED AREAS IN CUT ARE THE LOWER
PAYMENT LINES FOR EXCAVATION.
STATE OF NEW YORK
6. THE UNDERDRAIN INSTALLATION IS OPTIONAL AS ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER

VARIES
(A.O.B.E.). THE CONFIGURATION SHALL BE A.O.B.E. AND PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE
4’ u
UNDER THE APPROPRIATE PAY ITEMS.
7. THE DEPTH IS DETERMINED BY A LINE 4’ BELOW THE EDGES OF PAVEMENT U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:01
OR A LINE CONNECTING THE DITCH INVERTS, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER.

SLOPE STEEPER THAN 1 ON 3
8. THE QUANTITY OF BENCHING TO BE PAID FOR SHALL BE DETERMINED BY

USING A FIXED VOLUME OF 0.6 CUBIC YARDS PER LINEAR FOOT OF BENCH EARTHWORK TRANSITION
MULTIPLIED BY THE MEASURED LENGTH OF THE BENCH REGARDLESS OF
AND
USER = jturley
THE WIDTH OF THE BENCH. PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE

APPROPRIATE ITEM OR ITEMS FOR EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. BENCHING DETAILS
9. BENCHES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS DESIGNED EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY

EARTH BENCHING DETAILS THE ENGINEER WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. APPROVED OCTOBER 01, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
(SEE NOTES 8 AND 9)


203-02
GENERAL NOTES:
PAYMENT LINE 1. THE PLANS WILL SHOW THE LOCATIONS WHERE SELECT GRANULAR
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION FILL, SLOPE PROTECTION - TYPE A IS REQUIRED. OTHER
AND DISPOSAL LOCATIONS WILL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE
ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE BASED UPON THE RECOMMENDATIONS
OF THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND PAYMENT
WILL BE MADE UNDER SELECT GRANULAR FILL, SLOPE
TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION
PAYMENT LINE PROTECTION - TYPE B FOR THESE LOCATIONS.
SELECT GRANULAR FILL, 2’ MIN.

LEVEL
SLOPE PROTECTION 2. SELECT GRANULAR FILL, SLOPE PROTECTION INSTALLED AS PART
2’ MIN.
OF A SLOPE PROTECTION PIPE DRAIN SHALL BE TYPE A IF
UNDERDRAIN FILTER
4" MIN. THE LOCATION OF THE WORK IS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND
PIPE UNDERDRAIN TYPE B IF NOT SHOWN ON PLANS.
3. THE BLANKET TYPE OF SLOPE PROTECTION SHALL BE USED IN

AREAS WHERE SLOUGHING OF SLOPES HAS OCCURRED BUT NO
PAYMENT LINE PAYMENT LINE DEFINITE STRATA OF IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL CONTRIBUTING TO
PAYMENT LINE STABLE MATERIAL SELECT GRANULAR FILL, UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION THE SLOUGHING CONDITION CAN BE LOCATED OR WHERE THE
SELECT GRANULAR FILL, 1
1 SLOPE PROTECTION AND DISPOSAL IMPERVIOUS STRATUM IS LOCATED SO LOW ON THE SLOPE
STABLE MATERIAL SLOPE PROTECTION 1
1 THAT THE USE OF A PIPE DRAIN TYPE OF PROTECTION IS
NOT PRACTICAL OR ECONOMICAL.
PAYMENT LINE TRENCH AND CULVERT

UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION
SLOUGHING UNSTABLE MATERIAL
AND DISPOSAL
2’ MIN.
SLOUGHING UNSTABLE MATERIAL
DESIGN SLOPE
2’ MIN. LEVEL
STABLE MATERIAL
UNDERDRAIN FILTER 4" MIN. DITCH WITH UNDERDRAIN
STABLE MATERIAL PIPE UNDERDRAIN INSTALLATION

1
3
UNDERDRAIN FILTER
4" MIN.
PAYMENT LINES TRENCH
AND CULVERT EXCAVATION
DITCH WITH NO
PIPE UNDERDRAIN
UNDERDRAIN INSTALLATION
PAYMENT LINE
SELECT GRANULAR FILL,
SLOPE PROTECTION
2’
MIN.
1. FOR TYPE A THE SLOPE PROTECTION BLANKET SHALL INCLUDE THE ENTIRE
DISTRESSED AREA. FOR TYPE B THE EXTENT AND LOCATION OF THE SLOPE
CURBED SECTION DITCH SECTION PROTECTION BLANKET TREATMENT WILL BE AS ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER
BASED UPON THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER.
2. THE DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THESE TYPICAL SECTIONS MAY BE INCREASED AT THE

SLOPE PROTECTION - BLANKET DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER IN CHARGE.
3. PIPE UNDERDRAINS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE

SEE DETAIL "A" STANDARD CONSTRUCTION DETAIL SHEET. HOWEVER, WHERE POSSIBLE, THE PIPE
UNDERDRAIN SHOULD BE KEPT AT LEAST 4’ BELOW THE GROUND SURFACE TO
PREVENT FREEZING. THE SLOPE PROTECTION MATERIAL SHALL BE IN DIRECT CONTACT
WITH THE UNDERDRAIN FILTER.
c
4. UNDERDRAINS SHALL BE OMITTED WHEN ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER IN CHARGE BASED
ROADWAY
PERVIOUS MATERIAL DESIGN SLOPE UPON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER.
SEEPAGE PLANE
IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL
PAYMENT LINES TRENCH

AND CULVERT EXCAVATION
PAYMENT LINE
SELECT GRANULAR FILL,
SLOPE PROTECTION
SLOPE PROTECTION - PIPE DRAIN
DESIGN SLOPE
1. THE PURPOSE OF SLOPE PROTECTION PIPE DRAIN IS TO CONVEY SUBSURFACE WATER

4’ MIN SELECT GRANULAR FILL,
FROM THE SLOPE IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SLOPE. PERVIOUS MATERIAL
SLOPE PROTECTION
2. THE SLOPE PROTECTION PIPE DRAIN TREATMENT SHALL ONLY BE USED AS ORDERED 1
1 UNDERDRAIN FILTER STATE OF NEW YORK
BY THE ENGINEER (A.O.B.E.) BASED UPON WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION OF THE REGIONAL
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER.
3. THE UNDERDRAIN PIPE MUST BE PLACED BELOW THE SEEPAGE PLANE, IN THE SEEPAGE PLANE
IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL. GENERALLY, THE LOCATION OF THE SEEPAGE PLANE CAN ONLY
BE DETERMINED AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
1
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:01
4. THE 1 ON 1 EXCAVATION SLOPE FOR THE SYSTEM MAY BE FLATTENED AS ORDERED BY 4

THE ENGINEER (A.O.B.E.) AND AS DICTATED BY CONDITIONS AT THE TIME OF EXCAVATION. THE 1’ 4"
INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE MINIMUM AND MAY BE INCREASED BY THE ENGINEER IN CHARGE.
IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL
MIN. MIN. INSTALLATION DETAILS
4" FOR
5. THE PIPE UNDERDRAIN SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM PITCH OF 2%. THE PIPE MUST BE
USER = jturley
MIN.
DESIGNED TO ENSURE THAT THE INTERCEPTED WATER IS CARRIED TO A POSITIVE PIPE UNDERDRAIN 6" GRANULAR FILL-SLOPE PROTECTION
DRAINAGE SYSTEM. MIN.
6. TOPSOIL, IF REQUIRED, MAY BE PLACED ON THE FINISHED SLOPE. THE THICKNESS OF APPROVED OCTOBER 01, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
THE TOPSOIL SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE THICKNESS OF SLOPE PROTECTION PIPE
DETAIL "A"
DRAIN INSTALLATIONS.

203-03
1. GENERAL NOTES
GROUND SURFACE SUPPORT/PROTECTION SYSTEM: DESIGN AS NECESSARY WITH GROUND SURFACE

A. SEE CHAP. 8, APP. A, OF THE HIGHWAY DESIGN MANUAL FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OF COVER.
OR SUBGRADE SURFACE SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO STABILIZE TRENCH BOTTOM (SEE NOTE 1.A)
BENEATH CUT SECTION
B. WHERE DESIGN INFORMATION INDICATES UNSUITABLE MATERIAL EXISTS AT OR BELOW THE INVERT
(SEE NOTE 1.A)
ELEVATION, SPECIAL DESIGN FEATURES AND CONSTRUCTION TREATMENTS BASED ON SUBSURFACE
EXPLORATIONS ARE NECESSARY.
C. WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL, NOT ANTICIPATED DURING DESIGN, IS ENCOUNTERED AT OR BELOW

INVERT ELEVATION, CONSULT WITH THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER FOR TREATMENT
PAYMENT LINES FOR TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION-OG,
RECOMMENDATIONS.
OR TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION
(SEE NOTES 2.A AND 2.C) D. THE BEDDING CONTROL LINE (BCL) IS A HORIZONTAL LINE LOCATED BELOW THE INVERT WHICH
SUITABLE MATERIAL SUITABLE MATERIAL
(SEE NOTE 4.A) (SEE NOTE 4.A) REPRESENTS THE BOTTOM ELEVATION FOR BEDDING MATERIAL PLACEMENT AND THE TOP ELEVATION
OUTER BEDDING AREA OF UNDERCUT BACKFILL WHERE REQUIRED. THE BCL IS ALSO USED FOR QUANTITY PAYMENT
(SEE NOTE 3.D PURPOSES FOR "TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION" ITEMS, BEDDING MATERIAL PLACEMENT, AND
UNDERCUT MATERIAL PLACEMENT. THE LOCATION OF THE BCL AND THE ACTUAL BEDDING THICKNESS
SUBGRADE AREA MATERIAL
VARY WITH PIPE SIZE AND WALL THICKNESS. SEE BEDDING THICKNESS TABLE.
(SEE NOTE 4.A)
12" 12" 2. EXCAVATION NOTES
PAYMENT LINES FOR T T PAYMENT LINES FOR

A. WHERE A GENERAL EXCAVATION OF UNSUITABLE OR UNSTABLE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED TO EXTEND
SELECT GRANULAR FILL SELECT GRANULAR FILL
BEYOND THE LATERAL AND DEPTH LIMITS INDICATED FOR METHOD A-1 OR A-2, THE EXCAVATION
(SEE NOTES 4.A AND 4.C) (SEE NOTES 4.A AND 4.C)
WITHIN THE LIMITS SHOWN WILL BE PAID AS "UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION AND DISPOSAL" AND THIS
D D QUANTITY WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACT QUANTITIES FOR "TRENCH AND
CULVERT EXCAVATION-OG" OR "TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION". INSTALL THE CULVERT IN
INVERT INVERT ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS FOR METHOD B-1 OR B-2 AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
0.6Bc
BEDDING THICKNESS B. WHERE A STABLE WORKING PLATFORM MUST FIRST BE ESTABLISHED OVER A SUBMERGED OR
(SEE BEDDING TABLES AND NOTE 3.A) UNSTABLE SURFACE, THE ENGINEER IN CHARGE MAY SPECIFY A LOWER EMBANKMENT LEVEL
FOR INITIATING THE EXCAVATION FOR THE PIPE. IN THIS CASE, COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF
THE INSTALLATION ABOVE THE "WORKING PLATFORM" USING METHOD B-1.
Bc/3 Bc/3 C. FOR PIPE INSTALLED IN A ROCK TRENCH, SIDE PAYMENT LINES FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION ARE THE
SAME AS SHOWN FOR INSTALLATION METHODS A-1 AND A-2. THE PAYMENT LINE FOR DEPTH OF
Bc Bc
EXCAVATION IS THE DEPTH NEEDED TO PLACE THE BEDDING MATERIAL AND THE UNDERCUT BACKFILL
MIDDLE BEDDING BEDDING CONTROL LINE. (SEE NOTE 1.D) MIDDLE BEDDING
MATERIAL, SELECT GRANULAR FILL.
(SEE NOTE 3.C) (SEE NOTE 3.C)
D. THE MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH MAY BE ADJUSTED TO (Bc+6"), IF CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH
UNDERCUT BACKFILLED WITH SELECT GRANULAR FILL
MATERIAL (CLSM) IS TO BE USED AS BACKFILL. SEE MINIMUM BEDDING WIDTH TABLE.
(SEE NOTE 3.B)
MINIMUM WIDTH - SEE BEDDING TABLES MINIMUM WIDTH - SEE BEDDING TABLES 3. BEDDING NOTES
A. USE THE BEDDING THICKNESS TABLE TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE BEDDING CONTROL
INSTALLATION METHOD A-1 INSTALLATION METHOD A-2 LINE (BCL) AND THE MINIMUM BEDDING THICKNESS FOR THE GIVEN PIPE SIZE. COMPUTE THE ACTUAL
BEDDING THICKNESS AS THE DISTANCE FROM INVERT TO BCL MINUS THE PIPE WALL THICKNESS.
TRENCH AREA BENEATH ROADWAYS, TRENCH AREAS NOT SUBJECT TO SURFACE LOADS
PAVEMENTS, AND SURFACE LOADS TRENCH AREAS NOT SENSITIVE TO SETTLEMENT B. TO ESTABLISH STABLE BEDDING CONDITIONS, AN UNDERCUT BACKFILLED WITH SELECT GRANULAR FILL
MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT LEVEL BEFORE MATERIAL MAY BE ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER IN CHARGE. THE MINIMUM DEPTH OF UNDERCUT AS
TOP OF EMBANKMENT MEASURED FROM THE BCL IS 12" AND THE MAXIMUM IS 24".
EXCAVATING FOR PIPE INSTALLATION,
(SEE NOTE 1.A)
(SEE NOTE 2.B)
C. LOOSELY PLACE SELECT GRANULAR FILL IN MIDDLE BEDDING AREA (Bc/3). DO NOT COMPACT MIDDLE
BEDDING AREA.
1V ON 5H
VARIES 1.5 X D OR 0.5 X D + 60" 1.5 X D OR 0.5 X D + 60" VARIES D. COMPACT THE OUTER BEDDING AREAS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF y203-3.15 OF
OR FLATTER
WHICHEVER IS LESS WHICHEVER IS LESS NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
4. BACKFILL NOTES
24" MIN. 24" MIN.
(SEE NOTE 5.B) (SEE NOTE 5.B)
A. COMPACT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS y203-3.15.
12" MAX. OR TO 12" MAX. OR TO B. COMPACT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS y203-3.12.
RAMPS IF REQUIRED. (SEE NOTE 5.A)
SUBGRADE SURFACE SUBGRADE SURFACE
WHICHEVER IS LESS WHICHEVER IS LESS C. CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) PLACED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 204 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND APPLICABLE CLSM STANDARD SHEET MAY
SUITABLE MATERIAL BE USED IN METHODS A-1, A-2 OR B-2.
T (SEE NOTE 4.B) T
5. CONSTRUCTION OPERATION NOTES
VERTICAL PAYMENT LINE.
SUBGRADE AREA MATERIAL
SIMULTANEOUSLY PLACE SUITABLE
(SEE NOTE 4.A) A. AT THE CONTRACTOR’S RISK, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT MAY BE ALLOWED TO CROSS OVER A PIPE
MATERIAL IN CONTACT WITH SELECT
D D INSTALLATION USING RAMPS CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN IN METHOD B-1 OR B-2 COMPACTED IN
GRANULAR FILL AND SUBGRADE
CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF y203-3.12 OF NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
AREA MATERIAL. SHEETING INVERT PAYMENT LINES FOR SELECT GRANULAR FILL (SEE NOTE 4.A) INVERT
0.6Bc 0.6Bc ALL RAMPS WHICH CANNOT BE USED AS PART OF THE COMPLETED EMBANKMENT ARE INSTALLED AND
OR OTHER MEANS TO SEPARATE
REMOVED AT THE CONTRACTOR’S EXPENSE. ANY PIPE OR STRUCTURE DAMAGED OR DISTURBED BY
MATERIALS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. SIDE PAYMENT LINE
BEDDING THICKNESS THESE ACTIVITIES MUST BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXPENSE TO THE STATE.
(SEE NOTE 5.C) (SEE INSTALLATION
(SEE BEDDING TABLES AND NOTE 3.A)
METHOD A-1 AND A-2)
B. SEE PROOF ROLLING RESTRICTIONS IN y203-3.13E OF NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
OUTER BEDDING AREA OUTER BEDDING AREA

C. THE CONTRACTOR, WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER, MAY PLACE A TRAPEZOIDAL SECTION OF
(SEE NOTE 3.D) Bc/3 BEDDING CONTROL LINE (SEE NOTE 1.D) Bc/3 (SEE NOTE 3.D)
SELECT GRANULAR FILL AROUND THE PIPE IN LIEU OF SIMULTANEOUS PLACEMENT WITH SUITABLE
Bc MIDDLE BEDDING (SEE NOTE 3.C) Bc MATERIAL. THE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE TRAPEZOID MUST ENCOMPASS THE PAYMENT LINES
FOR THE SELECT GRANULAR FILL AND SUBGRADE AREA MATERIAL AS SHOWN ON INSTALLATION
USE AND PAY FOR METHOD B-2 ONLY WHERE SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT
METHOD B-1. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE UNDER THIS OPTION FOR SELECT GRANULAR FILL PLACED
MINIMUM WIDTH - SEE BEDDING TABLES DOCUMENTS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. WHERE THE CONTRACTOR MINIMUM WIDTH - SEE BEDDING TABLES
OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF INSTALLATION METHOD B-1.
OTHERWISE ELECTS TO USE METHOD B-2, PAYMENT FOR THE INSTALLATION
WILL BE BASED ON METHOD B-1.
INSTALLATION METHOD B-1 INSTALLATION METHOD B-2
BEFORE EMBANKMENT AFTER EMBANKMENT
STATE OF NEW YORK

Bc Bc
BEDDING THICKNESS TABLE (SEE NOTE 1.D) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
FOUNDATION PIPE DIAMETER 12" < D 24" < D 36" < D 48" < D 60" < D 72" < D 84" < D 96" < D 108" < D 132" < D
MINIMUM BEDDING WIDTH TABLE
D l 12"
TYPE OR SPAN (IN) D l 24" D l 36" D l 48" D l 60" D l 72" D l 84" D l 96" D l 108" D l 132" D l 144"
FOUNDATION PIPE DIAMETER "D" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
WIDTH
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:01
DISTANCE (IN) TYPE OR SPAN (IN.)

5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 11" 12" 13" 15" 18" 20"
INVERT TO BCL
SOIL
Bc + 2*D OR
MINIMUM OUTER RISE SPAN SPAN OUTER RISE 24" OR LESS
3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 5" 5" 6" 7" Bc + 2*SPAN
THICKNESS SOIL INSTALLATION DETAILS
RISE
DISTANCE (IN) RISE GREATER THAN 24" Bc + 48"
8" 9" 10" 11" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 25" 27" FOR
USER = jturley
INVERT TO BCL
ROCK
MINIMUM ROCK ALL SIZES Bc + 24" REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPES
6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 10" 10" 13" 14"
THICKNESS
Bc IS OUT-TO-OUT SPAN IN INCHES. (SEE NOTE 2.D)
TABLE VALUES ARE BASED ON WALL B THICKNESS FOR CIRCULAR PIPE. APPROVED OCTOBER 01, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
FOR VERTICAL ELLIPTICAL PIPE, AN INCREASE OF ALL TABLE VALUES BY 1" IS REQUIRED. VE PIPE HE PIPE
FOR HORIZONTAL ELLIPTICAL PIPE: A DEDUCTION OF 1" FROM TABLE VALUES IS ALLOWED FOR SPANS GREATER THAN 48"
A DEDUCTION OF 2" FROM TABLE VALUES IS ALLOWED FOR SPANS GREATER THAN 108"
REFERENCE DIMENSIONS FOR ELLIPTICAL PIPE 203-04
SELECT GRANULAR FILL
SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL
BEDDING IN ACCORDANCE
ABOUT ABOUT ABOUT ABOUT
C WITH METHODS SHOWN FOR
12" c c 12" c c
SELECT GRANULAR FILL SEE TABLE 1 STABLE FOUNDATION SOIL
BEDDING IN ACCORDANCE
C
WITH METHODS SHOWN FOR SELECT SELECT
GRANULAR SELECT GRANULAR FILL GRANULAR SEE TABLE 1
METHOD 1 METHOD 2 METHOD 1A METHOD 2A STABLE FOUNDATION SOIL
FILL
BEDDING IN ACCORDANCE FILL
WITH METHODS SHOWN FOR
SELECT GRANULAR FILL
STABLE FOUNDATION SOIL
PRESHAPED AND COMPACTED SELECT GRANULAR FILL
INTO PLACE TO FURNISH PRESHAPED AND COMPACTED
S S
12"
UNIFORM AND STABLE
12"
INTO PLACE TO FURNISH
SUPPORT TO STRUCTURE UNIFORM AND STABLE SUPPORT
TO STRUCTURE
NO ROCK SHALL PROJECT EXCAVATE UNSTABLE SOIL A.O.B.E.

BEDDING CAREFULLY BEDDING ON EXISTING (SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 1) ABOVE THIS LINE TO DEPTH NOT EXCEEDING 24"
SHAPED TO FIT PIPE OR PREPARED UNIFORM
BEDDING CAREFULLY
SURFACE PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION
SHAPED TO FIT TO
0.1 D (MIN.) NOT 0.1 D (MIN.) NOT BEDDING ON EXISTING OR AND SELECT GRANULAR FILL BACKFILL. UPPER LIMIT AND SELECT GRANULAR FILL BACKFILL. UPPER LIMIT
CONTOUR OF PIPE
LESS THAN 3" LESS THAN 3" PREPARED UNIFORM SURFACE TANGENT TO INVERT. (SEE NOTE 2) TANGENT TO INVERT. (SEE NOTE 2)
STABLE FOUNDATION SOIL ROCK FOUNDATION UNSTABLE FOUNDATION SOIL

(SEE NOTE 4)
BEDDING DETAILS
SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL SUBGRADE OF ROADWAY
SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL
ABOUT ABOUT (WHEN UNDER CUT SECTION),
ABOUT ABOUT ABOUT ABOUT
c c GROUND SURFACE OR A.O.B.E.
c c TOP OF EMBANKMENT TOP OF EMBANKMENT c c
CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES
PAYMENT LINES FOR SELECT
GRANULAR FILL
SIDE PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND CULVERT
(SEE NOTE 2) RAMPS IF REQUIRED RAMPS IF REQUIRED
1.5 X DIA. 1.5 X SPAN 1.5 X DIA. 1.5 X SPAN
EXCAVATION (SEE NOTES 5 AND 6)
(24" MIN.) (24" MIN.) (24" MIN.) (24" MIN.)
BACKFILL MATERIAL AS
5 1 ON 5 1 ON
SPECIFIED ON PLANS OR A.O.B.E. 1 ON 5 1 ON 5
ER OR F TTER OR F
LATT SUITABLE MATERIAL OR LAT FLA SUITABLE MATERIAL OR LATT
OR F TER OR ER
12"
24" MIN. DESIGNATED SUBBASE COURSE 24" MIN. DESIGNATED SUBBASE COURSE
(SEE NOTES 8 AND 10) FOR MIN. HEIGHT OF COVER (SEE NOTES 8 AND 10) FOR MIN. HEIGHT OF COVER
BOTTOM PAYMENT LINE
TRENCH AND CULVERT PAYMENT LINES FOR PAYMENT LINES FOR MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT
EXCAVATION SELECT GRANULAR FILL. SELECT GRANULAR FILL LEVEL BEFORE MAKING LEVEL BEFORE MAKING
(TANGENT TO INVERT) (SEE NOTE 2) (SEE NOTE 2) EXCAVATION FOR PIPE EXCAVATION FOR PIPE
INSTALLATION (SEE NOTE 9) INSTALLATION (SEE NOTE 9)
12" MAX OR TO 12" MAX OR TO
(SEE NOTE 3) BOTTOM OF SUBBASE BOTTOM OF SUBBASE
(SEE NOTE 3) PAYMENT LINES FOR PAYMENT LINES FOR
COURSE, WHICHEVER COURSE, WHICHEVER
SELECT GRANULAR FILL SELECT GRANULAR FILL
C C IS LESS IS LESS
SUITABLE MATERIAL AND SELECT (SEE NOTE 2)
SUITABLE MATERIAL AND SELECT (SEE NOTE 2)
GRANULAR FILL SHALL BE PLACED
SEE BEDDING DETAILS GRANULAR FILL SHALL BE PLACED C C SIMULTANEOUSLY IN CONTACT ON C C
AND NOTE 7 SIMULTANEOUSLY IN CONTACT ON SUITABLE MATERIAL SUITABLE MATERIAL
BOTH SIDES OF THE VERTICAL
BOTH SIDES OF THE VERTICAL PAYMENT (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE BEDDING DETAILS (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE BEDDING DETAILS PAYMENT LINE. SHEETING OR OTHER
LINE. SHEETING OR OTHER MEANS SHALL AND NOTE 7)
PAYMENT LINES FOR SELECT GRANULAR FILL MEANS SHALL NOT BE USED TO
AND NOTE 7)
(SEE NOTE 2) NOT BE USED TO SEPARATE THE TWO MATERIALS. SIDE PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND
SEPARATE THE TWO MATERIALS. ORIGINAL GROUND OR
(SEE NOTE 11) CULVERT EXCAVATION AS FOR
(SEE NOTE 11) PREPARED SURFACE A.O.B.E.
ORIGINAL GROUND OR SIDE PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND INSTALLATION METHOD A. ALL OTHER
DEPTH OF SHEETING ADEQUATE TO STABILIZE TRENCH.
PREPARED SURFACE A.O.B.E. * THE USE OF METHOD B-2 AND PAYMENT THEREFORE SHALL BE
TABLE 1 CULVERT EXCAVATION AS FOR DETAILS SHALL ALSO BE IN
THE SHEETING ITEM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON THE WHERE SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
INSTALLATION METHOD A. ALL OTHER ACCORDANCE WITH INSTALLATION
PLANS OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. WHERE THE CONTRACTOR OTHERWISE ELECTS TO USE METHOD B-2,
DIAMETER OR SPAN "C" DETAILS SHALL ALSO BE IN METHOD A.
PAYMENT FOR THE INSTALLATION WILL BE BASED ON METHOD B-1.
ACCORDANCE WITH INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION METHOD A D - ROUND PIPE
UP THRU 24" METHOD A.
S - PIPE ARCHES INSTALLATION METHOD B-1 INSTALLATION METHOD B-2
PIPES INSTALLED BELOW GROUND SURFACE
> 24" TO 144" 24" PIPES INSTALLED AT OR ABOVE GROUND SURFACE
> 144" 60"
INSTALLATION METHODS
GENERAL NOTES:
1. THE MINIMUM DEPTH OF BEDDING SHALL BE 3" FOR 7. WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL NOT ANTICIPATED IN DESIGN IS ENCOUNTERED
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE-ARCHES. STRUCTURAL PLATE AT OR BELOW INVERT ELEVATION, THE TREATMENT OF SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL
PIPE-ARCHES SHALL BE BEDDED FOR THE FULL WIDTH BE A.O.B.E. BASED ON THE RESULTS OF SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS. D SPAN SPAN
D
OF BOTTOM PLATES.
BOTTOM OF DITCH, OR SUBGRADE OF
8. SEE "PROOF ROLLING" RESTRICTIONS UNDER y203-3.13E, "PROOF ROLLING IN
ROADWAY (WHEN UNDER CUT SECTION),
2. COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO EMBANKMENT SECTIONS - EXCEPTIONS". Y X
GROUND SURFACE, OR A.O.B.E.
y203-3.15, "FILL AND BACKFILL AT STRUCTURES,
CULVERTS, PIPES, CONDUITS, AND DIRECT BURIAL CABLES". 9. A LOWER EMBANKMENT LEVEL MAY BE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER FOR
INITIATING THE EXCAVATION FOR THE PIPE WHERE A STABLE "WORKING MINIMUM DISTANCE (Y)
DIAMETER DIAMETER MINIMUM DISTANCE (X)
3. COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO PLATFORM" MUST FIRST BE ESTABLISHED OVER A SUBMERGED, UNSTABLE
y203-3.12, "COMPACTION". OR YIELDING SURFACE. IN THIS CASE THE REMAINDER OF THE INSTALLATION UP TO 48" 24" UP TO 72" 36"
12"
ABOVE THE "WORKING PLATFORM" SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH METHOD B-1.
> 48" TO 72" 36" > 72" TO 95" 48"
4. TO BE USED WHERE IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE
THE FOUNDATION SOIL REQUIRES A LAYER OF GRANULAR 10. WHERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT IS TO BE ALLOWED TO CROSS OVER A PIPE > 72" DIA. > 95" SPAN
MATERIAL OR A.O.B.E.
MATERIAL TO FURNISH STABLE BEDDING CONDITIONS. INSTALLATION BEFORE PLACEMENT OF ADEQUATE PROTECTIVE COVER OF
THIS DETAIL DOES NOT APPLY WHERE UNSUITABLE EMBANKMENT MATERIAL, RAMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN ABOVE
MATERIAL EXISTS AT OR BELOW INVERT ELEVATION. AND COMPACTED UNDER y203-3.12, "COMPACTION". RAMPS WHICH CANNOT BE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS
SPECIAL DESIGN FEATURES AND CONSTRUCTION UTILIZED AS PART OF THE COMPLETED EMBANKMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDERDRAIN FILTER TO BE
TREATMENT BASED ON SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS AND REMOVED AT THE CONTRACTOR’S EXPENSE. MOVEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION PAYMENT LINES TRENCH PLACED IN 6" LIFTS WITH
ARE NECESSARY IN LOCATIONS WHERE UNSUITABLE EQUIPMENT AND OTHER VEHICLES OVER ANY CULVERT PIPE SHALL BE DONE AT THE AND CULVERT EXCAVATION EACH LIFT COMPACTED BY STATE OF NEW YORK
MATERIAL EXISTS. SEE NOTE 7. CONTRACTOR’S RISK. ANY STRUCTURE DAMAGED OR DISTURBED THEREBY SHALL BE TWO PASSES OF A VIBRATING
REPLACED AT NO EXPENSE TO THE STATE, AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. PAD OR DRUM TYPE COMPACTOR DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
5. FOR A PIPE TO BE INSTALLED IN A ROCK TRENCH, THE
6" D
PAYMENT LINES FOR EXCAVATION (SIDES OF TRENCH) 11. THE CONTRACTOR, WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER, MAY PLACE A
SHALL BE THE SAME AS SHOWN FOR INSTALLATION TRAPEZOIDAL SECTION OF SELECT GRANULAR FILL AROUND THE PIPE IN
METHOD A. THE PAYMENT LINE FOR DEPTH OF LIEU OF SIMULTANEOUS PLACEMENT WITH SUITABLE MATERIAL. THE
DATE/TIME = 31-AUG-2009 09:05
EXCAVATION AND SELECT GRANULAR FILL BEDDING SHALL MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE SELECT GRANULAR FILL TRAPEZOID SHALL LIMITS OF UNDERDRAIN
BE AS SHOWN FOR "ROCK FOUNDATION BEDDING DETAILS". BE SUCH AS TO ENCOMPASS THE PAYMENT LINES FOR THIS MATERIAL FILTER PLACED WITHOUT
SHOWN ON INSTALLATION METHOD B-1. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE UNDER COMPACTION
INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR
FILE NAME = 203-05.dgn
6. WHERE A GENERAL EXCAVATION OF UNSUITABLE OR THIS OPTION FOR SELECT GRANULAR FILL PLACED OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF 4" MIN. COMPACTED
UNSTABLE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED TO EXTEND BEYOND INSTALLATION METHOD B-1. BED OF UNDERDRAIN FILTER D+12" CORRUGATED AND STRUCTURAL PLATE
THE LATERAL AND DEPTH LIMITS INDICATED FOR METHOD A, * NOTE: THIS DETAIL APPLIES
USER = rlohse
THAT EXCAVATION WITHIN THE LIMITS SHOWN IN THE 12. WHEN MODIFICATIONS OF THIS SHEET ARE USED IN THE PLANS, THE METHODS TO ALL APPROVED TYPES OF PIPE AND PIPE ARCHES
AFOREMENTIONED DETAIL SHALL BE PAID FOR UNDER ITEM SHOWN HEREON SHALL ALSO APPLY TO THOSE MODIFICATIONS. FLEXIBLE PIPE UNDERDRAINS
203.02 RATHER THAN ITEM 206.02. THE CULVERT INSTALLATION

SHALL THEN BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS 13. FLARED METAL END SECTION TO BE USED AT OUTLET OF UNDERDRAIN WHERE PERFORATED CORRUGATED METAL APPROVED OCTOBER 01, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
FOR METHOD B-1 OR B-2 AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER SHOWN ON PLANS OR SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER. PIPE UNDERDRAIN BEDDING AND BACKFILL
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. /S/ ROBERT L. SACK, P.E.
DETAILS FOR TRENCH INSTALLATION *
203-05
BEDDING DETAILS NOTES:
DIA. SPAN
1. COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECT GRANULAR FILL

FINISHED OR ORIGINAL GRADE SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL FINISHED OR ORIGINAL GRADE OR CRUSHED STONE SHALL CONFORM TO y203-3.12, "COMPACTION".
ABOUT ABOUT
c c 2. TO BE USED A.O.B.E. WHERE THE FOUNDATION SOIL REQUIRES
A LAYER OF MATERIAL TO FURNISH STABLE BEDDING
CONDITIONS. THIS DETAIL DOES NOT APPLY WHERE
UNSUITABLE MATERIALS EXIST AT OR BELOW INVERT
SUBGRADE OF ROADWAY SUBGRADE OF ROADWAY
ELEVATION. SPECIAL DESIGN FEATURES AND CONSTRUCTION
(WHEN UNDER CUT SECTION, (WHEN UNDER CUT SECTION,
PREPARED SURFACE A.O.B.E. TREATMENT BASED ON SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS ARE
INVERT GROUND SURFACE OR A.O.B.E.) GROUND SURFACE OR A.O.B.E.)
NECESSARY IN LOCATIONS WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL EXIST.
3. WHERE GENERAL EXCAVATION OF UNSUITABLE OR UNSTABLE

MATERIAL IS REQUIRED TO EXTEND BEYOND THE LATERAL AND
CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES DEPTH LIMITS INDICATED FOR METHOD A, PAY FOR THE
EXCAVATION WITHIN THE LIMITS SHOWN UNDER AN UNCLASSIFIED
BOTTOM PAYMENT LINE - TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL AS SPECIFIED
EXCAVATION ITEM OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS FOR
AND CULVERT EXCAVATION ON PLANS OR A.O.B.E. (SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE NOTES 11 AND 12) (SEE NOTES 11 AND 12) METHOD B AND A.O.B.E., UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
DEDUCT THIS QUANTITY FROM SUBSEQUENT TRENCH AND CULVERT
STABLE SOIL AT BOTTOM OF PIPE SIDE PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND EXCAVATION QUANTITIES.
CULVERT EXCAVATION. (SEE NOTE 3)
4. WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL, NOT ANTICIPATED IN DESIGN, IS

ENCOUNTERED AT OR BELOW INVERT ELEVATION, THE TREATMENT
OF SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL BE A.O.B.E. OR AS RECOMMENDED BY
SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL
THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER.
ABOUT ABOUT
c c
PAYMENT LINES FOR CLSM PAYMENT LINES FOR CLSM 5. SEE y203-3.13 SUBSECTION E,
6" MIN.
CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES CLSM, SELECT GRANULAR FILL "PROOF ROLLING IN EMBANKMENT SECTIONS - EXCEPTIONS".
OR CRUSHED STONE 3" MIN. 3" MIN.
3" MIN. 6. WHERE A STABLE "WORKING PLATFORM" MUST FIRST BE ESTABLISHED,

3" MIN. THE ENGINEER MAY SPECIFY A LOWER EMBANKMENT LEVEL FOR
PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND
INITIATING THE EXCAVATION FOR THE PIPE.
CULVERT EXCAVATION
AND CLSM, SELECT GRANULAR
7. WHERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT IS TO BE ALLOWED TO CROSS
FILL OR CRUSHED STONE EXCAVATION SUPPORT EXCAVATION SUPPORT
OVER A PIPE INSTALLATION BEFORE PLACEMENT OF ADEQUATE
(SEE NOTE 1) SYSTEM AS NECESSARY SYSTEM AS NECESSARY
PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND PROTECTIVE COVER OF EMBANKMENT MATERIAL, RAMPS SHALL BE
CULVERT EXCAVATION CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN AND COMPACTED UNDER y203-3.12,
AND CLSM, SELECT GRANULAR "COMPACTION". RAMPS WHICH CANNOT BE UTILIZED AS PART OF THE
FILL OR CRUSHED STONE COMPLETED EMBANKMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AND REMOVED
(SEE NOTE 1) DEPTH OF SHEETING ADEQUATE TO AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. MOVEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION
CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES DEPTH OF SHEETING ADEQUATE TO
STABILIZE TRENCH. THE SHEETING EQUIPMENT AND OTHER VEHICLES OVER ANY CULVERT PIPE SHALL
SEE STABILIZE TRENCH. THE SHEETING
BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTORS RISK. ANY STRUCTURE DAMAGED
12"
ITEM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON BEDDING ITEM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON

THE PLANS OR AS A.O.B.E. DETAILS THE PLANS OR AS A.O.B.E. OR DISTURBED THEREBY SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO EXPENSE TO
THE STATE, A.O.B.E.
INSTALLATION METHOD A 8. WHEN MODIFICATIONS OF THIS SHEET ARE USED IN THE PLANS,
THE METHODS SHOWN SHALL ALSO APPLY TO THOSE MODIFICATIONS.
NO ROCK SHALL PROJECT PIPES INSTALLED BELOW GROUND SURFACE
ABOVE THIS LINE
9. ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES SHALL BE AS STATED IN
y203-4.08 OR THE APPROPRIATE SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS.
ROCK AT BOTTOM OF PIPE
SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL 10. FOR LIGHTWEIGHT PIPE INSTALLATIONS, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO

ABOUT ABOUT COUNTERACT THE BUOYANCY OF THE PIPE DURING THE CLSM
TOP OF EMBANKMENT TOP OF EMBANKMENT
SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL c c PLACEMENT. METHODS SUCH AS PARTIALLY FILLING WATERTIGHT
ABOUT ABOUT PIPES WITH WATER, OR USING ANCHOR STRAPS OR GRAVEL BAGS
c c TO HOLD DOWN THE PIPES CAN BE USED TO PREVENT FLOATATION.
CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES

11. WHERE THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE TOP OF PIPE ELEVATION AND THE
3" MIN. 3" MIN. RAMPS IF REQUIRED RAMPS IF REQUIRED TOP OF SUBGRADE ELEVATION IS LESS THAN 2’, CLSM SHALL BE USED
1.5 X DIA. 1.5 X SPAN
(SEE NOTE 7) (SEE NOTE 7) FOR BACKFILL MATERIAL TO TOP OF SUBGRADE ELEVATION.
(24" MIN.) (24" MIN.)
CULVERT EXCAVATION 12. WHEN THE TRENCH DEPTH IS LESS THAN 5’ AND THE CLSM HAS SET,
AND CLSM, SELECT GRANULAR 5 1 ON CONVENTIONAL BACKFILL AND COMPACTION OPERATIONS
1 ON 5
FILL OR CRUSHED STONE TER OR F CAN CONTINUE.
LAT LATT
18" MIN.
18" MIN.
OR F ER
(SEE NOTE 1)
6" MIN.
SUITABLE MATERIAL OR SUITABLE MATERIAL OR
CULVERT EXCAVATION
DESIGNATED SUBBASE COURSE DESIGNATED SUBBASE COURSE
AND CLSM, SELECT GRANULAR
FILL OR CRUSHED STONE
(SEE NOTE 1)
24" MAX.
12" MIN.
A.O.B.E.
MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT
(SEE NOTES 5, 7, AND 11)

LEVEL BEFORE MAKING EXCAVATION LEVEL BEFORE MAKING EXCAVATION
FOR PIPE INSTALLATION. (SEE NOTE 6) FOR PIPE INSTALLATION. (SEE NOTE 6)
3" MIN. 3" MIN.
24" MIN.
PAYMENT LINES FOR CLSM PAYMENT LINES FOR CLSM
UNSTABLE SOIL AT BOTTOM OF PIPE
(SEE NOTE 2)
MINIMUM DISTANCE (Y) CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES

DIA. Y DIA.
STATE OF NEW YORK
12" OR THE LARGEST DIA.

SEE BEDDING DETAILS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
WHICHEVER IS GREATER
(SEE NOTE 4)

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
SIDE PAYMENT LINES - TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION AS FOR

INSTALLATION METHOD A. ALL OTHER DETAILS SHALL ALSO BE IN CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
ACCORDANCE WITH INSTALLATION METHOD A.
MINIMUM DISTANCE (X)
INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR CIRCULAR AND
ELLIPTICAL CORRUGATED METAL PIPES,
USER = jturley
SPAN X SPAN
12" OR THE LARGEST SPAN INSTALLATION METHOD B STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPES AND PIPE-ARCHES, AND
WHICHEVER IS GREATER PIPES INSTALLED AT OR ABOVE GROUND SURFACE
REINFORCED CONCRETE AND OTHER "RIGID" PIPES

CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS
204-01
APPLICATION NOTES
A. THE PRIMARY PURPOSE OF A SILT FENCE OR STRAWBALE DIKE IS TO REDUCE

RUNOFF VELOCITY AND TRAP SEDIMENT. VELOCITY IS REDUCED, WATER IS IMPOUNDED
BEHIND THE MEASURE, AND SEDIMENT FALLS OUT OF SUSPENSION.
10’-0" MIN. (SEE NOTE 1) 10’-0" MIN. (SEE NOTE 1)
B. SILT FENCE OR STRAWBALE DIKE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON A LINE OF EQUAL
ELEVATION (CONTOUR). THEY MAY BE INSTALLED AT INTERMEDIATE POINTS UP SLOPES AS
WELL AS AT THE BOTTOM, AS SHOWN IN THE DETAIL.
C. STRAWBALE DIKE OR SILT FENCE SHALL NOT BE USED IN OR ACROSS A FLOWING

BALES STAKED
NATURAL CHANNEL, OR AREAS OF CONCENTRATED FLOW.
AND BUTTED
S
S
END TO END
GENERAL NOTES
103
102
102
1. SILT FENCE OR STRAWBALE DIKE SHALL BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 10’-0" FROM TOE OF
101
103
5
101
100.
100.
100
5
100
99.
SEE NOTE 2)
99.
SLOPE, TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AREA FOR SEDIMENT STORAGE AND FACILITATE MAINTENANCE
-6" MAX.
OF SEDIMENT CONTAINMENT AREA.
TOE OF SLOPE
TOE OF SLOPE
SLOPE SEDIMENT 2 POSTS SLOPE SEDIMENT
2. POSTS MAY BE 1" X 1" (MIN.) HARDWOOD, 1" X 3" (MIN.) SOFTWOOD, OR 1.3 LB/FT
CONTAINMENT PER BALE CONTAINMENT
S
S
(MIN.) STEEL. SPACING FOR THE PROVIDED SILT FENCE SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED ON THE
6’
AREA AREA
DEPARTMENT APPROVED LIST FOR SILT FENCE.
(
3. BALES FOR DIKE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH CUT ENDS VERTICAL, AND BALES BURIED A
MINIMUM OF 4".
4. THE BOTTOM EDGE OF SILT FENCE SHALL BE BURIED A MINIMUM OF 6" BELOW
GROUND. THE FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE POSTS ON THE DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF
THE FABRIC.
S
S
5. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS OR AFTER EACH RAINFALL
OF " OR MORE WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD. MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED
AS REQUIRED.
6. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN ACCUMULATION REACHES ONE-HALF OF THE MEASURE

PLAN PLAN HEIGHT. SEDIMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL.
7. DRAINAGE AREAS:
MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA TRIBUTARY TO 100’-0" OF SILT FENCE SHALL BE ACRE.
MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA TRIBUTARY TO 100’-0" OF STRAWBALE DIKE SHALL BE ACRE.
8. THE FOLLOWING ARE MAXIMUM SLOPE LENGTHS TO THESE MEASURES:
SILT FENCE / STRAWBALE DIKE
SLOPE SLOPE HORIZ

LENGTH LENGTH
L (FT) L (FT)
S H
L
H (SEE NOTE 8)
POST 2:1 25 22
3:1 50 47
4:1 75 73
ADDITIONAL BALES PLACED TO LIMIT DRAINAGE AREA (SEE NOTE 7) 5:1 100 98
MESH REINFORCEMENT
AND LIMIT MAXIMUM SLOPE LENGTH (SEE NOTE 8) L >5:1 100 98
(IF NECESSARY) S
VA
RI
ES 9. INSTALLATION, INCLUDING EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION OF STRAWBALE DIKES
(
SE AND SILT FENCE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE UNIT PRICE BID FOR ITEM.
SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILE E
NO
TE
L 8)
H (SEE NOTE 8) SEDIMENT CONTAINMENT AREA
10’-0" MIN. (SEE NOTE 1)

SILT FENCE ASSEMBLY
SEDIMENT CONTAINMENT AREA
10’-0" MIN. (SEE NOTE 1)
14" (TYP.)
POST CENTERED IN
)
TYP.
24" MIN.
BALE AND DRIVEN
FLUSH
30" (
L TOE OF SLOPE
S
(
VA
)
TYP.
RI TOE OF SLOPE
ES
SE FLOW EXISTING GROUND
E FLO
18" (
4"
NO W
TE
8)
)
TYP.
6"
18" MIN.
EMBEDMENT
STATE OF NEW YORK
18" MIN.
(
RETAIN EXISTING
VEGETATION,
RETAIN EXISTING
IF POSSIBLE
VEGETATION,
IF POSSIBLE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
4"u
13
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 10:
EXCAVATE TRENCH, BURY SILT FENCE FABRIC

AND BACKFILL/COMPACT EXCAVATED EARTH
dgn
SECTION SECTION LINEAR MEASURES

FILE NAM E = 209-01.
USER = rlohse
STRAWBALE DIKE - TEMPORARY SILT FENCE - TEMPORARY
APPROVED FEBRUARY 09, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 09-036
/S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.
FOR THE DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER

209-01
EFFECTIVE DATE: 09/02/2010 (DESIGN)
12"
APPLICATION NOTES:
LIGHT STONE FILLING
12" A. THE PRIMARY PURPOSE OF A CHECK DAM IS TO REDUCE EROSION IN A CHANNEL BY REDUCING
#1 OR #2 CRUSHED LIGHT STONE FILLING FLOW VELOCITY IN THE CHANNEL.
GRAVEL OR STONE FACE
2 B. CHECK DAMS WILL CAPTURE SEDIMENT THAT FALLS OUT OF SUSPENSION BEHIND THE UPSTREAM
1
)
-0"
-0"
SIDE OF THE CHECK DAM DUE TO DECREASED VELOCITY.
MAX.
4"
6
2’
1’
1
(
C. CHECK DAMS ARE NOT INTENDED TO, AND WILL NOT FILTER SEDIMENT FROM TURBID WATER.
FLOW
D. SLOPES EXCEEDING 10% SHALL INCLUDE A CHANNEL PROTECTIVE LINING.

ANCHOR GEOTEXTILE
6"
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING
18" E. PERMANENT STONE CHECK DAMS LOCATED WITHIN THE ESTABLISHED ROADWAY CLEAR ZONE
6" MIN.
SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH NYSDOT ROADSIDE DESIGN GUIDANCE.
6"
CUTOFF TRENCH
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING
ANCHOR CUTOFF TRENCH 18" GENERAL NOTES:

13’-0" (TYP.)
GEOTEXTILE
6" MIN. 9’-0" (TYP.) 1. MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA CONTRIBUTING TO TEMPORARY STONE CHECK DAM SHALL BE 2 ACRES.
MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA CONTRIBUTING TO PERMANENT STONE CHECK DAM SHALL BE 1 ACRE.
CROSS SECTION CROSS SECTION

2. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY (7) CALENDAR DAYS OR AFTER EACH
RAINFALL OF " OR MORE WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD. MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED
AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED.
DAM TOE DAM CREST
DAM TOE DAM CREST
3. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN ACCUMULATION REACHES ONE-HALF OF THE
2 MEASURE HEIGHT. SEDIMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL.
)
FLOW
TYP.
TYP.
-0"
-0"
1
6
FLOW
2’
4. COARSE AGGREGATE FACING MATERIAL FOR THE STONE CHECK DAM SHALL MEET THE
1’
1
(
EQUAL ELEVATION GRADATION REQUIREMENTS OF SIZE DESIGNATION #1 OR #2 OF TABLE 703-4. STONE
EQUAL ELEVATION
BOTTOM FILLING CORE MATERIAL FOR THE STONE CHECK DAM SHALL MEET THE GRADATION
BOTTOM OF DITCH REQUIREMENTS OF LIGHT STONE FILLING.
OF DITCH
CUTOFF TRENCH
CUTOFF TRENCH
PROFILE PROFILE
STONE CHECK DAM
PLACEMENT INTERVAL *
MATCH DITCH TEMPORARY PERMANENT

BOTTOM MATCH DITCH CHECK DAM CHECK DAM
)
SI
MIN.
DE
9"
SL BOTTOM
OP PLACEMENT PLACEMENT
(
E
)
SI DITCH SLOPE INTERVAL INTERVAL
MIN.
DE
9"
SL (BASED ON 2’ HEIGHT) (BASED ON 1’ HEIGHT)
OP
(
E
1% 200’ 100’
)
2% 100’ 50’
TYP.
-0"
)
2’
3% 67’ 33’
TYP.
-0"
(
4% 50’ 25’
1’
(
* I = H / S
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING GEOTEXTILE BEDDING 5% 40’ 20’
6% 33’ 17’ WHERE:
EXISTING GROUND I = CHECK DAM SPACING INTERVAL
EXISTING GROUND 8% 25’ -
6"
6"
H = CHECK DAM HEIGHT
10 % 20’ -
S = CHANNEL SLOPE
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
TEMPORARY CHECK DAM VOLUMES PERMANENT CHECK DAM VOLUMES

VARIES TO
MAINTAIN SLOPE
DITCH SIDE SLOPE VOLUME (CY) DITCH SIDE SLOPE VOLUME (CY)
VARIES TO
A MAINTAIN SLOPE 1:2 1.4 CY u 1:2 1.1 CY u
1:3 2.0 CY u 1:3 1.5 CY u
1:4 2.5 CY u 1:4 1.9 CY u
B
1:6 3.5 CY u 1:6 2.6 CY u
BASED ON V SHAPED DITCH SECTION BASED ON V SHAPED DITCH SECTION

FOR TRAPEZOIDAL DITCH, ADD FOR TRAPEZOIDAL DITCH, ADD
1 CUBIC YARD / YARD OF DITCH WIDTH 1 CUBIC YARD / YARD OF DITCH WIDTH
STONE CHECK DAM

ITEM SUFFIXES
c DITCH W c DITCH W DITCH

SUFFIX (XX)
FLOW FLOW BOTTOM WIDTH
01 0.0’ - 3.0’
02 > 3.0’ - 6.0’
03 > 6.0’ - 10.0’

04 > 10.0’
12" STATE OF NEW YORK

12" B
16
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 10:
A
dgn
FILE NAM E = 209-0201.
PLAN PLAN CHECK DAMS

(SHEET 1 OF 2)
USER = rlohse
CHECK DAM - TEMPORARY CHECK DAM - PERMANENT

(STONE) (STONE) APPROVED FEBRUARY 09, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 09-036

209-02
APPLICATION NOTES:
3" TO 6" TRENCH
A. THE PRIMARY PURPOSE OF A CHECK DAM IS TO REDUCE EROSION IN A CHANNEL BY REDUCING
FLOW VELOCITY IN THE CHANNEL.
STAPLES
GEOTEXTILE APRON B. CHECK DAMS WILL CAPTURE SEDIMENT THAT FALLS OUT OF SUSPENSION BEHIND THE CHECK DAM
BACKFILL TRENCH DUE TO DECREASED VELOCITY.
C. CHECK DAMS ARE NOT INTENDED TO, AND WILL NOT FILTER SEDIMENT FROM TURBID WATER.
D. PREFABRICATED CHECK DAMS ARE NOT TO BE USED ON SLOPES GREATER THAN 5%.
E. GRAVEL BAGS / SAND BAGS SHALL BE FILLED WITH CLEAN STONE OR CLEAN SAND TO PREVENT
RECEIVING WATERS FROM BECOMING TURBID.
DETAIL "A"
)
GENERAL NOTES:
MIN.
, 8" (
1. THE UPHILL END OF THE APRON FOR THE PREFABRICATED CHECK DAM SHALL BE STAPLED AND
)
BURIED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL "A" OR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE.
TYP.
SEE DETAIL "A" STAPLES
COST OF EXCAVATION FOR INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN PRICE BID FOR ITEM.
)
TYP.
-0" (
DAM TOE DAM CREST DAM TOE DAM CREST
2 2. DRAINAGE AREAS:
10" (
FLOW FLOW
MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA TRIBUTARY TO PREFABRICATED CHECK DAM SHALL BE ACRE.
2’
1
MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA TRIBUTARY TO GRAVEL BAG / SAND BAG CHECK DAM SHALL BE 2 ACRES.
EQUAL ELEVATION EQUAL ELEVATION
3. GRAVEL BAGS / SAND BAGS SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY TIED, DOUBLE BAGGED AND INVERSLY INSERTED.
BOTTOM BOTTOM BAGS SHALL OVERLAP THE JOINTS BETWEEN THE BAGS IN THE LAYER BELOW.
OF DITCH OF DITCH
GEOTEXTILE APRON 4. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS OR AFTER EACH RAINFALL
OF " OR MORE, WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD. MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED
AS REQUIRED.
PROFILE PROFILE 5. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN ACCUMULATION REACHES ONE-HALF OF THE MEASURE HEIGHT.
SEDIMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL.
MATCH DITCH
)
MIN.
BOTTOM
)
MIN.
, 8" (
9"
)
PREFABRICATED CHECK DAM

MIN.
GRAVEL BAG / SAND BAG
(
)
CHECK DAM
TYP.
9" (
STAPLES PLACEMENT INTERVAL

SI
10" (
DE DITCH SLOPE
SL (BASED ON 10" HEIGHT)
OP PLACEMENT INTERVAL
E DITCH SLOPE
)
1% 83’ (BASED ON 2’ HEIGHT)
TYP.
-0"
SI
DE 2% 42’ 1% 200’
2’
(
SL
OP 3% 28’ 2% 100’
E
4% 21’ 3% 67’
5% 17’ 4% 50’
WIDTH 5% 40’
6% 33’
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B * I = H / S 8% 25’

10% 20’
WHERE:
I = CHECK DAM SPACING INTERVAL
H = CHECK DAM HEIGHT
S = CHANNEL SLOPE
B
TRIANGULAR SECTION
GEOTEXTILE APRON A GRAVEL BAGS / SAND BAGS
GRAVEL BAG / SAND BAG GRAVEL BAG / SAND BAG

CHECK DAM CHECK DAM VOLUMES
ITEM SUFFIXES
DITCH SIDE SLOPE VOLUME (CY)
DITCH
SUFFIX (XX)
BOTTOM WIDTH 1:2 1.0 CY u
01 0.0’ - 3.0’ 1:3 1.5 CY u

W
02 > 3.0’ - 6.0’ 1:4 2.0 CY u
c DITCH W 03 > 6.0’ - 10.0’ 1:6 3.0 CY u

c DITCH
FLOW
04 > 10.0’ BASED ON V SHAPED DITCH SECTION
FLOW FOR TRAPEZOIDAL DITCH, ADD
1 CUBIC YARD / YARD OF DITCH WIDTH
STATE OF NEW YORK

A
EXTEND TO PREVENT BYPASS U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
08
DRAINAGE AROUND ENDS

B
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 09:
dgn
PLAN PLAN
FILE NAM E = 209-0202.
CHECK DAMS
CHECK DAM - TEMPORARY CHECK DAM - TEMPORARY
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
USER = rlohse
(PREFABRICATED) (GRAVEL BAG/SAND BAG)

209-02
APPLICATION NOTES:
A. THE PRIMARY PURPOSE OF DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION IS TO

PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING A DRAINAGE SYSTEM BY PONDING
WATER WHICH ALLOWS SEDIMENT TO FALL OUT OF SUSPENSION.
SEE NOTE 2
B. GRAVEL BAGS ARE FILLED WITH CLEAN STONE RATHER THAN SAND TO
PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING A DRAINAGE SYSTEM IF BAGS ARE
DAMAGED DURING USE.
C. THE TOP OF THE INLET PROTECTION SHALL BE SET AT THE MAXIMUM DESIRED
WATER LEVEL BASED ON FIELD LOCATION AND CONDITIONS.
)
MAX.
-0" (
NOTES:
1. APPROVED SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILES ARE LISTED ON THE DEPARTMENTS
3’
APPROVED LIST. SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILE SHALL BE A SINGLE CONTINUOUS
PIECE TO ELIMINATE JOINTS. OVERLAP GEOTEXTILE TO ELIMINATE ANY OPENING.
FLOW FLOW FLOW

2. SPACE SILT FENCE POSTS EVENLY AROUND INLET WITH A MAXIMUM SPACING
OF 3’. DRIVE POSTS A MINIMUM OF 18" INTO GROUND. WIRE MESH MAY BE
FLOW REQUIRED BEHIND GEOTEXTILE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT.
3. SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILE SHALL BE EMBEDDED 12" AND BACKFILLED. GEOTEXTILE

SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO POSTS AND FRAME.
4. GRAVEL BAGS SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY TIED, DOUBLE BAGGED AND INVERSELY

INSERTED. GRAVEL BAGS SHALL LAP THE JOINTS BETWEEN THE BAGS IN THE
LAYER BELOW. COST OF EXCAVATION FOR INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED
IN THE PRICE BID FOR ITEM.
5. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS, AFTER EACH
RAINFALL OF " OR MORE WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD, OR DAILY DURING
PROLONGED RAINFALL. MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED AS
REQUIRED.
SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILE ATTACHED 2X4 NOMINAL

6. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN ACCUMULATION REACHES ONE-HALF OF
TO 2X4 NOMINAL SOFTWOOD FRAME SOFTWOOD POST
THE MEASURE HEIGHT, SEDIMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL.
7. MAXIMUM DRAINAGE AREA FOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION IS ONE ACRE.
INLET PROTECTION
PLAN PLAN
PAYMENT QUANTITIES
DRAINAGE SILT FENCE
STRUCTURE PROTECTION
A 17’
2X4 NOMINAL
B 19’
SOFTWOOD FRAME
C 21’
2X4 NOMINAL D 25’

SOFTWOOD POST SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILE ATTACHED TO E 19’
WOOD POST AND FRAME (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
F 21’
G 23’
H 26’
I 21’
J 23’
)
)
TYP.
K 25’
MAX.
18"
18"
L 28’
(
(
FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW M 25’
N 26’
O 28’
P 32’
12"
12"
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
18"
Q 17’
(MIN.)
R 18’
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
S 15’
T 17’
U 17’
BOTTOM EDGE OF SILT FENCE
GEOTEXTILE BURIED (SEE NOTE 3)
* BASED ON PLACEMENT AT EDGE
OF TOP SLAB OR STRUCTURE
CROSS SECTION CROSS SECTION
STATE OF NEW YORK

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION - TEMPORARY DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION - TEMPORARY
(GRAVEL BAG) (SILT FENCE) U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
55
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 10:
dgn
FILE NAM E = 209-0301.
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION

(SHEET 1 OF 2)
USER = rlohse

209-03
GEOTEXTILE APRON STAPLES
(SEE APPLICATION NOTE 1) APPLICATION NOTES:
A. THE PRIMARY PURPOSE OF DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET

PROTECTION IS TO PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING
TRIANGULAR SECTION A DRAINAGE SYSTEM BY PONDING WATER WHICH ALLOWS
SEDIMENT TO FALL OUT OF SUSPENSION.
B. THE TOP OF THE INLET PROTECTION SHALL BE SET AT

THE MAXIMUM DESIRED WATER LEVEL BASED ON FIELD
LOCATION AND CONDITIONS.
NOTES:
3" TO 6" TRENCH
1. SECURE THE ENDS OF THE APRON FOR THE PREFABRICATED

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION WITH STAPLES
AS DETAILED IN THE PLAN VIEW OR AS RECOMMENDED BY
THE MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE.
2. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY SEVEN (7) DAYS,

AFTER EACH RAINFALL OF " OR MORE WITHIN A 24
GEOTEXTILE APRON BACKFILL TRENCH HOUR PERIOD, OR DAILY DURING PROLONGED RAINFALL.
MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED.
FLOW FLOW TRIANGULAR SECTION STAPLES
3. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN ACCUMULATION
REACHES ONE-HALF OF THE MEASURE HEIGHT. SEDIMENT
GEOTEXTILE APRON DETAIL "A" SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL.
STAPLES
4. WEEP HOLES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY GEOTEXTILE AND STONE.
FLOW FLOW 5. UPON STABILIZATION OF CONTRIBUTING AREA, WEEP HOLES

SHALL BE SEALED AND GEOTEXTILE REMOVED.
6. MAINTENANCE SHALL INCLUDE REPAIR AND RE-BUILDING INLET

PROTECTION AS NEEDED TO ENSURE THAT IT FUNCTIONS AS
ORIGINALLY INTENDED.
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE 7. INLET PROTECTION - EXCAVATED, FOR THIS PROJECT, SHALL BE

SEE DETAIL "A" INSTALLED AT DRAINAGE LOW POINTS AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS
AND AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER.
GEOTEXTILE APRON TRIANGULAR SECTION
PLAN VIEW CROSS SECTION

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION - TEMPORARY DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION - TEMPORARY
(PREFABRICATED) (PREFABRICATED)
GEOTEXTILE DRAINAGE - CLASS A
EXISTING OR DRAINAGE
#1 CRUSHED STONE
PROPOSED GRADE STRUCTURE
GEOTEXTILE WRAP AROUND A
TEMPORARY SEDIMENT POOL
CONCRETE BLOCKS
4X DEPTH
24" MAX.
12" MIN.
1
8" MIN. CONCRETE BLOCK WITH
1
HORIZONTAL HOLES - STACKED 2 HIGH
2
UNCLASSIFIED
GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC ITEM 207.03 EXCAVATION AND
WRAP AROUND CONCRETE BLOCKS CONCRETE BLOCKS DISPOSAL
WITH HOLES VERTICAL
#1 STONE APRON FILTER DROP INLET
8" MIN. CONCRETE BLOCK WITH
(1" MAX. DIA.) 2" WEEP HOLE
HORIZONTAL HOLES
DRILLED INTO SIDE
PLACE BLOCKS BELOW
OF DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
INLET FOUNDATION
RUNOFF WATER FLOW (SEE NOTES 4 AND 5)
SEEPAGE
INLET PROTECTION - EXCAVATED
2"
#1 STONE APRON FILTER
STATE OF NEW YORK
(3 SIDES)
A DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
WATER FLOW
WATER FLOW
NOTE: THIS METHOD OF INLET PROTECTION OR APPROVED EQUAL

IS APPLICABLE WHEN HEAVY FLOWS ARE EXPECTED AND WHERE
RUNOFF
RUNOFF
AN OVERFLOW CAPACITY IS NECESSARY TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE

PONDING AROUND THE STRUCTURE.
03
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 11:
SECTION A-A
dgn
FILE NAM E = 209-0302.
PLAN VIEW DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INLET PROTECTION

(SHEET 2 OF 2)
USER = rlohse
DROP INLET PROTECTION - CONCRETE BLOCK

209-03
APPLICATION NOTES:
A. THE PURPOSE OF A PIPE SLOPE DRAIN IS TO PREVENT EROSION OF

EMBANKMENT OR OTHER SIDE SLOPES BY TRANSPORTING CLEAN WATER
THROUGH A PIPE FROM A HIGHER ELEVATION TO A LOWER ELEVATION.
GENERAL NOTES:
1. APPROVED SILT FENCE GEOTEXTILES ARE LISTED ON THE DEPARTMENT’S

APPROVED LIST.
A
2. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS OR
3X PIPE DIA. AFTER EACH RAINFALL OF " OR MORE WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD.
MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED.
3. PIPE MAY BE CORRUGATED PLASTIC PIPE OR CORRUGATED METAL PIPE

(CMP) OR OTHER MATERIAL AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OPTION. THE PIPE
6X PIPE DIA.
)
CRUSHED STONE OR STONE
MIN.
SHALL HAVE WATERTIGHT CONNECTING BANDS OR FLANGE CONNECTIONS.
FILLING ON GEOTEXTILE
-0" (
BEDDING (SEE NOTE 4)
4. CRUSHED STONE OR STONE FILLING FOR THE PIPE SLOPE DRAIN SHALL
MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF LIGHT STONE FILLING ON FIGURE 620-1.
4’
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF y737-01
DISCHARGE IN DRAINAGE DITCH, GEOTEXTILES.
STABLILIZED AREA OR INTO
SEDIMENT TRAP 5.
PIPE SLOPE DRAINS MAX. DRAINAGE AREA
(ACRE)
XX-01 6" 0.25

XX-02 8" 0.33
XX-03 12" 0.50
TOE OF FILL SLOPE XX-04 15" 1.0
XX-05 18" 1.5
XX-06 24" 3.5
XX-07 30" 3.5
PIPE SLOPE DRAIN

SIZE DEPENDENT UPON
CONTRIBUTING AREA
(SEE NOTE 5)
TEMPORARY BERM, APPROXIMATELY 24" TEMPORARY DIVERSION

WIDE, 12" HIGHER THAN PIPE DIAMETER
(COMPACTED WITH WHEEL OR TRACK)
ANCHOR PIPE TO SLOPE,

SECTIONS JOINED WITH
WATERTIGHT CONNECTORS
TEMPORARY BERM AT
TOP OF FILL SLOPE
SLOPE 3%
6X PIPE DIA. 4’-0" (MIN.) SUBGRADE
OR STEEPER
4’-0" (MIN.)
END SECTION AND CRUSHED STONE OR GRAVEL

ON GEOTEXTILE BEDDING, TEMPORARY FLOW LINE
FLOW LINE
TEMPORARY DIVERSION, MAY BE
STRAWBALES, SILT FENCE OR OTHER
APPROPRIATE MATERIAL, LENGTH
AS REQUIRED TO CONTAIN SURFACE SECTION A-A
)
MIN.
CRUSHED STONE OR STONE

DRAINAGE AND DIRECT FLOW INTO
FILLING ON GEOTEXTILE BEDDING
STONE FILLING ON
12" (
END SECTION
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING
PIPE SLOPE DRAIN - TEMPORARY
A
PLAN
STATE OF NEW YORK


35
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 11:
dgn
PIPE INLET/OUTLET PROTECTION

PIPE SLOPE DRAIN

USER = rlohse

209-04
HIGHWAY EDGE OF PAVEMENT
50’ MIN. LENGTH MEASURED ALONG c OF CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
APPLICATION NOTES:
OUTSIDE EDGE
24" TRANSITION (TYP.)
WASHING AREA, 30’ MIN. (SEE NOTE 2) OF TRAVEL LANE A. THE PURPOSE OF A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE IS TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE
6" CRUSHED STONE THE TRACKING OF SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS OF WAY OR STREETS.
OR GRAVEL MIN.
12" MIN. COVER OVER PIPE 12" (TYP.)
NOTES:
1. MODIFICATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED TO MATCH FIELD CONDITIONS.
GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION, 2. A 30’ WASH AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED, ADDITIONAL GRADING MAY BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE
STRENGTH CLASS 1 WASHING AREAS.
FILL, MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS
OF EMBANKMENT MATERIAL.
3. PROPOSED DRAINAGE PIPES SHALL BE SIZED WITH SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO CARRY DITCH
GRADE AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SAG ORIGINAL FLOWS (12" MIN.). ALTERNATIVE WAYS OF TRANSPORTING DITCH DRAINAGE ACROSS
VERTICAL CURVE ALONG CONSTRUCTION GRADE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES MAY BE PROPOSED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL BY
DRAINAGE PIPE, 12" MIN., IF NECESSARY
ENTRANCE (SEE NOTE 4) THE ENGINEER.
(SEE NOTE 3)
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PROFILE 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE TO PREPARE AND SMOOTH ORIGINAL GROUND FOR PLACEMENT
OF 6" OF #3 CRUSHED STONE OR GRAVEL ENTRANCE MATERIAL UP TO THE EDGE OF
(CUT AND DITCH SECTIONS)
PAVEMENT.
5. DRAINAGE PIPES OVER 20" DIA. THAT ARE NOT BEHIND ROADSIDE BARRIER SHALL INCLUDE
HIGHWAY EDGE
SAFETY END SECTIONS OR GRATING TO ENSURE TRAVERSABILITY.
OF PAVEMENT
50’ MIN. LENGTH MEASURED ALONG c OF CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2) OUTSIDE EDGE 6. LAYOUT DRIVEWAY OPENING PER TAPER METHOD OF LAYOUT FOR A MINOR COMMERCIAL
OF TRAVEL LANE DRIVEWAY ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE LAYOUT".
SAME SLOPE
AS SHOULDER 7. DETERMINE DRIVEWAY WIDTH "W" FROM THE MINOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY CLASSIFICATION
24" TRANSITION (TYP.) OF TABLE 1 ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "DRIVEWAY DESIGN GUIDELINES".
8. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE MAY BE REQUIRED AND COST OF THIS MAINTENANCE WILL BE

INCLUDED IN THE UNIT PRICE BID.
AREA FOR WASHING OPERATIONS AT TOP OF SLOPE
(SEE NOTE 2)
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PROFILE

(FILL SECTIONS)
(CENTERLINE OF TWO WAY TWO LANE ROAD)

DRAINAGE PIPE
(SEE NOTE 3) WIDTH "W"
#3 CRUSHED STONE OR GRAVEL
(SEE NOTE 7)
1 GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION,
STRENGTH CLASS 1
1.5
1:2 SLOPE (TYP.)

(HEIGHT 6")
FILL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS
DIRECTION
OF EMBANKMENT MATERIAL
OF SURFACE 6" GRADE TO DRAIN
RUNOFF FLOW IN DIRECT
ION OF
SURFACE FLOW
SEE TABLE 1
X
SEE NOTE 5
1
(SEE NOTE 7)
50’ MIN. LENGTH "L" MEASURED ALONG c OF CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE BOTTOM OF DITCH
WIDTH "W"
SKEW ANGLE 0
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SECTION
TEMPORARY SEED AND MULCH
INSIDE EDGE OF OUTERMOST TRAVEL LANE

TABLE 1
STATE OF NEW YORK
X HIGHWAY SPEED CONDITION
OUTSIDE EDGE OF TRAVEL LANE
1.5
2 ALL SPEEDS - PROTECTED BY BARRIER
HIGHWAY EDGE OF PAVEMENT
1 3 < 50 MPH U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DATE/TIME = 10-FEB-2010 09:03
6 w 50 MPH
LAYOUT LINE
CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES
USER = jturley
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PLAN /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.
(CUT/DITCH AND FILL SECTIONS) FOR THE DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER

209-05
(DESIGN)
SHORE
ANCHOR APPLICATION NOTES:
PT.
A. THE PURPOSE OF A TURBIDITY CURTAIN IS TO SEPARATE WORK AREAS IN OR ADJACENT TO
WATERWAYS, TO PREVENT TURBIDITY FROM ENTERING THE WATERWAY.
B. TURBIDITY CURTAIN SHALL NOT BE PLACED ACROSS A FLOWING WATERWAY.
C. CONCENTRATED FLOW OUTLETS SUCH AS CULVERT OUTLETS, DITCHES, ETC. SHALL NOT BE
LOCATED BEHIND TURBIDITY CURTAIN.
REDIRECTION
GENERAL NOTES:
BARRIER
1. THE DETAIL DEPICTS WORK AT A BRIDGE LOCATION, BUT TURBIDITY CURTAIN MAY BE
APPLIED AT OTHER LOCATIONS.
TURBIDITY
CURTAIN
2. TURBIDITY CURTAIN SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 100’ LONG FOR EACH SECTION OF CURTAIN
SHORE 45
REQUIRED. END SECTIONS SHALL TERMINATE 10’ BEYOND THE LIMIT OF DISTURBANCE.
ANCHOR
A BRIDGE A PT. 3. THE TURBIDITY CURTAIN SHALL BE PLACED AS CLOSE TO THE WORK AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT
INTERFERING WITH CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTINUALLY MONITOR THE INSTALLATION, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT
WEATHER PATTERNS AND PREVAILING WIND DIRECTIONS THAT MAY AFFECT WATER LEVELS,
VELOCITY AND MOVEMENT OF THE TURBIDITY CURTAIN.
5. THE TURBIDITY CURTAIN SHALL BE REMOVED BY PULLING TOWARD THE SHORE TO MINIMIZE
ESCAPE OF SEDIMENTS INTO THE WATERWAY.
6. THE WEIGHTED ANCHOR SYSTEM SHALL BE A TYPE THAT ALLOWS THE CURTAIN TO CONFORM
TO THE CONTOUR OF THE BOTTOM ON THE WATERWAY.
20
7. FOR FLOW VELOCITIES > 5 FT/SEC, USE A REDIRECTION BARRIER SUCH THAT FLOW EXPANDING AT
20n FROM THE BARRIER WILL REACH THE CURTAIN AT A POINT WHERE THE CURTAIN IS ESSENTIALLY
PARALLEL TO STREAM FLOW.
TURBIDITY 8. THE REDIRECTION BARRIER MAY CONSIST OF CONCRETE BARRIER, PLANKING OR OTHER MATERIAL
A BRIDGE A
CURTAIN SUCH THAT IT CAN BE QUICKLY REMOVED OR WASHED OUT IN THE EVENT OF HIGH FLOWS.
SHORE ANCHOR PT. LOCATED
IT SHOULD NOT BE SUCH THAT IT WILL REMAIN IN PLACE AND BE OVERTOPPED.
3’ MIN. UPLAND OF ORDINARY
HIGH WATER MARK (TYP.)
PONDS, LAKES AND STREAMS

FLOW VELOCITY l 5 FT/S
SHORE
ANCHOR
PT. HIGHWAY SURFACE
SHORE LINE
SHORE ANCHOR PT. LOCATED

SHORE LINE PROPOSED WORK SITE ROPE OR CABLE
VARIES WITH FLOATS
SEE NOTE 3 (6" MIN.)
EBB
TURBIDITY
CURTAIN
STREAMS, FLOW VELOCITY
> 5 FT/S
BRIDGE
TO UNDISTURBED BOTTOM
APPROVED (TURBIDITY CURTAIN) GEOTEXTILE
FLOW WITH FOLDS FOR WATER FLUCTUATION
EXISTING GROUND / WATER BANK
WEIGHTED ANCHORING SYSTEM - SEE NOTE 6
WORK AREA
10’-0" TYP. SEE NOTE 2 SECTION A-A
ANCHOR POINTS EVERY 100 FT. MAX.
STATE OF NEW YORK

BARRIER MOVEMENT DUE TO TIDAL CHANGE
SHORE ANCHOR PT. LOCATED DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

STAKE OR ANCHOR EVERY 100 FT. MAX.
00
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 12:
PLAN
TIDAL WATERS
dgn
AND/OR HEAVY WIND AND WAVE ACTION

TURBIDITY CURTAIN
USER = rlohse
TYPICAL TURBIDITY CURTAIN LAYOUTS

209-06
APPLICATION NOTES:
EXCAVATION A. THE PURPOSE OF A SEDIMENT TRAP IS TO INTERCEPT SEDIMENT LADEN RUNOFF AND TRAP
TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP LENGTH THE SEDIMENT IN ORDER TO PROTECT DRAINAGE WAYS, PROPERTIES, AND R.O.W. BELOW THE
TOP OF BERM TEMPORARY SEED, MULCH, AND APPLY SEDIMENT TRAP FROM SEDIMENTATION.
CLASS II - ROLLED EROSION CONTROL PRODUCT
FLOW 5’-0" (MIN.) B. A SEDIMENT TRAP IS USUALLY INSTALLED IN A DRAINAGE WAY, AT A STORM DRAIN INLET,
RISER CREST ELEVATION 24" EMBANKMENT MATERIAL OR OTHER POINTS OF DISCHARGE FROM A DISTURBED AREA.
6"
OR SANDBAGS
C. SEDIMENT TRAPS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THEY CAN BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO GRADING
OG OUTLET PIPE DIAMETER SIZES OR FILLING IN THE DRAINAGE AREA THEY ARE TO PROTECT.
STONE WEIR OUTLET INVERT
2 2 2
1 LEVEL POOL AREA 1 5’-0" (MAX.) 1 D. MINIMUM VOLUME OF SEDIMENT STORAGE SHALL BE 130 CUBIC YARDS PER ACRE OF
MAX
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING OUTLET PIPE BARREL RISER CONTRIBUTORY DRAINAGE AREA.
DRAINAGE
DIAMETER DIAMETER (IN.)
AREA (ACRES)
E. SIZING OF POOL AREA RISER AND OUTLET IN ACCORDANCE WITH BLUE BOOK.
EXCAVATE AND INSTALL BOTTOM POOL
LIGHT STONE FILLING ELEVATION SEE RISER DETAIL 12 15 1
LENGTH OF PIPE
WIDTH = 20’ GENERAL NOTES:
DEPTH = 12" 15 18 2
EXCAVATE AND INSTALL LIGHT STONE FILLING
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING CONSTRUCTION:
LENGTH: 6’, WIDTH: 5’, DEPTH 12" 18 21 3
SECTION A-A
1. CLEARING AND GRUBBING. AREA UNDER BERM SHALL BE CLEARED, GRUBBED AND STRIPPED
21 24 4
OF ANY VEGETATION AND ROOT MAT. THE POOL AREA SHALL BE CLEARED, BUT NOT
GRUBBED.
21 27 5
2. EARTH BERM CONSTRUCTION. THE FILL MATERIAL FOR THE EARTH BERM SHALL BE FREE OF
ROOTS OR OTHER WOODY VEGETATION AS WELL AS OVER-SIZED STONES, ROCKS, ORGANIC
MATERIAL, OR OTHER NON-SUITABLE MATERIAL. THE EARTH BERM SHALL BE COMPACTED BY
TRAVERSING WITH EQUIPMENT WHILE IT IS BEING CONSTRUCTED.
3. SLOPES: ALL FILL SLOPES SHALL BE 2:1 OR FLATTER. CUT SLOPES SHALL BE 1:1 OR
FLATTER.
24" 5’-0" 4. APPLY TEMPORARY SEED, MULCH, AND CLASS II ROLLED EROSION CONTROL PRODUCT TO
TOP OF BERM BERM, FROM TOE OF ONE SLOPE TO TOE OF OTHER SLOPE.
16 GA. RISER PIPE (TYP.) RISER CREST ELEVATION 5. RISERS: THE SECTION OF THE RISER ABOVE THE EMBEDMENT SHALL BE PERFORATED WITH
18" (TYP.) 24" TOP OF BERM SANDBAGS 1" DIAMETER HOLES OR SLITS SPACED 6" VERTICALLY BY 6" HORIZONTALLY AND PLACED IN
FLOW THE CONCAVE PORTION OF THE PIPE. NO HOLES WILL BE ALLOWED WITHIN 6" OF THE
18"
BOTTOM
SEE NOTES 5, 6, 7 AND 8 OUTLET PIPE.
6" (MIN.) OF TRAP OUTLET
INVERT 6. THE RISER SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH " TO " HARDWARE CLOTH WIRE THEN WRAPPED WITH
CLASS "A" GEOTEXTILE DRAINAGE FABRIC. THE GEOTEXTILE SHALL EXTEND 6" ABOVE THE
HIGHEST HOLE AND 6" BELOW THE LOWEST HOLE. WHERE ENDS OF THE GEOTEXTILE COME
GEOTEXTILE DRAINAGE
6" (MIN.) TOGETHER, THEY SHALL BE OVERLAPPED, FOLDED, AND STAPLED TO PREVENT BYPASS.
EXCAVATION LINE 7. STRAPS OR CONNECTING BANDS SHALL BE PLACED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE
GEOTEXTILE FABRIC TO HOLD THE GEOTEXTILE AND WIRE IN PLACE.
EMBANKMENT 24" OUTLET PIPE
8. THE RISER SHALL BE ANCHORED WITH A STEEL PLATE BASE TO PREVENT FLOATATION. A "
LENGTH OF PIPE
MINIMUM THICKNESS STEEL PLATE SHALL BE ATTACHED AND SEALED TO THE RISER BY A
SEE RISER DETAIL
CONTINUOUS WELD AROUND THE BOTTOM TO FORM A WATERTIGHT CONNECTION. 24" OF TAMPED
16 GA. CSP SUITABLE EMBANKMENT SHALL BE PLACED ON THE PLATE.
EXCAVATE AND INSTALL LIGHT STONE FILLING
" STEEL BASE p OUTLET PIPE
4’-0" X 4’-0" LENGTH: 6’, WIDTH: 5’, DEPTH 12"
9. OUTLET PIPE. OUTLET PIPE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WATERTIGHT. FILL MATERIAL AROUND
(SEE NOTE 8) THE OUTLET PIPE SHALL BE HAND COMPACTED IN FOUR 4" LAYERS. A MINIMUM OF 24" OF
GEOTEXTILE BEDDING HAND COMPACTED BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED OVER THE OUTLET PIPE BEFORE CROSSING IT
WITH CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT.
ELEVATION ELEVATION
MAINTENANCE:
RISER DETAIL TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP
10. MEASURES SHALL BE INSPECTED EVERY SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS OR AFTER EACH RAINFALL
(DITCH DAM) OF " OR MORE WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD. MEASURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED
AS REQUIRED.
11. MAINTENANCE OF THE TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP SHALL INCLUDE REPAIR AND REBUILDING
OF THE BERM, PIPES, AND OTHER FEATURES AS NEEDED TO ENSURE THAT THE TRAP
EMERGENCY SPILLWAY PERFORMS AS ORIGINALLY INTENDED. TORN, PUNCTURED, OR CLOGGED FILTER FABRIC
(LIGHT STONE FILLING) SHALL BE REPLACED AS NEEDED. IF DEWATERING OF THE TRAP BECOMES NECESSARY, WATER
WATER ELEVATION AT TOP WIDTH = 3’ SHALL BE PUMPED TO A VEGETATED AREA AWAY FROM ALL WETLANDS, WATER COURSES, AND
OF OUTLET STRUCTURE DEPTH = 6" SANDBAGS OTHER BODIES OF WATER.
12. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED AND TRAP RESTORED TO ITS ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS WHEN THE
BOTTOM OF DITCH SEDIMENT HAS ACCUMULATED TO ONE-HALF THE DESIGN DEPTH OF THE TRAP. REMOVED
OUTLET SEDIMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS UNSUITABLE MATERIAL.
STRUCTURE
(RISER PIPE) REMOVAL:
A A
20’
13. THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE AREA STABILIZED AFTER THE CONTRIBUTING
DRAINAGE HAS BEEN PROPERLY STABILIZED.
M
BER
FLOW
c DITCH
OF
16 GA. 12" CSP

TOP
OUTLET PIPE
LIGHT STONE FILLING
STATE OF NEW YORK

SEE RISER DETAIL EXCAVATE AND INSTALL DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BOTTOM OF TRAP LIGHT STONE FILLING
LENGTH: 6’
WIDTH: 5’
DEPTH 12"
02
DATE/TIM E = 22-NOV-2011 12:
dgn
PLAN PLAN
SEDIMENT TRAPS
USER = rlohse
TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP

(EARTH BERM / SANDBAG) (DITCH DAM)

209-07
120’-0" MAX. 20’-0"
TOP SUPPORT ROPE
3’-0" MAX.
" DIA. TIE-BACK ROPE

CHAIN LINK FENCING LOOP AROUND COLUMN, SECURE
WITH CABLE GUIDE
CABLE GUIDE
LATERAL RESTRAINING CABLE

WIRE ROPE NET
CHAIN LINK FENCE
TIE-BACK RESTRAINING CABLE DETAIL
W IRE ROPE NET
LATERAL RESTRAINING CABLES A NCHOR BRAKING ELEMENT ANCHOR C OLUMN (W8 X 48)
T IE-BACK RESTRAINING CABLE

ELEVATION VIEW
WITH BRAKING ELEMENT
(SEE TIE-BACK RESTRAINING
CHAIN LINK FENCE MATERIAL TO
CABLE DETAIL)
60 n BE FASTENED TO WIRE ROPE NET
WIRE ROPE CLIPS

(SEE WIRE ROPE CLIP WIRE ROPE NET
ASSEMBLY DETAIL)
" DIA. WIRE ROPE ANCHOR

SEE WIRE ROPE ANCHOR FOUNDATION
DETAIL ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED
3’-0"
MIN.
"WIRE ROPE CATCHMENT - SHEET 2 OF 3"
SEAM ROPE TO BE WRAPPED LOOSELY " DIA. TOP SUPPORT ROPE

AROUND BRAKING ELEMENT
3’-0"
C LASS A CONCRETE BREAK-AWAY ASSEMBLY MIN.
SEE BREAK -AWAY ASSEMBLY

DETAIL ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED
"WIRE ROPE CATCHMENT - SHEET 2 OF 3"
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION
CLIP TOP AND BOTTOM SEAM

ROPES TOGETHER, 6" OVERLAP AT
END OF EACH ROPE
" THIMBLE " DIA. WIRE ROPE " WIRE ROPE CLIPS (4)
GALVANIZED
6"
GALVANIZED CHAIN LINK MESH

(SEE TYPICAL CROSS SECTION)
9" 4" 4" 4"
" WIRE ROPE NET PANEL
WIRE ROPE CLIP ASSEMBLY DETAIL

WIRE ROPE CLIPS TO BE TIGHTENED TO 95 LBF-FT.
STATE OF NEW YORK

DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
" DIA. SEAM ROPE " DIA. BOTTOM SUPPORT ROPE

(ONE WRAP PER 16" MIN.)
WIRE ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE

USER = jturley
WIRE ROPE NET DETAIL (SHEET 1 OF 3)
APPROVED JANUARY 27, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 10-004
/S/ J.E. RONDINARO, P.E.
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-01
CHIEF ENGINEER (RESEARCH)
WITH ROPE PROTECTOR
(AS SUPPLIED BY MANUFACTURER)
CLASS "A" CONCRETE

PERPENDICULAR TIE-BACK
30 n
ANCHOR FOUNDATION F RICTION BRAKE
(SEE WIRE ROPE ANCHOR
FOUNDATION DETAIL)
2’-0"
2’-0"
MIN.
MIN.
PERPENDICULAR TIE-BACK
RESTRAINING CABLE
10’-0" MIN.
SEE TIE-BACK RESTRAINING
LATERAL ANCHOR FOUNDATION
CABLE DETAIL ON STANDARD SHEET
(SEE WIRE ROPE ANCHOR
TITLED "WIRE ROPE ROCK CENTRALIZERS C ENTRALIZERS
FOUNDATION DETAIL)
CATCHMENT FENCE (SHEET 1 OF 3)"
3" DIA. MIN.
HOLE
2’-0"
2’-0"
MIN.
MIN.
STEEL BEAM (W8 X 48)
TOP AND BOTTOM PERIMETER LATERAL RESTRAINING CABLE
SUPPORT ROPE
SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION
SUPPORT ROPE - PLAN VIEW WIRE ROPE ANCHOR FOUNDATION DETAIL
BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE EXCAVATED MATERIAL
S EE LATERAL RESTRAINING
CABLE DETAIL
3’-0" MAX. C LASS "A" CONCRETE
T OP SUPPORT ROPE
6" MIN.
60 n
LATERAL S EE COLUMN BRAKING ELEMENTS
(45 n MIN.)
RESTRAINING CABLE BASE DETAIL UPPER LEFT AND
3’-0" MIN.
LOWER RIGHT B C
A BEDROCK
(SEE NOTE 1)
BOTTOM
CLASS "A" CONCRETE
SUPPORT ROPE
LEVELING PAD
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)
WIRE ROPE CLIP ASSEMBLY (TYP.)
SEE WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLY DETAIL
LATERAL RESTRAINING
ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "WIRE
CABLES
ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE
3’-0" MIN.
(SHEET 1 OF 3)"
SUPPORT ROPE - ELEVATION VIEW NON-BEDROCK FOUNDATION DETAIL BEDROCK FOUNDATION DETAIL
NOTES:
1. THE SUITABILITY OF THE BEDROCK AND

BEDROCK SURFACE SHALL BE DETERMINED
BY A DEPARTMENTAL ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST.
TOP SUPPORT ROPES
2. AN IRREGULAR ROCK SURFACE MAY

CABLE GUIDE
WIRE ROPE CLIP ASSEMBLY (TYP.) REQUIRE A CONCRETE LEVELING PAD.
SEE WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLY DETAIL
ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "WIRE PRESS LOOP (PREFORMED) 3. THICKNESS "AB" SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM.
ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE CABLE GUIDE DISTANCE "BC" SHALL BE 3’-0" MINIMUM.
(SHEET 1 OF 3)"
BREAK-AWAY ANGLE BOTTOM SUPPORT
CABLE GUIDE PRESS LOOPS
ROPE
(PREFORMED)
LATERAL RESTRAINING
CABLE
CLASS "A" CONCRETE
60 n 60 n
(45 n MIN.) STATE OF NEW YORK

DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
ANCHOR BOLTS
COLUMN BASE DETAIL LATERAL RESTRAINING CABLE DETAIL BREAK-AWAY ASSEMBLY DETAIL
NOTE: SUPPORT ROPE WITH BRAKING ELEMENTS WIRE ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE
TO BE PRE ASSEMBLED BY MANUFACTURER
USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 3)
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-01
TOP SUPPORT PLATE
TOP SUPPORT ROPE
CABLE GUIDES
1 " DIA., " DEEP HOLE
A1
A2
COLUMN PLATE
A4
AS SPECIFIED
A2
B OTTOM SUPPORT ROPE
"
A3
A7
A6
A7
PLATE FOR TOP CABLE GUIDE
A1
A4
A5
PLATE FOR BOTTOM CABLE GUIDE

A3
STRUCTURAL COLUMN ASSEMBLY DETAIL
CABLE GUIDES BREAK-AWAY ANGLE
ITEM DESCRIPTION
BOTTOM SUPPORT PLATE A1 PLATE, 3 2/2

" X 5" X 4/4
" THICK
1" MIN. DIA. ANCHOR BOLT
GRADE 60, 30" LONG A2 BOLT, 8/8
" DIA. WITH NUT AND WASHERS TO BE FITTED
WHEN ASSEMBLED
A3 PLATE, 3 2/2
" X 4 4/4
" X 4/4
" THICK
A4 COLUMN PLATE, 13" X 17 2/2

" X 8/8
" THICK
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW A5 ANCHOR BOLTS, 1" DIA. X 30" LONG WITH NUTS
AND WASHERS
A6 BOLT, 4/4
" DIA. X WITH NUTS (NO WASHERS)
STATE OF NEW YORK

A7 BREAKAWAY ANGLES, 3 " X 3 " X " THICK
STRUCTURAL COLUMNS
NOTE 1. COLUMN AS SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER

WILL NOT REQUIRE ANY WELDING FOR INSTALLATION U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
IN THE FIELD.
WIRE ROPE ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE

USER = jturley
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-01
HOOK BARS
8’-
0 "
A NCHOR ANGLE, 8" X 6" X 1" X 24" TIE BARS
SEE ANCHOR ANGLE DETAIL "D"
TITLED "CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT
FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2"
B OTTOM CABLE
#11 POSTS
SECURE WITH THIMBLE AND (4) CLIPS
24"
SEE DETAIL "F" ON STANDARD
SHEET TITLED "CHAIN LINK ROCK
CATCHMENT FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2"
TOP CABLE S EE NOTE 9

8"
SEE TYPICAL CABLE SPLICE

DETAIL "H" ON STANDARD
PLAN
SHEET TITLED "CHAIN LINK
8’-0" ROCK CATCHMENT
FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2" SEE DETAIL "E"
ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED
"CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT
" GALVANIZED
STEEL TURNBUCKLE GUIDE RAIL CABLES
CABLE END ASSEMBLY

DETAIL "B"
6’-0"
SEE DETAIL "G" ON 60 n MIN.
STANDARD SHEET TITLED TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE (SWALE) SECTION
FENCH FABRIC
4’-0"
GENERAL NOTES:
1 " X 5’-0" RESIN (SEE NOTE 9)
GROUTED BOLTS
1. " WIRE CABLE SHALL CONSIST OF THREE (3) STRANDS (SEVEN (7) WIRES PER
(2 PER ANCHOR UNIT) SEE DETAIL "C" STRAND) AND HAVE A MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH OF 25 KIPS.
SEE DETAIL "D" ON
STANDARD SHEET TITLED
2. CABLE CLIPS SHOULD BE FOR RIGHT OR LEFT LAY CABLE AS APPROPRIATE.
3. ALL CABLE ENDS AND SPLICES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO USE THE WEDGE SHOWN
IN DETAIL "X" ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT
DETAIL "A" TYPICAL TERMINAL SECTION
FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2". THE CABLE ENDS AND SPLICES SHALL BE HOT DIPPED
ELEVATION GALVANIZED AS INDICATED IN SUBSECTION 719-01, MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
TYPE 1, OF THE NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. THE WEDGE SHOWN IN
DETAIL "X" ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT
FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2" SHALL NOT BE GALVANIZED.
4. STAGGER CABLE SPLICES A MINIMUM OF 20’-0" ON ADJACENT CABLES. SPACE

CABLE SPLICES A MINIMUM OF 100’-0" ON THE SAME CABLE.
5. MATERIALS INDICATED AS "CAST STEEL" SHALL CONFORM TO SUBSECTION

715-02 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. MATERIALS INDICATED AS "MALLEABLE
IRON" SHALL CONFORM TO SUBSECTION 715-09 OF THE NYSDOT STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS AND BE GRADE 32510, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE.
GALVANIZED AND BLACK EPOXY COATED 6. ALUMINUM COATED STEEL FENCE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS
#11 STEEL REBAR POSTS (8’-0" CENTERS) OF SUBSECTION 710-04 OF THE NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
CUT TO APPROPRIATE LENGTH
GALVANIZED #11 STEEL REBAR POSTS A LUMINUM COATED STEEL FENCE FABRIC (SIX GAUGE - TWIST SELVAGE) A LUMINUM COATED STEEL FENCE FABRIC (SIX GAUGE - TWIST SELVAGE)
(SEE NOTE 7) 7. #11 STEEL REBAR POSTS AND #9 HOOK BAR ANCHORS SHALL CONFORM TO
(8’-0" CENTERS) SEE NOTES 6, 8, AND 9 SEE NOTES 6, 8, AND 9
CUT TO APPROPRIATE LENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF SUBSECTION 709-01 OF THE NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
BLACK, (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
" GALVANIZED GUIDE RAIL CABLE WITH THIMBLE AND (4) CLIPS " GALVANIZED GUIDE RAIL CABLE WITH THIMBLE AND (4) CLIPS
(SEE NOTE 7) IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS) VINYL
SEE DETAIL "F" ON STANDARD SHEET TITLE "CHAIN LINK ROCK SEE DETAIL "F" ON STANDARD SHEET TITLE "CHAIN LINK ROCK 8. FENCE FABRIC TO BE ATTACHED TO HORIZONTAL " CABLES WITH 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED
COATED STEEL FENCE FABRIC
CATCHMENT FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2" CATCHMENT FENCE - SHEET 2 OF 2" WIRE TIES AT 1’-0" INTERVALS.
CLASS "A" (SEE NOTE 12)
MAX. ALLOWABLE SAG " MAX. ALLOWABLE SAG " 9. BOTTOM OF FENCE FABRIC SHALL BE IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND SURFACE. ADD
6"
6"
AT CENTER AT CENTER MATERIAL AS NECESSARY. ADDED MATERIAL TO BE ATTACHED WITH 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED
SEE NOTE 11 SEE NOTE 11 WIRE TIES, 1’-0" C.C. AND OVERLAPPED A MINIMUM OF 4 CHAINLINK ROWS.
10. SECURE LONGITUDINAL CABLES TO #11 POSTS WITH U-BOLTS. DRAW CABLE TAUT BEFORE
30"
30"
TIGHTENING U-BOLTS.
60 n u 5 60 n u 5
#9 HOOK BAR #9 HOOK BAR 11. TIE-BACK CABLE TO BE RUN UNDER UPPER CABLE, AROUND POST, OVER UPPER CABLE
SEE NOTE 7 SEE NOTE 7 AND SECURED WITH 4 CABLE CLAMPS. TIE-BACK CABLE TO BE INSTALLED LAST AFTER
6’-0"
6’-0"
N N LONGITUDINAL CABLES HAVE BEEN TIGHTENED AND FENCE FABRIC ATTACHED.
E CONCRETE GROUTING MATERIAL E CONCRETE GROUTING MATERIAL
D D
R R
U U
B B 12. VINYL COATED STEEL FENCE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF SUBSECTION
R R
E E
V V 710-03 OF THE NYSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION. EXCEPT THE COLOR SHALL BE BLACK
30"
30"
O O
1" HOLE 1" HOLE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE WIRE DIAMETER SHALL
U-BOLT, SEE NOTE 10 DRILLED 2’-0" INTO BEDROCK GALVANIZED AND BLACK EPOXY COATED DRILLED 2’-0" INTO BEDROCK BE CLASS "A".
U-BOLT, SEE NOTE 10
6"
6"
VARIABLE (0 TO 4’-0") VARIABLE (0 TO 4’-0")

STATE OF NEW YORK
2 ’-0" MIN. EMBEDMENT INTO BEDROCK 2 ’-0" MIN. EMBEDMENT INTO BEDROCK

K K
OC OC
DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
DR DR
BE BE
CONCRETE GROUTING MATERIAL CONCRETE GROUTING MATERIAL
2" DIA. HOLE 2" DIA. HOLE
(POUR SUFFICIENT AMOUNT INTO HOLE TO (POUR SUFFICIENT AMOUNT INTO HOLE TO
DRILLED INTO BEDROCK DRILLED INTO BEDROCK
ALLOW OVERFLOW AFTER INSERTING POST) ALLOW OVERFLOW AFTER INSERTING POST) CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE
USER = jturley
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
DETAILS "C1" DETAILS "C2"
ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE POST VINYL COATED ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE POST
AND TIE-BACK TYPICAL SECTION AND TIE-BACK TYPICAL SECTION
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-02
TAMPED BACKFILL
TAMPED BACKFILL
0 TO 6’-0"
6’-0"
2’-0"
CONCRETE GROUT
1’-0"
CONCRETE GROUT
1"
THREADED BOLT 5’-0" LONG

1’-0"
1" NOMINAL DIA.
4"
8" X 6" X 1" ANGLE
(ASTM A-36 GALVANIZED)
ALTERNATE HOOK BAR
HOOK BAR ANCHOR
ANCHOR DETAIL
DETAIL ANCHOR NUT
FOR OVERBURDEN DEPTHS LESS THAN 6’-0"
1" 3"
3"
DETAIL "E"
BEARING WASHER
6"
#9 HOOK BAR ANCHOR TYPICAL SECTIONS
(VARYING OVERBURDEN DEPTHS)
4"
WEDGE WASHER
C ONCRETE GROUT
4"
R OCK R OCK
"
4"
R ESIN
16"
11"
"
(4) " CABLE CLIPS
4"
2" RH THREAD
4’-0"
SEE NOTE 2 ON STANDARD SHEET
TITLED "CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT 7"
" THIMBLE STANDARD
FENCE - SHEET 1 OF 2" LH THREAD
SEE NOTE 3 ON TURNBUCKLE (GALVANIZED)
"
4"
STANDARD SHEET TITLED
6" MIN.
"CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT 7" 1" SQUARE " A.S.H.
RH THREAD SQUARE NUT (GALVANIZED)
4"
2"
"
"
12"
FLATTEN FOR CABLE END
4" " GUIDE RAIL CABLE
WRENCH CAST STEEL OR MALLEABLE
SEE NOTE 1 ON STANDARD SHEET 8" 1" TO 2"
IRON (GALVANIZED)
TITLED" CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT
SEE NOTE 5 ON STANDARD SHEET
DETAIL "F" DETAIL "G" DETAIL "D"
TYPICAL GUIDE RAIL CABLE LOOP TYPICAL STEEL TURNBUCKLE CABLE END ASSEMBLY TYPICAL ANCHOR ANGLE INSTALLATION
CABLE CLIPS TO BE TIGHTENED TO 65 LBF-FT. TO INCLUDE WEDGE

(WEDGE SHOWN IN DETAIL "X")
2-12N-2 THREAD (TYP.)
SEE NOTES 3, 4, AND 5 ON STANDARD SHEET

1"
5n
"
"
1" DIA.
1" DIA.
2"
"
"
STATE OF NEW YORK

R= " (TYP.)
"
3" 3" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
DETAIL "X"
DETAIL "H" TYPICAL WEDGE FOR ALL
TYPICAL CABLE SPLICE CABLE SPLICES AND CABLE ENDS

(DO NOT GALVANIZE) CHAIN LINK ROCK CATCHMENT FENCE
TO INCLUDE TWO WEDGES
USER = jturley
(WEDGE SHOWN IN DETAIL "X") (SHEET 2 OF 2)
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-02
4
A NCHOR LOCATIONS WIRE ROPE ANCHOR

AS IDENTIFIED IN (REFER TO WIRE ROPE ANCHOR
THE APPROVED SHOP FOUNDATION DETAIL ON STANDARD
DRAWINGS SHEET TITLED "WIRE MESH
SLOPE PROTECTION - SHEET 2 OF 2")
3
FASTEN VERTICAL TAG LINES TO WIRE ROPE

ANCHORS SPACED EVERY 12’-0" (REFER TO TYPICAL
WIRE ROPE DETAIL ON STANDARD SHEET
TITLED "WIRE MESH SLOPE PROTECTION - SHEET 2 OF 2"
VARIES
FOR CONNECTING OF WIRE ROPES)
2
1 2 7
7
9
REFER TO WIRE ROPE SPLICE
MESH
DETAIL "BB’ ON STANDARD SHEET
TITLED "WIRE MESH SLOPE
6
PROTECTION - SHEET 2 OF 2"
ROCK SLOPE
MESH PANEL (100’-0" LONG)
SEE WIRE ROPE DETAIL ON

STANDARD SHEET TITLED "WIRE
MESH SLOPE PROTECTION - SHEET 2 OF 2"
2
9
1 GALVANIZED (ZN-5A1) MESH

1’-0" OVERLAP
2 " HORIZONTAL MESH SUPPORT WIRE ROPE
5
3 " VERTICAL TAG LINE WIRE ROPE
4 " WIRE ROPE ANCHOR
5 " SEAM WIRE ROPE
6 " VERTICAL MESH SUPPORT WIRE ROPE
7 1" X 4" STEEL RING
8 " WIRE ROPE CLIPS
9 " WIRE ROPE CLIPS
CROSS SECTION
STATE OF NEW YORK

DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
MESH PANEL 12’-0" WIDE 1’-0"

WIRE MESH SLOPE PROTECTION
MESH OVERLAP SEAMED
USER = jturley
TOGETHER WITH (SHEET 1 OF 2)

" WIRE ROPE
FRONT VIEW
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-03
" WIRE ROPE CLIP
" WIRE ROPE
C
B B B B B B B
" WIRE ROPE CLIP

" WIRE ROPE
C
WITH ROPE PROTECTOR
(AS SUPPLIED BY MANUFACTURER)
CLASS "A" CONCRETE

C
B B B 30 n
WIRE ROPE SPLICE DETAILS "BB"
2’-0"
2’-0"
MIN.
MIN.
FOR " AND " WIRE ROPE AS NOTED
10’-0" MIN.
CENTRALIZERS CENTRALIZERS
3" DIA. MIN.

HOLE
2’-0"
2’-0"
MIN.
MIN.
" THIMBLE " WIRE ROPE " WIRE ROPE CLIP
SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION
WIRE ROPE ANCHOR FOUNDATION DETAIL
A B B B
" THIMBLE " WIRE ROPE " WIRE ROPE CLIP
STATE OF NEW YORK

" "
DIMENSION
WIRE ROPE WIRE ROPE
A 11" 6"
B 5" 3" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

A B
DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
C 6" 6"
WIRE MESH SLOPE PROTECTION

USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
WIRE ROPE LOOP DETAIL
FOR THE DEPUTY

212-03
50’-0" MAX.
SEE DETAIL "A"

OVER OR UNDER CABLE
WASHER
1’-0"
1 " X 4" STEEL RING STEEL COVER PLATE
1/12 " DIA. TIE WIRE
" DIA. HOG RING

OR STEEL FASTENERS
WIRE MESH
6’-0"
1" DIA. ROCK BOLT
6" MIN.
1’-0" 1’-0"
CONTINUOUS WEAVE ON OUTER STAGGERED 6" PATTERN

MESH PANEL (ONE EDGE) HOG RINGS OR CLIPS
(BOTH EDGES)
R ESIN
ANCHOR
CHAIN LINK MESH DETAIL "A"
" THIMBLE (4) " CABLE CLIPS
6"
STATE OF NEW YORK

DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
4"
1" ROCK BOLT " CABLE GUIDE RAIL

WIRE MESH DRAPE
USER = jturley
TYPICAL SECTION WIRE ROPE LOOP DETAIL

FOR THE DEPUTY

212-04
25’-0" O.C.
A
7’-0" 7’-0"
9 GAUGE CHAIN LINK 1’-0" X 1’-0" X 20’-0" PRECAST
(SEE NOTE) CONCRETE BEAM (SEE DETAIL "M" ON 2" CLEARANCE (TYP.)
STANDARD SHEET TITLED TEMPORARY
ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2") 1" DIA. HOLE FOR
" DIA. BOLT AND NUT
" NET SUPPORT ROPE

WIRE ROPE CLIP
WIRE ROPE NETTING W5 X 16 COLUMN IN A 6" X 6" X "

STRUCTURAL TUBE (SEE DETAIL "N" ON
STANDARD SHEET TITLED TEMPORARY
ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2") H-KEY
" SHACKLE
CONNECTION
5’-0" 20’-0" 5’-0"
PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN PRECAST 6 JOINT (TYP.) A

SUPPORT WITH STANDARD SAFETY TEMPORARY BARRIER W5 X 16 COLUMN
BARRIER FACE AND CONNECTIONS TRAFFIC
DETAIL "A"
PLAN VIEW DETAIL "D"
c c SHACKLE CONNECTION
REFER TO
25’-0" DETAIL "E"
8" X 8" WIRE ROPE

NET 10’-0" HIGH
" SHACKLES (TYP.)

" SHACKLES " DIA. NET SUPPORT ROPE W5 X 16 COLUMN
SPACED
APPROXIMATELY EVERY 36" 2" MAX. SAG AT CENTER ALLOWED APPROXIMATELY 40"
(SEE DETAIL "D")
SYNTHETIC
FABRIC
" SHACKELS (TYP.)
SPACED APPROXIMATELY 40"
(SEE DETAIL "D")
W5 X 16 COLUMN
8’ X 8’ WIRE ROPE NET 10’-0" HIGH
AND
9 GAUGE CHAIN LINK 12’-0" HIGH
(SEE NOTE)
10’-6"
H-KEY
PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN 9 GAUGE
CONNECTION
SUPPORTS WITH STANDARD CHAIN LINK
(TYPICAL)
SAFETY BARRIER FACE AND 12’-0" HIGH
CONNECTIONS
6"
2"
2"
7"
7"
PRECAST
TEMPORARY
CONCRETE S AND
1’-7"
BARRIER
10"
6 JOINT (TYP.)
5’-0" 20’-0" 5’-0"
3"
8"
18"
A
PRECAST CONCRETE 1’-0" X 1’-0" PRECAST CONCRETE PRECAST TEMPORARY 6" X 6" X " 8"
COLUMN SUPPORT BEAM (20’-0" LENGTH) CONCRETE BARRIER STRUCTURAL TUBE
8"
(SEE DETAILS "F", "G", "H", "I" (SEE DETAIL "H" ON STANDARD SHEET (SEE DETAIL "N" ON STANDARD SHEET
AND "N" ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT TITLED "TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT
TITLED "TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2") BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2") 5’-9" EXISTING GROUND
BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2" DETAIL "B"
FRONT VIEW DETAIL "E"
SECTION A-A
c POLE c POLE
5 SPACES AT 25’-0" EQUALS 125’-0" 2" MAX. SAG AT

CENTER ALLOWED
FASTEN NET TO W IRE ROPE NET AND

25’-0" (TYP.) 3’-0" REFER TO DETAIL "J"
SUPPORT ROPES CHAIN LINK FENCE STATE OF NEW YORK
ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED
WITH " SHACKLE (SEE NOTE)
APPROX. "TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT
c POLE c POLE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2"
END ANCHOR

DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
5’-0" 20’-0" TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER

USER = jturley
FASTEN LATERAL ANCHOR TO (SHEET 1 OF 2)

COLUMN SUPPORT REFER TO DETAIL "J" TEMPORARY NOTE: 9 GAUGE CHAIN LINK, 12’-0" HIGH
BOTTOM OF COLUMN EVERY 125’-0" ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED CONCRETE TO BE CONNECTED TO WIRE ROPE NET
"TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER AND IS CONTINUOUS BETWEEN PANELS.
BARRIER - SHEET 2 OF 2" APPROVED JANUARY 27, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 10-004
DETAIL "C" /S/ J.E. RONDINARO, P.E.

END AND INTERMEDIATE LATERAL ANCHORS FOR THE DEPUTY
212-05
6" X 6" X " STRUCTURAL TUBE
(SEE COLUMN SUPPORT DETAILS
6" X 6" X " STRUCTURAL TUBE 6" X 6" X " STRUCTURAL TUBE FOR LOCATION)
c SEE DETAIL "N" SEE DETAIL "N"
42" 4" 7" 2" 60"
20"
UH-413 UV-47 LV-4A (AND LV-45
10"
4" X 4" X " TUBE 6" 12" 6" (TYPICAL) (4) #6 BARS - 1 EACH
#4 AT 12" C.C. #4 IN 12" EXTENSION)
FOR H-KEY CONNECTION SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM
#4 AT 12" C.C.
6"
6"
13"
BV-43 UV-46
#4 AT END
19"
#4 AT 12" C.C.
12"
32"
6"
SEE DETAIL "L" WELD #6 BARS
20"
32"
#6 BARS TO STRUCTURAL TUBE
20"
32"
UH-411
13"
UV-49
#4
#4 AT 12" C.C.
10"
2"
10"
6"
3"
UH-412
UV-414 #4
12" 60" 12" 27" 21" 21" UH-410
#4
UV-48 #4 AT 12" C.C.
24"
7’-0" 69" #4
DETAIL "F" DETAIL "H" DETAIL "I" DETAIL "N"

PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN SUPPORT PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN SUPPORT PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN SUPPORT STRUCTURAL TUBE
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW REINFORCEMENT DETAIL
(3) " WIRE ROPE CLIPS
THIMBLE
4"
7’-0"
6" X 6" X "

42"
STRUCTURAL TUBE BAR LIST
4" 4"
#6 BARS
SEE DETAIL "N" BAR MK. NO. SIZE TYPE LENGTH # REQ. DIMENSIONS LOCATION
" SHACKLE " DIA. WIRE ROPE SH-51 #5 STRAIGHT 233" 8 HORIZONTAL IN BEAM
12"
BV-32 #3 STIRRUP 38" 11 SEE DETAIL "K" VERTICAL STIRRUPS-B

NOTE: WIRE ROPE CLIPS TO BE
(TYP.)
18"
TIGHTENED TO 3.5 LBF-FT BV-43 #4 BENT 67" 6 SEE DETAIL "L" VERTICAL @ FACE
(TYP.)
12"
LV-44 #4 L-BAR 67" 6 29" x 39" VERTICAL @ BACK

DETAIL "J" LV-45 #4 L-BAR 43" 2 29" x 15" VERTICAL @ BACK
3"
WIRE ROPE LOOP UV-46 #4 U-BAR 113" 2 29" x 81" x 29" VERTICAL @ TOP
UV-47 #4 U-BAR 74" 2 9.5" x 81" x 9.5" VERTICAL @ TOP

12"
UV-48 #4 U-BAR 85" 1 27" x 57" x 39" VERTICAL @ TOP
21"
UV-49 #4 U-BAR 81" 2 29" x 49" x 29" VERTICAL @ TOP

69"
15" UH-410 #4 U-BAR 133" 3 39" x 57" x 39" HORIZONTAL @ BACK

9" 39"
(TYP.) UH-411 #4 U-BAR 111" 2 16" x 81" x 16" HORIZONTAL @ BACK

7"
SH-412 #4 STRAIGHT 81" 8 AROUND NOTCH
OVERLAP
UH-413 #4 U-BAR 125" 3 39" x 49" x 39" HORIZONTAL @ FACE
BV-43
UH-414 #4 U-BAR 77" 1 27" x 49" x 27" VERTICAL @ TOP
#4 BAR
(TYP.)
5H-51
15"
4T BURKELIFT
29"
#5 BAR
27"
(4 REQUIRED)
12"
9"
1" COVER
(TYP.)
6 n
4" X 4" X " TUBE
60" BV-32 #3 STIRRUPS
FOR H-KEY CONNECTION
AT 24" C.C.
DETAIL "G" DETAIL "K" DETAIL "L"

PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN SUPPORT SECTION B-B
PLAN VIEW
REFER TO
DETAIL "K"
STATE OF NEW YORK

B
5’-0" (TYP.)
1’-0"
DATE/TIME = 01-FEB-2010 08:08
1 TON BURKELIFT
(2 REQUIRED)
TEMPORARY ROCK CATCHMENT BARRIER

USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
B
20’-0"
DETAIL "M"
PRECAST CONCRETE BEAM
FOR THE DEPUTY
212-05
NOTES:
1. HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) OVERLAY SPLICES SHALL BE USED AT: ENDS
OF HMA OVERLAY HIGHWAY SECTIONS, MAJOR INTERSECTIONS, AND
OTHER LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE PLANS.
2. THE TRANSITION LENGTH IN FEET SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE

VALUE OBTAINED BY MULTIPLYING THE EFFECTIVE OVERLAY
THICKNESS IN INCHES (DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE EXISTING AND THE
OVERLAID ELEVATIONS) BY THE K VALUE FROM THE TABLE FOR THE
POSTED SPEED OF THE HIGHWAY. THE MINIMUM TRANSITION LENGTH
IS 30’.
EXAMPLE: IF THE POSTED SPEED IS 55 MPH,

vEFFECTIVE OVERLAY THICKNESS = 2"
vTHEN THE MINIMUM TRANSITION LENGTH
EDGE OF PAVEMENT 45%%d OR A.O.B.E. v= 2 INCHES x 30 FT/IN = 60 FEET
NEAT EDGE
3. ALL SURFACES OF THE HMA OVERLAY SPLICE TRANSITION AREA SHALL

A A BE CLEANED AND TACK-COATED PRIOR TO HMA PLACEMENT. THE COST
CENTERLINE
OF MILLING REBATES, AND TACK COAT IN THE HMA OVERLAY SPLICE
OR CROWNLINE
EXISTING PAVEMENT TRANSITION AREA SHALL BE PAID FOR UNDER THEIR RESPECTIVE ITEMS.
NEW OVERLAY
COST OF LEAVING A NEAT EDGE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE MILLING ITEM.
4. SAW CUTS SHALL BE MADE SO THAT SURFACE RUNOFF IS DIRECTED TO

ALTERNATE
THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT.
TERMINATIONS (SEE NOTE 4)
5. IN THE TRANSITION AREA, PAVEMENT COURSES OTHER THAN THE TOP

COURSE SHALL BE FEATHERED OUT USING TOP COURSE OR OTHER
APPROPRIATE MATERIAL. PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE
APPROPRIATE ITEM.
TRANSITION LENGTH (SEE NOTE 2)
PLAN
TRANSITION LENGTH (SEE NOTE 2)
PAVEMENT COURSES SAME THICKNESS AS TOP COURSE

AS PER TYPICAL SECTION
EFFECTIVE
SEE NOTE 5
OVERLAY
K VALUE TABLE FT/IN
THICKNESS
POSTED SPEED
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
MPH
NEAT EDGE
K 16.67 19.17 21.67 24.17 27.50 30.00 32.50 35.00
TACK COAT
EXISTING HMA OR CONCRETE PAVEMENT
MILLED REBATE PAVEMENT REMOVAL

FOR SPLICE RECESS
25’ (MIN.)
("REBATE")
SECTION A-A
STATE OF NEW YORK

HOT MIX ASPHALT OVERLAY SPLICE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

(PAVEMENT TERMINATION DETAIL)
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
HOT MIX ASPHALT OVERLAY SPLICE

USER = jturley
(PAVEMENT TERMINATION DETAIL)
APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
/S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.

402-01
(DESIGN)
3" ( u1" TOLERANCE)
1"
63’ u (DISTANCE BETWEEN CONTRACTION OR EXPANSION JOINTS)
(23)- SPACES AT 6"

11’-8"
11’-6"
12’-0"
11’-6"
1"
6" (15)- SPACES AT 12" 6"
3"
16’-0"
24’-0"
TYPICAL SHEET OF FABRIC

3"
TRANSVERSE LOAD
TRANSFER DOWELS
12"
5" 6"
TRANSVERSE
JOINT
B
11’-6"
12’-0"
C. TO C. (TYP.)
12"
TRANSVERSE JOINT
HINGE
TRANSVERSE WIRES
A A
12"
LONGITUDINAL
WIRES
3" SIDE CLEARANCE

3" ( u1" TOLERANCE)
6" (TYP.)
18" 3" END CLEARANCE (NOMINAL) 12" 12" 3" (NOMINAL) (1" MIN. - 4" MAX.) 18"
( u1" TOLERANCE)
LAP LAP
9" (EMBEDMENT NOMINAL)
B
HINGE DETAILS
12" LAP
TRANSVERSE WIRES
TABLE NOMINAL
LONGITUDINAL MEMBER TRANSVERSE MEMBER LONGITUDINAL WIRE
NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL

SIZE / GAUGE SIZE / GAUGE
DIAMETER AREA DIAMETER AREA
DESIGNATION DESIGNATION
(IN.) (SQ. IN.) (IN.) (SQ. IN.)
ASTM-A82 W8 0.319 0.080 ASTM-A82 W5 0.252 0.050
SECTION A-A
STATE OF NEW YORK

GENERAL NOTES:
1. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE SHEETS OF A NOMINAL 6" X 12" GRID PATTERN
AND THE WIRES SHALL CONFORM TO THE SIZE AND GAUGE DESIGNATIONS IN THE TABLE.
LONGITUDINAL WIRE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
2. SHEETS MAY BE HINGED AS SHOWN IN THE DETAIL. HINGED SHEET SHALL BE HINGED
AT LEAST TWO LONGITUDINAL MEMBERS OFF CENTER, AND EACH ADJOINING SHEET SHALL
BE REVERSED IN PLACING, IN ORDER THAT THE HINGES SHALL NOT OVERLAY EACH OTHER
AT THE LAPS.
CRIMP TO LIMIT METAL REINFORCEMENT FOR
3. THE METAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER MOVEMENT OF HINGE
USER = jturley
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
AT A NOMINAL DEPTH OF 4" BELOW THE SLAB SURFACE, THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE
DEPTH SHALL BE SUCH THAT 3" OF CONCRETE COVER IS PROVIDED. THE MAXIMUM TRANSVERSE WIRE
ALLOWABLE DEPTH SHALL BE THE MID-PONT OF THE SLAB.

4. METAL REINFORCEMENT FURNISHED FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENT SLABS LESS THAN 10’ IN SECTION B-B
LAP DETAIL
WIDTH WILL BE PAID FOR UNDER AN APPROPRIATE ITEM.

502-01
16’-0" MAX. (TYP.)
GENERAL NOTES:
LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES
SEE STANDARD SHEET 502-04 EDGE OF SHOULDER 1. PAVEMENT LAYER THICKNESSES PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
10 AND 11)
(SEE NOTES
(SEE NOTE 10) 2. MAXIMUM SLAB LENGTH IS 16’-0". MINIMUM SLAB LENGTH IS 10’-0". USE SLAB LENGTHS WITHIN
SHOULDER
4’-0" (SEE NOTE 11)
THIS RANGE TO SATISFY SITE CONDITIONS. REFER TO STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3, FOR
INSIDE ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE ON SLAB GEOMETRY.
EDGE OF TRAVEL WAY
SHOULDER JOINT 3. LANE AND SHOULDER WIDTHS AND CROSS SLOPES SHOWN ARE TYPICAL. THESE MAY VARY PER CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS. REFER TO STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3, FOR ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE ON SLAB GEOMETRY.
6" (TYP.)
4. THE REQUIRED NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES PER SLAB IS BASED ON THE SLAB LENGTH AND
THE MAXIMUM SPACING, SEE TABLES 1 AND 2.
5. WHEN APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE SHORTER LONGITUDINAL JOINT
TIES WITH A REDUCED MAXIMUM SPACING. THE CORRECTED MAXIMUM SPACING FOR THE
12’-0"
TRANSVERSE JOINT SUPPORTS

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL SHORTER TIES IS CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS:
(SEE TABLES 1 AND 2) SEE STANDARD SHEET 502-06
(SEE NOTES 4, 5, AND 6)
SC = (S) X (LS/36) EQUATION (1)
WHERE: SC = CORRECTED MAXIMUM TIE SPACING (IN.)

S = MAXIMUM TIE SPACING FROM TABLES 1 AND 2 (IN.)
LS = LENGTH OF SHORTER TIES (IN.)
MINIMUM TIE LENGTH IS 20". MAXIMUM TIE LENGTH IS 36". NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL
LANE JOINT
BE MADE FOR THE ADDITIONAL NUMBER OF TIES.
6. IN A FIXED FORM PAVING OPERATION, THE CONTRACTOR MAY DETERMINE THE REQUIRED
15" (TYP.) MINIMUM NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES PER SLAB USING THE FOLLOWING:
12’-0" TRAVEL LANE
(L-30)
{
N=
{ S
+1 EQUATION (2)
WHERE: N = NUMBER OF TIES PER SLAB (ROUNDED UP FOR DECIMAL VALUES GREATER THAN 0.2)
14’-0"
L = SLAB LENGTH (IN.)

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
S = MAXIMUM TIE BAR SPACING FROM TABLE 1 AND 2 (OR SC IF SHORTENED) (IN.)
12" (TYP.)
PAVEMENT EDGE STRIPE INSERT THE REQUIRED MINIMUM NUMBER OF TIES PER SLAB INTO THE FORM HOLES SUCH THAT THE
TIES ARE REASONABLY DISTRIBUTED WITHIN THE SLAB. MINIMUM TIE SPACING IS 12". MAXIMUM TIE
SPACING IS FROM TABLES 1 AND 2.
EDGE OF TRAVEL WAY

7. WHEN LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES ARE PLACED ACROSS A JOINT CONTAINING A BREAK IN CROSS
24"
NOTE
SLOPE, ENSURE THAT THE TIE ENDS HAVE 3" MINIMUM COVER. TIES MAY BE BENT TO
(SEE
ACHIEVE MINIMUM COVER OR SHORTENED TIES MAY BE USED (PER NOTE 5).
8)
SHOULDER JOINT
8’-0" OUTSIDE SHOULDER
8. CONSTRUCT THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT BETWEEN THE TRAVEL LANE AND THE OUTSIDE SHOULDER
24" OUTSIDE THE PAVEMENT EDGE STRIPE.
(SEE NOTES 8, 9,
TRANSVERSE 9. REFER TO TABLE 2 FOR LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIE SPACING WHEN HOT MIX ASPHALT SHOULDERS
CONTRACTION ARE SPECIFIED. THE OUTSIDE SHOULDER MUST BE TIED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) IF
THE 24" TRAVEL LANE WIDENING CAN NOT BE ACHIEVED DUE TO PROJECT CONSTRAINTS.
AND 10)
JOINT (TYP.)
10. CONSTRUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS ACROSS TIED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) SHOULDERS.
ALIGN TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN THE SHOULDER WITH TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN THE ADJACENT
EDGE OF SHOULDER TRAVEL LANE.
11. THE INSIDE LONGITUDINAL JOINT CAN BE OMITTED IF THE CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO PLACE
THE SHOULDER AND ADJACENT TRAVEL LANE IN A SINGLE PLACEMENT. THE MAXIMUM
TYPICAL PCC PAVEMENT PAVEMENT PLAN PLACEMENT WIDTH IS 16’-0". REFER TO STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3, FOR ADDITIONAL
GUIDANCE ON SLAB GEOMETRY.
12. CONSTRUCT ACCELERATION/DECELERATION LANES ABUTTING THE MAINLINE TO THE SAME

TABLE 1 - LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIE SPACING TABLE 2 - LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIE SPACING STANDARD AS THE MAINLINE. SEPARATE DESIGNS BASED ON ANTICIPATED TRAFFIC VOLUMES
MAY BE DEVELOPED FOR EACH RAMP AFTER DIVERGENCE FROM THE MAINLINE. PROVIDE
TIED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC) SHOULDERS HOT MIX ASPHALT SHOULDERS
REASONABLE TRANSITIONS TO DIFFERENT LAYER THICKNESSES AND PAVEMENT TYPES AS WELL
MAXIMUM SPACING (IN.) MAXIMUM SPACING (IN.) AS CONSISTENT DRAINAGE BETWEEN THE DIFFERENT SECTIONS.
LANE JOINT LANE JOINT CENTER JOINT SHOULDER LANE JOINT LANE JOINT CENTER JOINT
SLAB (2 LANES) (3 AND 4 LANES) (4 LANES) JOINT SLAB (2 LANES) (3 AND 4 LANES) (4 LANES)
THICKNESS THICKNESS
* WARP * BUTT WARP BUTT WARP BUTT WARP BUTT * WARP * BUTT WARP BUTT WARP BUTT
(IN.) (IN.)
JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT JOINT
9" 47" 30" 37" 26" 31" 23" 47" 31" 9" 47" 30" 47" 31" 37" 26"
10" 47" 30" 37" 26" 26" 21" 47" 31" 10" 47" 30" 47" 31" 31" 23"
EDGE OF TRAVEL WAY
11" 47" 30" 31" 23" 23" 17" 47" 31" 11" 47" 30" 47" 31" 27" 20" (STRIPE LOCATION)
12" 37" 26" 31" 23" 21" 17" 47" 31" 12" 47" 30" 37" 26" 27" 20"
4’-0" 12’-0" 12’-0" TRAVEL LANE 10’-0" OUTSIDE SHOULDER

13" 37" 26" 26" 21" 21" 17" 47" 31" 13" 47" 30" 37" 26" 23" 17"
INSIDE (SEE NOTES 9 AND 10)
* WARP JOINTS AND BUTT JOINTS ARE DEPICTED ON * WARP JOINTS AND BUTT JOINTS ARE DEPICTED ON
SHOULDER
STANDARD SHEET 502-03 STANDARD SHEET 502-03 14’-0" 8’-0"
(SEE NOTES PLACE TIES AT A
10 AND 11) DEPTH OF THE

PCC SLAB THICKNESS
6%
TABLE 3 - JOINT REINFORCEMENT
(SEE NOTE 7) 2%
TABLE 4 - DOWEL BAR DIAMETER 6%
9" TO 13" PCC LONGITUDINAL
PROPERTY LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES TRANSVERSE JOINT DOWELS SLAB DOWEL (SEE NOTE 1) JOINT TIES STATE OF NEW YORK
THICKNESS DIAMETER
PERMEABLE BASE (4" TYP.)
MATERIAL GRADE 60 STEEL GRADE 60 STEEL

(IN.) (IN.) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SUBBASE COURSE (12" TYP.)
SURFACE DEFORMED PLAIN (SMOOTH)
9" - 10" 1"
UNDERDRAIN
CONCRETE SHOULDER JOINT
COATING EPOXY COATED EPOXY COATED 11" - 13" 1" REFER TO STANDARD SLOPE TO U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
SPECIFICATIONS y605 PCC STANDARDS

DIAMETER " VARIES (SEE TABLE 4)
STANDARD 36" FOR LANE JOINTS

18" (TRAVEL LANES ONLY)
LENGTH 20" FOR SHOULDER JOINTS TYPICAL PLAN, CROSS SECTION
TYPICAL PCC PAVEMENT CROSS SECTION
USER = jturley
(SEE TABLES 1 AND 2) (NOTES 4, 5, AND 6) AND JOINT LAYOUT

SPACING 12" (POINT OF VIEW IS IN DIRECTION OF TRAVEL)
(13" MIN. TO 47" MAX.)
PLACEMENT CENTER ACROSS THE JOINT AND AT CENTER ACROSS THE JOINT AND AT
LOCATION A DEPTH OF THE SLAB THICKNESS A DEPTH OF THE SLAB THICKNESS APPROVED OCTOBER 15, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
STANDARD 15" (TYP.) FROM 6" (TYP.) FROM /S/ ROBERT L. SACK, P.E.
JOINT OFFSET TRANSVERSE JOINT LONGITUDINAL JOINT
502-02
x
LONGITUDINAL JOINT
THREAD PER y705-14
GRADE 60, #6 DEFORMED BAR
CORROSION RESISTANT EPOXY

COATING, EXCEPT THREADS
PORTLAND CEMENT
T/2
COATING OVER ENTIRE BAR
(BOTH PIECES)
CONCRETE SLAB
c (BOTH PIECES)
T
36" IN LANE JOINTS (SEE NOTE 2)
20" IN SHOULDER JOINTS

18" IN LANE JOINTS 18" IN LANE JOINTS
10" IN SHOULDER JOINTS 10" IN SHOULDER JOINTS
T/2
DROP IN TYPE
GENERAL NOTES:
PUSH-IN-TYPE 1. LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES MUST MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF y705-14.

ALL THREADED TIE ENDS MUST HAVE 1" MINIMUM OF THREADED LENGTH.
(SEE NOTE 6)
2. LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES IN LANE JOINTS (BETWEEN TRAVEL LANES) ARE
TYPICALLY 36" LONG. TIES IN SHOULDER JOINTS (BETWEEN TRAVEL LANE
GRADE 60, #6 DEFORMED BAR LONGITUDINAL JOINT SEE STANDARD
AND SHOULDER) ARE TYPICALLY 20" LONG. PUSH-IN-TYPE TIES ARE MADE
SHEET 502-05 FOR DETAILS
CORROSION RESISTANT OF TWO PIECES TO ACHIEVE TOTAL LENGTH OF 36" OR 20".
EPOXY COATING
LONGITUDINAL JOINT 3. FOR APPROVED CORROSION RESISTANT COATINGS, REFER TO y705-14,

E LECTRICAL LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES, AND ITS ASSOCIATED APPROVED LIST. CUT
RESISTANCE THREAD PER y705-14
36" IN LANE JOINTS ENDS OF TIES DO NOT NEED TO BE COATED.
9" TO 13"
WELD 2"d ( u") FLANGE, " NOMINAL
PCC SLAB
20" IN SHOULDER JOINTS THICKNESS WITH OPTIONAL HOLES
4. APPLY AN APPROVED CORROSION INHIBITIVE COATING TO THE MALE
c c FOR FASTENING TO KEYWAY
T
PORTION OF THE THREADED CONNECTIONS SUCH THAT AN UNBROKEN
CORROSION RESISTANT EPOXY SEAL WITH THE EPOXY IS FORMED WHEN THE TWO PIECES ARE
T/2
3" 3" COATING, EXCEPT THREADS FIRMLY TIGHTENED. DO NOT DAMAGE THE EPOXY COATING WHEN
PORTLAND CEMENT
T/2
(BOTH PIECES) TIGHTENING THE TWO PIECE TIES.
STAKE CHAIR CONCRETE SLAB
5. ALTERNATE TIE ASSEMBLY AND ANCHORAGE METHODS ARE SUBJECT
(BOTH PIECES)
TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.
"
GROUND STOP PERMEABLE BASE PERMEABLE BASE
6"
T
6. PUSH-IN-TYPE TIES FOR SLIP FORM PAVING REQUIRE A PLUG TO SEAL
COLD COLD " THE FEMALE THREADS AND KEEP THE CONNECTION CLEAN.
DRAWN WIRE DRAWN WIRE 18" IN LANE JOINTS 18" IN LANE JOINTS
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW 10" IN SHOULDER JOINTS 10" IN SHOULDER JOINTS
7. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR’S OPTION TO PLACE FIXED FORMS EITHER
T/2
ATOP THE PERMEABLE BASE COURSE OR PLACE THE PERMEABLE
LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIE SUPPORTS BASE COURSE WITHIN THE FORMS.
(SEE NOTE 9)
8. WHEN FIXED FORM PAVING WITH THE PERMEABLE BASE COURSE WITHIN
THE FORMS, APPLY A MASONRY CAULK BEAD TO THE TOP EDGE OF
PERMEABLE BASE WHERE IT MEETS THE FORM TO PREVENT CEMENT
PASTE INFILTRATION ALONG THE PERMEABLE BASE FACE. CAULK IS
PUSH-IN-TYPE WITH FLANGE NOT NEEDED IF EDGE DRAIN IS PLACED INSIDE OF THE FORM. THERE
ARE NO MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASONRY CAULK.
(SEE NOTE 6)
9. MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN HOOK BARS IS 47". INSTALL HOOK

KEYWAY OF APPROVED SOILD
BARS SUCH THAT THE END OF THE HOOK BARS ARE VERTICALLY
CONSTRUCTION SECURELY FASTENED
ALIGNED BELOW THE STRAIGHT PORTION OF BAR. IF THE 2"
TO FORM FOR ENTIRE LENGTH
MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE CURB DICTATES, THE
CORROSION RESISTANT EPOXY HOOK MAY BE ROTATED UP TO 45 n TO THE SIDE.
10. REFER TO STANDARD SHEET 502-02 FOR TYPICAL TIE LAYOUT INFORMATION.
GRADE 60, #6 DEFORMED BAR THREAD PER y705-14
LONGITUDINAL JOINT 11. SLAB THICKNESS (T) PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
THREAD PER y705-14

CAST-IN-PLACE CURB
SEE CURRENT 609
STANDARD SHEETS
(BOTH PIECES)
T/2
PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE SLAB 1"d HOLES IN FORM
GRADE 60, #6 DEFORMED BAR (BOTH PIECES)

T/2
c c FOR BOLTS AND GAGE
T/2
PORTLAND CEMENT
LINE FOR HOLES IN FORM
CONCRETE SLAB 3" 1" (MIN.)
18" IN LANE JOINTS TO 3"

T/2
10" IN SHOULDER JOINTS

T/2
BOLTS FOR TEMPORARY c

ATTACHMENT TO FORMS
3"
10"
T/2
1"
STATE OF NEW YORK
NOTE 9)
2" MIN.
6" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
( SEE
(SEE NOTE 8)
FORM
PERMEABLE BASE
(SEE NOTE 7)
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
7" MIN. CURB LENGTH
LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES

USER = jturley
FIXED FORM PAVING PUSH-IN-TYPE WITH HOOK (FOR CURB ONLY)

(SEE NOTE 6)

502-04
SAWCUT WIDTH " TO " SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ")
SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ")
PAVEMENT SURFACE PAVEMENT SURFACE
SAWCUT DEPTH 1" TO 1"

OF SLAB THICKNESS
(SEE NOTE 1)
SAWCUT DEPTH
REMAINING PORTION KEYED OR BUTT JOINT
OF STAGE 1 SAWCUT
CRACK INDUCED
BY THE SAWCUT CRACK INDUCED
BY THE SAWCUT
STAGE 1 SAWCUT STAGE 2 SAWCUT
DETAIL "A" DETAIL "B"

TWO STAGE SAWCUT BETWEEN LANES PLACED SIMULTANEOUSLY SAWCUT BETWEEN LANES PLACED SIMULTANEOUSLY
LONGITUDINAL JOINT SAWCUTTING
GENERAL NOTES:
1. PAVEMENT SLAB THICKNESS PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
2. STAGE 1 SAWCUTS ARE NOT REQUIRED BETWEEN LANES PLACED SEPARATELY.
SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ") SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ") 3. USE OF SILICONE OR PREFORMED ELASTIC LONGITUDINAL JOINT SEALER IS THE
CONTRACTOR’S OPTION UNLESS MATERIAL TYPE IS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

" TO "
" TO "
" TO "
SILICONE SEALANT
(FROM APPROVED LIST)
" ( u ") PREFORMED
ELASTIC JOINT SEALER
" ( u ") BACKER ROD

(ASTM D5249) KEYED OR BUTT JOINT
STATE OF NEW YORK

CRACK INDUCED
BY THE SAWCUT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
DETAIL "C" DETAIL "D"

SILICONE SEAL OPTION PREFORMED ELASTIC LONGITUDINAL JOINT SEALER OPTION ( y705-10)
LONGITUDINAL JOINT
USER = jturley
SAWING AND SEALING

LONGITUDINAL JOINT SEALING

502-05
x
BEVEL
TH
ID
TW
IN
JO
PORTLAND CEMENT
PCC SLAB
SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ") CONCRETE SLAB
SAWCUT WIDTH " TO "

PAVEMENT SURFACE " PAVEMENT SURFACE B SUBBASE
EDGE OF PAVEMENT

A A
"
PREFORMED
1/3 SLAB THICKNESS

ELASTIC
JOINT SEALER
SE
IN PLACE BA
SAWCUT DEPTH
LE
(SEE NOTE 1)
B
EA
RM
PREFORMED ELASTIC PE
JOINT SEALER
BEVEL
B E
AS
BB
SU
PLAN VIEW
REMAINING PORTION
OF STAGE 1 SAWCUT ISOMETRIC VIEW
CRACK INDUCED BY CRACK INDUCED BY
THE SAWCUT THE SAWCUT
PREFORMED ELASTIC
JOINT SEALER
" TO "
STAGE 1 SAWCUT STAGE 2 SAWCUT

SEAL
" TO "
STAGE 2 SAWCUT
DEPTH 1" TO 1"
1/3 SLAB THICKNESS
1/3 SLAB THICKNESS

SEAL
STAGE 2 SAWCUT
1" TO 1"
PCC SLAB
STAGE 1 SAWCUT
STAGE 1 SAWCUT
PCC SLAB " TO "
(SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE NOTE 1)
SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ") SAWCUT WIDTH " ( u ")
CRACK
" "
PCC FREE EDGE
PERMEABLE BASE PERMEABLE BASE


"
"
" TO "
" TO "
" TO "
SILICONE SEALANT " PREFORMED

SUBBASE SUBBASE
(FROM APPROVED LIST) ELASTIC JOINT SEALER
" WIDE
BACKER ROD
(ASTM D5249) SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
PREFORMED ELASTIC JOINT SEALER INSTALLATION AT EDGE OF PAVEMENT

(SAWCUT THE JOINT DOWN THE SIDE OF THE SLAB)
(SEE NOTE 6)
REMAINING PORTION REMAINING PORTION

CRACK INDUCED BY CRACK INDUCED BY
OF STAGE 1 SAWCUT OF STAGE 1 SAWCUT
THE SAWCUT THE SAWCUT GENERAL NOTES:
1. SLAB THICKNESS PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
2. EXPANSION, CONSTRUCTION, AND ISOLATION JOINTS DO NOT REQUIRE STAGE 1 SAWCUTS.
3. PERFORM STAGE 2 SAWCUTS WITH BEVEL ON CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. STATE OF NEW YORK
SEAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS EXACTLY LIKE CONTRACTION JOINTS.
SILICONE SEAL OPTION PREFORMED ELASTIC TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

(SEE NOTE 5) AND EXPANSION JOINT SEALER OPTION ( y705-12) 4. ROUT AND BEVEL EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS TO THE STAGE 2 SAWCUT DIMENSIONS.
SEAL EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS EXACTLY LIKE CONTRACTION JOINTS.
(SEE NOTE 5)
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
5. USE OF SILICONE OR PREFORMED ELASTIC JOINT SEALER IS THE CONTRACTOR’S OPTION

UNLESS MATERIAL TYPE IS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
TRANSVERSE JOINT SEALING 6. THE STAGE 2 SAWCUT DOWN THE SIDE OF THE SLAB IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR THE PREFORMED
ELASTIC SEALER OPTION, NOT THE SILICONE SEAL OPTION.
TRANSVERSE JOINT
USER = jturley
SAWING AND SEALING

7. CONSTRUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS ACROSS TIED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC)
SHOULDERS. ALIGN TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN THE SHOULDER WITH TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN THE
ADJACENT TRAVEL LANE.

502-07
UTILITY ISOLATION AND JOINT LAYOUT GENERAL NOTES:
1. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINAL JOINT LAYOUT BASED ON THE ACTUAL 5. UTILITY AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION
LOCATIONS OF UTILITIES AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES WITHIN THE PAVEMENT AND LEGEND FOR PLAN VIEW DETAILS
CONSTRUCTION STAGING. THE CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT A PROPOSED JOINT LAYOUT TO THE
ENGINEER AT LEAST 10 DAYS BEFORE PAVING BEGINS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL REVISE THE A. FOLLOW THE ’TYPICAL UTILITY ISOLATION GUIDELINES’ TABLE ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09
STANDARD SHEETS 502-09 THROUGH 502-15
PLAN UNTIL IT MEETS THE ENGINEER’S APPROVAL. PAVING SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE TO SELECT THE APPROPRIATE ISOLATION METHOD.
JOINT LAYOUT IS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
B. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, USE TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTINGS TO INTEGRALLY CAST THE
FEATURE SYMBOL
UTILITIES INTO THE PCC SLAB. REFER TO CONDITIONS (A), (B), (K), AND (L) ON
TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT
STANDARD SHEET 502-09.
2. JOINT LAYOUT METHODOLOGY
TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT E
C. IF A TELESCOPING CASTING CAN NOT BE USED (SEE STANDARD SHEET 502-10, NOTE 2),
USE A NON -TELESCOPING CASTING OR A SHALLOW UTILITY ISOLATION. REFER TO
TRANSVERSE ISOLATION JOINT I
A. LOCATE LONGITUDINAL JOINTS. CONDITIONS (C), (E), (F), (H), AND (J) ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09.
TIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT L

B. LOCATE UTILITIES AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, POSITION UTILITIES D. IF THE MASONRY PORTION OF SHALLOW UTILITIES OR UTILITIES WITH NON -TELESCOPING
AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES (OTHER THAN CATCH BASINS) SUCH THAT 1.) THE STRUCTURES CASTINGS FALLS WITHIN 1’-0" OF THE PROJECTED LONGITUDINAL JOINT, OFFSET THE
UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT
ARE BETWEEN WHEEL PATHS, AND 2.) THE STRUCTURES ARE LONGITUDINALLY SPACED TO LONGITUDINAL JOINT SUCH THAT A 1’-0" CLEARANCE IS ACHIEVED BETWEEN THE MASONRY S
(SHEAR KEY)
ALLOW OPTIMAL ISOLATION TECHNIQUES (REFER TO STANDARD SHEET 502-14, AND THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT. THE WIDENED SLAB CONTAINING THE STRUCTURE AND THE
DETAILS A, C, D, AND F). NARROWED ADJACENT SLAB MUST BOTH MEET THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS IN NOTE 3A.
IF THESE REQUIREMENTS CAN NOT BE MET, OMIT THE OFFSET LONGITUDINAL JOINT AND NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING M.H.
C. SELECT A TELESCOPING CASTING OR THE MOST APPROPRIATE ISOLATION TECHNIQUE FOR ISOLATE THE STRUCTURE IN A SINGLE PLACEMENT THAT IS TWO SLABS WIDE. THIS
EACH UTILITY, DRAINAGE STRUCTURE, AND/OR GROUP THEREOF AS DESCRIBED IN NOTE 5 PLACEMENT MUST ALSO MEET THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS IN NOTE 3A. REFER TO
AND THE ’TYPICAL UTILITY ISOLATION GUIDELINES’ TABLE ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09. CONDITIONS (D) AND (G) ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09.
TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING M.H.
D. LOCATE THE TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND UNTIED LONGITUDINAL (SHEAR KEY) JOINTS NEAR E. WHEN MULTIPLE UTILITIES ARE LOCATED SUCH THAT INDIVIDUAL ISOLATION IS NOT
UTILITIES AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. POSSIBLE, ISOLATE THE ENTIRE GROUP OF UTILITIES IN A HEAVILY REINFORCED SLAB.
REFER TO CONDITIONS (M) AND (N) ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09. SHALLOW UTILITY
M.H. OR M.H.
E. EQUALLY SPACE REMAINING TRANSVERSE JOINTS BETWEEN THOSE TRANSVERSE JOINTS (TOP OF STRUCTURE IS IN PCC PAVEMENT)
PLACED IN CONJUNCTION WITH UTILITIES AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SUCH THAT THE F. WHEN UTILITIES AND/OR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES IN ADJACENT LANES PRECLUDE AN OPTIMAL
DESIGN SLAB LENGTH IS ACHIEVED (12’-0" TO 16’-0" TYPICAL). SOLUTION FOR EACH STRUCTURE, THE ISOLATION METHODS SHALL BE PRIORITIZED AS
S
FOLLOWS: DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION
I
F. DESIGN AND LAYOUT THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES AND TRANSVERSE JOINT SUPPORTS. (NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC)
1. STRUCTURES IN THE TRAVEL LANE CARRYING THE GREATEST NUMBER OF TRUCKS
2. STRUCTURES IN OTHER TRAVEL LANES
S
3. STRUCTURES IN PARKING LANES, SHOULDERS, GORE AREAS, AND OTHER NON-TRAVELED DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION
E
3. PCC SLAB ASPECT RATIO AND SLAB GEOMETRY AREAS (EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC)
A. THE ASPECT RATIO (W/L) IS THE RATIO OF SLAB WIDTH (W) TO SLAB LENGTH (L). WIRE MESH REINFORCED SLAB
FOR SLABS ROUTINELY EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC, CONSTRUCT SLABS MEETING THE 6. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE AT ISOLATED UTILITIES AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
FOLLOWING GEOMETRIC CRITERIA: HEAVILY REINFORCED SLAB
1. 0.65 l W/L l 1.37 A. FORM ISOLATION JOINT.

LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIE OR
2. 8’-0" l W l 16’-0"
DEFORMED REINFORCING BAR
3. 10’-0" l L l 16’-0" B. CONSTRUCT THE PAVEMENT OUTSIDE THE ISOLATION JOINT.
TRANSVERSE JOINT DOWEL BAR

B. TYPICAL TRAVEL LANES WITHOUT UTILITIES HAVE INNER AND OUTER SLAB WIDTHS OF C. SAWCUT TRANSVERSE AND LONGITUDINAL JOINTS, FIRST STAGE.
12’-0" AND 14’-0", RESPECTIVELY, WITH SLAB LENGTHS OF 16’-0". THIS RESULTS IN
ASPECT RATIOS OF 0.75 AND 0.875. THUS, FOR SLABS WITHOUT UTILITIES, THE ASPECT D. REMOVE ISOLATION FORM AND TEMPORARY SUPPORT.
RATIO APPROACHES MINIMUM VALUES. FOR SLABS WITH SINGLE UTILITIES OR DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES, THE ASPECT RATIO APPROACHES MAXIMUM VALUES BECAUSE THESE SLABS E. SAWCUT TRANSVERSE AND LONGITUDINAL JOINTS, SECOND STAGE.
HAVE REDUCED LENGTHS (REFER TO STANDARD SHEETS 502-10 THROUGH 502-14).
THE GEOMETRIC CRITERIA IN NOTE 3A DO NOT APPLY TO HEAVILY REINFORCED SLABS F. PLACE REMOLDED RESILIENT JOINT FILLER AROUND THE INNER
DEPICTED ON STANDARD SHEET 502-15 OR TO CATCH BASIN ISOLATION SLABS DEPICTED PERIPHERY OF THE ISOLATION.
ON STANDARD SHEETS 502-13 AND 502-14.
JOINT DETAIL REFERENCE
G. PLACE CONCRETE WITH REINFORCEMENT INSIDE THE ISOLATION.
C. IF PROJECT CONSTRAINTS RESULT IN NARROWER TRAVEL LANES OR REDUCED SLAB LENGTHS
FOR DETAIL SEE
FROM THOSE DEPICTED ON STANDARD SHEET 502-02, THE ASPECT RATIO REQUIREMENTS OF H. SAWCUT AND SEAL THE ISOLATION JOINT. FEATURE
NOTE 3A MUST BE SATISFIED. IT IS HIGHLY PREFERABLE TO CONSTRUCT PCC SLABS SUCH STANDARD SHEET
THAT LONGITUDINAL JOINTS BETWEEN TRAVEL LANES ARE ALIGNED WITH PAVEMENT I. SEAL TRANSVERSE AND LONGITUDINAL JOINTS.
MARKINGS. TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT 502-06, DETAIL "A"
NOTE: STEPS (C.) AND (D.) ABOVE MAY BE REVERSED
D. IF PROJECT CONSTRAINTS RESULT IN NARROWER PCC SHOULDERS THAN THOSE DEPICTED TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT 502-06, DETAIL "B"
ON STANDARD SHEET 502-02, IT IS PREFERABLE TO CONSTRUCT THE SHOULDER(S) AND
ADJACENT TRAVEL LANES SIMULTANEOUSLY, PROVIDED THE GEOMETRIC CRITERIA IN NOTE TRANSVERSE ISOLATION JOINT 502-06, DETAIL "C"
3A ARE SATISFIED. NO LONGITUDINAL JOINT IS REQUIRED IN THIS CASE.
TIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT 502-03, DETAILS "A", "B", AND "C"
UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SHEAR KEY) 502-03, DETAILS "D" AND "E"
4. TRANSVERSE JOINT TYPE SELECTION
A. THERE ARE THREE BASIC TYPES OF TRANSVERSE JOINTS: CONTRACTION, CONSTRUCTION,

AND EXPANSION. THESE JOINTS CONTROL CRACKING, ACCOMMODATE SLAB MOVEMENT, AND
PROVIDE LOAD TRANSFER. IT IS ESSENTIAL TO PROPERLY COAT AND ALIGN DOWELS TO
ALLOW FREE SLAB MOVEMENT. SEE STANDARD SHEETS 502-06 AND 502-07 FOR
TRANSVERSE JOINT DETAILS.
B. GENERALLY, TRANSVERSE JOINTS EXTEND ACROSS THE FULL PAVEMENT WIDTH AND
ARE ALIGNED PERPENDICULAR TO THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT. TRANSVERSE JOINT TYPE,
LOCATION, AND/OR ALIGNMENT MAY CHANGE WHEN A TRANSVERSE JOINT INTERSECTS
AN UNTIED LONGITUDINAL (SHEAR KEY) JOINT. STATE OF NEW YORK
C. CONTRACTION JOINTS ARE BY FAR THE MOST COMMON TYPE OF TRANSVERSE JOINT. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SPACE CONTRACTION JOINTS TO ACHIEVE 12’-0" TO 16’-0" SLAB LENGTHS.
D. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ARE USED AT PAVING INTERRUPTIONS. THEY ARE AS WIDE AS THE
CONCRETE PLACEMENT, TYPICALLY ONE OR TWO LANES, NOT NECESSARILY FULL WIDTH.
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
ALIGN CONSTRUCTION JOINTS WITH ADJACENT TRANSVERSE JOINTS.
E. EXPANSION JOINTS SHOULD BE USED SPARINGLY. THEY ISOLATE AND PROTECT PAVEMENTS
AND STRUCTURES FROM CONCRETE MOVEMENT AND VOLUME CHANGES. EXPANSION JOINTS
UTILITY ISOLATION AND
ARE REQUIRED AT INTERSECTIONS AND ISOLATED UTILITIES EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC.
USER = jturley
JOINT LAYOUT GENERAL NOTES

F. ISOLATION JOINTS ARE NOT CAPABLE OF TRANSFERRING LOADS BECAUSE THEY DO NOT
CONTAIN LOAD TRANSFER DEVICES. THEREFORE, THEY ARE ONLY USED TO ISOLATE
UTILITIES AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES IN AREAS NOT ROUTINELY EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC.

502-08
10’-0" (TYP.) 12’-0" TO 16’-0" 10’-0" (TYP.)
CONDITION I CONDITION K CONDITION M CONDITION O
CURB CURB
(TRAVEL LANE, TURN LANE, PARKING LANE, ETC.)

CONDITION C
E
S S
E
M.H.
PAVEMENT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC
M.H.
M.H. M.H.
M.H.
M.H.
CONDITION A
L L L S S L L S L L L L M.H. L S L
S
E
CONDITION G M.H.
M.H.
L L L L L L S L L L L S L L L
L L
S CONDITION F
M.H.
CONDITION B CONDITION D
L S L S L L S L L L S S L
CURB
M.H. M.H.
M.H.
I
I
I
PAVEMENT NOT ROUTINELY M.H.
M.H.
EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC S M.H.
(SHOULDER, MEDIAN,
I
GORE AREA, ETC.)
CONDITION E CONDITION H CONDITION J CONDITION L CONDITION N
SEE TABLE NOTE 3
TYPICAL UTILITY ISOLATION PLAN
TYPICAL UTILITY ISOLATION GUIDELINES
IS THE TOP OF THE MANHOLE STRUCTURE...

IS MANHOLE CASTING *
TELESCOPING MANHOLE
WITHIN 12" OF A WILL THE SUBSTITUTIONS
FOR MORE DETAILED
w 16" < 16" BELOW LONGITUDINAL JOINT? FEATURE MANHOLE
CONDITION FEATURE WITHIN REFERENCE
BELOW ROADWAY SURFACE, IF THE PROPER SIZE TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING
BE EXPOSED CASTING TYPE
PCC SLAB SEE STANDARD SHEET
ROADWAY BUT NOT WITHIN * SEE TABLE IS NOT AVAILABLE USE A NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE
TO TRAFFIC
(SHALLOW)
SURFACE PCC SLAB CASTING AND THE FOLLOWING ISOLATION METHOD:
NOTES 1 AND 2
SUBSTITUTE
TELESCOPING
NON-TELESCOPING
CONDITION A MANHOLE YES -- -- NO YES OR NO TELESCOPING 502-10, DETAIL "A" MANHOLE CASTING
MANHOLE CASTING AND
RECOMMENDED FOR:
USE ISOLATION METHOD:
CONDITION B MANHOLE YES -- -- YES YES OR NO TELESCOPING 502-10, DETAILS "B" AND "C"
CONDITION A CONDITION C
CONDITION B CONDITION D
CONDITION C MANHOLE -- YES -- NO YES NON-TELESCOPING 502-11, DETAIL "A"
CONDITION K CONDITION O
CONDITION L CONDITION J
CONDITION D MANHOLE -- YES -- YES YES NON-TELESCOPING 502-11, DETAIL "B"
CONDITION E MANHOLE -- YES -- YES OR NO NO NON-TELESCOPING 502-11, DETAIL "A" AND NOTE 8
GENERAL NOTE:
CONDITION F MANHOLE -- -- YES NO YES NON-TELESCOPING 502-12, DETAIL "A"
1. SEE GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08.

CONDITION G MANHOLE -- -- YES YES YES NON-TELESCOPING 502-12, DETAIL "B"
CONDITION H MANHOLE -- -- YES YES OR NO NO NON-TELESCOPING 502-12, DETAIL "A" AND NOTE 8
CONDITION I DRAINAGE STRUCTURE YES -- 502-13

SHEET NOTES:
CONDITION J DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WITH NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE IN PROXIMITY NO NON-TELESCOPING 502-14, DETAILS "D", "E’, "F" AND NOTE 4 - SEE LEGEND ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08 FOR PLAN VIEW
DETAILS SYMBOLOGY.
CONDITION K DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WITH TELESCOPING MANHOLE IN PROXIMITY YES TELESCOPING 502-14, DETAILS "A", "B", AND "C"
CONDITION L DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WITH TELESCOPING MANHOLE IN PROXIMITY NO TELESCOPING 502-14, DETAILS "A", "B", AND "C" AND NOTE 4 STATE OF NEW YORK
CONDITION M MULTIPLE DRAINAGE STRUCTURES / MANHOLES IN PROXIMITY YES NON-TELESCOPING 502-15
CONDITION N MULTIPLE DRAINAGE STRUCTURES / MANHOLES IN PROXIMITY NO NON-TELESCOPING 502-15 AND TABLE NOTE 3 BELOW U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
CONDITION O DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WITH NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE IN PROXIMITY YES NON-TELESCOPING 502-14, DETAILS "D", "E", AND "F"
TABLE NOTES: 1. WHEN THE PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS OF A NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING OR THE MASONRY PORTION OF A SHALLOW UTILITY IS UTILITY ISOLATION GUIDELINES
USER = jturley
WITHIN 12" OF A LONGITUDINAL JOINT, ISOLATE THE UTILITY AS SHOWN IN EITHER CONDITION D OR CONDITION G, RESPECTIVELY.
2. FOR SHALLOW UTILITIES, THE 12" OFFSET CRITERIA IS BASED ON THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT
AND THE MASONRY PORTION OF THE STRUCTURE, NOT THE CASTING (OR PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS).
3. PAVEMENT NOT ROUTINELY EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC IS NOT HEAVILY REINFORCED.


502-09
GENERAL NOTES:

APPLY CAULK BEAD AT THE INTERFACE
BETWEEN THE TOP AND BOTTOM PORTIONS
OF THE CASTING
2. THE USE OF TELESCOPING CASTINGS REQUIRE:
10’-0" OPTIMAL TOP EDGE OF MANHOLE CASTING
(SEE NOTE 3) A. THE CASTING MUST BE CENTERED LONGITUDINALLY BETWEEN

CONCRETE PAVERS PAVEMENT SURFACE TRANSVERSE JOINTS ( u 12").
AS NEEDED
CURB OR SHOULDER B. THE ROOF OF THE UTILITY STRUCTURE MUST BE A MINIMUM OF

16" BELOW THE PAVEMENT SURFACE.
(SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE NOTE 5)
IF EDGE OF MANHOLE C. THE CASTING TYPE AND SIZE MUST BE AVAILABLE WITH THE
12’-0" TO 16’-0" EQUAL EQUAL
CASTING IS < 12" FROM TELESCOPING FEATURE. SEE CURRENT 655 STANDARD SHEETS.
16" MIN.
PCC SLAB
(SEE NOTE 4) THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT
D
(SEE NOTE 2A)
SEE DETAIL "B" 3. MAINTAIN 10’-0" SLAB LENGTHS. SLABS MAY BE LENGTHENED TO
16’-0" TO RESOLVE CONFLICTS WITH STRUCTURES IN ADJACENT LANES
PROVIDED THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS IN STANDARD SHEET 502-08,
L L L NOTE 3A ARE SATISFIED. ADD A LAYER OF WIRE MESH IF THE SLAB(S)
PERMEABLE BASE
CONTAINING THE TELESCOPING CASTING EXCEEDS 13’-0" IN LENGTH. USE
A A PAVER PAVER
M.H. WELDED WIRE MESH, W4 4"X4". MAINTAIN A 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE
MESH AND ALL JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES.
2" MAX. ELEVATION S UBBASE
ADJUSTMENT 4. IF THE MANHOLE CASTING INTERFERES WITH NORMAL LONGITUDINAL
(SEE NOTE 5) JOINT TIE SPACING, RELOCATE THE TIES OR BEND THE TIES WHEN
L L L
APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. THE SAME NUMBER OF TIES PER SLAB
ARE REQUIRED AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF TIES TO EITHER SIDE OF THE
CASTING SHOULD BE AS BALANCED AS POSSIBLE.
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
5. THE "D" DIMENSION MUST BE BETWEEN 16" AND 18". WHEN "D" IS
MANHOLE STRUCTURE TOP SLAB
GREATER THAN 18", PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS AND\OR ADJUSTMENT
RINGS ARE REQUIRED. THE SLOT IN THE TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING
PROVIDES 2" OF ELEVATION ADJUSTMENT TO MATCH THE PCC
CURB OR SHOULDER PAVEMENT FINISHED GRADE.
6. MAINTAIN A 3" MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT

TIES AND THE TRANSVERSE JOINT SUPPORTS. TIES MAY BE BENT TO
ACHIEVE THE CLEARANCE.
7. IF THE SLAB DOES NOT REQUIRE TRANSVERSE JOINT SUPPORTS. TIES MAY
BE BENT TO ACHIEVE THE CLEARANCE.
DETAIL "A" - PLAN VIEW SECTION A-A

8. COMPUTE THE NUMBER OF TIES USING EQUATION (2) ON STANDARD SHEET
TYPICAL JOINT LAYOUT TELESCOPING MANHOLE COVER 502-02. EVENLY SPACE HALF THE REQUIRED TIES ON EACH SIDE OF THE
TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING (SEE NOTE 2) MANHOLE. IF AN ODD NUMBER OF TIES IS REQUIRED, ELIMINATE ONE TIE
AND EVENLY SPACE THE TIES ON EACH SIDE OF THE MANHOLE.
NOTE: VALID FOR EITHER EXPOSED OR NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS
(CONDITION "A" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09)
12" 8’-0" (OPTIMAL) (SEE NOTE 3) 12"
CURB OR SHOULDER
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
EQUAL EQUAL
SEE DETAIL "C" ALIGN LONGITUDINAL JOINT

(SEE NOTE 2A)
FOR TIE BAR LAYOUT TO THE MANHOLE CASTING
CENTER ON A RADIAL LINE PLACE 6" TO 12" FROM
EDGE OF MANHOLE CASTING
L L
L L
M.H.
36" OR 20"
36" OR 20"
(TYP) (TYP)
6"
12" 8’-0" OPTIMAL 12"
6" L L
(SEE NOTE 3)
L L L
L
L
12" TO 18" 15" (TYP.)
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
TELESCOPING
MANHOLE 3" MIN.
(TYP.)
CURB OR SHOULDER (SEE NOTES
6 AND 7)
(SEE NOTE 8) STATE OF NEW YORK

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
DETAIL "C" - PLAN VIEW

DETAIL "B" - PLAN VIEW JOINT AND TIE BAR LAYOUT
TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING FOR TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING
< 1’-0" FROM A LONGITUDINAL JOINT < 1’-0" FROM A LONGITUDINAL JOINT TELESCOPING MANHOLE
USER = jturley
NOTE: VALID FOR EITHER EXPOSED OR NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS NOTE: VALID FOR EITHER EXPOSED OR NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS CASTING LAYOUT
(CONDITION "B" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09) (CONDITION "B" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09)

502-10
GENERAL NOTES:
A 1. SEE GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08.
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
2. CENTER THE MANHOLE CASTING LONGITUDINALLY BETWEEN THE TRANSVERSE
JOINTS ( u 12").
L L L
3. MAINTAIN 10’-0" SLAB LENGTHS. SLABS MAY BE LENGTHENED TO 16’-0" TO RESOLVE

CONFLICTS WITH STRUCTURES IN ADJACENT LANES PROVIDED THE GEOMETRIC
A
(SEE NOTE 7)
REQUIREMENTS ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A ARE SATISFIED.
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL 12"
12" (FROM PAVERS)
4. USE #6, GRADE 60 STEEL, EPOXY COATED, DEFORMED BARS PLACED AT A DEPTH OF HALF
(SEE NOTE 7)
L L L L
THE ISOLATION SLAB THICKNESS FOR REINFORCEMENT. FOR RECTANGULAR STRUCTURES,
PLACE A 3’-0" LONG BAR AT EACH CORNER. FOR ROUND STRUCTURES, ENCIRCLE THE
(SEE NOTE 9)
B < 12" B STRUCTURE WITH 6 BARS, OVERLAPPED A MINIMUM OF 3". MAINTAIN A HORIZONTAL
S CLEARANCE OF 3" BETWEEN THE BARS AND THE JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES.
16’-0" (TYP.) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) L L
THE BARS MAY BE BENT TO ACHIEVE CLEARANCES.
(SEE NOTE 3)
M.H.
5. USE WELDED WIRE MESH, W4 4"X4". MAINTAIN A 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WIRE
MESH AND ALL JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES.
E
EQUAL EQUAL
(SEE NOTE 2) 6. IF THERE IS 4" OR LESS BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE ISOLATION SLAB AND THE TOP
L L S L OF THE MANHOLE STRUCTURE, OMIT THE SUBBASE AND PLACE CONCRETE TO THE
STRUCTURE, SEE DETAIL "C".
B EQUAL EQUAL B
L S L 7. IF A UTILITY WITH A NON-TELESCOPING CASTING FALLS WITHIN 12" OF THE PROJECTED
LONGITUDINAL JOINT, OFFSET THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT SUCH THAT A 12" CLEARANCE IS
E
M.H.
ACHIEVED BETWEEN THE MASONRY AND THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT. THE WIDENED SLAB
CONTAINING THE STRUCTURE AND THE NARROWED ADJACENT SLAB MUST BOTH MEET THE
16’-0" (TYP.) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A. IF THESE REQUIREMENTS
(SEE NOTE 3) CANNOT BE MET, OMIT THE OFFSET LONGITUDINAL JOINT AND ISOLATE THE STRUCTURE IN
A SINGLE PLACEMENT THAT IS TWO SLABS WIDE. THIS PLACEMENT MUST ALSO MEET THE
L L S L
GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A.
(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 2) 8. SUBSTITUTE ISOLATION JOINTS FOR EXPANSION JOINTS WHEN THE UTILITY OR DRAINAGE
L L L
A STRUCTURE TO BE ISOLATED IS NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC, SUCH AS IN A SHOULDER,
MEDIAN, OR GORE AREA.
A 9. FORM AS FLAT AN ANGLE AS POSSIBLE, WHILE MAINTAINING A 12" CLEARANCE BETWEEN

THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT AND THE MASONRY OR PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS. MAXIMUM
ANGLE IS 30 DEGREES.
DETAIL "A" - PLAN VIEW DETAIL "B" - PLAN VIEW
NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTINGS NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING
EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN (SEE NOTE 8) < 12" OFFSET FROM A LONGITUDINAL JOINT
(CONDITION "C" AND "E" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09
EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN (SEE NOTE 8)
(CONDITION "D" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09
ISOLATION
NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING PAVEMENT
l 4"
SLOPE BASED
ON SUBBASE
STABILITY
SUBBASE
MANHOLE
STRUCTURE
SLAB WIDTH
SLAB LENGTH (10’-0" OPTIMAL) DETAIL "C"
12" MIN. 12" MIN.
ISOLATION PAVEMENT
(SEE NOTE 3)
UNTIED LONGITUDINAL EXPANSION JOINT WHEN l 4" SUBBASE DEPTH
4" (+", -0) PAVEMENT 4" (+",-0)
JOINT (SHEAR KEY) (TYP.) PAVEMENT ABOVE STRUCTURE
(TYP.) SURFACE (TYP.)
(TYP.) DOWEL SURFACE
(TYP.)
PCC SLAB PRECAST PCC SLAB

PRECAST
CONCRETE CONCRETE
PAVERS PAVERS PERMEABLE BASE
PERMEABLE BASE
AND / OR AND / OR
ADJUSTMENT WIRE MESH ADJUSTMENT
WIRE MESH
RING (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 5) RING SUBBASE
(TYP.) (SEE NOTE 5) SUBBASE
(SEE NOTE 6)
(SEE NOTE 6)
REINFORCEMENT BAR
REINFORCEMENT BAR (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 4)
(TYP.) (SEE NOTE 4) MANHOLE STRUCTURE
STATE OF NEW YORK
MANHOLE STRUCTURE TOP OF SLAB
TOP OF SLAB DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING

USER = jturley
LAYOUT

502-11
GENERAL NOTES:
A 1. SEE GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08.

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
2. CENTER THE MASONRY PORTION OF THE STRUCTURE (NOT THE CASTING) LONGITUDINALLY
L L L
BETWEEN THE TRANSVERSE JOINTS.
3. MAINTAIN 10’-0" SLAB LENGTHS. SLABS MAY BE LENGTHENED TO 16’-0" TO RESOLVE
(SEE NOTE 6)
CONFLICTS WITH STRUCTURES IN ADJACENT LANES PROVIDED THE GEOMETRIC
REQUIREMENTS ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A, IS SATISFIED.
12"
12"
A (SEE NOTE 6)
4. USE #6 GRADE 60 STEEL, EPOXY COATED, DEFORMED BARS PLACED AT A DEPTH OF HALF
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL THE ISOLATION SLAB THICKNESS FOR REINFORCEMENT. FOR RECTANGULAR STRUCTURES,
< 12" SEE NOTE 8 PLACE A 3’-0" LONG BAR AT EACH CORNER. FOR ROUND STRUCTURES, ENCIRCLE THE
B B
S
STRUCTURE WITH 6 BARS, OVERLAPPED A MINIMUM OF 3". MAINTAIN A HORIZONTAL
L L L L L L CLEARANCE OF 3" BETWEEN THE BARS AND THE JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES. THE
BARS MAY BE BENT TO ACHIEVE CLEARANCES.
EDGE OF
M.H.
E
16’-0" (TYP.) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) STRUCTURE 5. USE WELDED WIRE MESH, W4 4"X4". MAINTAIN A 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WIRE MESH
(WITHIN PCC SLAB) AND ALL JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES.
(SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 4)
6. IF THE MASONRY PORTION OF A SHALLOW UTILITY FALLS WITHIN 12" OF THE PROJECTED
EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL LONGITUDINAL JOINT, OFFSET THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT SUCH THAT A 12" CLEARANCE IS ACHIEVED
(SEE NOTE 2) BETWEEN THE MASONRY AND THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT. THE WIDENED SLAB CONTAINING THE
L L S L L L
STRUCTURE AND THE NARROWED ADJACENT SLAB MUST BOTH MEET THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS
S
ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A. IF THESE REQUIREMENTS CANNOT BE MET, OMIT THE OFFSET
B EDGE OF B LONGITUDINAL JOINT AND ISOLATE THE STRUCTURE IN A SINGLE PLACEMENT THAT IS TWO SLABS
STURCTURE WIDE. THIS PLACEMENT MUST ALSO MEET THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS ON STANDARD SHEET
(WITHIN PAVEMENT) 502-08, NOTE 3A.
16’-0" (TYP.) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL)
E
M.H.
(SEE NOTE 3) 7. SUBSTITUTE ISOLATION JOINTS FOR EXPANSION JOINTS WHEN THE UTILITY OR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
TO BE ISOLATED IS NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC, SUCH AS IN A SHOULDER, MEDIAN, OR GORE AREA.
(SEE NOTE 2)
8. FORM AS FLAT AN ANGLE AS POSSIBLE, WHILE MAINTAINING A 12" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE
L L S L L L L LONGITUDINAL JOINT AND THE MASONRY OR PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS. MAXIMUM ANGLE IS 30 n.
9. USE THESE DETAILS IF THE TOP OF THE STRUCTURE PROTRUDES INTO THE PCC SLAB. THESE DETAILS
ARE VALID FOR EITHER ROUND OR RECTANGULAR MANHOLE STRUCTURES.
A A
DETAIL "B" PLAN VIEW

DETAIL "A" PLAN VIEW SHALLOW STRUCTURE
SHALLOW STRUCTURE < 12" FROM A LONGITUDINAL JOINT
EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS SHOWN (SEE NOTE 7) EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS SHOWN (SEE NOTE 7)
(CONDITION "F" AND "H" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09) (CONDITION "G" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09)
SHALLOW STRUCTURE
SLAB WIDTH
SLAB LENGTH (10’-0" OPTIMAL)
12" MIN. (SEE NOTE 3)

12" MIN.
PAVEMENT 4" (+", -0)

UNTIED LONGITUDINAL EXPANSION JOINT PAVEMENT
4" (+", -0) (TYP.)
JOINT (SHEAR KEY) SURFACE (TYP.) SURFACE
(TYP.)
(TYP.) DOWEL
(TYP.)
PCC SLAB PCC SLAB
PRECAST
PERMEABLE BASE PRECAST PERMEABLE BASE
CONCRETE
CONCRETE
PAVERS
PAVERS
WIRE MESH SUBBASE WIRE MESH SUBBASE
(TYP.) (SEE NOTE 5) MANHOLE STRUCTURE (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 5) MANHOLE STRUCTURE
TOP OF SLAB TOP OF SLAB
REINFORCEMENT BAR REINFORCEMENT BAR

(TYP.) (SEE NOTE 4) (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 4)
STATE OF NEW YORK


DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
SHALLOW STRUCTURE ISOLATION

USER = jturley

502-12
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
A
L L L
16’-0" (TYP.) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL)

(SEE NOTE 2)
(SEE NOTE 6)
6" TO 12"
DOWEL (TYP.) 10’-0" OPTIMAL (SEE NOTE 2)
(DOWELS AND TIE BARS

NOT SHOWN ALONG 12" MIN. 12" MIN.
OTHER JOINTS) WIRE MESH
EXPANSION JOINT (SEE NOTE 4) EXPANSION JOINT
4" (+"/-0)
L L L
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
PAVEMENT SURFACE
FRAME AND GRATE DOWEL (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 6)
6" TO 12"
(TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 6)
12"
6" TO 12"
PCC SLAB
SEE NOTE 3
S PRECAST
B B PERMEABLE BASE
CONCRETE
PAVERS AND\OR
E
E
ADJUSTMENT
RING SUBBASE
CURB
6" TO 12"
(SEE NOTE 6)
12" 12" DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
TOP SLAB
MIN. MIN.
DETAIL "A" - PLAN VIEW SECTION B-B

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION
EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS SHOWN (SEE NOTE 6)
CONDITION "I" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09
GENERAL NOTES:
12" MIN. 2. MAINTAIN 10’-0" SLAB LENGTHS. SLABS MAY BE LENGTHENED TO 16’-0" TO RESOLVE CONFLICTS
WITH STRUCTURES IN ADJACENT LANES, PROVIDED THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS ON STANDARD
4" (+"/-0)
SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A ARE SATISFIED. THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS OF STANDARD SHEET 502-08,
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WIRE MESH UNTIED LONGITUDINAL
NOTE 3A, DO NOT APPLY TO THE SLAB CONTAINING THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE.
FRAME AND GRATE (SEE NOTE 4) JOINT (SHEER KEY)
3. PLACE A 36" LONG, #6, GRADE 60 STEEL, EPOXY COATED, DEFORMED BAR AT BOTH CORNERS OF THE
PAVEMENT SURFACE
STRUCTURE AT A DEPTH OF HALF THE ISOLATION SLAB THICKNESS AS SHOWN IN DETAIL "A". MAINTAIN
A MINIMUM 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE BARS AND THE STRUCTURE, JOINTS, AND JOINT BARS. THE BARS
MAY BE BENT TO ACHIEVE CLEARANCES.
CURB 4. USE WELDED WIRE MESH, W4 4"X4". MAINTAIN A 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WIRE MESH AND ALL JOINTS,
PCC SLAB
JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES.
PRECAST
PERMEABLE BASE 5. IF THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WILL NOT BE ROUTINELY EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC (FOR EXAMPLE: SHOULDER,
CONCRETE
GORE AREA, OR MEDIAN), REPLACE THE TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINTS WITH ISOLATION JOINTS.
PAVERS AND\OR
ADJUSTMENT
6. EVENLY SPACE THE END DOWELS BETWEEN THE LONGITUDINAL JOINTS. DO NOT SPAN AN UNTIED
RING SUBBASE
LONGITUDINAL JOINT WITH A TRANSVERSE JOINT SUPPORT. USE SEPARATE SUPPORTS ON EITHER
SIDE OF THE UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT.
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
TOP SLAB
STATE OF NEW YORK

SECTION A-A
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION

USER = jturley

502-13
10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL)
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3)
L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL
TYPICAL SLAB WIDTH

TYPICAL SLAB WIDTH M.H. M.H. M.H.
(SEE NOTES (SEE NOTES 2 AND 6) (SEE NOTES 2 AND 6)

2 AND 6)
S S S S
E
E
E
E
E
E
CURB CURB
w 12" w 12" < 12" w 12" w 12"
10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 20’-0" (OPTIMAL) TO 32’-0"
TO 16’-0" (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3)
DETAIL "A" - SINGLE SLAB ISOLATION DETAIL "B" - TWO SLAB ISOLATION DETAIL "C" - OFFSET SINGLE SLAB ISOLATION
(EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN - SEE NOTE 4) (EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN - SEE NOTE 4) (EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN - SEE NOTE 4)
TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING (CONDITIONS "K" AND "L" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09
10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 10’-0" (OPTIMAL)
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3)
L L S L L L L S L L L L S L
EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL
TYPICAL SLAB WIDTH

TYPICAL SLAB WIDTH
E
M.H. M.H.
E
M.H.
E
E
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 7) (SEE NOTES 2 AND 8) (SEE NOTES 2 AND 7)

(SEE NOTE 8)
E
S S S
E
E
E
E
CURB CURB CURB
w 12" w 12" < 12" w 12" w 12"
10’-0" (OPTIMAL) 20’-0" (OPTIMAL) TO 32’-0"
TO 16’-0" (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3)
DETAIL "D" - SINGLE SLAB ISOLATION DETAIL "E" - TWO SLAB ISOLATION DETAIL "F" - OFFSET SINGLE SLAB ISOLATION
(EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN - SEE NOTE 4) (EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN - SEE NOTE 4) (EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC CONDITION SHOWN - SEE NOTE 4)
NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING (CONDITIONS "J" AND "O" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-09
DETAIL SELECTION PROCESS: GENERAL NOTES:
FOR TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTINGS, PROGRESS FROM DETAIL "A" THROUGH DETAIL 1. SEE GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08. 6. IF A TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING FALLS WITHIN 12" OF A LONGITUDINAL
"C" AS THE LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE BETWEEN THE MANHOLE CASTING AND THE JOINT, SKEW THE JOINT AS DEPICTED IN DETAILS "B" AND "C" ON STANDARD
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE INCREASES. FOR NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTINGS 2. CENTER THE MANHOLE CASTING LONGITUDINALLY BETWEEN TRANSVERSE JOINTS ( u12"). SHEET 502-10. IF THE SKEWED JOINT IS AN UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SHEAR KEY),
USE DETAILS "D" THROUGH "F". DETAILS "A" AND "C" ARE THE OPTIMAL ISOLATION OMIT THE TIE BARS DEPICTED IN DETAIL "C" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-10.
TECHNIQUES FOR TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTINGS NEAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. 3. MAINTAIN 10’ SLAB LENGTHS. SLABS MAY BE LENGTHENED TO 16’ TO RESOLVE CONFLICTS
DETAILS "D" AND "F" ARE THE OPTIMAL ISOLATION TECHNIQUES FOR NON-TELESCOPING WITH STRUCTURES IN ADJACENT LANES PROVIDED THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS IN 7. IF THE MASONRY PORTION OF A NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE FALLS WITHIN 12"
MANHOLE CASTINGS NEAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A ARE SATISFIED. ADD A LAYER OF WIRE MESH IF THE OF THE UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SHEAR KEY), OFFSET THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT
SLAB(S) CONTAINING THE TELESCOPING CASTING EXCEEDS 13’ IN LENGTH. USE WELDED AS DEPICTED IN DETAIL "B" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-11.
DETAILS "A" AND "D" - SINGLE SLAB ISOLATION: WIRE MESH, W4 4"X4". MAINTAIN A 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE MESH AND ALL JOINTS, STATE OF NEW YORK
JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES. THE GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS OF STANDARD SHEET 502-08, 8. IF THE MASONRY PORTION OF A NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE FALLS WITHIN 12"
USE THESE DETAILS WHEN THE TRANSVERSE JOINTS SURROUNDING THE MANHOLE BOTH NOTE 3A DO NOT APPLY TO THE SLAB CONTAINING THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. OF THE UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SHEAR KEY), BETWEEN LANES, OFFSET THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
FALL A MINIMUM OF 12" OUTSIDE THE MASONRY PORTION OF THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. LONGITUDINAL JOINT AS DEPICTED IN DETAIL "B" ON STANDARD SHEET 502-11.
4. SUBSTITUTE ISOLATION JOINTS FOR EXPANSION JOINTS IF THE UTILITY OR DRAINAGE IF THE MASONRY PORTION OF A NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE FALLS WITHIN 12" OF
DETAILS "B" AND "E" - TWO SLAB ISOLATION: STRUCTURE TO BE ISOLATED IS NOT EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC SUCH AS IN THE SHOULDER, THE UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SHEAR KEY) IN FRONT OF THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE, U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
MEDIAN, OR GORE AREA. ELIMINATE THAT JOINT AND ISOLATE BOTH STRUCTURES IN A HEAVILY REINFORCED
USE THESE DETAILS WHEN EITHER OF THE TRANSVERSE JOINTS SURROUNDING THE SLAB AS DEPICTED ON STANDARD SHEET 502-15.
MANHOLE FALLS WITHIN 12" OF THE MASONRY PORTION OF THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. 5. EVENLY SPACE THE END DOWELS BETWEEN THE LONGITUDINAL JOINTS. DO NOT SPAN
AN UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT WITH A TRANSVERSE JOINT SUPPORT. USE SEPARATE 9. SEE STANDARD SHEETS 502-10, 502-11, AND 502-15 FOR TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING,
DETAILS "C" AND "F" - OFFSET SINGLE SLAB ISOLATION: SUPPORTS ON EITHER SIDE OF THE UNTIED LONGITUDINAL JOINT. NON-TELESCOPING MANHOLE CASTING, DRAINAGE STRUCTURE CROSS SECTIONS, AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ISOLATION
REINFORCEMENT DETAILS, RESPECTIVELY.
USER = jturley
NEAR MANHOLE CASTINGS

USE THESE DETAILS WHEN:
1. THE TRANSVERSE JOINT BETWEEN THE MANHOLE AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURE FALLS A
MINIMUM OF 12" OUTSIDE THE MASONRY PORTION OF THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE AND APPROVED OCTOBER 15, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
2. THE NEXT TRANSVERSE JOINT FALLS A MINIMUM OF 12" OUTSIDE THE OTHER SIDE OF
THE MASONRY PORTION OF THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WHILE ACHIEVING A 10’ TO 16’
502-14
SLAB LENGTH.
HEAVILY REINFORCED
C
PORTLAND CEMENT
SCENARIO "A" SCENARIO "D" SCENARIO "E"
CONCRETE SLAB (TYP.) NO JOINT CONFLICTS LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINT CONFLICTS D MULTIPLE SLAB SPAN D
CURB CURB
M.H.
M.H.
E
E
E
E
E
A M.H.
M.H. M.H.
M.H. SCENARIO "C"
M.H.
M.H. M.H.
M.H.
TRANSVERSE JOINT CONFLICT
M.H.
M.H.
L S L S L S S L S S S L
B B
M.H.
M.H. C
M.H.
M.H. M.H.
M.H.
E
M.H.
M.H.
M.H.
M.H. M.H.
M.H.
M.H.
M.H.
L L L L S S S S L L L L L
M.H.
M.H.
E
E
10’-0" TO 16’-0" 12’-0" TO 16’-0" 10’-0" TO 16’-0" 10’-0" TO 16’-0" 10’-0" TO 16’-0"
CURB OR SHOULDER
SCENARIO "B"
LONGITUDINAL JOINT CONFLICT
TYPICAL MULTIPLE UTILITIES ISOLATION

PLAN VIEW
GENERAL NOTES:
1. SEE GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND ON STANDARD SHEET 502-08. THE

GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS OF STANDARD SHEET 502-08, NOTE 3A, DO
NOT APPLY TO HEAVILY REINFORCED SLABS.
SLAB WIDTH SLAB LENGTH 10’-0" TO 16’-0" (TYP.)
2. USE OF HEAVILY REINFORCED SLABS IN LANES EXPOSED TO TRAFFIC WHEN:

6" (TYP.) HEAVILY REINFORCED
UNTIED HEAVILY REINFORCED
PCC SLAB 1. THE SLAB LENGTH REQUIRED TO ISOLATE A UTILITY (OR UTILITIES)
LONGITUDINAL PCC SLAB (SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE NOTE 5)
6" (TYP.) 6" (TYP.) 6" (TYP.) EXPANSION
JOINT IS GREATER THAN 16’-0" OR:
JOINT (TYP.)
1" MIN.
1" MIN.
(+"/-0")
(+"/-0")
(SHEAR KEY) (SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5)
(TYP.) 2. A SLAB LESS THAN 16’-0" LONG CONTAINS TWO OR MORE UTILITIES,
PAVEMENT SURFACE PAVEMENT SURFACE DOWEL
EXCEPT FOR THE CONDITIONS DEPICTED ON STANDARD SHEET 502-14.
3"
3"
(TYP.)
3. CONSTRUCT HEAVILY REINFORCED SLABS SUCH THAT THE SLABS IN ADJACENT,

PCC SLAB
UNREINFORCED LANES ARE BETWEEN 10’-0" TO 16’-0" LONG. ALIGN THE
PCC SLAB TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINTS THAT DEFINE THE HEAVILY REINFORCED SLAB
WITH THE TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN THE ADJACENT LANE(S). TERMINATE
TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN ADJACENT LANES AT THE UNTIED LONGITUDINAL
PERMEABLE BASE PERMEABLE BASE
(SHEAR KEY) JOINT IF THEY ARE LOCATED BETWEEN THE TRANSVERSE
PRECAST
(+"/-0")
(+"/-0")
1"
EXPANSION JOINTS DEFINING THE HEAVILY REINFORCED SLAB.
1"
#6 EPOXY COATED, CONCRETE #6 EPOXY COATED,

DEFORMED BARS, MANHOLE STRUCTURE SUBBASE PAVERS DEFORMED BARS, MANHOLE STRUCTURE SUBBASE
4. IF A HEAVILY REINFORCED SLAB IS IN A LINE NOT ROUTINELY EXPOSED
12" O.C. IN BOTH TOP SLAB AND/OR 12" O.C. IN BOTH TOP SLAB
TO TRAFFIC, SUBSTITUTE TRANSVERSE ISOLATION JOINTS FOR TRANSVERSE
DIRECTIONS (TYP.) (WITHIN PCC PAVEMENT) ADJUSTMENT DIRECTIONS (TYP.) (WITHIN PCC PAVEMENT)
EXPANSION JOINTS AND A SINGLE LAYER OF WIRE MESH REINFORCEMENT FOR
(SEE NOTES 4 AND 5) RING (SEE NOTES 4 AND 5)
THE REINFORCEMENT BARS. USE WELDED WIRE MESH, W4 4"X4" AND MAINTAIN
A 3" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WIRE MESH AND ALL JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND
MANHOLE STRUCTURE
UTILITIES. PLACE THE WIRE MESH 4" FROM THE PAVEMENT SURFACE.
TOP SLAB
5. MAINTAIN 6" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE REINFORCEMENT BARS AND THE

JOINTS, JOINT BARS, AND UTILITIES. MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE TO
THE UTILITY STRUCTURES IS 1".
6. THE DETAILS ARE VALID FOR EITHER ROUND OR RECTANGULAR UTILITY
STRUCTURES.
SLAB WIDTH SLAB LENGTH (VARIES)
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE HEAVILY REINFORCED UNTIED FRAME AND GRATE HEAVILY REINFORCED
FRAME AND GRATE PCC SLAB LONGITUDINAL
(SEE NOTE 5)
PCC SLAB
(SEE NOTE 5)
6" (TYP.) JOINT 6" (TYP.)
EXPANSION
(+"/-0")
1" MIN.
(+"/-0")
(SHEAR KEY)
1" MIN.
(SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5) JOINT (TYP.)
3"
PAVEMENT SURFACE
PAVEMENT SURFACE DOWEL
3"
(TYP.)
PCC SLAB
CURB STATE OF NEW YORK
PCC SLAB
PRECAST PERMEABLE BASE PRECAST PERMEABLE BASE
CONCRETE CONCRETE
1"
(+"/-0")
(+"/-0")
PAVERS #6 EPOXY COATED, #6 EPOXY COATED, U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

PAVERS
1"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:02
SUBBASE DEFORMED BARS, DEFORMED BARS,

SUBBASE
12" O.C. IN BOTH 12" O.C. IN BOTH
DIRECTIONS (TYP.) DIRECTIONS (TYP.)
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
(SEE NOTES 4 AND 5) (SEE NOTES 4 AND 5)
TOP SLAB TOP SLAB
MULTIPLE UTILITIES ISOLATION
USER = jturley

SECTION C-C SECTION D-D

502-15
THE FILL TYPE CLASSIFICATION REFERS TO THE CONSTRUCTION METHOD USED FOR THE
INSTALLATION OF THE WALL. FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS ARE RETAINING STRUCTURES
CONSTUCTED FROM THE BASE OF THE WALL TO THE TOP (i.e "BOTTOM-UP CONSTRUCTION").
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL NOTES: II. INTERNALLY STABILIZED FILL STRUCTURE NOTES: III. EXTERNALLY STABILIZED FILL STRUCTURE NOTES:
PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS ARE WALL SYSTEMS THAT CONTAIN UNIQUE INTERNALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEMS ARE WALL SYSTEMS (AS DEFINED IN EXTERNALLY A WALL SYSTEM IS EITHER, 1) A SERIES OF OPEN FACE UNITS ASSEMBLED TO FORM
ELEMENTS, AND ARE PROTECTED BY SPECIFIC PATENTS. PROPRIETARY FILL TYPE STABILIZED FILL STRUCTURE NOTES) WHICH, WHEN EXCEEDING THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BINS WHICH ARE CONNECTED IN AN UNBROKEN SEQUENCE, OR 2) A COMBINATION OF A
RETAINING WALLS ARE DIVIDED INTO THREE CATEGORIES; MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH UNREINFORCED HEIGHT, RELY ON DISCRETE REINFORCING ELEMENTS WITHIN THE BACKFILL SOLID FACE UNITS WITH A CHARACTERISTIC ALIGNMENT AND CONNECTION METHOD. THESE
SYSTEMS, MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEMS, AND PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEMS. TO PROVIDE STABILITY. SYSTEMS UTILIZE THE WEIGHT OF THE WALL SYSTEM AND THE WEIGHT OF THE INFILL
TO RESIST LATERAL SOIL PRESSURES. AS INDICATED, THE BIN VOLUME IS INFILLED
I. GENERAL: INTERNALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEMS CONTAIN A SERIES OF TENSILE REINFORCING WITH BACKFILL MATERIAL TO SUPPLEMENT THE OPEN FACE UNIT OR SOLID FACE UNIT
ELEMENTS WHICH, WHEN PLACED IN MULTIPLE LAYERS WITHIN THE BACKFILL VOLUME, GEOMETRY, ADDING TO THE STABILITY OF THE SYSTEM.
LEVELING PAD: IMPROVE THE STRENGTH OF THE SOIL SUCH THAT THE VERTICAL FACE OF THE STABILIZED
EARTH VOLUME IS ESSENTIALLY SELF-SUPPORTING. EXTERNALLY STABILIZED FILL STRUCTURES ARE WALL SYSTEMS (AS DEFINED ABOVE).
1. A GRANULAR LEVELING PAD OR AN UNREINFORCED CONCRETE LEVELING PAD SHALL BE PROPRIETARY SYSTEMS ARE CATEGORIZED UNDER PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEMS.
CONSTRUCTED BENEATH THE FIRST COURSE OF WALL UNITS IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE INTERNALLY STABILIZED FILL STRUCTURES ARE EITHER AN INTERNALLY STABILIZED
TO THE ENGINEER, AND AT THE LOCATION SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE WALL SYSTEM OR AN INTERNALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEM. PROPRIETARY SYSTEMS WHEN REINFORCEMENT IS INTRODUCED INTO A PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM, IT SHALL
LEVELING PAD SHALL BE PROPERLY INSTALLED, TO ASSURE A LEVEL FIRST COURSE OF ARE CATEGORIZED UNDER MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEMS AND MECHANICALLY BE RECLASSIFIED AS A MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEM, AND THE PERTINENT
WALL UNITS. STABILIZED WALL SYSTEMS. SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATION SHALL APPLY.
2. GRANULAR LEVELING PAD INSTALLATION: GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS ARE INTERNALLY STABILIZED FILL STRUCTURES, 18. THE OPEN FACE UNIT PREFABRICATED WALL CUBIC GEOMETRY DEPICTED REPRESENTS THE
BUT ARE NOT PROPRIETARY SYSTEMS. DESIGNS ARE DETAILED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THEORETICAL DIMENSIONS OF THE BIN, AND NOT NECESSARILY THE SHAPE OF THE UNIT.
A. GRADE AND LEVEL THE AREA ON WHICH THE LEVELING PAD AND WALL UNITS WILL SUPPLEMENTAL DETAILS AND NOTES ARE PROVIDED ON STANDARD SHEETS 554-02,
REST. COMPACT THE AREA IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 554. SHEETS 1 THROUGH 6. 19. A VERTICAL JOINT PATTERN IS DEPICTED FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES.
B. PLACE THE LEVELING PAD MATERIAL TO ENSURE COMPLETE CONTACT OF THE FIRST
COURSE OF WALL UNITS. 14.A VERTICAL JOINT PATTERN IS DEPICTED FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES. A. CERTAIN OPEN FACE UNIT PREFABRICATED WALLS MAY REQUIRE A BRICK JOINT PATTERN,
C. STEP THE LEVELING PAD TO CONFORM TO GRADE CHANGES. DEPENDING ON THE WALL ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS.
A. MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEM PANELS EXHIBIT INDIVIDUALIZED PATTERNS B. SOLID FACE UNIT PREFABRICATED WALLS EXHIBIT INDIVIDUALIZED PATTERNS (BRICK
3. CONCRETE LEVELING PAD INSTALLATION: (CRUCIFORM, DIAMOND, ETC.) DEPENDING ON THE WALL SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. JOINT, ALTERNATING SIZES, ETC.), DEPENDING ON THE WALL SYSTEM MANUFACTURER.
B. MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEMS EXHIBIT INDIVIDUALIZED PATTERNS (BRICK
A. PRECAST: THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO JOINT PATTERN, ALTERNATING SIZES, ETC.) DEPENDING ON WALL SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 20. PLACEMENT OF THE INFILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
THE STATE, CUSHION SAND MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF y703-06, IN LIEU FOLLOWING:
OF SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL, DIRECTLY BENEATH THE LEVELING PAD TO 15.PLACEMENT OF THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING:
FACILITATE PLACEMENT OF THE PAD. THICKNESS OF THE CUSHION SAND SHALL A. THE ELEVATION OF THE BACKFILL BEHIND THE WALL SHALL NOT EXCEED THE
NOT EXCEED 6". A. REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT THEIR EMBEDMENT LENGTHS. ELEVATION OF THE INFILL MATERIAL PLACED WITHIN THE WALL UNITS.
B. CAST-IN-PLACE: THE CONTRACTOR MAY ELIMINATE THE 6" EXCAVATION AND B. REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FACING UNITS, B. PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM:
CUSHION SAND, AND CAST THE LEVELING PAD DIRECTLY ON THE EXCAVATED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. i. NO TIME SHALL THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN THE INFILL
AT
FOUNDATION AREA. C. FLEXIBLE REINFORCEMENTS SHALL BE PRETENSIONED TO REMOVE ANY SLACK. AND BACKFILL EXCEED 4’-0".
C. STEP THE LEVELING PAD TO CONFORM TO GRADE CHANGES. MAINTAIN THE TENSIONING BY STAKING OR ANCHORING WITH BACKFILL MATERIAL. AT NO TIME SHALL THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN THE INFILL
ii.
D. CONNECT REINFORCING ELEMENTS TO THE FACING UNIT, AS DIRECTED BY THE AND BACKFILL EXCEED THE HEIGHT OF ONE UNIT.
4. THE USE OF SHIMS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO CORRECT FOR IMPROPER OR INCORRECT MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.
PLACEMENT OF LEVELING PAD AND/OR POOR CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. SHIMS WILL E. OVERLAPPING LAYERS OF REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM 21. INSTALLATION OF THE FACE UNITS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING:
BE ALLOWED TO CORRECT FOR MINOR FABRICATION IRREGULARITIES. 3" THICKNESS OF BACKFILL MATERIAL.
A. OPEN FACE UNITS:
5. FOR A PRECAST CONCRETE LEVELING PAD, A " TO " JOINT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL 16. PLACEMENT OF THE BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: i.
ALL UNITS ABOVE THE FIRST COURSE SHALL INTERLOCK WITH THE LOWER COURSE.
WALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, CHANGES IN PAD ELEVATION, OR AT THE MAXIMUM INTERVAL ii.
THE VERTICAL JOINT OPENING SHALL BE BETWEEN " AND ".
OF 20’-0", WHICHEVER IS LESS. A. BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE DUMPED ONTO OR PLACED PARALLEL TO THE REAR iii.
THE VERTICAL JOINT OPENING SHALL BE ACCOUNTED FOR IN DETERMINING THE
AND MIDDLE OF THE REINFORCING ELEMENT AND BLADED PERPENDICULAR TO THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE WALL.
GROUNDWATER: REINFORCING ELEMENTS. B. SOLID FACE UNITS:
B. AT NO TIME SHALL ANY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT BE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE THE
i. BASE UNITS SHALL BE SET SUCH THAT EACH UNIT’S CONNECTION DEVICE
6. SEEPAGE ZONES INTERCEPTING THE EXCAVATION SLOPE OR THE WALL FOUNDATION REINFORCING ELEMENTS. (TONGUE AND GROOVE, SHEAR ROD, ETC.) PROVIDES THE CORRECT BATTER OF
AREA SHALL BE POSITIVELY DRAINED BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL UNDERDRAIN AND C. BACKFILL LAYERS WITHIN 3’-0" OF THE FACE UNIT SHALL BE GRADED AND THE WALL FACE.
UNDERDRAIN FILTER MATERIAL AT THE SEEPAGE ZONE, AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. COMPACTED TO 2" ABOVE THE REQUIRED REINFORCING ELEMENT ELEVATION. ii.
ALL UNITS ABOVE THE FIRST COURSE SHALL INTERLOCK WITH THE LOWER COURSE.
D. BACKFILL LAYERS BEYOND 3’-0" OF THE FACE UNIT SHALL BE GRADED AND iii.
SWEEP CLEAN ALL UNITS PRIOR TO PLACING ADDITIONAL LEVELS TO ENSURE
7. FOR INSTALLATIONS WHERE THE WATER LEVEL WILL BE PERMANENTLY ABOVE THE COMPACTED TO THE REQUIRED REINFORCING ELEMENT ELEVATION. DIRECT CONTACT.
FINISHED GRADE AT WALL FACE, THE NORMAL UNDERDRAIN SECTION SHALL BE RAISED E. PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM - RECLASSIFIED AS MECHANICALLY STABILIZED INSTALL CAP UNITS USING MASTIC ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
iv.
TO A POINT 0.6 m ABOVE HIGH WATER. WALL SYSTEM: MANUFACTURERER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.
i.
OPEN FACE UNIT - AT NO TIME SHALL THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN
UNDERCUTS: THE INFILL AND BACKFILL OF THE WALL EXCEED 4’-0".
ii.
SOLID FACE UNIT - AT NO TIME SHALL THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN
8. A MAXIMUM 0.6 m UNDERCUT MAY BE ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER WHERE NECESSARY THE INFILL AND BACKFILL OF THE WALL EXCEED THE HEIGHT OF ONE UNIT.
TO PROVIDE STABLE BEDDING CONDITIONS. UNDERCUTTING SHALL BE PAID FOR UNDER F. AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH DAY’S WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE THE
SECTION 206. BACKFILL MATERIAL AWAY FROM THE FACE AND LIGHTLY COMPACT THE SURFACE.
A. IF UNDERCUTTING IS ORDERED, THE LIFT THICKNESS AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS 17.INSTALLATION OF THE FACING UNITS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING:
FOR SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
B. THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL BE CONSULTED IF IT APPEARS THAT A. FACING UNITS SHALL BE SET AT A SLIGHT BACKWARD BATTER (TOWARD THE REINFORCING
UNDERCUTTING BEYOND THE 2’-0" MAXIMUM DEPTH MAY BE NEEDED. SPECIAL FILL) TO ASSURE CORRECT FINAL VERTICAL ALIGNMENT AFTER BACKFILL PLACEMENT
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND DETAILS WILL BE SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT AND COMPACTION.
DOCUMENTS WHEN WALLS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN AREAS WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL B. WHEN THE THIRD ROW OF PRECAST FACING PANEL UNITS ARE SET, THE BOTTOM ROW
EXISTS. OF WOODEN WEDGES (PLACED DURING ERECTION TO ASSIST ALIGNMENT) SHALL BE
REMOVED. ALL WOODEN WEDGES SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THE WALL IS COMPLETE.
WALL BACKFILL: C. INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION MANUAL.
9. PLACEMENT OF INFILL IN THE WALL (IF REQUIRED) AND BACKFILL BEHIND THE WALL
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANANCE WITH SECTION 203.
10. COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILL (IF REQUIRED) AND BACKFILL MATERIAL
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 203.
WALL CONSTRUCTION: GENERAL NOTES
11. WALL CONSTRUCTION AT ALL STAGES SHALL BE TRUE TO LINE AND GRADE. ANY
DEVIATION FROM LINE AND GRADE WHICH IS EITHER DANGEROUS TO THE STABILITY
STATE OF NEW YORK
OR DETRACTS FROM THE APPEARANCE OF THE WALL SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE
CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE.
12. TOLERANCES SHALL NOT EXCEED THOSE PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATION.

U.S CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
09
AESTHETICS:
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
13. THE SPECIFICATION ADDRESSES STANDARD DEFAULT AESTHETIC TREATMENTS. IF

dgn
ALTERNATE TREATMENTS ARE REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL DETAILS WILL BE PROVIDED IN PROPRIETARY

FILE NAM E = 554-0101.
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS
USER = jturley
(SHEET 1 OF 5)
/S/ ANTHONY TORRE, P.E.

554-01
ACTING DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER
(RESEARCH)
BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE
EXCAVATED MATERIAL EXCAVATED MATERIAL
18"
12" MIN.
9"
1 6"
9" 24" 6" (SEE NOTES 1 AND 3

6" (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
1
GRANULAR CONCRETE LEVELING PAD

LEVELING PAD (SEE NOTES 3 AND 4 UNDERCUT WHERE REQUIRED
ON SHEET 1 OF 5) (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
UNDERCUT WHERE REQUIRED
(SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
PROVIDE UNDERDRAIN WITH POSITIVE OUTLET.

FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 6", MAINTAIN MINIMUM
COVER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN. BACKFILL MEETING THE
18" MIN.
REQUIREMENTS OF y733-20,
UNDERDRAIN FILTER MATERIAL, TYPE 1.
6"
6"
MIN.
1 6" DIA. MIN.

BACKFILL MEETING THE SEEPAGE ZONE
1 6" (SEE NOTE 6 ON
UNDERDRAIN FILTER MATERIAL, TYPE 1. SHEET 1 OF 5)
4"
18" MIN.
(MODIFY AS 4"
REQUIRED WHERE
LARGER UNDERDRAIN
6" DIA MIN.
PIPE IS SPECIFIED)
GENERAL DETAILS
STATE OF NEW YORK

DETAIL "C" DETAIL "D"
U.S CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

10
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
dgn
PROPRIETARY
FILE NAM E = 554-0102.

USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 5)

554-01
(RESEARCH)
2 MAX
BACKFILL WITH MECHANICALLY STABILIZED
EXISTING GROUND SURFACE
EARTH SYSTEM BACKFILL MATERIAL MEETING 1
THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-02.
(SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 16 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
HORIZONTAL LINE
GEOTEXTILE BACKING
PAYMENT LINES FOR EMBANKMENT
IN PLACE (SECTION 203).
(SEE NOTE 10 SHEET 1 OF 5)
"
PAYMENT LINES FOR
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION FILL TYPE
(SECTION 206). RETAINING WALL HEIGHT
PAYMENT LINE FOR

UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL -
(SECTION 203). HORIZONTAL JOINT MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH
FILLER MATERIAL SYSTEM (SEE NOTES 11 AND 17 1
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
1.5
1.5 FINISHED GRADE

AT FACE OF WALL
1 REINFORCING ELEMENTS
SEE NOTE 15 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
"JOINT DETAIL" SEE NOTE 6 ON

FINISHED GRADE SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
AT FACE OF WALL DETAIL "D" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5
SEE NOTE 7 ON
SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
DETAIL "C" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5
UNDERCUT WHERE REQUIRED PAYMENT LINES FOR SELECT
(SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) SEE DETAIL "B" ON STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203).
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSYEM SECTION IN CUT SHEET 2 OF 5 (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
BACKFILL PHASE
EXCAVATION PHASE
SEE DETAIL "B" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5

EARTH SYSTEM BACKFILL MATERIAL MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-02. 2 MAX
(SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 16 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) PAYMENT LINES FOR EMBANKMENT
HORIZONTAL LINE IN PLACE (SECTION 203).

COPING UNIT - IN ACCORDANCE WITH (SEE NOTE 10 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS. 10’-0"
REINFORCING ELEMENTS
FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL (SEE NOTE 15 ON
REINFORCING ELEMENTS (TYP)
SHEET 1 OF 5)
(SEE NOTE 15 ON
MINIMUM LIMITS OF EMBANKMENT IN
SHEET 1 OF 5)
PLACE - TO BE PLACED CONCURRENT
PAYMENT LINES FOR WITH MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH
SEE "JOINT DETAIL" SYSTEM BACKFILL DURING WALL CONSTRUCTION.
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
(THIS SHEET)
FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL - (SECTION 206).
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH
SYSTEM (SEE NOTES 11 AND 17
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
FINISHED GRADE AT
1’-0" TYPICAL SECTIONS FOR
FACE OF WALL
MIN
EXISTING MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEMS
PANEL SEE NOTE 5
ON SHEET 1 OF 5 GROUND
FACE UNIT
STATE OF NEW YORK
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

10
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEM

DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
UNREINFORCED CONCRETE SEE NOTE 7 ON

LEVELING PAD (SEE NOTES 3, ISOMETRIC VIEW SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
dgn
4, AND 5 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) (SEE NOTES 13 AND 14 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) DETAIL "C" ON PROPRIETERY

FILE NAM E = 554-0103.
SHEET 2 OF 5
USER = jturley

SEE DETAIL "B" ON STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203). (SHEET 3 OF 5)
SHEET 2 OF 5 UNDERCUT WHERE REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEM SECTION IN FILL /S/ ANTHONY TORRE, P.E.
554-01
(RESEARCH)
2 MAX
EXISTING GROUND SURFACE
HORIZONTAL LINE

PAYMENT LINES FOR

STRUCTURE EXCAVATION FILL TYPE
(SECTION 206). RETAINING WALL HEIGHT
PAYMENT LINE FOR

UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL - 1
(SECTION 203).
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEM
(SEE NOTES 11 AND 17 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) 1.5
1.5
FINISHED GRADE REINFORCING ELEMENTS
1 AT FACE OF WALL (SEE NOTE 15 ON
SHEET 1 OF 5)
SEE NOTE 6 ON
FINISHED GRADE SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
DETAIL "D" ON
AT FACE OF WALL
SHEET 2 OF 5
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SECTION IN CUT
SEE NOTE 7 ON
SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
DETAIL "C" ON
SHEET 2 0F 5
SEE DETAIL "A" ON SHEET 2 OF 5.
SEE DETAIL "B" ON SHEET 2 OF 5 STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203).
WHEN UNREINFORCED CONCRETE (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
LEVELING PAD IS UTILIZED.
BACKFILL PHASE
EXCAVATION PHASE
SEE DETAIL "A" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5
COPING UNIT - IN ACCORDANCE WITH

MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.
2 MAX
BACKFILL WITH MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTH SYSTEM BACKFILL MATERIAL MEETING 1
EARTH SYSTEM BACKFILL MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-02.
THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-02. (SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 16 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) PAYMENT LINES FOR EMBANKMENT
(SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 16 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) OPEN FACE IN PLACE (SECTION 203).
UNIT HORIZONTAL LINE (SEE NOTE 10 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
10’-0"
2
SEE "JOINT DETAIL" ON SHEET 5 OF 5 1

AND NOTE 21 ON SHEET 1 OF 5
FILL TYPE
RETAINING WALL HEIGHT

REINFORCING ELEMENTS (TYP) FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL -
PLACE - TO BE PLACED CONCURRENT WITH
(SEE NOTE 15 ON MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEM
REINFORCING ELEMENTS PAYMENT LINES FOR MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEM
SHEET 1 OF 5) (SEE NOTES 11 AND 17 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION BACKFILL DURING WALL CONSTRUCTION.
(SEE NOTE 15 ON
SHEET 1 OF 5) (SECTION 206).
FINISHED GRADE AT
FACE OF WALL
TYPICAL SECTIONS FOR

EXISTING MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEMS
GROUND
SEE NOTE 5 ON
SHEET 1 OF 5 STATE OF NEW YORK
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
UNREINFORCED CONCRETE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

10
LEVELING PAD (SEE NOTES 3,

DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
4, AND 5 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) SEE NOTE 7 ON

SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
dgn
DETAIL "C" ON PROPRIETARY

FILE NAM E = 554-0104.
SOLID FACE SHEET 2 OF 5

UNIT FILL TYPE RETAINING WALLS
USER = jturley
SEE DETAIL "A" ON SHEET 2 OF 5. PAYMENT LINES FOR SELECT
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SYSTEM

SEE DETAIL "B" ON SHEET 2 OF 5 STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203). (SHEET 4 OF 5)
WHEN UNREINFORCED CONCRETE UNDERCUT WHERE REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
ISOMETRIC VIEW LEVELING PAD IS UTILIZED. (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
(SEE NOTES 13 AND 14 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) APPROVED OCTOBER 28, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 10-041
MECHANICALLY STABILIZED WALL SECTION IN FILL /S/ ANTHONY TORRE, P.E.

554-01
(RESEARCH)
2 MAX
INFILL WITHIN BINS MEETING THE
EXISTING GROUND SURFACE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-14, 1
SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL.
HORIZONTAL LINE
GEOTEXTILE BACKING
BACKFILL BEHIND BINS MEETING IN PLACE (SECTION 203).
THE REQUIREMENTS OF (SEE NOTE 10 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
y733-14, SELECT
" STRUCTURAL FILL.
(SEE NOTE 9, 10 AND 20
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
FILL TYPE
PAYMENT LINES FOR
(SECTION 206).
PAYMENT LINE FOR
FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL -
PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM
(SECTION 203). HORIZONTAL JOINT
(SEE NOTES 11 AND 21
FILLER MATERIAL 1
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
1.5
1.5
FINISHED GRADE
1 AT FACE OF WALL
SEE NOTE 6 ON
"JOINT DETAIL" SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
FINISHED GRADE
24"
AT FACE OF WALL DETAIL "D" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5
24"
SEE NOTE 7 ON
SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
DETAIL "C" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5
SEE DETAIL "B" ON SHEET 2 OF 5.
(SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203).
SEE DETAIL "A" ON SHEET 2 OF 5
PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM SECTION IN CUT WHEN A GRANULAR LEVELING PAD
IS UTILIZED.
BACKFILL PHASE
EXCAVATION PHASE
SEE DETAIL "B" ON
SHEET 2 OF 5

2 MAX
INFILL WITHIN BINS MEETING THE
BACKFILL WITH SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL REQUIREMENTS OF y733-14, 1
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-14. SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL.
(SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 20 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) (SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 20 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
OPEN FACE
UNIT HORIZONTAL LINE
10’-0" IN PLACE (SECTION 203).
BACKFILL BEHIND BINS MEETING
MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS. (SEE NOTE 10 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
THE REQUIREMENTS OF 2
SEE "JOINT DETAIL"
y733-14, SELECT
(THIS SHEET) AND 1
STRUCTURAL FILL.
NOTE 21 ON SHEET 1 OF 5
(SEE NOTES 9, 10 AND 20
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
FILL TYPE

FILL TYPE RETAINING WALL -
PLACE - TO BE PLACED CONCURRENT
PAYMENT LINES FOR WITH PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM
(SEE NOTES 11 AND 21
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION BACKFILL DURING WALL CONSTRUCTION.
ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
(SECTION 206).
FINISHED GRADE AT
FACE OF WALL
TYPICAL SECTIONS FOR

EXISTING PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEMS
GROUND
SEE NOTE 5 ON 24"
SHEET 1 OF 5 STATE OF NEW YORK
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
UNREINFORCED CONCRETE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

10
LEVELING PAD (SEE NOTES 3,

DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
4, AND 5 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) SEE NOTE 7 ON

SHEET 1 OF 5 AND
dgn
DETAIL "C" ON PROPRIETARY

FILE NAM E = 554-0105.
SOLID FACE SHEET 2 OF 5

USER = jturley
UNIT PAYMENT LINES FOR SELECT

SEE DETAIL "B" ON SHEET 2 OF 5.
SEE DETAIL "A" ON SHEET 2 OF 5 STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203). (SHEET 5 OF 5)
WHEN A GRANULAR LEVELING PAD UNDERCUT WHERE REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
ISOMETRIC VIEW IS UTILIZED. (SEE NOTE 8 ON SHEET 1 OF 5)
(SEE NOTES 13 AND 14 ON SHEET 1 OF 5) APPROVED OCTOBER 28, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 10-041
PREFABRICATED WALL SYSTEM SECTION IN FILL

554-01
(RESEARCH)
REINFORCEMENT REINFORCEMENT CORNER GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM NOTES:
LAYOUT ADJACENT TO ON CURVES LAYOUT REINFORCEMENT LAYOUT

1. ANY CHANGES TO GEOSYNTHETIC DESIGN LAYOUT REQUIRES APPROVAL OF THE
STRUCTURES - PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING BUREAU.
2. A WELDED WIRE FORM FACING IS DEPICTED IN DETAILS "D", "E", "F", AND "H" FOR
ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES. OTHER FACING SYSTEMS MAY BE INCORPORATED,
MINIMUM 3" BACKFILL BETWEEN
AS IDENTIFIED IN THE SPECIFICATION.
OVERLAPPING GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCING
GEOSYNTHETIC EMBEDMENT ELEMENTS.
WALL BACKFILL:
REINFORCING ELEMENT GEOSYNTHETIC GEOSYNTHETIC
PRIMARY DIRECTION REINFORCING ELEMENT REINFORCING ELEMENT 3. BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE DUMPED ONTO, OR PLACED PARALLEL TO THE
PRIMARY DIRECTION PRIMARY DIRECTION
URE
REAR AND MIDDLE OF THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS AND BLADED PERPENDICULAR
EMBEDMENT TO THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS.
4. AT NO TIME SHALL ANY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT BE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH
UCT
THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS.
5. BACKFILL LAYERS SHALL BE COMPACTED UP TO OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE THE
STR
ELEVATION OF EACH LEVEL OF REINFORCEMENT CONNECTION PRIOR TO PLACING
THAT LAYER OF REINFORCING ELEMENT.
6. AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH DAYS WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE THE
WALL FACE BACKFILL MATERIAL AWAY FROM THE FACE AND LIGHTLY COMPACT THE SURFACE.
EMBEDMENT
REINFORCING ELEMENTS:
WALL FACE 7. REINFORCING ELEMENTS TO BE CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT THEIR EMBEDMENT LENGTHS.

WALL FACE 1’-0"
MIN. MINIMUM 3" BACKFILL 8. REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FACING, EXCEPT
MINIMUM 3" BACKFILL WHEN IN CONFLICT WITH A STRUCTURE AS SHOWN IN DETAIL "A".
BETWEEN OVERLAPPING
BETWEEN OVERLAPPING 9. REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PRETENSIONED TO REMOVE ANY SLACK. MAINTAIN
GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCING
GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCING THE TENSIONING BY STAKING OR ANCHORING WITH BACKFILL MATERIAL.
ELEMENTS.
ELEMENTS. 10. CONNECT REINFORCING ELEMENTS TO THE FACING AS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
11. OVERLAPPING LAYERS OF REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A
DETAIL "A" DETAIL "B" DETAIL "C" MINIMUM 3" THICKNESS OF BACKFILL MATERIAL.
WELDED WIRE FORM NOTES:
12. THE WELDED WIRE FORMS SHOWN ARE AN ACCEPTABLE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING
THE VERTICAL GRSS WALL. ALTERNATE FORMING SYSTEMS MAY BE USED PROVIDED
CULVERT DETAIL THE GRSS WALL IS CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN AND THE COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS
PERMANENT WALL FOOTING/STRUCTURE
ELEVATION VIEW ARE MET.
END SLOPE TERMINATION DETAIL ELEVATION VIEW
13. CUT WIRE FORMS AND PLACE GEOTEXTILE TO CONFORM TO EXISTING AND/OR
ELEVATION VIEW PROPOSED STRUCTURE PROJECTIONS IN SUCH A MANNER THAT LOSS OF BACKFILL
MATERIAL DOES NOT OCCUR.
14. OVERLAP THE WELDED WIRE FORM AND OMIT THE SUPPORT STRUTS WHERE GRSS
SPACING IS LESS THAN 18".
NOTE: ENTIRE HEIGHT OF PERMANENT FACE SYSTEM UNIT
15. CUT THE VERTICAL PORTION OF THE TOP WELDED WIRE BASKET DOWN TO THE
MUST BE BENCHED INTO SIDESLOPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SPACING SUBGRADE SURFACE BEFORE CONSTRUCTING THE PAVEMENT SECTION.
STANDARD SHEET TITLED "EARTHWORK TRANSITION AND
16. ADDITIONAL STRUTS MAY BE REQUIRED TO STIFFEN THE WELDED WIRE FORMS.
BENCHING DETAILS." SPACING
FACING NOTES:
VARIES
17. ONLY HAND OPERATED EQUIPMENT ALLOWED WITHIN 3’-0" OF THE FACING. LIFT
VARIES
THICKNESS MAY HAVE TO BE MODIFIED TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED COMPACTION.
WELDED WIRE FORM STRUCTURE MONITOR FACING DURING FILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION.
OR CULVERT 18. HARD FACING ELEMENTS (TIMBERS, ETC.) SHALL BE SET AT A SLIGHT BACKWARD
WELDED WIRE FORM SPACING
SPACING FOOTING BATTER (TOWARD THE REINFORCED FILL) TO ASSURE CORRECT FINAL VERTICAL
WELDED WIRE FORM SPACING
SEE NOTE ABOVE ALIGNMENT AFTER BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION. COMPACTION EQUIPMENT
AND OPERATION PROCEDURES MAY HAVE TO BE MODIFIED TO MAINTAIN VERTICAL WALL.
CUT WELDED WIRE FORMS AND PLACE
EXISTING GROUND DRAINAGE NOTES:
REINFORCEMENT AND GEOTEXTILE FACE WRAP
AROUND CULVERT TO PREVENT LOSS OF
BACKFILL MATERIAL. 19. TYPE AND LIMITS OF DRAINAGE TREATMENT WILL BE SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
GEOSYNTHETIC 20. CONCENTRATED DRAINAGE MUST BE DIVERTED AWAY FROM THE GRSS STRUCTURE.
REINFORCING ELEMENT 21. SEEPAGE ZONES INTERCEPTING THE EXCAVATION SLOPE OR THE WALL FOUNDATION AREA
SHALL BE POSITIVELY DRAINED BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL UNDERDRAIN AND UNDERDRAIN
FILTER MATERIAL AT THE SEEPAGE ZONE, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER.
UNDERCUTS:
DETAIL "D" DETAIL "E" DETAIL "F" 22. A MAXIMUM 2’-0" UNDERCUT MAY BE ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER WHERE NECESSARY TO
PROVIDE STABLE BEDDING CONDITIONS. UNDERCUTTING SHALL BE PAID FOR UNDER
SECTION 206.
A. IF UNDERCUTTING IS ORDERED, THE LIFT THICKNESS AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS

FOR SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
UNDERDRAIN B. THE REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL BE CONSULTED IF IT APPEARS THAT
CULVERT TREATMENT
DETAIL FOUNDATION PAD DETAIL UNDERCUTTING BEYOND THE 2’-0" MAXIMUM DEPTH MAY BE NEEDED. SPECIAL
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND DETAILS WILL BE SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT
2’-0" MIN. DOCUMENTS WHEN WALLS ARE LOCATED IN AREAS WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
EXISTS.
3" 3" CULVERT

D
SECTION
WALL FACE
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED
6" WALLS - GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS
SOIL SYSTEM 2
1 STONE FILL MEETING THE
D MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS
A REQUIREMENTS OF y733-21. SIZE TO
BE SHOWN IN CONTRACT PLANS.
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED OF y703-02, CRUSHED STONE STATE OF NEW YORK
3" SOIL SYSTEM SIZE DESIGNATION 2.
MI MATERIAL MEETING THE
NIMUM
SLO REQUIREMENTS OF y703-02,
UNDERDRAIN FILTER PE CRUSHED STONE, SIZE DESIGNATION 2.
2% 1’-0"
y733-20 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
10
3’-0" 3’-0"
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
6" 6" 1.5D D

dgn
3" A CULVERT
ITEM
FILE NAM E = 554-0201.
D 206.02 GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS

1.5D D
USER = jturley
(SHEET 1 OF 6)
A-A
PLAN
DETAIL "G" DETAIL "H" DETAIL "I" /S/ ANTHONY TORRE, P.E.
554-02
(RESEARCH)
2 MAX
BACKFILL WITH MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS 1
EXISTING GROUND SURFACE OF y733-14, SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL.

(SEE NOTES 3, 4, 5 & 6 ON SHEET 1 OF 6)
PAYMENT LINES FOR HORIZONTAL LINE
(SECTION 206). PAYMENT LINES FOR EMBANKMENT
1.5
PAYMENT LINE FOR

SOIL SYSTEM HEIGHT
(SECTION 203).
1
SOIL SYSTEM 1.5
FOR PERMANENT WALLS,

SEE SHEET 5 OF 6 AND SHEET 6 OF 6
FOR FACING DETAILS REINFORCING ELEMENTS (SEE NOTES
7, 8, 9, 10 AND 11 ON SHEET 1 OF 6)
SEE NOTE 21 ON SHEET 1 OF 6 AND

FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE "SEEPAGE DETAIL" - THIS SHEET
AT FACE OF WALL AT FACE OF WALL

SEE DETAIL "G" ON
FOR PERMANENT WALLS, SHEET 1 OF 6
SEE DETAIL "I" ON SHEET 1 OF 6
STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203).
EXCAVATION PHASE GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM WALL SECTION IN CUT
BACKFILL PHASE
BACKFILL MEETING THE

18" MIN.
2 MAX REQUIREMENTS OF y733-20,
UNDERDRAIN FILTER MATERIAL, TYPE 1.
1
BACKFILL WITH MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS 6"
OF y733-14, SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL. MIN.
(SEE NOTES 3, 4, 5 & 6 ON SHEET 1 OF 6) PAYMENT LINES FOR EMBANKMENT
HORIZONTAL LINE IN PLACE (SECTION 203).
SEEPAGE ZONE
10’-0" 6"
(SEE NOTE 21 ON
SHEET 1 OF 6)
2
4"
GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCED
SOIL SYSTEM HEIGHT 6" DIA. MIN.

GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED PLACE - TO BE PLACED CONCURRENT WITH
SOIL SYSTEM GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM
BACKFILL DURING WALL CONSTRUCTION.
FOR PERMANENT WALLS,
SEE SHEET 5 OF 6 AND SHEET 6 OF 6
REINFORCING ELEMENTS (SEE NOTES 7, 8, "SEEPAGE DETAIL"
FOR FACING DETAILS
9, 10 AND 11 ON SHEET 1 OF 6)
FINISHED GRADE
AT FACE OF WALL
WALLS - TYPICAL SECTIONS
EXISTING
GROUND
STATE OF NEW YORK
SEE DETAIL "G" ON

FOR PERMANENT WALLS, SHEET 1 OF 6 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
SEE DETAIL "I" ON
10
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
SHEET 1 OF 6
dgn
STRUCTURAL FILL (SECTION 203).

FILE NAM E = 554-0202.
(SEE NOTE 22 ON GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS

SHEET 1 OF 6)
USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 6)
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM WALL SECTION IN FILL


554-02
(RESEARCH)
GRSS SLOPE
ANCHOR TRENCH ANCHOR TRENCH TYPICAL SECTION
DETAIL - WITHOUT DRAINAGE DETAIL - WITH DRAINAGE
y713-07, TURF REINFORCEMENT

MAT, CLASS III, TYPE C GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM NOTES:
UPPER UPPER
PRIMARY GEOSYNTHETIC 1. ANY CHANGES TO GEOSYNTHETIC DESIGN LAYOUT REQUIRES APPROVAL OF THE
12" 12" 12" 12"
REINFORCING ELEMENT GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING BUREAU.
SECONDARY GEOSYNTHETIC
LOWER SLOPE BACKFILL:
LOWER REINFORCING ELEMENT (SEE NOTE 10)
12" 12" 12" (TYP.)
12" 12" SEED SLOPE PRIOR TO 2. BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE DUMPED ONTO, OR PLACED PARALLEL TO THE
PLACEMENT OF EROSION REAR AND MIDDLE OF THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS AND BLADED PERPENDICULAR
CONTROL PRODUCT. TO THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS.
3. AT NO TIME SHALL ANY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT BE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH
SPACING
THE REINFORCING ELEMENTS.
y713-07, TURF 12" y713-07, TURF 12" 4. BACKFILL LAYERS SHALL BE COMPACTED UP TO OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE THE
REINFORCEMENT MAT, REINFORCEMENT MAT, VARIES ELEVATION OF EACH LEVEL OF REINFORCEMENT CONNECTION PRIOR TO PLACING
CLASS III, TYPE C CLASS III, TYPE C 5’-0" THAT LAYER OF REINFORCING ELEMENT.
1 5. AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH DAYS WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE THE
BACKFILL BACKFILL BACKFILL MATERIAL AWAY FROM THE FACE AND LIGHTLY COMPACT THE SURFACE.
y733-03 y733-03
BACKFILL y733-03 REINFORCING ELEMENTS:
DRAINAGE
BACKFILL 6. REINFORCING ELEMENTS TO BE CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT THEIR EMBEDMENT LENGTHS.
7. REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FACING, EXCEPT
WHEN IN CONFLICT WITH A STRUCTURE AS SHOWN IN DETAIL "A".
8. REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PRETENSIONED TO REMOVE ANY SLACK. MAINTAIN
THE TENSIONING BY STAKING OR ANCHORING WITH BACKFILL MATERIAL.
DETAIL "A" DETAIL "B" DETAIL "C" 9. OVERLAPPING LAYERS OF REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM
3" THICKNESS OF BACKFILL MATERIAL.
10. SECONDARY GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCING ELEMENTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS
OF y737-01, GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION, CLASS I.
CULVERT DETAIL TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT NOTES:

PERMANENT SLOPE FOOTING/STRUCTURE
ELEVATION VIEW
END SLOPE TERMINATION DETAIL ELEVATION VIEW 11. PROVIDE A NON-DEGRADEABLE TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS
ELEVATION VIEW OF y713-07, CLASS III, TYPE C.
12. ANCHOR TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT IN UPPER TRENCH, BACKFILL WITH SUBBASE MATERIAL,
AND PROPERLY COMPACT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION OF TURF
REINFORCEMENT MAT.
13. ANCHOR TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT IN TRENCH, BACKFILL IN ACCORDANCE WITH
NOTE: ENTIRE HEIGHT OF SLOPE MUST BE BENCHED
SPACING DETAIL "A" OR DETAIL "B" AND PROPERLY COMPACT.
INTO SIDESLOPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SHEET
14. IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETION OF THE GRSS SLOPE, PLACE TURF REINFORCEMENT
TITLED "EARTHWORK TRANSITION AND BENCHING DETAILS" SPACING
MAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTION. SEED SLOPE PRIOR
TO PLACEMENT OF THE MAT.
VARIES
DRAINAGE NOTES:
VARIES
15. TYPE AND LIMITS OF DRAINAGE TREATMENT WILL BE SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT
STRUCTURE DOCUMENTS.
CULVERT SPACING
SPACING OR 16. CONCENTRATED DRAINAGE MUST BE DIVERTED AWAY FROM THE GRSS STRUCTURE.
SPACING
SEE NOTE ABOVE FOOTING 17. SEEPAGE ZONES INTERCEPTING THE EXCAVATION SLOPE OR WALL FOUNDATION
AREA SHALL BE POSITIVELY DRAINED BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL UNDERDRAIN AND
UNDERDRAIN FILTER MATERIAL AT THE SEEPAGE ZONE, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER.
EXISTING GROUND CUT AND PLACE REINFORCEMENT AND TURF
REINFORCEMENT MAT AROUND CULVERT TO
PREVENT LOSS OF BACKFILL MATERIAL.
PRIMARY GEOSYNTHETIC
REINFORCING ELEMENT
DETAIL "D" DETAIL "E" DETAIL "F"
CULVERT TREATMENT REINFORCEMENT

ON CURVES LAYOUT
PLAN VIEW
MINIMUM 2’-0" - TO BE CONSTRUCTED
USING WELDED WIRE FORMS AND
GEOTEXTILE FACE WRAP. FORMS TO BE
BENT TO MATCH PROPOSED SLOPE.
CULVERT
D
SECTION GEOSYNTHETIC
REINFORCING ELEMENT
2 STONE FILL MEETING PRIMARY DIRECTION SLOPES - GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS
1 THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733.21.
SIZE TO BE SHOWN IN STATE OF NEW YORK
CONTRACT PLANS.
MATERIAL MEETING THE
CRUSHED STONE, SIZE DESIGNATION 2.
10
EMBEDMENT
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
1.5D D
dgn
CULVERT WALL FACE

FILE NAM E = 554-0203.
MINIMUM 3" BACKFILL

1.5D D
USER = jturley
BETWEEN OVERLAPPING (SHEET 3 OF 6)

GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCING
PLAN ELEMENTS.
DETAIL "G" DETAIL "H" /S/ ANTHONY TORRE, P.E.

554-02
(RESEARCH)
PROVIDE UNDERDRAIN
WITH POSITIVE OUTLET.
FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 6", BACKFILL MEETING THE
FINAL GRADE
MAINTAIN MINIMUM COVER REQUIREMENTS OF y733-20, 18" MIN.
REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN. UNDERDRAIN FILTER
SUBGRADE SURFACE MATERIAL, TYPE I.
6"
6"
MIN.
PROPOSED
FINISHED SLOPE BACKFILL MEETING THE 6" DIA. MIN.
1
6" SEEPAGE ZONE
1 (SEE NOTE 17 ON
UNDERDRAIN FILTER
SHEET 3 OF 6)
MATERIAL, TYPE I.
PAYMENT LINES FOR 4"
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION EXISING GROUND SURFACE
(SECTION 206) 18" MIN
(MODIFY AS
REQUIRED WHERE 4"
LARGER UNDERDRAIN
VARIES PIPE IS SPECIFIED) 6" DIA. MIN.
TYPICAL EXCAVATION SECTION UNDERDRAIN

DETAIL
EXCAVATION PHASE
3" 3"
6" GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED

EARTH SYSTEM
D
A
3"
UPPER ANCHOR TRENCH.
SUBGRADE SURFACE MI
NI
(SEE DETAIL "A" OR DETAIL "B" MUM
ON SHEET 3 OF 6) SLO
UNDERDRAIN FILTER PE
2%
y733-20
6" 6"
SEE DETAIL "C" ON SHEET 3 OF 6
A
FOR SECONDARY REINFORCING PLACEMENT 3" ITEM
D 206.02
PAYMENT LINES FOR EMBANKMENT IN PLACE
(SECTION 203).
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM
HEIGHT TO BE USED FOR PAYMENT PURPOSES A-A
(SEE NOTE 1 ON SHEET 3 OF 6) PRIMARY REINFORCING ELEMENTS.
(SEE NOTES 6, 7, 8 AND 9 AND
GEOSYNTHETICALLY DETAIL "H" ON SHEET 3 OF 6)
REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM DETAIL "C"
CONSTRUCT BENCHES IN ACCORDANCE

NOTE: SEEPAGE ZONES INTERCEPTING THE EXCAVATED SLOPE SHALL BE POSITIVELY
WITH "EARTH BENCHING DETAILS" ON
DRAINED BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL UNDERDRAIN AND UNDERDRAIN FILTER
STANDARD SHEET TITLED "EARTHWORK
MATERIAL AT THE SEEPAGE ZONE.
TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT TRANSITION AND BENCHING DETAILS."
(SEE DETAIL "C" ON SHEET 3 OF 6)
VARIES
DRAINAGE AS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT PLANS.
1 SEE NOTES AND DETAILS ON THIS SHEET.
SLOPES - TYPICAL SECTIONS
STATE OF NEW YORK

BACKFILL WITH MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS
LOWER ANCHOR TRENCH. OF y733-03, GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL
PRIMARY GEOSYNTHETIC
(SEE DETAIL "A" OR DETAIL "B" SYSTEM SLOPE BACKFILL MATERIAL.
REINFORCEMENT LENGTH
ON SHEET 3 OF 6)
10
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
dgn
TYPICAL GRSS SECTION

FILE NAM E = 554-0204.

USER = jturley
(SHEET 4 OF 6)

554-02
(RESEARCH)
GEOCELL
GEOCELL - GRSS TYPICAL CONNECTION GEOCELL EXPANDED
TYPICAL SECTION DETAIL MINIMUM NOMINAL DIMENSIONS
STAPLES
GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCING ELEMENT
GEOCELLS
TOPSOIL
FASCIA SIDE
SOLID OR
PERFORATED
FACING
CELL CELL
OFFSET
LENGTH DEPTH
BACKFILL WITH MATERIAL MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-14, UNIT A UNIT B
SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL.
CELL
WIDTH
SPACING
DETAIL "A" DETAIL "B" DETAIL "C"
WELDED WIRE FORM WELDED WIRE FORM

VERTICAL TYPICAL SECTION STEPPED TYPICAL SECTION
GEOTEXTILE FACE WRAP GEOTEXTILE FACE WRAP S
FACING
OFFSET
GEOGRID GEOGRID
EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT
DIRECTION 3’-0" MIN. SPACING DIRECTION 3’-0" MIN.
BACKFILL WITH MATERIAL MEETING BACKFILL WITH MATERIAL MEETING

THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-14, THE REQUIREMENTS OF y733-14,
SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL. SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL.
GEOTEXTILE FACE WRAP - y737, GEOTEXTILE FACE WRAP - y737,

GEOTEXTILE SEPARATION GEOTEXTILE SEPARATION
STRENGTH CLASS 2. STRENGTH CLASS 2.
DETAIL "D" DETAIL "E"
18"
WELDED WIRE FORM
EXISTING GROUND
PROVIDE A 2" OVERLAP BETWEEN

ADJACENT WIRE FORMS AND
CONNECT WITH WIRE TIES.
MATERIAL MEETING THE
4" X 4" W4.0 X W4.0
REQUIREMENTS OF y703-02, FACING DETAILS
WELDED WIRE MESH
CRUSHED STONE, SIZE DESIGNATION 2.
SUPPORT STRUT 18" PAYMENT LINES FOR STATE OF NEW YORK
SPACED 2’-0" O.C. UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
(SECTION 203) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
23.25" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

10
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
SUPPORT
STRUT
dgn
18"
4’-0"
FILE NAM E = 554-0205.
W4.0 WIRE GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS

1" (TYP.)
USER = jturley
(SHEET 5 OF 6)
GALVANIZE FORM IF
PERMANENT APPLICATION
DETAIL "F" DETAIL "G" /S/ ANTHONY TORRE, P.E.

554-02
(RESEARCH)
BEGIN WALL TOP OF SLOPE END WALL
TRANSITION ZONE TRANSITION ZONE
1 TOP OF WALL 1
VARIES VARIES
GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEM

WALL - TREATED TIMBER FACING GEOGRID (y737-07)
WALL HEIGHT
FINISHED GRADE AT STAGGER JOINTS ON

WALL FACE AND SOIL TIMBER FACING (TYP.)
BURY TIMBER FACING INTO

SLOPE 12" MIN. (TYP.)
6" X " GALVANIZED STEEL SPIKE (TYP.)

SPACED 1’-0" FROM TIMBER ENDS AND ON CENTERS
BOTTOM OF WALL OF 3’-0" OR LESS.
ELEVATION
GEOGRID (y737-07)
6" X " GALVANIZED STEEL SPIKE (TYP.)
SPACED 1’-0" FROM TIMBER ENDS AND ON CENTERS " X 7" TREATED
OF 3’-0" OR LESS. BATTEN STRIP 2" STAINLESS STEEL OR GALVANIZED
ROOFING STAPLES PLACED EVERY 3"
TO SECURE THE GEOGRID TO THE TIMBER (TYP.).
ALSO SEE "ALTERNATE CONNECTION DETAIL."
GEOGRID (y737-07)
4" MIN.
ROUGH CUT 16d COMMON GALVANIZED NAIL
(TYP.) STAGGERED 6 IN. 0.C. 4" MIN.
ROUGH CUT
(TYP.)
2" STAINLESS STEEL OR GALVANIZED ALTERNATE CONNECTION DETAIL
ROOFING STAPLES PLACED EVERY 3"
TO SECURE THE GEOGRID TO THE TIMBER (TYP.).
ALSO SEE "ALTERNATE CONNECTION DETAIL."
8" MIN.
BENCH - 3’-0" MIN. ROUGH CUT
(TYP.)
GEOGRID (y737-07) TOP OF WALL DETAIL

EXISTING 4"
SOIL MIN.
PAVED SHOULDER
BURY BOTTOM TIMBER INTO EXISTING SOILS
FINAL GRADE
SUBGRADE SURFACE
BOTTOM OF WALL DETAIL SEE "TOP OF WALL DETAIL"
TREATED TIMBER FACING 18"

MAX.
NOTES:
BACKFILL (y733-14)
1. TREATED TIMBER FACING TO BE PAID FOR UNDER ITEM 554.3003, GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED
SOIL SYSTEM WALL - TIMBERS. FACING DETAILS
2. TREATED TIMBERS ARE TO BE GRADED FOR AN EXTREME FIBER STRESS OF AT LEAST 1000 PSI
STATE OF NEW YORK
CONFORMING TO THE PROVISIONS OF y712-14, STRESS GRADED TIMBER AND LUMBER, WITH THE 18"
FULL DIMENSION THICKNESS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. TIMBERS ARE TO BE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE MAX. PRIMARY GEOGRID REINFORCEMENT
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
WITH y708-31, WOOD PRESERVATIVE - WATERBORNE. TREATMENT TO BE APPLIED IN CONFORMANCE FINAL GRADE -
WITH AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION (AWPA) USE CATEGORY DESIGNATION UC4B. y737-07 (TYP.). (SEE NOTE 8)
SLOPE TO DRAIN
ACCEPTABLE TIMBER LENGTHS ARE 8’-0" TO 12’-0".
EXISTING
10
3. TREATED TIMBERS SHALL BE SET AT A SLIGHT BACKWARD BATTER (TOWARD THE REINFORCED FILL)
DATE/TIM E = 03-DEC-2010 14:
GROUND
TO ASSURE CORRECT FINAL VERTICAL ALIGNMENT AFTER PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION.
dgn
4. PLACE ALL GEOGRID REINFORCEMENTS PERPENDICULAR TO THE WALL FACE.

FILE NAM E = 554-0206.
SEE "BOTTOM OF WALL DETAIL"

EMBEDMENT LENGTH GEOSYNTHETICALLY REINFORCED SOIL SYSTEMS
USER = jturley
5. PULL AND HOLD TAUT THE GEOGRID AND GEOGRID/TIMBER CONNECTIONS UNTIL SUFFICIENT FILL IS (SHEET 6 OF 6)
PLACED OVER THE GRID TO MAINTAIN TENSION. TYPICAL WALL FACE DETAIL
6. THE MAXIMUM COMPACTED LIFT THICKNESS IS 6".

7. GUIDERAIL MAY BE DRIVEN OR AUGURED THROUGH GEOGRID.
8. PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT WILL BE GEOGRID. THE GEOTEXTILE OPTION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 554-02
(RESEARCH)
FLUSH TRANSITION
90n HERRINGBONE PATTERN ORIENTATED AS SHOWN PROPOSED CURB AND GUTTER
TYPE VF150G, OR AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
(SEE DETAIL, THIS DRAWING) SAWCUT EXISTING ASPHALT OR PCC
" BITUMINOUS
PAVEMENT WHEN MATCHING TO
SETTING BED
PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVING EXISTING PAVEMENT
TYPICAL UTILITY (BITUMINOUS SETTING BED)
PROPOSED OR EXISTING
PRECAST CONCRETE
PAVEMENT SURFACE
STREET PAVING (BITUMINOUS
" BITUMINOUS
SETTING BED)
SETTING BED
PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVING
DOUBLE STRETCHER EDGE FLUSH TRANSITION NEOPRENE MODIFIED 9" SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CONCRETE CURB,
PROPOSED DRAINAGE (BITUMINOUS SETTING BED)
PATTERN AROUND ASPHALT ADHESIVE CURB AND GUTTER, AND HOT MIX ASPHALT CURB"
STRUCTURE
CONCRETE COLLAR FOR DETAILS
6" MIN.
NOMIMAL)
11-7/8"
)
TYP.
CONCRETE COLLAR
NEOPRENE MODIFIED
8"
(SEE NOTE 7)
ASPHALT ADHESIVE
(
CONCRETE TRANSVERSE P.C.C. FOUNDATION
HEADER CURB (TYP.) FOR PAVEMENT
8"
(SEE DETAIL, THIS DRAWING)
12"
SUBBASE COURSE
12"
MIN.
SUBBASE COURSE
CONCRETE HEADER CURB
9"
SINGLE STRETCHER EDGE PATTERN

TYPICAL ALONG OUTER LIMITS OF
PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVING
PROPOSED OR EXISTING
AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED P.C.C. FOUNDATION
ASPHALT OR BRICK
IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR PAVEMENT
PAVEMENT
SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CONCRETE CURB,
CURB AND GUTTER, AND HOT MIX ASPHALT CURB"
FOR DETAILS
PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVING CONCRETE TRANSVERSE HEADER CURB DETAIL FOR TRANSITIONING OF
TRANSITION TO CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
LAYING PATTERN DETAIL ASPHALT OR PCC PAVEMENT TO PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVEMENT PAVING
" BITUMINOUS
SETTING BED
PRECAST CONCRETE
CURB (VARIABLE) CURB (VARIABLE)
STREET PAVING
CURB FACE
(VARIABLE)
CAST-IN-PLACE CURB
TYPE PER CURRENT
8"
P.C.C. FOUNDATION STANDARD SHEET

NEOPRENE MODIFIED
FOR PAVEMENT ASPHALT ADHESIVE
PAVEMENT THICKNESS
FOR PURPOSES OF SIZING
8"
12"
CAST-IN-PLACE CURBS
SUBBASE COURSE
ANCHOR WHEN REQUIRED

SEE NOTE 4
PROFILE CURB DETAIL

SEE NOTE 3
NOTES:
1. PAVER SPECIFICATION:
A. SIZE: 8" X 4" X 3" (NOMINAL) OR AS APPROVED
B. SHAPE: HOLLAND OR AS APPROVED
C. COLOR: AS SHOWN IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
D. LAYING PATTERN IS TYPICAL OF ALL INSTRUCTIONS
2. USE CURB AND CURB AND GUTTER MEETING THE MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 609 OF STATE OF NEW YORK
THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
3. ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CONCRETE CURB, CURB AND GUTTER, AND HOT MIX ASPHALT CURB" THE CURB ANCHOR
(NEW CONSTRUCTION) DETAIL SHOWS PLACEMENT OF CURB ANCHORS. PUSH-IN TYPE ANCHORS MAY BE USED. (SEE
STANDARD SHEET FOR LONGITUDINAL JOINT TIES). U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
02
DATE/TIM E = 14-M AY-2012 12:
4. CURB TYPES M150A, VF150A, AND M100A REQUIRE CURB ANCHOR. CURB AND GUTTER TYPES VF150G AND M100G
REQUIRE ANCHORS WHEN PLACED ADJACENT TO CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR SHOULDER.
dgn
5. WHEN VERTICAL FACED CURB LESS THAN 9" WIDE IS USED WITH CURB BOXES CU1, CU2, AND CU3 AND THE PRECAST CONCRETE STREET PAVING
CONCRETE SIDEWALK IS PLACED ADJACENT TO THIS CURB, SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "MISCELLANEOUS
LAYOUT DETAILS
USER = rlohse
CURB DETAILS" FOR CURB BOX JOINTS.
6. USE WITH CURB BOXES CM1, CM2, AND CM3.

APPROVED: 05/02/2012 ISSUED UNDER EB 12-009
7. CONCRETE COLLAR AND HEADER CURB SHALL BE BUILT FLUSH TO ADJACENT PAVEMENT SURFACES. THE CONCRETE
COLLAR SHALL BE RECTANGULAR, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
AND SHALL BE ORIENTATED AND SIZED TO MINIMIZE CUTTING OF PAVERS.
601-01
(RESEARCH)
THE DETAILS BELOW MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
STANDARD SPECIFICATION y603-3.02 SECTION-C LAYING
BELL AND SPIGOT TYPE PIPE.
c
CLASS "A" CONCRETE 18"
12"
C
A A
R A
1
R
2
c
J
F
c
C CORNER MAY BE
12"
C
B H ROUNDED OR
B
CHAMFERED
B
D E 12" 12" 18" DETAIL "D"
BARREL c
PLAN SECTION B-B SECTION C-C ELEVATION

(SEE NOTE 5)
CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIAL, y701-04
EMBANKMENT SLOPE
12"
DETAIL "D"
1
A
SLOPE CONCRETE COLLAR
c
A
J
G
GENERAL NOTES:
B
1. THE GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE, CLASS IV, SHALL APPLY
L
CUT OFF WALL TO BE EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BELOW.
F B
POURED IF INDICATED IN
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. REINFORCING TO BE AS SPECIFIED FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE. CLASS III. WHERE
PAYMENT WILL BE MADE TWO CAGES OF REINFORCING ARE SPECIFIED IN CLASS III PIPE. IT SHALL APPLY TO THE
SECTION A-A UNDER APPROPRIATE END VIEW BARREL OF THE END SECTION ONLY. REINFORCING FOR THE APRON SECTION SHALL BE ONE
CONTRACT ITEMS. CAGE EQUAL TO THE INNER CAGE REQUIRED IN THE BARREL. AS AN ALTERNATE FOR
REFER TO STANDARD SHEET REINFORCING FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CLASS III. BAR REINFORCEMENT MAY BE
"CUT-OFF WALLS FOR END SUPPLIED. THE BARS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF y709-01 BAR
SECTIONS". REINFORCEMENT FOR CEMENT CONCRETE AND SHALL BE SUPPLIED IN THE AMOUNT NEEDED TO
MEET THE REQUIRED MAXIMUM REINFORCEMENT IN SQUARE INCHES PER LINEAR FEET OF PIPE
BARREL.
END SECTION
3. JOINTS SHALL BE THE SAME AS REQUIRED FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE.
4. THE DIMENSIONS INDICATED IN THE TABLE ENTITLED "BASIC DIMENSIONS" ARE

APPROXIMATE. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL PRODUCERS, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE
ACTUAL DIMENSIONS.
BASIC DIMENSIONS
*A2 5. PLAN AND SECTION A-A INDICATES GROOVE TYPE JOINT ONLY. OTHER TYPES OF JOINTS
A B C D E F G H J SLOPE R R RATIO L
1 2 A1 (TONGUE, BELL, SPIGOT) SHALL BE FURNISHED AS REQUIRED.
12" 2" 48" 24" 24" 4" 19" 13" 2.7:1 10" 9" 1.92 6’-0"
15" 2" 48" 24" 29" 8" 28" 16" 2.7:1 12" 10" 1.90 6’-0"
18" 2" 46" 27" 36" 9" 29" 19" 2.7:1 15" 12" 1.88 6’-1"
STATE OF NEW YORK

21" 2" 38" 35" 42" 9" 29" 22" 2.8:1 16" 13" 2.37 6’-1"
SEE NOTE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

24" 3" 30" 43" 48" 9" 33" 25" 2.8:1 16" 14" 1.58 6’-1"
3
27" 3" 25" 48" 54" 10" 36" 28" 2.8:1 18" 14" 1.89 6’-1"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
30" 3" 19" 54" 60" 12" 37" 31" 2.8:1 18" 15" 1.41 6’-1"
33" 3" 39" 58" 66" 13" 43" 34" 2.9:1 21" 19" 1.49 8’-1"
36" 4" 34" 63" 72" 15" 47" 37" 2.9:1 24" 20" 1.50 8’-1" REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
USER = jturley
42" 4" 35" 63" 78" 21" 53" 43" 2.9:1 27" 22" 1.46 8’-2"
END SECTIONS AND CONCRETE COLLARS
48" 5" 26" 72" 87" 24" 59" 49" 2.9:1 30" 22" 1.40 8’-2"
ISOMETRIC VIEW
A1 = AREA OF NOMINAL DIAMETER
END SECTION
*A2 = AREA THRU SECTION B-B /S/ ROBERT L. SACK, P.E.
603-01
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE CORRUGATED METAL PIPE ARCH
TOE PLATE
END SECTION GAUGE AND DIMENSIONS 3" X 1" OR
BODY EXTENSION 2 "X " TOE PLATE
PIPE APPROX. 5" X 1" END SECTION GAUGE AND DIMENSIONS
PIECES CORRUGATION BODY EXTENSION
DIA. A B H L W SLOPE LENGTH CORRUGATION APPROX.
GAUGE (NOTE 4) DEPTH PIECES
1"u 1"u 1"u 1" u 2"u 2"u SLOPE
(NOTE 4)
A B H L W LENGTH
12" 16 6" 6" 6" 21" 24" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 34" SPAN AND RISE SPAN AND RISE GAUGE DEPTH
1"u 1"u 1"u 1" u 2"u 2"u
15" 16 7" 8" 6" 26" 30" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 40"
18" 16 8" 10" 6" 31" 36" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 46" 17" X 13" 16 7" 9" 6" 19" 30" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 40"
21" 16 9" 12" 6" 36" 42" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 52" 21" X 15" 16 7" 10" 6" 23" 36" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 46"
24" 16 10" 13" 6" 41" 48" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 58" 24" X 18" 16 8" 12" 6" 28" 42" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 52"
30" 14 12" 16" 8" 51" 60" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 70" 28" X 20" 16 9" 14" 6" 32" 48" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 58"
36" 14 14" 19" 9" 60" 72" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 92" 35" X 24" 14 10" 16" 6" 39" 60" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 70"
42" 12 16" 22" 11" 69" 84" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 104" 42" X 29" 14 12" 18" 8" 46" 75" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 85"
48" 12 18" 27" 12" 78" 90" 2-1/4 1, 2 OR 3 8" 110" 49" X 33" 12 13" 21" 9" 53" 85" 2-1/2 1 OR 2 8" 105"
54" 12 18" 30" 12" 84" 102" 2 1, 2 OR 3 8" 122" 57" X 38" 12 18" 26" 12" 63" 90" 2-1/2 1, 2 OR 3 8" 110"
60" 12 18" 33" 12" 87" 114" 1-3/4 3 12" 134" 64" X 43" 60" X 46" 12 18" 30" 12" 70" 102" 2-1/4 1, 2 OR 3 8" 122"
66" 12 18" 36" 12" 87" 120" 1-1/2 3 12" 140" 71" X 47" 66" X 51" 12 18" 33" 12" 77" 114" 2-1/4 3 8" 134"
72" 12 18" 39" 12" 87" 126" 1-1/3 3 12" 146" 77" X 52" 73" X 55" 12 18" 36" 12" 77" 126" 2 3 12" 146"
78" 12 18" 42" 12" 87" 132" 1-1/4 3 12" 152" 83" X 57" 81" X 59" 12 18" 39" 12" 77" 138" 2 3 12" 158"
84" 12 18" 45" 12" 87" 138" 1-1/6 3 12" 158" 87" X 63" 12 22" 38" 12" 77" 148" 1-1/2 3 12" 168"
90" 12 24" 37" 12" 87" 144" 1-1/2 3 12" 164" 95" X 67" 12 22" 34" 12" 77" 162" 1-1/2 3 12" 182"
96" 12 25" 35" 12" 87" 150" 1-1/2 3 12" 170" 103" X 71" 12 22" 38" 12" 77" 174" 1-1/2 3 12" 194"
112" X 75" 12 24" 40" 12" 77" 174" 1-1/2 3 12" 194"
PIPE
CONNECTOR PIPE d CONNECTOR SPAN

SECTION SECTION
THREADED ROD PIPE
12"
12"
CONNECTOR LUG
SIDE LUG
THREADED ROD
B B
RIVETS OR BOLTS " d
MIN. SPACE 6" C.C. MAX.
RIVETS OR BOLTS " d
OR WELDS OF EQUIVALENT THREADED ROD CONNECTION
MIN. SPACE 6" C.C. MAX.
AREA OR SPACING
OR WELDS OF EQUIVALENT FOR 64" X 43" AND SMALLER PIPE ARCHES (2 X )
L
AREA OR SPACING AND 60" X 46" AND SMALLER PIPE ARCHES (3 X 1)
L
THREADED ROD CONNECTION REINFORCED EDGE

PIPE
(SEE NOTE 2)
REINFORCED EDGE FOR 12"d THRU 24"d
(SEE NOTE 2)
FLARE RADIUS
PIPE
VARIABLE
FLARE RADIUS
VARIABLE
1" WIDE, 12 GA.
THICK METAL STRAP 1" WIDE, 12 GA.
" d X 6" BOLT
A W A THICK METAL STRAP
WITH NUT
" d X 6" BOLT
A W A (GALVANIZED)
WITH NUT
PLAN (GALVANIZED)
WITH CONNECTOR SECTION SHOWN
PLAN
FOR ALL SIZES THIS SHEET
WITH CONNECTOR SECTION SHOWN METAL STRAP CONNECTION
FOR ALL SIZES THIS SHEET FOR 28" X 20" ARCHES AND SMALLER (SEE NOTE 6)
METAL STRAP CONNECTION EARTH SLOPE

FOR 12"d THRU 24"d (SEE NOTE 5) L
PIPE
RISE
SLOPE
c
SPAN 1
c
H
H
SIDE LUG
THREADED ROD
2"
2"
EXTENSION DEPTH EXTENSION DEPTH
SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 3
C OUPLING BAND
TOE PLATE OR CUT-OFF WALL
HOLES ON 12" C.C. MAX. HOLES ON 12" C.C. MAX. (SEE NOTE 3)
THREADED ROD CONNECTION
FOR 54"d AND SMALLER
EXTENSION DEPTH
ELEVATION ELEVATION
NOTES: WITH CONNECTOR SECTION SHOWN
EARTH SLOPE FOR ALL SIZES THIS SHEET
L 1. ALL PIPES AND PIPE ARCHES WHOSE DIMENSIONS ARE LARGER THAN THOSE LISTED BELOW SHALL HAVE 12 GA. SIDES AND 10 GA. CENTER PANELS:
v PIPES - 54", PIPE ARCHES - 64" X 43" (2 X ), 60" X 46" (3 X 1 OR 5 X 1).
v PIPES AND PIPE ARCHES WHOSE DIMENSIONS ARE EQUAL TO OR SMALLER THAN THOSE LISTED ABOVE, WHICH ARE ALLOWED TO BE ASSEMBLED FROM 3
SLOPE
v PIECES, SHALL HAVE 12 GA. SIDES AND 10 GA. CENTER PANELS. STATE OF NEW YORK
1 2. REINFORCED EDGES SHALL BE SUPPLEMENTED WITH STIFFENER ANGLES FOR THE FOLLOWING PIPES AND PIPE ARCHES: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
v PIPES - 60" OR LARGER, PIPE ARCHES - 77" X 52" (2 X ), 73" X 55" (3 X 1 OR 5 X 1). THE ANGLES SHALL BE THE SAME BASE METAL AS
v THE END SECTION AND SHALL BE 2" X 2" X " FOR 60" THRU 72" DIAMETERS AND 2" X 2" X " FOR 78" d AND LARGER. THE ANGLES SHALL BE
v ATTACHED BY " d GALVANIZED NUTS AND BOLTS. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
TOE PLATE OR v PIPE ARCHES EQUAL TO OR LARGER THAN 77" X 52" (2 X ), 73" X 55" (3 X 1 OR 5 X 1) SHALL HAVE REINFORCEMENT PLACED UNDER THE
CUT-OFF WALL v CENTER PANEL SEAMS.
(SEE NOTE 3)
3. A TOE PLATE EXTENSION SHALL BE SUPPLIED WHEN SPECIFIED IN DRAINAGE STRUCTURE TABLE. THE TOE PLATE EXTENSION SHALL BE THE SAME BASE
METAL AS THE END SECTION AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE END SECTION WITH " d BOLTS. A CUT-OFF WALL SHALL BE POURED IF INDICATED IN THE ALUMINUM AND STEEL END SECTIONS
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE UNDER APPROPRIATE CONTRACT ITEMS. REFER TO STANDARD SHEET "CUT-OFF WALLS FOR END SECTIONS".
USER = jturley
EXTENSION DEPTH
FOR CORRUGATED PIPE AND PIPE ARCH
C OUPLING BAND 4. FOR PIPES AND PIPE ARCHES WITH 3 PIECE BODIES. THE WIDTH OF THE CENTER PANEL SHALL BE GREATER THAN 20% OF THE PIPE PERIPHERY.
MULTIPLE PANEL BODIES SHALL HAVE LAP SEAMS WHICH SHALL BE TIGHTLY JOINED BY " d GALVANIZED RIVETS OR BOLTS.

5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF SUPPLYING EITHER A THREADED ROD CONNECTION OR METAL STRAP CONNECTION.
WITH CONNECTOR SECTION SHOWN 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF SUPPLYING EITHER A THREADED ROD CONNECTION OR A METAL STRAP CONNECTION FOR
603-02
FOR ALL SIZES THIS SHEET 17" X 13" THRU 28" X 20" PIPE ARCHES (2 X ) ONLY. DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER
LIFTING HOLE, AXIS THROUGH
2" LONGITUDINAL CENTER OF GRAVITY
1" (TYP.) 2"
"
9
2
R
"
24
R
"
R
75
8 X 2 - W4 X W8.5
6’-6"
6’-0"
7’-0"
10"
R
18
"
"
9
28"
R
2’-8"
6" 4’-0" 6"

5’-8"
5’-0" NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL.
CORRUGATED STRUCTURAL STEEL CROSS SECTION 2. USE 12 GAUGE THICK PLATE FOR ALL MULTI\PLATE
CATTLE UNDERPASSES UNDER FILLS OF LESS THAN
PLATE UNDERPASS
30’-0". FOR FILLS OVER 30’-0", A SPECIAL DESIGN
SHALL BE USED.
3. INSTALLATION FOR MULTI-PLATE CATTLE UNDERPASSES

SHALL CONFORM WITH THE INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR
STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE ARCHES ON STANDARD SHEET
TITLED "INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR CORRUGATED AND
STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE AND PIPE ARCHES".
1" MIN.
4" 3"
8" X 2" - W4 X W8.5
2"
3"
6"
2"
" NOM.
STATE OF NEW YORK

" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

6’-0"

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
JOINT DETAIL
CATTLE PASS
USER = jturley
REINFORCED CONCRETE CATTLE PASS APPROVED OCTOBER 01, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036

603-03
GROUND SLOPE
TABLE 1
c PIPE END SECTION (REFER TO STANDARD
SHEET TITLED "ALUMINUM AND STEEL END SECTIONS 2 "X " 3" X 1" OR 5" X 1"
PIPE ARCH (TYPICAL) ROUND PIPE (TYPICAL) CORRUGATED METAL PIPE CORRUGATED METAL PIPE ARCH
FOR CORRUGATED PIPE AND PIPE - ARCH") CORRUGATION CORRUGATION
PIPE
A DIAMETER
EXCAVATION CONCRETE EXCAVATION CONCRETE
(IN.) SPAN RISE SPAN RISE
EXTEND CUT-OFF WALL TO PAYMENT PAYMENT PAYMENT PAYMENT
(IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.)
INTERSECT SIDE OF END SECTION VOLUME (ydr) VOLUME (ydr) VOLUME (ydr) VOLUME (ydr)
12 0.43 0.46 17 13 0.47 0.52

18" 18" 15 0.47 0.51 21 15 0.51 0.56
DITCH LINE 4" 18 0.52 0.56 24 18 0.56 0.61
21 0.58 0.61 28 20 0.60 0.67

FINISH GRADE
24 0.61 0.67 35 24 0.71 0.77
30 0.89 0.94 42 29 0.99 1.06

VARIES (SEE NOTE 2)
36 1.22 1.27 49 33 1.23 1.29
42 1.58 1.65 57 38 1.56 1.63
PIPE d OR PIPE 48 1.94 2.00 64 43 60 46 1.99 2.07

ANCHOR BOLT 12" C.C.
ARCH RISE (SEE DETAIL "A") 2.08 71 66 2.32
54 2.15 47 51 2.22
(24" MIN. 48" MAX.) TRENCH AND CULVERT
TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES
EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES 60 2.22 2.29 77 52 73 55 2.37 2.47
66 2.29 2.35 83 57 81 59 2.51 2.63

CONCRETE FOR STRUCTURES
CLASS A (SEE NOTE 1) 72 2.37 2.43 87 63 2.72 2.86
CONCRETE FOR
78 2.43 2.50 95 67 2.89 3.05
A STRUCTURES - CLASS A
12"
(SEE NOTE 1) 84 2.51 2.58 103 71 3.03 3.20
90 2.72 2.80 112 75 3.07 3.27

ELEVATION SECTION B-B
96 2.81 2.89
CUT-OFF WALL
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND PIPE ARCH END SECTIONS
TABLE 2
CONCRETE EXCAVATION CONCRETE

6" END SECTION PAYMENT PAYMENT
DIAMETER (IN.) VOLUME (ydr) VOLUME (ydr)
2"
12 0.38 0.41
" d GALVANIZED HEAVY HEX BOLTS 15 0.42 0.46
SEE NOTE 3 FOR PROPER NUT AND
BOLT INSTALLATION. 18 0.46 0.50
21 0.50 0.54
24 0.54 0.58
27 0.64 0.69
2"
30 0.76 0.80
TOE PLATE 33 0.92 0.95
36 1.02 1.07
42 1.27 1.35
DETAIL A
48 1.57 1.65
GROUND SLOPE
c
18" 18"
EXTEND CUT-OFF WALL TO
INTERSECT SIDE OF END
SECTION
VARIES (SEE NOTE 2) PIPE END SECTION

4"
(REFER TO STANDARD SHEET NOTES:
TITLED "REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
FINISH GRADE
END SECTIONS AND CONCRETE COLLARS") 1. CUT-OFF WALL SHALL BE CAST IN PLACE. THE PORTION OF
THE CONCRETE CUT-OFF WALL BELOW THE FINAL GRADE LINE
SHALL BE CAST AGAINST UNDISTURBED SOIL IF FEASIBLE.
THE CONCRETE CUT-OFF WALL SHALL BE POURED AFTER THE STATE OF NEW YORK
PIPE d OR PIPE END SECTION IS INSTALLED.
DITCH LINE
ARCH RISE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
(24" MIN. 48" MAX.) TRENCH AND CULVERT 2. VARIES BASED ON DIMENSIONS OF SPECIFIED END SECTION.
TRENCH AND CULVERT EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES
EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES
3. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF y707-20. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
CONCRETE FOR
THE NUTS AND BOLTS SHALL BE SO ASSEMBLED THAT IN THE
dgn
57
STRUCTURES - CLASS A
FINAL ASSEMBLY, THE BOLT AND ONE OF THE NUTS IS
DATE/TIM E = 22-JUN-2011 13:
FILE NAM E = 603-04_011212.
(SEE NOTE 1)
EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, THAT THE CHAMFERED FACES OF
B CONCRETE FOR 12"
THE NUTS FACE EACH OTHER, AND SECURE THE TOE PLATE
STRUCTURES - CLASS A
(SEE NOTE 1)
BETWEEN THEM. CUT - OFF WALLS
FOR END SECTIONS
USER = rlohse
ELEVATION SECTION B-B
CUT-OFF WALL APPROVED JUNE 6, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-013

REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE END SECTIONS
/S/ ANTHONY J. TORRE

603-04
EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/12/2012 TECHNICAL SERVICES (ACTING)
THE GRATE SHALL LAY FLAT ON EACH SIDE AND AT THE TOP OF THE EMBANKMENT
SLOPE AND OVERLAP THE OPENING EVENLY. SHAPE AND GRADE FINAL SLOPE TO NOTES:
ENSURE PROPER GRATE SUPPORT AND SMOOTH UNIFORM SLOPES IN THE AREA
SURROUNDING THE GRATE. 1. CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPES UTILIZE METAL END SECTIONS WHICH ARE ONE
STANDARD PIPE DIAMETER LARGER THAN CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. THEREFORE, A
SAFETY GRATE FOR A 36" DIA. CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE WOULD HAVE
EXTEND 1" MIN. TYP. DIMENSIONS OF 10’-0" X 7’-0".
J-BAR HOOK TYP. (SEE NOTES 5 AND 6)
2. BARS SHALL BE GRADE 60, FULL LENGTH, WITH NO SPLICES OR BUTT WELDS.
VERTICAL BARS SHALL BE ON TOP.
NO. 8 BARS 12" O.C. MAX.

3. THE HORIZONTAL BARS SHALL BE NO. 11 FOR THE HEAVY-DUTY GRATES.
(SEE NOTE 2)
FOR HEAVY DUTY GRATE HORIZONTAL BARS 4. BARS SHALL BE WELDED AT EACH INTERSECTION WITH 4 TACK WELDS OR A DOUBLE
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3) SHALL BE FLARE BEVEL GROOVE WELD, AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OPTION. WELDING SHALL MEET THE
ON BOTTOM REQUIREMENTS OF THE NYS STEEL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, EXCEPT THAT RADIOGRAPHIC
(SEE NOTE 3) INSPECTION WILL NOT BE REQUIRED.
5. J-BAR HOOKS SHALL BE NO. 6 BAR, OR NO. 4 GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH

y719-01.
6. J-BAR HOOKS SHOWN INSTALLED PERPENDICULAR TO SLOPE. HOOKS MAY ALSO BE
WIDTH
WIDTH
INSTALLED VERTICALLY. J-BAR SHALL BE WITH LONG LEGS ON THE DOWNHILL SIDE.
7. PAYMENT AREA OF SAFETY GRATES FOR PIPE DIMENSIONS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED
IN THE TABLE WILL BE BASED ON THE PRODUCT OF THE OVERALL LENGTH AND WIDTH.
(SEE NOTE 4)
CULVERT-END SAFETY GRATE

LENGTH LENGTH DIMENSIONS AND PAYMENT AREAS
PIPE DIMENSION WIDTH LENGTH PAYMENT AREA

PLAN PLAN (IN.) (FT.) (FT.) (SQ. FT.)
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
18 4 4 16
24 5 6 30
30 6 8 48
36 7 9 63
42 8 11 88
EARTH SLOPE EARTH SLOPE 48 9 12 108
6" CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (CORR. HDPE PIPE)

MI
N. 6"
MI 18 5 4 20
N.
24 (18) 6 5 30
30 (24) 8 5 40
LE LEN
NG
TH GT 36 (30) 9 6 54
H
42 (36) 10 7 70
48 (42) 11 8 88
(48) 12 9 108
J-BAR HOOK CORRUGATED METAL PIPE ARCH

J-BAR HOOK
3 X 1 OR
J-BAR HOOK 2 X
5 X 1
J-BAR HOOK
35 X 24 --- 7 4 28
6" MAX.
6" MAX.
42 X 29 --- 9 5 45
49 X 33 --- 10 6 60
57 X 38 --- 11 7 77
64 X 43 60 X 46 12 7 84
SECTION SECTION
71 X 47 --- 13 8 104
METAL END SECTION SAFETY GRATE REINFORCED CONCRETE END SECTION SAFETY GRATE
5"
3"
STATE OF NEW YORK
24"

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
CULVERT-END SAFETY GRATE

USER = jturley

TYPICAL J-BAR HOOK

603-05
B
3’-11"
OUT TO OUT OF CONCRETE BOX

NOTE: GRATING AND ANGLE FRAME TO BE GALVANIZED
7" 2’-9" 7" IN CONFORMANCE WITH SUBSECTION 719-01 TYPE I OF
THE STANDARD SPECIFICATION.
C.C. OF BOLTS
3" X 2" X "
3"
PLATE 2" X 1" X " WELDED TO
5"
1"
MAIN BARS (4 REQUIRED PER UNIT)
1"
3" X 2" X "
ANCHOR 2" X " X 4" WELDED
TO ANGLE AT 2’-0" O.C.
RETICULINE GRATE: (4 REQ’D PER UNIT)
OUT TO OUT OF CONCRETE BOX

MAIN BARS 3" X " X 1’-9"
BACK TO BACK OF ANGLES
2’-3" C.C. OF DOWELS

RETICULINE BARS 1" X "
2
"
END BARS 2" X " X 3’-10" "
C.C. OF BOLTS
1
2’-10"
1’-11"
1’-7"
A A
LIFTING HOLE
(TO BE MORTARED-IN
AFTER BOX IS IN PLACE) DETAIL "E"
SEAL JOINT BETWEEN
BOXES WITH " PREMOLDED
RESILIENT JOINT FILLER
3" X 2" X "
1"
5"
3"
(ONE PRE-CAST CONCRETE BOX, FRAME & GRATE) 1’-9" OUT TO OUT GRATE
END BAR
B RIVETS 4 SPACED AT 5"=v1’-8" 2" X " X 3’-10"
PLAN 2"
3" X 2" X "
RETICULINE BAR
1" X "
3’-11" OUT TO OUT OF BOX
2’-10"
S EE DETAIL "C" PLATE, 2" X 1" X "
MAIN BARS 18 SPACED AT 2" C.C.= 3’-10"
WELDED TO MAIN BARS
3’-11" 1’-9"
" 2" 2" 2"
1’-7" C.C. OF BOLTS
MAIN BARS 18 SPACED AT 2" = 1’-10" 5" 2" 3 SPACED AT 5" = 1’-3" 2" 5"
(RIVETS)
MAIN BAR 3" X " X 1’-9"
" RIVETS
3" X 2" X " ANCHOR

(SEE DETAIL "E")
2"
3" X 2" X " X 3’-11" LONG " BOLT 1" LONG
W/ WASHER AND " NUT
WELDED TO ANGLE, "

RETICULINE BARS CONCENTRIC WITH
1’-0" 1’-0"
1" X " " HOLE IN ANGLE
MAIN BARS 2’-9"
#4 BAR
6" 3" " HOLE IN PLATE
1’-8"
1’-8"
3" X" X 1’-9" PIPE SLEEVES " DIA. ANCHORS
C.C. BOLTS
(8 REQUIRED PER UNIT) (SEE DETAIL "E")
PLATE 2" X 1" X"
C.C. OF DOWELS
END BAR BEND (3) W8 WIRES

WELDED TO MAIN BARS FOR 3"
2" X " X 3’-10" (EQUALLY SPACED)
#4 BAR
1’-2"
2’-4"
DOWELS " d X 11" LONG ON EACH SIDE, AND
" BOLT 1" LG. (4 REQUIRED PER UNIT) TACK WELD TO ANGLE.
(SEE NOTE, DETAIL D)
W4 WIRES AT 8" C.C.

LIFTING HOLE
SEAL HORIZONTAL
#4 BAR
JOINT WITH APPROVED 6" R= 1"
2" R= 1"
BITUMINOUS SEALANT NOTE:
DETAIL "C"
. " " BOLT, WASHER, AND NUT TO BE
W8 WIRES
R= " R= " #4 BARS
TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL OR DETAIL "D"
AT 2" C.C. MONEL METAL. IN WELDING MONEL
8"
8"
7"
1"
METAL NUT TO ANGLE IT IS RECOMMENDED
THAT NI ROD #55 BE USED.
3"
3"
W8 WIRES
W4 WIRES AT 8" C.C.
AT 2" C.C.
2" 2"
8" 1’-6" 8"

STATE OF NEW YORK
1’-11" 1’-11"
1’-5" 1’-5" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
PRE-CAST CONCRETE
USER = jturley
TRANSVERSE DRAINAGE INTERCEPTOR

604-01
(DESIGN)
NOTE:
SURFACE
STRUCTURE SHALL BE INSTALLED SO GENERAL NOTES:
PIPE OPENING
FLOW
THAT STRUCTURE LENGTH IS PARALLEL
ALL PIPE ENDS SHALL BE FLUSH NEVER THROUGH
TO THE SURFACE FLOW. 1. DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SHALL BE CAST IN PLACE OR PRECAST UNITS. ROUND DRAINAGE 10. TOP SLAB AND OR FRAME AND GRATE ADJUSTMENT
WITH THE INSIDE OF THE WALL CORNER (NOTE 7)
STRUCTURES SHALL BE PRECAST ONLY. ALL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS A. THE A MINIMUM OF " OF BEDDING SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN RISERS
AND SEALED. (SEE NOTE 9)
CONTRACTORS SHALL SUBMIT WORKING DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF ANY CHANGES AND PRECAST TOP SLABS. GRADE ADJUSTMENT FOR TOP SLABS
TO THE STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THE STANDARD SHEETS OR CONTACT PLANS, OTHER THAN AND/OR FRAMES AND GRATES OF UP TO 2" SHALL BE MADE WITH
LENGTH
MINOR CHANGES APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. USE OF FLAT SLAB TOPS ON ROUND PRECAST BEDDING MATERIAL MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE GROUTING
LENGTH
UNITS SHALL REQUIRE SUBMISSION OF WORKING DRAWINGS. MATERIALS OR CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIAL. GRADE ADJUSTMENT FOR
TOP SLABS AND/OR FRAMES AND GRATES OF UP TO 6" SHALL BE MADE
SURFACE
2. SEE PLANS FOR ELEVATIONS, DRAINAGE STRUCTURE LOCATIONS, TYPE OF GRATE WITH A COMBINATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS AND BEDDING
FLOW
INSIDE CORNERS UTILIZED, LOCATION OF SCOOPS, FORMED INVERTS, SUMPS AND DRAINS. MATERIALS. GRADE ADJUSTMENT FOR TOP SLABS AND/OR FRAMES AND
MAY BE CHAMFERED GRATES OF UP TO 1’-0" SHALL BE MADE WITH CAST-IN-PLACE
(TYPICAL) 3. REINFORCEMENT FOR RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE UNITS (CAST IN PLACE OR PRECAST) BAR CONCRETE OR A COMBINATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT
REINFORCEMENT INDICATED FOR RECTANGULAR TOP SLABS, RISERS AND BASES SHALL BE ELEMENTS AND BEDDING MATERIALS. ALTERNATELY, GRADE
GRADE 60. WIRE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ADJUSTMENTS FOR FRAMES AND GRATES OF UP TO 2" MAY BE MADE
y709-02. RISER REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED SO IT WILL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF WITH RECYCLED RUBBER ELEMENTS OR UP TO 3" WITH HDPE
2" BUT NO MORE THAN 4" FROM THE INSIDE FACE. THE REINFORCEMENT SHALL EXTEND ELEMENTS. RECYCLED RUBBER AND HDPE ELEMENTS SHALL BE
TYPICAL CURB CAST FRAME WITH CURB
COMPLETELY AROUND THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE RISER AND SHALL BE LAPPED AND TIED. PRODUCTS APPROVED BY THE MATERIALS BUREAU AND SHALL BE
BOX BOX (SEE NOTE 6)
8" MIN.
BASE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED ABOVE THE MIDPOINT OF SLAB AND SHALL HAVE A INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
8" MIN.
TOP OF MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER OF 2".

FRAME AND GRATE (SEE NOTE 6 AND 13)
PAVEMENT CAST IRON MANHOLE FRAME 11. STEPS:
AND COVER (SEE NOTE 6) 4. ROUND ALTERNATIVE: MANHOLE STEPS SHALL BE REQUIRED IN ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
TOP OF PAVEMENT TOP OF PAVEMENT
WHEN SPECIFIED BY PAYMENT ITEM, THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE ROUND, PRECAST DEEPER THAN 4’-0".
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR STRUCTURES USING SIZES INDICATED IN
THE "SELECTION TABLE FOR ALTERNATE ROUND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES" ON SHEET 4 0F 4. 12. CORBELED OR CONICAL RISER SECTIONS AND FLAT SLAB REDUCERS:
THE RISER, TOP SLAB, AND BOTTOM SLAB FOR THE ROUND ALTERNATE SHALL BE ROUND PRECAST DRAINAGE STRUCTURES OR MANHOLES (WHEN
MANHOLE STEPS
MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF y706-04 OF THE STANDARD ALLOWED OR SPECIFIED) MAY BE FITTED WITH CONCENTRIC OR
8" MIN.
(SEE NOTE 11)
SPECIFICATIONS. WORKING DRAWINGS FOR THE ROUND ALTERNATES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ECCENTRIC CONICAL SECTIONS TO REDUCE THEIR DIAMETERS, PROVIDED
-4" MAX.
THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, UNLESS THE ROUND ALTERNATE PROPOSED HAS THE USE OF SUCH DEVICES IS COMPATIBLE WITH THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
6" MIN.
WALL THICKNESS "T" AND
HEIGHT "A"
BEEN PREVIOUSLY APPROVED. FOR PREVIOUSLY APPROVED ROUND UNITS THE CONTRACTOR DESIGN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT WORKING DRAWINGS FOR
REINFORCEMENT VARIES
SHALL SUBMIT A COPY OF THE APPROVED DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER. REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF FLAT SLAB REDUCERS FOR ROUND OR
WIDTH (SEE TABLE AND NOTE 3) WIDTH
HEIGHT "A"
RECTANGULAR STRUCTURES. A WALL SECTION WITH A HEIGHT LESS
1’
HEIGHT "A"
5. FORMED INVERTS: THAN 6" BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE HIGHEST PIPE ENTRY AND THE
RISER HEIGHT
PAY LIMITS
PAY LIMITS
SEALING JOINTS IN
-4" MAX.
FORMED INVERTS, SCOOP AND SUMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INCLUDED IN THE PRICES BID BOTTOM OF A CONICAL SECTION OR FLAT SLAB REDUCER SHALL NOT
PAY LIMITS
PRECAST UNITS SHALL
FOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES CALLED FOR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WHEN NON-CIRCULAR BE PERMITTED.
CONFORM TO THE
PIPES ARE USED, THE FORMED INVERT AND SUMP DETAILS SHALL BE MODIFIED TO FIT THE INVERTS.
LIP REQUIREMENTS OF
13. WHEN PIPE LOCATIONS PROVIDE FOR LESS THAN 8" BETWEEN
ALL PIPE ENDS SHALL BE
1’
FORMED OPTIONAL y706-04
6. GRATES: THE TOP OF THE UPPERMOST PIPE AND THE TOP OF THE RISER AND
INVERT FLUSH WITH THE INSIDE
CAST FRAMES MAY HAVE EITHER RETICULINE OR PARALLEL BAR GRATES, AND WELDED THE STRUCTURE MAY BE SUBJECTED TO HIGHWAY LOADS, CONTACT
SEE OF THE WALL AND SEALED
SCOOP SEE FRAMES MAY HAVE EITHER RETICULINE OR RECTANGULAR GRATES. IF NO GRATE IS STRUCTURES DIVISION FOR A SPECIAL DESIGN.
(SEE NOTE 7)
8" MIN.
DETAIL DETAIL
-4" MAX.
SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR MAY FURNISH EITHER TYPE.
ON DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
1" MIN.
GRATES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE LENGTH OF THE GRATE IS PARALLEL TO THE 14. WHEN SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE A DRAINAGE STRUCTURE TO BE
WITH FORMED INLETS OR SURFACE FLOW. INSTALLED TO A DEPTH GREATER THAN THAT SHOWN IN THE
SCOOPS, THE INVERT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AN INSTALLATION TOLERANCE OF 8" IS
1’
PIPE LEAVING THE DRAINAGE 7. WALL OPENINGS: PERMITTED WITHOUT REQUIRING AN INCREASE IN WALL THICKNESS
8" MIN.
8" MIN.
STRUCTURE SHALL BE FLUSH RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THESE STANDARD SHEETS SHOULD NEVER OR REINFORCING STEEL AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
WITH THE FLOW LINE. HAVE CORNER PIPE ENTRIES. IF PIPE ALIGNMENT WOULD REQUIRE A CORNER ENTRY, USE A REINFORCEMENT TABLE.
ROUND DRAINAGE STRUCTURE OR USE A SPECIAL DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. ALL WALL OPENINGS
SHALL BE FORMED COMPLETELY THROUGH THE WALL SECTION. CIRCULAR WALL OPENINGS 15. THE PAY ITEMS FOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SPECIFY THE STRUCTURE
RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR SHALL BE FORMED FOR EACH CIRCULAR PIPE ENTERING PERPENDICULAR TO THE WALL. WHEN AND FRAME. DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ITEM NUMBERS:
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE NON-CIRCULAR PIPES ARE SPECIFIED, OR ROUND PIPE ENTRIES ARE SKEWED, RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE ITEM 604.30XXYY
OPENINGS MAY BE USED. THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE AND THE RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WITH ROUND OPTION ITEM 604.31XXYY
TYPE A THROUGH P TYPE A THROUGH P TYPE A THROUGH P
OPENING SHALL BE AT LEAST 2" BUT NO MORE THAN 3". THIS CLEARANCE SHALL BE RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE WITH CONCRETE CAP ITEM 604.32XXYY
SHOWN WITH CURB BOX, FORMED SHOWN WITH WELDED FRAME, SCOOP SHOWN WITH MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER MEASURED BETWEEN THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE AND NEAREST POINT ON THE RECTANGULAR SEE TABLES BELOW FOR XX AND YY CODES.
INVERT, AND A MONOLITHICALLY AND INTEGRAL FLOOR SLAB. AND WITH SEPARATE FLOOR SLAB OPENING. IF A CORNER HAS PIPE ENTRIES ON BOTH SIDES, AND THERE IS LESS THAN 2" EXAMPLE: 604.300706 - RECTANGULAR STRUCTURE TYPE G WITH TYPE 6
CAST FLOOR SLAB
BETWEEN EITHER OPENING AND THE CORNER. THEN THAT SECTION OF THE DRAINAGE WELDED FRAME (SEE SHEET 4 OF 4 FOR ITEM NUMBERS FOR STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE MUST HAVE 8" THICK WALLS. TYPE Q, R, S, T, AND U)
8. MONOLITHIC AND INTEGRAL BASES MAY HAVE A MAXIMUM VERTICAL DRAFT OF " ON ALL
INTERIOR DIMENSIONS, TO FACILITATE FORM REMOVAL. FOR WALL OPENINGS THAT EXTEND
THE FULL WIDTH OR LENGTH OF THE STRUCTURE, THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE
DRAIN 1.0 SQ./FT. ROUND OR SQUARE. PAYMENT LINES FOR PAYMENT LINES FOR TRENCH OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE AND THE WALL OPENING SHALL BE 1".
FILL WITH GRANULAR MATERIAL, BACKFILL. USE SELECT AND CULVERT EXCAVATION.
STONE, GRAVEL, ETC. AOBE. GRANULAR FILL UNLESS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 9. FINISHING PIPE ENTRIES:
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE REINFORCEMENT
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE BELLS OF CONCRETE PIPE SHALL BE CUT OFF AT EVERY PIPE ENTRY WHERE THE BELL
IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ENTERS A STRUCTURE. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE STRUCTURE AND PIPE SHALL BE MADE BY WALL
EITHER USING A RESILIENT CONNECTOR MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1478 OR HEIGHT "A" RISER REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE 3 AND 15)
THICKNESS
BY COMPLETELY FILLING THE SPACE AROUND EACH PIPE WITH CONCRETE GROUTING MATERIAL
OR CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIAL. IN CASE OF LARGE SPACES AROUND PIPES, CONCRETE 6" 6"X6"- W6 X W6 OR #3 BARS AT 10" BOTH HORIZ. AND VERT.
2’-0" UP TO 7’-0"
2’-0" EXISTING PAVERS, COMPLETELY BEDDED IN GROUT OR CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIAL, MAY BE USED. 8" UNREINFORCED
GROUND OR 7’-0" TO 14’-0" 8" 6"X6"- W8.5 X W8.5 OR #3 BARS AT 8" BOTH HORIZ. AND VERT.
PIPE INVERT SUBGRADE,
D.
I.
14’-0" TO 21’-0" 8" 4"X4"- W8.5 X W8.5 OR #3 BARS AT 5" BOTH HORIZ. AND VERT.
2’-0" OR AS 3 WHICHEVER
1
SPECIFIED IS LOWER FLOOR SLAB REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE 3)
ON PLANS
UP TO 7’-0" 6"X6"- W11 X W11 OR #3 BARS AT 6" IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
7’-0" TO 14’-0" 4"X4"- W11 X W11 OR #3 BARS AT 4" IN BOTH DIRECTIONS

D
14’-0" TO 21’-0" 4"X4"- W14 X W14 OR #3 BARS AT 3" IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
*T MAY BE 6" OR 8" FOR THE FIRST 7’-0". EXCEPTIONS ARE SIZE S, T, AND U WITH
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE FORMED INVERT DETAIL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STRUCTURE SIZES AND PAY CODES CURB, RECTANGULAR STRUCTURES WITH ROUND MANHOLE OPENING, OR IF THERE IS LESS
WITH SUMP AND DRAIN (SEE NOTE 5) LIMITS AND MATERIALS THAN 2" ON EITHER SIDE OF A CORNER. (NOTE 7) WHICH MUST HAVE 8" THICK WALLS.
INSIDE PAY ITEM
STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS XX
WALL THICKNESS AND TYPE WIDTH LENGTH CODE FRAMES AND PAY CODES
REINFORCEMENT VARY
SEE TABLE AND NOTE 3 A 3’-0" 3’-0" 01
PAY ITEM
B 4’-0" 3’-0" 02 FRAME
B I.D. I.D. SEAL ANY 3’-0"
YY STATE OF NEW YORK
TYPICAL CIP OR C 5’-0" 03 TYPE
< D < CODE
4 3 JOINTS D 6’-8" 3’-0" 04
PRECAST UNIT WITH DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
A SEPARATE FLOOR E 3’-0" 4’-0" 05 WELDED 3 03
F 4’-0" 4’-0" 06 WELDED 6 06
1’-0"
WELDED 11 11
dgn
G 5’-0" 4’-0" 07 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

2 WELDED 16 16
1" MIN.
07
D. MIN. COVER 2" H 6’-8" 4’-0" 08

FILE NAM E = 604-0201_050213.
D.
1 I.
DATE/TIM E = 12-DEC-2012 08:
3 WELDED 22 22
I.
1 (TYPICAL) I 3’-0" 5’-0" 09

J 4’-0" 5’-0" 10 MANHOLE 2’-8" 32
D
K 5’-0" 5’-0" 11 CAST F1 71

MIN. COVER 2"
(TYPICAL) L 6’-8" 5’-0" 12 CAST F2 72 DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS
D
M 6’-8" 13 CAST F3 73 (SHEET 1 OF 4)

USER = rlohse
8" MIN. 8" MIN. 3’-0"

N 4’-0" 6’-8" 14 PARALLEL BAR 10PCB 90
B A O 5’-0" 6’-8" 15 PARALLEL BAR 11PCB 91

FLOOR SLAB REINFORCEMENT (TYPICAL) #4 BARS, 1’-2" X 1’-2" AT 11 O.C. P 6’-8" 6’-8" 16 PARALLEL BAR 12PCB 92
FOR PRECAST UNIT WITH INTEGRAL APPROVED: NOVEMBER 28, 2012 ISSUED UNDER EB 12-044
SEE TABLE AND NOTE 3
FLOOR. NOT REQUIRED FOR
MONOLITHICALLY CAST UNIT. /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.
SCOOP DETAILS RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE 604-02
REINFORCING DETAILS EFFECTIVE DATE: 05/02/13 (DESIGN)
LENGTH
LENGTH TOP REINFORCEMENT

SEE APPROPRIATE FRAME LX BARS TABLE OF "X" AND "Y" DIMENSIONS
(DIRECTION OF SURFACE FLOW) MIN. COVER 2" E
STANDARD SHEET END COVER FOR (BOTTOM)
EDGE BAR (SEE NOTE 13)
(TYPICAL) 6" THICK WALLS 8" THICK WALLS
STOP REINFORCEMENT
B 2" 2" WHEN T=6"
LX BARS FRAME DIMENSION DIMENSION DIMENSION DIMENSION
4" WHEN T=8" NO.
(BOTTOM) X Y X Y
EDGE BAR WELDED FRAMES
MIN.
WS BARS
8"
(SEE NOTE 1) OPENING (BOTTOM)
3 2’-3" 3’-4" 2’-5" 3’-6"
WY BARS
WS BARS WY BARS
(BOTTOM)
(BOTTOM) (BOTTOM) 6 2’-5" 2’-6" 2’-7" 2’-8"
MIN. COVER 2"
EDGE BAR 11 2’-8" 3’-4" 2’-10" 3’-6"
MIN. COVER 2"
(SEE NOTE 1)
(TYPICAL) T D D 16 2’-10" 4’-2" 3’-0" 4’-4"
A 6" A
22 3’-6" 3’-9" 3’-8" 3’-11"
TYPICAL
(ACROSS SURFACE FLOW)
CAST IRON FRAMES
WIDTH
F1 3’-5" 3’-0" 3’-7" 3’-2"
WIDTH
INSIDE EDGE OF
TYPICAL
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE F2 3’-5" 3’-10" 3’-7" 4’-0"
SECTION B-B
6"
D BARS
TYPICAL FOR ALL TYPES OF FRAMES F3 3’-5" 4’-8" 3’-7" 4’-10"
"
4
4
C C
"
OPENING
PARALLEL BAR FRAMES
DIMENSION X
10PCB 2’-8" 3’-4" 2’-10" 3’-6"

32" DIA.
42"
TOP REINFORCEMENT OPENING 11PCB 2’-10" 4’-2" 3’-0" 4’-4"
42"
SURFACE 2" 12PCB 3’-6" 3’-9" 3’-8" 3’-11"
FRAME
"
4
FLOW SURFACE
OPENING
FLOW
B E
DIMENSION Y LS BARS CURB LINE L.S. BARS
(BOTTOM) EDGE BAR
INSIDE EDGE OF (BOTTOM)
PLAN (SEE NOTE 1)
WS BAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
DIMENSION X T
TOP SLAB BAR LAYOUT LX BARS PLAN
(TYPICAL)
FOR WELDED, PARALLEL BAR TOP SLAB BAR LAYOUT
AND CAST FRAMES FOR ROUND MANHOLE COVER
BATTER CIP 12 ON 1
SEE SHEET 3 OF 4 FOR BAR LIST AND TOP SLAB DIMENSIONS WHEN STRAIGHT DOWN SEE SHEET 3 OF 4 FOR BAR LIST AND TOP SLAB DIMENSIONS.
CLIP ANGLE GRATE
SUPPORT IS USED.
TOP REINFORCEMENT 4" END COVER FOR

SECTION B-B MIN. COVER 2"
TOP REINFORCEMENT
WELDED FRAME
(TYPICAL) OUTSIDE
TOP REINFORCEMENT
FRAME DIMENSIONS
WS BARS
MIN.
8"
(TYPICAL)
END COVER FOR FRAME
MIN. COVER 2" ALLOW 2" FOR FINAL WIDTH LENGTH
TOP REINFORCEMENT SEE PLANS FOR GRATE NO.
(TYPICAL) ADJUSTMENT OF FRAME
2" WHEN T= 6" AND CURB BOX USED
4" WHEN T= 8" AT EACH LOCATION 3 1’-11" 3’-1"
EDGE BAR
5"
WS BARS 5" (SEE NOTE 1) 6 2’-2" 2’-3"
EDGE BAR TOP REINFORCEMENT
MIN.
42" 8"
8"
(SEE NOTE 1) 11 2’-4" 3’-1"
WY BARS
16 2’-7" 3’-11"
LX BAR
33"
22 3’-2" 3’-6"
DIMENSION Y EDGE BAR SECTION D-D
(SEE NOTE 1) 10PCB 2’-0" 3’-2"
T 4" END COVER FOR
WY BARS 2"
EDGE BAR TOP REINFORCEMENT TOP REINFORCEMENT 11PCB 2’-3" 4’-0"
(TYPICAL)
LX BAR (SEE NOTE 1)
MIN. COVER 2" 12PCB 2’-10" 3’-7"
DIMENSION X WS BAR
(TYPICAL)
MIN.
8"
T F1 3’-3" MIN. 2’-11" MIN.
OPENING
LX BARS F2 3’-3" MIN. 3’-9" MIN.
(TYPICAL)
F3 3’-3" MIN. 4’-7" MIN.
2"
5" 5" EDGE BAR
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B 42" (SEE NOTE 1)
8"
TYPICAL FOR ALL TYPES OF FRAME CAST FRAME
LX BARS
MIN. COVER 2"

WS BAR
SEE STANDARD SHEET FOR PARALLEL BAR (TYPICAL)
FRAMES AND GRATES FOR FRAME AND
TOP REINFORCEMENT SECTION E-E
STUD ANCHOR DETAILS TOP REINFORCEMENT
FRAME
2"
FRAME NOTES:
STATE OF NEW YORK

1. THE E BARS (EDGE BARS) ARE PLACED 3" FROM THE OUTSIDE EDGE FOR
MIN.
8"
OPENING TOP SLABS ON 6" WALLS, AND 5" FROM THE OUTSIDE EDGE FOR 8" WALLS.
2" 2. THE LX BARS ARE LOCATED USING THE X DIMENSION AND THE WY ARE
LOCATED USING THE Y DIMENSIONS. ALL W AND L BARS SHALL BE EVENLY
WS BAR SPACED AT APPROXIMATELY 6" SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DIMENSION X
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
T
WY BARS T LAST W OR L BAR AND THE ADJACENT EDGE BAR SHALL NOT EXCEED 10".
LS BAR
DIMENSION Y
(TYPICAL)
3. TOP SLABS FOR TYPE A, B, C, D, E, F, G, I, J, K AND M DRAINAGE
LX BARS
(TYPICAL) STRUCTURES ARE REINFORCED WITH #6 BARS ON THE BOTTOM, AND
6X6, W4 X W4 FABRIC ON THE TOP. DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS
USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 4)
4. TOP SLABS FOR TYPE H, L, N, O, AND P DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
ARE REINFORCED WITH #7 BARS AND 6X6, W5 X W5 FABRIC. THE
CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF USING #6 BARS AND A BAR SPACING OF
5" WHEN THIS OPTION IS USED. THE MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
SECTION C-C SECTION B-B
THE LAST W OR L BAR AND THE EDGE BAR SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 ".
PARALLEL BAR FRAME PARALLEL BAR FRAME

604-02
(DESIGN)
BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT BAR LIST
TOP SLAB WITH WELDED FRAME TOP SLAB WITH PARALLEL BAR FRAME DESIGNATION LENGTH SIZE DESCRIPTION DESIGNATION LENGTH SIZE DESCRIPTION
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. 6LS4 1’-6" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS4 1’-6" #7 SHORT L BAR
STR. FRAME STR. FRAME DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG-
DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG-
OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF
TYPE NO. TYPE NO. NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION 6LS5 1’-7" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS5 #7 SHORT L BAR
NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION 1’-7"
BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS
A 6LX3 6LS7 1’-9" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS7 1’-9" #7 SHORT L BAR
3 3 6LX1 5 6WS2 1 6WY1 4 6E1 F 11PCB 4 7 6WS5 1 6WY3 4 6E3
B 6LS8 1’-11" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS8 1’-11" #7 SHORT L BAR

3 5 6LX1 5 6WS11 1 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E1 G 11PCB 6 6LX3 7 6WS13 1 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E3
B 7LX3 7WS21 6LS9 2’-0" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS9 2’-0" #7 SHORT L BAR
11 4 6LX1 5 6WS7 1 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E1 H 11PCB 9 7 1 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E3
C 6LS9 1 6LX5 6LS12 2’-3" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS12 2’-3" #7 SHORT L BAR
3 7 6LX1 5 6WS19 1 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E1 I 12PCB 6 4 6WY1 2 6E1 2 6E5
C 6LS14 4 6LX5 5 6WS7 5 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E5

6LS14 2’-5" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS14 2’-5" #7 SHORT L BAR
11 6 6LX1 5 6WS15 1 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E1 J 10PCB 4
D 6LS14 6 6LX5 5 6WS15 5 6WY5 4 6E5

6LS16 2’-9" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS16 2’-9" #7 SHORT L BAR
3 10 6LX1 5 6WS27 1 6WY7 2 6E7 2 6E1 K 10PCB 4
D 6LS19 3’-3" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS19 3’-3" #7 SHORT L BAR

11 9 6LX1 5 6WS23 1 6WY7 2 6E7 2 6E1 K 12PCB 6 6LS9 5 6LX5 6 6WS8 4 6WY5 4 6E5
E 3 3 6LS4 3 6LX3 7LS14 10 7LX5 5 7WS23 5 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5 6LS25 4’-0" #6 SHORT L BAR 7LS21 3’-7" #7 SHORT L BAR
5 6WS2 3 6WY1 2 6E1 2 6E3 L 10PCB 4
F 8 7LX5 6LX1 3’-6" #6 LONG L BAR 7LS22 3’-8" #7 SHORT L BAR

3 3 6LS4 5 6LX3 5 6WS11 3 6WY3 4 6E3 L 12PCB 6 7LS9 6 7WS19 4 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5
F 7LS22 1 7LX7 7 6WY1 2 6E1 2 7E7 6LX3 4’-6" #6 LONG L BAR 7LS25 4’-1" #7 SHORT L BAR
6 3 6LS12 4 6LX3 3 6WS9 4 6WY3 4 6E3 M 12PCB 6
F 6LX3 7LS25 4 7LX7 5 7WS4 8 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 6LX5 5’-6" #6 LONG L BAR 7LS27 4’-5" #7 SHORT L BAR
11 3 6LS4 4 5 6WS7 3 6WY3 4 6E3 N 10PCB 4
G 3 3 6LS4 7 7LS19 4 7LX7 7 7WS3 6 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 6LX7 7’-2" #6 LONG L BAR 7LS30 4’-11" #7 SHORT L BAR
6LX3 5 6WS19 3 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E3 N 11PCB 4
G 6LS2 7LX7 6WS1 1’-4" #6 SHORT W BAR 7LX3 4’-6" #7 LONG L BAR
6 3 6 6LX3 3 6WS17 4 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E3 O 10PCB 4 7LS25 6 5 7WS12 8 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7
G 11 7LX7 7WY5 7E7 6WS2 1’-6" #6 SHORT W BAR 7LX5 6’-5" #7 LONG L BAR
3 6LS4 6 6LX3 5 6WS15 3 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E3 O 11PCB 4 7LS19 6 7 7WS10 6 2 7E5 2
H 3 7LS4 10 7LX3 5 3 6 7LS22 5 7LX7 6 7WS5 7 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7 6WS5 1’-11" #6 SHORT W BAR 7LX7 7’-2" #7 LONG L BAR
3 7WS27 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E3 O 12PCB
H 3 4 7LS25 10 7LX7 5 7WS23 8 7WY7 4 7E7 6WS7 2’-2" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS2 1’-5" #7 SHORT W BAR
6 3 7LS12 10 7LX3 7WS25 4 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E3 P 10PCB
H 11 3 7LS4 9 7LX3 3 7E7 7LS19 9 7LX7 7 7WS21 6 7WY7 4 7E7 6WS8 2’-3" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS3 1’-11" #7 SHORT W BAR
5 7WS23 7WY7 2 2 7E3 P 11PCB 5
I 3 3 6LS14 3 6LX5 5 6WS2 5 2 6E5 7LS22 8 7LX7 6 7WS19 7 7WY7 4 7E7 6WS9 2’-4" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS4 2’-1" #7 SHORT W BAR
6WY1 2 6E1 P 12PCB 4
6LX5 5 5 6WS10 2’-5" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS5 2’-3" #7 SHORT W BAR

J 3 3 6LS14 5 6WS11 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E5
6LX5 6WS11 2’-7" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS6 2’-4" #7 SHORT W BAR

J 6 3 6LS19 4 3 6WS9 6 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E5
J 11 3 6LS14 4 6LX5 5 6E5 6WS13 2’-11" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS7 2’-5" #7 SHORT W BAR
6WS7 5 6WY3 2 6E3 2
J 16 4 6LS5 4 6LX5 7 3 6E5 6WS15 3’-2" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS8 2’-7" #7 SHORT W BAR
6WS5 6WY3 2 6E3 2
K 3 3 6LS14 7 6LX5 5 6WS19 5 6WY5 4 6E5 6WS17 3’-4" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS10 2’-11" #7 SHORT W BAR
BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT 6WS19 3’-7" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS12 3’-2" #7 SHORT W BAR
K 6 3 6LS19 6 6LX5 3 6WS17 6 6WY5 4 6E5
TOP SLAB WITH CAST FRAME 6WS21 4’-1" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS14 3’-4" #7 SHORT W BAR
K 11 3 6LS14 6 6LX5 5 6WS15 5 6WY5 4 6E5
NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. 6WS23 4’-10" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS16 3’-6" #7 SHORT W BAR
K 16 4 6LS5 6 6LX5 7 6WS13 3 6WY5 4 6E5 STR. FRAME DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG-
OF OF OF OF OF OF
TYPE NO. NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION 6WS27 5’-3" #6 SHORT W BAR 7WS19 4’-0" #7 SHORT W BAR
K 22 5 6LS9 4 6LX5 6 6WS8 4 6WY5 4 6E5 BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS
6WY1 3’-6" #6 LONG W BAR 7WS20 4’-1" #7 SHORT W BAR
L 3 3 7LS14 10 7LX5 5 7WS27 5 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5 F F1 5 6LS7 3 6LX3 4 6WS2 4 6WY3 4 6E3
L 6 3 7LS19 10 7LX5 3 7WS25 6 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5 F F3 3 6LX3 8 6WS2 4 6E3
L 11 3 7LS14 9 7LX5 5 7WS23 5 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5 G F1 5 6LS7 5 6LX3 4 6WS9 4 6WY5 2 6E5 2 6E3
L 16 4 7LS5 9 7LX5 7 7WS21 3 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5 G F3 5 6LX3 8 6WS9 2 6E5 2 6E3
6D1 1’-6" #6 DIAGONAL BAR 7WS27 5’-3" #7 SHORT W BAR
L 22 5 7LS9 8 7LX5 6 7WS19 4 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5 H F1 5 7LS7 8 7LX3 4 7WS19 4 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E3
6E1 3’-3" #6 EDGE BAR 7WY3 4’-6" #7 LONG W BAR
M 3 3 6LS25 3 6LX7 5 6WS2 8 6WY1 2 6E1 2 6E7 J F1 5 6LS16 3 6LX5 4 6WS1 5 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E5
N 3 3 7LS25 5 7LX7 5 7WS8 8 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 J F2 5 6LS8 3 6LX5 6 6WS1 4 6WY3 2 6E3 2 6E5
N 6 3 7LS30 4 7LX7 3 7WS6 10 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 K F1 5 6LS16 5 6LX5 4 6WS9 5 6WY5 4 6E5
6E7 6’-4" #6 EDGE BAR 7E3 4’-3" #7 EDGE BAR
N 11 3 7LS25 3 7LX7 5 7WS4 8 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 K F2 5 6LS8 5 6LX5 6 6WS9 4 6WY5 4 6E5
7E5 5’-3" #7 EDGE BAR
N 16 4 7LS19 4 7LX7 7 7WS3 6 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 L F1 5 7LS16 8 7LX5 4 7WS19 5 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5
7E7 6’-11" #7 EDGE BAR
O 3 3 7LS25 7 7LX7 5 7WS16 8 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7 L F2 5 7LS8 8 7LX5 6 7WS19 4 7WY7 2 7E7 2 7E5
O 6 3 7LS30 7 7LX7 3 7WS14 10 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7 N F1 5 7LS27 3 7LX7 4 7WS2 9 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7
O 11 3 7LS25 6 7LX7 5 7WS12 8 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7 N F2 5 7LS21 3 7LX7 6 7WS2 7 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7
O 16 4 7LS19 6 7LX7 7 7WS10 6 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7 N F3 5 7LS16 3 7LX7 8 7WS2 6 7WY3 2 7E3 2 7E7 (TILT BAR FROM VERTICAL IF
O 22 5 7LS22 4 7LX7 7E7 O F1 5 7LS27 5 7LX7 4 7WS6 9 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7 NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN COVER)
6 7WS5 7 7WY5 2 7E5 2
P 3 3 7LS25 10 7LX7 5 7WS27 8 7WY7 4 7E7 O F2 5 7LS21 5 7LX7 6 7WS6 7 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7
P 6 3 7LS30 10 7LX7 3 7WS25 10 7WY7 4 7E7 O F3 5 7LS16 5 7LX7 8 7WS6 6 7WY5 2 7E5 2 7E7
P 11 3 7LS25 9 7LX7 5 7WS23 8 7WY7 4 7E7 P F1 5 7LS27 8 7LX7 4 7WS19 9 7WY7 4 7E7
STANDARD ACI HOOK
1’-8"
P 16 4 7LS19 9 7LX7 7 7WS21 6 7WY7 4 7E7 P F2 5 7LS21 8 7LX7 6 7WS19 7 7WY7 4 7E7
P 22 5 7LS22 8 7LX7 6 7WS19 7 7WY7 4 7E7 P F3 5 7LS16 8 7LX7 8 7WS19 6 7WY7 4 7E7 R = 2"
LENGTH LENGTH
TOP SLAB DIMENSIONS
BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT
6" THICK WALLS 8" THICK WALLS TOP
TOP SLAB WITH ROUND CAST MANHOLE FRAME STRUCTURE TYPICAL EDGE BAR TYPICAL W BAR, L BAR, OR D BAR
REINFORCEMENT
STR. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. TYPE
WIDTH LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH (NOTES 3 AND 4)
DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG- DESIG-
TYPE OF OF OF OF OF OF OF
NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION NATION A 4’-0" 4’-0" 4’-4" 4’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS
A 1 6LX1 1 6WY1 3 6D1 4 6E1 B 5’-0" 4’-0" 5’-4" 4’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4 TOP SLAB REINFORCEMENT NOTES:
B 3 6LX1 5 6WS2 1 6WY3 3 6D1 2 6E3 2 6E1 C 6’-0" 4’-0" 6’-4" 4’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
1. THE E BARS (EDGE BARS) ARE PLACED 3" FROM THE OUTSIDE EDGE FOR TOP
C 5 6LX1 5 6WS10 1 6WY5 3 6D1 2 6E5 2 6E1 D 7’-8" 4’-0" 8’-0" 4’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
SLABS ON 6" WALLS, AND 5: FROM THE OUTSIDE EDGE FOR 8" WALLS.
D 8 6LX1 5 6WS21 1 6WY7 3 6D1 2 6E7 2 6E1 E 4’-0" 5’-0" 4’-4" 5’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
2. THE LX BARS ARE LOCATED USING THE X DIMENSIONS AND THE WY BARS ARE STATE OF NEW YORK
E 5 6LS4 1 6LX3 3 6WY1 3 6D1 2 6E1 2 6E3 F 5’-0" 5’-0" 5’-4" 5’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
LOCATED USING THE Y DIMENSIONS. ALL W AND L BARS SHALL BE EVENLY
G 6’-0" 5’-0" 6’-4" 5’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
F 5 6LS4 3 6LX3 5 6WS2 3 6WY3 3 6D1 4 6E3
SPACED AT APPROX. 6". SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE LAST W OR DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
G 5 6LS4 5 6LX3 5 6WS10 3 6WY5 3 6D1 2 6E5 2 6E3 H 7’-8" 5’-0" 8’-0" 5’-4" 6" X 6" W5 X W5 L BAR AND ADJACENT EDGE BAR SHALL NOT EXCEED 10".
H 5 7LS4 8 7LX3 5 7WS20 3 7WY7 3 6D1 2 7E7 2 7E3 I 4’-0" 6’-0" 4’-4" 6’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
J 5’-0" 6’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4

3. TOP SLABS FOR TYPE A, B, C, D, F, G, I, J, K AND MOST M DRAINAGE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
I 5 6LS14 1 6LX5 5 6WY1 3 6D1 2 6E1 2 6E5 6’-0" 5’-4"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
STRUCTURES ARE REINFORCED WITH *6 AND 6X6, W4 X W4 FABRIC.

6LX5 6D1 K 6’-0" 6’-0" 6’-4" 6’-4" 6" X 6" W4 X W4
J 5 6LS14 3 5 6WS6 5 6WY3 3 2 6E3 2 6E5
L 7’-8" 6’-0" 8’-0" 6’-4" 6" X 6" W5 X W5 4. TOP SLABS FOR TYPE H, L, N, O, P AND PART OF TYPE M DRAINAGE
K 5 6LS14 5 6LX5 5 6WS7 5 6WY5 3 6D1 4 6E5
M 4’-0" 7’-8" 4’-4" 8’-0" 6" X 6" W5 X W5 STRUCTURES ARE REINFORCED WITH *7 BARS AND 6X6, W5 X W5
L 5 7LS14 8 7LX5 5 7WS20 5 7WY7 3 6D1 2 7E7 2 7E5
FABRIC. THE CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF USING *6 BARS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS
M 5 6LS25 1 6LX7 8 6WY1 3 6D1 2 6E1 2 6E7 N 5’-0" 7’-8" 5’-4" 8’-0" 6" X 6" W5 X W5
A BAR SPACING OF 5". WHEN THIS OPTION IS USED, THE MAXIMUM
USER = jturley
7LX7 7WS2 6D1 O 6’-0" 7’-8" 6’-4" 8’-0" 6" X 6" W5 X W5 (SHEET 3 OF 4)
N 5 7LS25 3 5 8 7WY3 3 2 7E3 2 7E7 DISTANCE BETWEEN THE LAST W OR L BAR AND THE EDGE BAR
O 5 7LS25 5 7LX7 5 7WS7 8 7WY5 3 6D1 2 7E5 2 7E7 P 7’-8" 7’-8" 8’-0" 8’-0" 6" X 6" W5 X W5 SHALL NOT EXCEED 9"
P 5 7LS25 8 7LX7 5 7WS20 8 7WY7 3 6D1 4 7E7


604-02
SELECTION TABLES FOR ALTERNATE ROUND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SELECTION TABLES FOR ALTERNATE ROUND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
SURFACE
FLOW
STRUCTURE INTERNAL DIAMETER STRUCTURE INTERNAL DIAMETER
CONCRETE OR POLYETHYLENE PIPES METAL PIPES
48" 60" 72" 84" 96" 48" 60" 72" 84" 96"
PARALLEL BAR FRAME
RCP H.E. ROUND INTERNAL CMP ARCH ROUND INTERNAL
CAST FRAME WITH MINIMUM ANGLE BETWEEN PIPE ENTRIES (NOTE 5) MINIMUM ANGLE BETWEEN PIPE ENTRIES (NOTE 5)
RISE X SPAN DIAMETER SPAN AND RISE DIAMETER
CURB BOX SEE PLANS FOR GRATE
B
(SEE STANDARD SHEETS FOR 12" 84 63 50 41 35 12" 68 54 45 38 34
AND CURB BOX USED
CAST FRAME DETAILS)
AT EACH LOCATION 15" 94 70 56 46 39 15" 76 60 50 43 37
TOP OF PAVEMENT 18" 104 78 62 51 43 17" X 13" 82 64 53 45 40
21" 115 85 68 56 48 18" 85 67 55 47 41
24" 127 93 74 61 52 91 71 59 50 43
27" 141 102 81 67 57 21" X 15" 21" 94 73 60 51 45
LENGTH - INSIDE DIMENSION

30" 157 111 87 72 61 24" X 18" 24" 103 80 66 56 49
A A
SEE TABLE BELOW

ALLOW 2" FOR FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF FRAME 19" X 30" 157 112 88 73 62 28" X 20" 116 89 73 62 54
34" 121 95 78 66 30" 124 94 76 65 56
22" X 34" 125 97 80 68 35" X 24" 145 106 86 72 63
36" 133 102 84 71 36" 152 110 88 74 64
24" X 38" 140 106 87 74 42" X 29" 42" 128 101 84 72

34" IF PRECAST OR
27" X 42" 156 115 94 79 48" 153 115 95 81
33" IF C.I.P.
42" 164 119 96 81 49" X 33" 158 117 96 82
29" X 45" 130 104 87 54" 132 106 90
48" 140 110 92 57" X 38" 141 112 94
32" X 49" 145 113 94 60" X 46" 150 117 98

SECTION A-A
34" X 53" 166 123 101 60" 154 119 100
RECTANGULAR
54" 175 126 104 64" X 43" 129 107
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
60" 147 117 66" 134 110
TYPE Q AND R
B 71" X 47" 151 120
CURB LINE WELDED FRAME
72" 155 122
PLAN
NOTES:
RECTANGULAR
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE 1. THE DIAMETER OF THE ALTERNATE ROUND UNIT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE LARGER DIMENSION OF THE SPECIFIED RECTANGULAR UNIT IT REPLACES.
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE COLLAR WITH IT SHALL ALSO BE LARGE ENOUGH TO HAVE THE SPECIFIED GRATE FIT WITHIN THE INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE ROUND ALTERNATE.
TYPE Q, R, S, T, AND U
INTEGRAL FRAME. COLLAR MAY BE
PRECAST COLLAR PRECAST OR CIP. 2. THE ABOVE VALUES ARE BASED ON THE CENTERLINE OF ALL PIPES INTERSECTING AT THE CENTER OF THE ROUND ALTERNATE.
2-#3 BARS
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE FRAME 3. THE ANGLE BETWEEN ADJACENT PIPE ENTRIES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE MINIMUM SHOWN IN THE TABLE ABOVE. WHEN THE ADJACENT PIPES HAVE
CURB
COLLAR MAY BE PRECAST DIFFERENT SIZES, THE MINIMUM ANGLE SHALL BE THE VALUE FOR THE LARGER OF THE TWO PIPES.
WELDED OR PARALLEL BAR FRAME SLOPE AS INDICATED ON

4. THE SUM OF THE MINIMUM ANGLES BETWEEN PIPES AT THE SAME LEVEL SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 360 DEGREES. THEY SHALL BE REGARDED AS BEING AT
(SEE STANDARD SHEETS FOR DETAILS) PLANS OR A.B.O.E.
THE SAME LEVEL IF THEIR RISES OVERLAP.
5. A BLANK (NO ENTRY) IN TABLE INDICATES THAT THE STRUCTURE IS TOO SMALL FOR PIPE OF THAT SIZE.
MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
DIMENSION WILL VARY DEPENDING SEE STANDARD SHEET FOR DETAILS
2 #3 BARS ON OVERALL DEPTH OF CURB AND
8" WITH 2"
SLOPE OF GRATE
COVER AND
SEE NOTE 9 SHEET 1 ADJUST TO GRADE WITH
SPACING
PRECAST CONCRETE PAVERS
OR CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT
RINGS. (SEE NOTE 9 SHEET 1)
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION
MINIMUM ANGLE
JOINT 8" MIN.
SEE TABLE
SEE TABLE AND NOTE 3
LENGTH - SEE TABLE 8" MIN. WITH
ON SHEET 1 OF 4 FOR WALL 9" WIDE CURB
ALLOW 2" FOR THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT
FINAL ADJUSTMENT INSIDE
DIAMETER PAYMENT HEIGHT
SECTION B-B SECTION A-A I.D./12 (5" MIN.) D
RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE D/4
FRAME AND GRATE
TYPE S, T, AND U WITH COLLAR AND CURB
TYPE S, T, AND U
ONLY PARALLEL BAR FRAME AND
GRATE ALLOWED WITH THIS DETAIL 8" MIN.
8" MIN.
RECTANGULAR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE CAST IN PLACE

INTERNAL CONCRETE FOR
INSIDE DIMENSIONS
DIAMETER FORMED INVERT
(TYPES Q THRU U) PRECAST ROUND ALTERNATE
PRECAST ** CAST IN PLACE
WELDED FRAME ALTERNATE FLOOR SLABS SHOWN
ITEM TYPE FRAME WIDTH LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH
PARALLEL BAR FRAME
604.301772 Q F2* 34 36 33 36
604.301873 R F3* 34 46 33 46
PRECAST ROUND MANHOLES
PAY LIMITS
604.301911 S 11 24 32 24 32 CIRCUMFERENTIAL
INSIDE
604.301990 S 10PCB 24 32 24 32 ITEM TYPE STEEL - SQUARE INCHES STATE OF NEW YORK
I.D./12 (5" MIN.) DIAMETER

PER VERTICAL FOOT
604.302016 T 16 26 42 26 42
604.4098 48 0.12 48
604.302091 T 11PCB 26 42 26 42
604.4060 60 0.15 60
604.302122 U 22 34 38 34 37
WIDTH - (SEE TABLE) 604.4072 72 0.18 72 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
604.302192 U 12PCB 34 38 34 37
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
604.4084 84 0.21 84
604.4096 96 0.24 96
* SEE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR GRATE AND CURB BOX TYPE

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DETAILS
8" MIN.
USER = jturley
** PRECAST TYPES S,T, AND U REQUIRE THE FRAME TO BE CAST INTO A SEPARATE COLLAR. (SHEET 4 OF 4)
THE FRAME COLLAR SHALL HAVE INSIDE DIMENSIONS AS SHOWN FOR "CAST-IN-PLACE" IN THIS
TABLE, OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS TO MATCH THE PRECAST RISER, AND BE 8" HIGH MIN.
SECTION A-A ROUND ALTERNATIVES MAY HAVE MONOLITHICALLY
CAST, INTEGRAL, OR SEPERATE FLOOR SLABS.
RECTANGULAR
PRECAST ROUND ALTERNATE (SEE SHEET 1 OF 4) APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
ROUND ALTERNATE MAY BE USED WHEN ALLOWED BY
TYPE S, T, AND U /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.
THE SPECIFICATIONS OR WHEN INDICATED ON PLANS
604-02
(DESIGN)
TABLE 1 - PHYSICAL AND DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
OF POROUS CONCRETE PIPE
MINIMUM STRENGTH
INTERNAL MINIMUM MINIMUM
MINIMUM WALL THREE-EDGE BEARING
DESIGNATED LAYING SOCKET
THICKNESS, T (LBS. PER FT. OF
DIAMETER, D LENGTH DEPTH, L
S LAYING LENGTH)
4" 1" 24" 1" 1000
6" 1" 24" 1" 1100
8" 1" 24" 1" 1300
10" 1" 24" 1" 1400
12" 1" 24" 1" 1500
15" 1" 24" 1" 1750
18" 2" 24" 2" 2000

POROUS CONCRETE SOLID CONCRETE
" MAX.
" MIN.
(NON-POROUS)
LS LS 21" 2" 24" 2" 2200
24" 2" 24" 2" 2400
" MIN. " MIN.
TABLE 2 - PHYSICAL AND DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF

EXTRA STRENGTH POROUS CONCRETE PIPE
MINIMUM STRENGTH
INTERNAL MINIMUM MINIMUM
MINIMUM WALL
D
THREE-EDGE BEARING
DESIGNATED LAYING SOCKET
THICKNESS, T (LBS. PER FT. OF
DIAMETER, D LENGTH DEPTH, L
S LAYING LENGTH)
6" 1" 24" 1" 2200

" MAX.
8" 1" 24" 1" 2600

" MIN.
" MIN. " MIN.

10" 1" 24" 1" 2800
12" 2" 24" 2" 3000
T
15" 2" 24" 2" 3750
18" 2" 24" 2" 3750
SOLID CONCRETE POROUS CONCRETE

(NON-POROUS)
LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH JOINT
STATE OF NEW YORK


DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
POROUS CONCRETE
USER = jturley
PIPE UNDERDRAIN

605-01
TABLE "A"
GENERAL NOTES:
RADIUS OF c CURVATURE MAX. POST SPACING
w 715’ 16’ 1. ALL POSTS SHALL BE S3 X 5.7 ROLLED STEEL SECTION. THE ANCHOR POST STUB
SHALL BE S3 X 7.5.
w440’ AND l 715’ 12’
2. WHERE THE RAIL IS PARALLEL TO THE EDGE OF THE PAVEMENT, EVERY SIXTH (6TH)
DO NOT INSTALL CABLE GUIDE RAILING ON
TYP)
POST STARTING WITH THE FIRST SHALL BE REFLECTORIZED. DO NOT REFLECTORIZE
CURVES WITH A c RADIUS OF < 440’ POSTS IN THE INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTION, TYPICAL APPROACH AND TERMINAL
-0" TO ANCHOR POST (

SECTION, OR WHEN USED AS A MEDIAN BARRIER.
3. REFLECTORS SHALL BE ALUMINUM ALLOY 1/16 " THICK WITH REFLECTIVE SHEETING.
PAY LIMIT FOR PAY LIMIT FOR PAY LIMIT FOR
THE REFLECTIVE SHEETING SHALL BE WHITE WHEN INSTALLED ON THE RIGHT SIDE
ANCHOR UNIT ANCHOR UNIT ANCHOR UNIT OF TRAFFIC AND FLUORESCENT YELLOW
PAY LIMIT FOR CABLE GUIDE RAIL
WHEN ON THE LEFT.
PAY LIMIT FOR
CABLE GUIDE RAIL 4. STAGGER CABLE SPLICES. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 20’ BETWEEN ANY PAIR.
ANCHOR ANGLE (TYP)
PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 100’ BETWEEN CABLE SPLICES ON THE SAME CABLE.
16’
-0" -0"
8’
-0" -0" 16’
8’ 8’
2’
-0" 16’-0"
POSTS
6"
TYP. ON TANGENT (TYP.) 5. FOR ARRANGEMENT OF SPRING CABLE END ASSEMBLIES (COMPENSATING DEVICE) AND
TURNBUCKLE CABLE END ASSEMBLIES, THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA SHALL APPLY:
LENGTH OF CABLE RUN

ANCHOR POST
-LENGTH OF CABLE RUNS UP TO 1000’ - USE COMPENSATING DEVICE (DETAIL B)
CABLE END ASSEMBLY POST (TYP.) ANCHOR POST (TYP)
REFLECTORIZED (SEE NOTE 2) ON ONE END, AND TURNBUCKLE (DETAIL A) ON THE OTHER END OF EACH INDIVIDUAL
CABLE END ASSEMBY REFLECTORIZED (SEE NOTE 2) CABLE.
CABLE END ASSEMBY -LENGTH OF CABLE RUNS 1000’ TO 2000’ - USE COMPENSATING DEVICE (DETAIL B)
(SEE NOTES 5. 9 AND 10)
2000’ MAXIMUM BETWEEN TERMINAL SECTIONS, TERMINAL SECTIONS AND (SEE NOTES 5, 9 AND 10) ON THE ENDS OF EACH INDIVIDUAL CABLE.
INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTIONS -LENGTH OF CABLE RUNS OVER 2000’ - START A NEW STRETCH BY INTERLACING AT
LAST PARALLEL POST (SEE TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE DETAILS).
PLAN PLAN PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE STATE, THE FOLLOWING VALUES SHALL BE USED
TO TIGHTEN THE TURNBUCKLES, DEPENDING ON THE TEMPERATURE AT THE TIME OF
ADJUSTMENT.
TEMPERATURE (DEGREES FARENHEIT)
120 109 99 89 79 69 59 49 39 29 19 9 -1 -11

2’-5" (NOM.) TO T0 TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO
MOUNTING HEIGHT 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20
SEE ANCHOR
DETAIL (TYP.)
ELEVATION ELEVATION SPRING COMPRESSION FROM UNLOADED POSITION IN EACH SPRING - MEASURED IN INCHES
TYPICAL APPROACH AND TERMINAL SECTIONS TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTION
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
6. THE CONCRETE ANCHOR SHALL BE SET INTO THE EXCAVATION AS DETAILED. THE
c POST BOTTOM OF THE ANCHOR SHALL HAVE A FULL AND EVEN BEARING ON THE SURFACE
y
UNDER IT. BACK FILL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF 203-3.15 "FILL
1"
AND BACK FILL AT STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, PIPES, CONDUITS, AND DIRECT BURIAL
"
CABLES".
"
7. RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT IS TO BE MEASURED FROM PAVEMENT IF OFFSET BETWEEN

PAVEMENT AND CURB IS < 12" AND FROM GROUND BENEATH RAIL IF OFFSET > 12".
3
5"
1"
8. LIFTING DEVICES, IF EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, SHALL BE RATED BY THEIR
" TO " GAP c MANUFACTURER AS HAVING A "SAFE WORKING LOAD" OF FOUR TONS (4 TONS).
" HOLES
6"
" d A.S.H. HEX GALVANIZED " d HOLE FOR 1"

FOR HOOK
BACKING NUT OR APPROVED " d A.S.H. TAMPER RESISTANT " d HOLE FOR 9. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THE CABLE IS CONNECTED TO A CABLE SOCKET WITH A
BOLTS
SHOULDER. APPROVED SHOULDER HEX NUT SELF TAPPING SCREW TAMPER RESISTANT WEDGE TYPE CONNECTION, ONE WIRE OF THE WIRE ROPE SHALL BE CRIMPED OVER THE
MUST EQUAL BEARING AREA OF OR BLIND RIVET SELF TAPPING SCREW BASE OF THE WEDGE TO HOLD IT FIRMLY IN PLACE.
"
"
" STANDARD NUT OR BLIND RIVET
2
REFLECTOR y ( 715-09) OR CAST STEEL
WITH WASHER 10. CABLE ENDS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM MALLEABLE IRON
6"
1" WEB (y
715-02). THE CABLE SPLICE AND WEDGE SHALL BE FRABRICATED FROM MALLEABLE
I-BEAM POST IRON OR ASTM A536 DUCTILE IRON GRADE 65-45-12.
REFLECTOR FACE FLUSH
1" 2"
WITH FLANGE EDGES
HOOK BOLT DETAIL REFLECTOR DETAIL REFLECTOR DETAIL

(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3) CROSS SECTION
c POST c POST c POST

REFLECTOR
(SEE DETAIL)
3"
3"
6"
6"
)
)
NOM.
NOM.
6"
6"
-5" (
-5" (
2’
2’
HOOK BOLTS GROUND LINE GROUND LINE
(SEE DETAIL)
-5"
-0"
STATE OF NEW YORK

5’
7’
" 2"
-0"
" 2"
-0"
2’
" X 8" X 2’-0"

2’
-4"
dgn

STEEL PLATE
20
2’
FILE NAM E = 606-0101_090612.
(AWAY FROM TRAFFIC)

DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
" 2" - 11" " 2" AT 11"
" 2" " X 8" X 2’ p

CABLE GUIDE RAILING
-0"
USER = jturley
CORNERS MAY BE CLIPPED

(SHEET 1 OF 3)
1’
CORNERS MAY BE CLIPPED TO FACILITATE DRIVING

TO FACILITATE DRIVING " 2"
STANDARD POST STANDARD POST
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW S3 X 5.7 POST APPROVED FEBRUARY 14, 2012 ISSUED UNDER EB 12-003
FRONT EXTRA /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.

TYPICAL POST DETAILS NOTE: FOR OPTIONAL UNIVERSAL POST DETAILS LONG POST 606-01
DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER DESIGN
SEE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL STANDARD SHEETS. EFFECTIVE DATE: 09/06/12 (ACTING)
SEE ANCHOR
SEE DETAIL ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET 1 OF 3
POST DETAIL
"CABLE GUIDE RAIL (SHEET 3 OF 3)" ANCHOR RODS MOUNTED
PERPENDICULAR TO
ANCHOR SURFACE
6"
BOLT PATTERN c SHOULDER
6"
FINISHED GRADE ANCHOR SLOPED 1:6 (SEE NOTE 6)
1’-3"
-5"
SEE ANCHOR POST DETAIL
1’
GROUND LINE 1’-4"
1’-8"
1
LIMITS OF EXCAVATION
3" FOR CONCRETE ANCHOR
12
-0"
ALL SIDES CONCRETE ANCHOR
3’
1’-0" EACH FACE 2 VERTICAL AND
1’-0"
3 HORIZONTAL NO. 3 BARS 3" (TYP.)
3’
-9"
4’-9"
ANCHOR RODS
12- " d ASTM A 307 GRADE C ANCHOR RODS,
OR 12 NO. 6 BARS 25" LONG WITH ACI HOOK AND
THE TOP 2" THREADED FOR A " d NUT WITH ANCHOR UNIT INSTALLATION DETAIL
ANCHOR UNIT DETAIL FLAT WASHER (GALV.)
" ANCHOR
(SEE NOTE 6)
POST SUPPORT
p SEE DETAIL
CABLES ON ROAD SIDE
SHEET 3 OF 3
4’-9" S3 X 5.7
UPPER POST
4’-3"
3"
" CABLE
"
"/2
-5
3"
2’
-8
2’
-9"
-3"
ANCHOR c
3’
3’
"
" "
-7
1’
"
ANCHOR POST
SLIP IMPACT PLATE
TOP CABLE S3 X 7.5

1’-3" 1’-8" 1’-4"
ANCHOR POST STUB
(NOTE: STUB SECTION IS FRONT VIEW OF POST TOP
2"
HEAVIER THAN UPPER POST) (ROAD SIDE)
CONCRETE ANCHOR SURFACE
ANCHOR UNIT DETAIL TOP VIEW

LEFT HAND SHOWN; RIGHT HAND OPPOSITE
(REINFORCEMENT NOT SHOWN) SLOPED TO MATCH

CONCRETE ANCHOR
ANCHOR POST BASE
S3 X 5.7 UPPER POST

1’-0"
" BOLT, 2" LONG WITH NUT AND (3) WASHERS
TORQUE TO 25 LBS./FT. (1) WASHER UNDER HEAD,
1" (TYP.) 6" (1) BETWEEN p , (1) UNDER NUT. AN ADDITIONAL
" p (2 REQ.) "
" THICK WASHER MAY BE PLACED BETWEEN
p TO PLUMB ANCHOR POST.
" RADIUS (TYP.) LOWER SLIP IMPACT p
UPPER SLIP IMPACT p
"
KEEPER p
)
"
TYP.
" HEX NUT WITH

"
2" - S3 X 7.5 STUB

" d (TYP.) FLAT WASHERS (GALV.)
(NOTE: STUB SECTION IS
(
1
HEAVIER THAN UPPER POST)

1"
1"
SLOPE
-0"
"
1"
1:
1’
4"
4"
1"
STATE OF NEW YORK

6"
1"
1"
1"
CONCRETE ANCHOR SURFACE

"
dgn
" " " U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

20
FILE NAM E = 606-0102_090612.
5"
" p
DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
(4)- " d HOLES 5" RETROFIT INSTALLATION:

FOR ANCHOR RODS USE (4)- " d FULL THREADED
DIRECTION OF
ANCHOR RODS GROUTED WITH
TRAFFIC 8" MINIMUM EMBEDMENT. CABLE GUIDE RAILING
USER = jturley
NOTE: SEE THE ANCHOR UNIT

ANCHOR POST BASE DETAIL KEEPER PLATE SLIP IMPACT PLATE (SHEET 2 OF 3)
DETAIL FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATION
PLAN VIEW 28 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL, PAINTED ORANGE (KEEPER PLATE NOT SHOWN)
ANCHOR POST BASE DETAIL


606-01
INTERNAL STIFFENER p SEE DETAIL
2-12N-2 THREAD (TYP.) 45n GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET 1 OF 3

4 " RADIUS
1 " 1 4
"
" " " BRASS OR GALVINIZED
STEEL KEEPER ROD
"
"
C-UIVB
"
" 3" " 3"
"
"
45n
1"d
1"d
4
4
" d "d " 2" " 2" " 2"
EXTERNAL
1"
2
C-UIVB " 3" " 3"
20n STIFFENER p
" RADIUS
SEE DETAIL
9" 9" 5" 3"
3" 3"
ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS
"
CABLE SPLICE DETAIL
1’-2"
"
1’-2"
2
(SEE NOTE 4)
3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3"

ANCHOR POST SUPPORT
"
" PLATE
2" 2"
"
" d " d HOLE FOR PLACE " d
BRASS OR BRASS ROD IN
"
" d BRASS ROD
GALVINIZED HOLES AND BEND
"
OVER ENDS
"
STEEL KEEPER " d BRASS ROD
"
1.844"
7" ROD "
43
4
0.
"
0. 29 1"
1
1" 1" 3" 3" 3" 1" 3" 3" 3"
"
5n " R 1"
" R
"
"
843"
"
" p
2
" p
0.
"
"
"
"
"
562"
6"
"
3" 3" 3" 3"
0.
0.
"
3" 3" 3" 3"
12
"
0.203" R (TYP.)
"
1
3" 2"
1
5"
1
1
DETAIL "X" 8- 1"d HOLES FOR ANCHOR RODS 8- 1"d HOLES FOR ANCHOR RODS
TYPICAL WEDGE FOR ALL

BENT PLATE WELDED PLATE EXTERNAL STIFFENER p INTERNAL STIFFENER p
CABLE SPLICES AND CABLE ENDS
18"
ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS
(DO NOT GALVANIZE)
2"
6"
CABLE END
"
INSIDE DIAMETER "A" OUTSIDE DIAMETER "B" THICKNESS "C"
STANDARD 11" WASHER
WASHER
TURNBUCKLE SERIES
45
2" RH THREAD TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
BASIC BASIC BASIC MAX. MIN.
n
(GALVANIZED)
PLUS MINUS PLUS MINUS
7" 7"
REGULAR 0.812 0.030 0.007 1.469 0.030 0.007 0.134 0.160 0.108
B
A
RH THREAD LH THREAD
" A.S.H. "
1" SQ NUT (GALVANIZED) WIDE 0.812 0.030 0.007 2.000 0.030 0.007 0.165 0.192 0.136
" NARROW 0.531 0.015 0.005 1.062 0.030 0.007 0.095 0.121 0.074
"
"
1’-0"
C
CABLE END
"
FLATTEN FOR WRENCH

DETAIL "A" WASHER TABLE AND WASHER DETAIL SIDE VIEW OF ANCHOR POST TOP
STEEL TURNBUCKLE CABLE END ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE 5) " CABLE
CABLE END
11" STANDARD TURNBUCKLE

(GALVANIZED)
7" 1’-8"
SQUARE
RH THREAD " NUT
FLATTEN FOR WRENCH
2" RH THREAD 6" NOM. (GALVANIZED)
"
" SQUARE NUT
RH THREAD RH (GALVANIZED)
1"
" 2"
"
CABLE END RH THREADS
2
RH THREAD
"
"
WASHERS (GALV.) STATE OF NEW YORK
"
"
3- " PLAIN
1
1-WIDE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
"
"
"
1’-0" 2-REGULAR
3
dgn
DS
"
EA
20
FILE NAM E = 606-0103_090612.
FLATTEN SPRING STOP
HR
CABLE END
DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
4" LG. (GALVANIZED)
T
FOR WRENCH " d WIRE SPRING
RH
KEEPER ROD MUST BE INSTALLED
STANDARD FLAT WASHER (GALVANIZED)
2- " HEX NUTS (GALV.) CABLE GUIDE RAILING
" d FLATTENED ROD (GALVANIZED)
USER = jturley
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
ANCHOR ANGLE
DETAIL "B"
SPRING CABLE END ASSEMBLY CABLE END ASSEMBLY TO APPROVED FEBRUARY 14, 2012 ISSUED UNDER EB 12-003
(COMPENSATING DEVICE) ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS
(SEE NOTE 5) /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.

606-01
EFFECTIVE DATE: 09/06/12 (ACTING)
GENERAL NOTES:
c POST c POST c POST 1. DETAILS FOR ANCHOR POST BASE, CABLE WIRE, CABLE ENDS AND SPLICES,
STEEL TURNBUCKLE END ASSEMBLIES, SPRING CABLE END ASSEMBLIES AND
3"
WASHER DETAILS ARE LOCATED ON 606-01 CABLE GUIDE RAILING
"
STANDARD SHEETS.
3
(SEE NOTE 8) 2. ALL POSTS SHALL BE S3 X 5.7 ROLLED STEEL SECTIONS. THE ANCHOR POST
1" STUB SHALL BE S3 X 7.5.
" TO " GAP
HOOK BOLTS
3. STAGGER CABLE SPLICES. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (20’) BETWEEN ANY PAIR.
)
NOM.
SEE DETAIL " d A.S.H. HEX GALVANIZED
PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (100’) BETWEEN CABLE SPLICES ON THE SAME CABLE.
BACKING NUT OR APPROVED
-3"
-4" (
SHOULDER. APPROVED SHOULDER
3’
" d A.S.H. 4. FOR ARRANGEMENT OF SPRING CABLE END ASSEMBLIES (COMPENSATING
MUST EQUAL BEARING AREA OF
HEX NUT DEVICES) AND TURNBUCKLE CABLE END ASSEMBLIES, THE FOLLOWING
2’
" STANDARD NUT
CRITERIA SHALL APPLY:
10"
6" c TO 1"
GROUND CABLE RUN LENGTH OF CABLE RUN
c CABLES I-BEAM POST
LINE "A" - TO 1000’ - USE COMPENSATING DEVICE (DETAIL B) ON ONE END, AND
-5"
1"
CABLE RUN
TURNBUCKLE (DETAIL A) ON THE OTHER END OF EACH INDIVIDUAL CABLE.
5’
"B"
- OVER 1000’ TO 2000’ - USE COMPENSATING DEVICE (DETAIL B) ON
EACH END OF EACH INDIVIDUAL CABLE.
" 2" - OVER 2000’ - START NEW STRETCH BY INTERLACING AT LAST PARALLEL
HOOK BOLT DETAIL POST (SEE TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE DETAILS).
(SEE NOTE 6)
PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE STATE, THE FOLLOWING VALUES SHALL
-0"
BE USED TO TIGHTEN THE TURNBUCKLES, DEPENDING ON THE TEMPERATURE
2’
" X 8" X 2" STEEL PLATE AT THE TIME OF THE ADJUSTMENT.
-2"
(AWAY FROM CLOSEST TRAFFIC LANE)
2’
TEMPERATURE (DEGREES FAHRENHEIT)
120 109 99 89 79 69 59 49 39 29 19 9 -1 -11

" 2" - 11" (TYP.)
TO T0 TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO
110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20
" 2" SPRING COMPRESSION FROM UNLOADED POSITION IN EACH SPRING - MEASURED IN INCHES
CORNERS MAY BE CLIPPED
TO FACILITATE DRIVING 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
SIDE STANDARD FRONT STANDARD

5. THE CONCRETE ANCHOR SHALL BE SET INTO THE EXCAVATION AS DETAILED.
POST POST DETAIL "C"
THE BOTTOM OF THE ANCHOR SHALL HAVE A FULL AND EVEN BEARING ON
COMMON POST THE SURFACE UNDER IT. BACKFILL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS
(SEE NOTE 6)
OF y
203-3.15 "FILL AND BACKFILL AT STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, PIPES,
CONDUITS, AND DIRECT BURIAL CABLES".
6. J HOOKS ON COMMON POST SHALL TURN UP ON ONE SIDE AND DOWN ON

CABLE RUN "A" THE OPPOSITE SIDE TO AVOID CABLES RUBBING.
C 7. LIFTING DEVICES, IF EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, SHALL BE RATED BY THEIR

MANUFACTURER AS HAVING A "SAFE WORKING LOAD" OF FOUR TON (4) TONS.
8. CABLE SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE BOTTOM CABLE FACING

THE MEDIAN DITCH OR LOW SPOT. REMAINING THREE CABLES SHALL BE
C STAGGERED.
CABLE RUN "B"

ANCHOR UNIT 9. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THE CABLE IS CONNECTED TO A CABLE SOCKET
FOR CABLE RUN "A" WITH A WEDGE-TYPE CONNECTION, ONE WIRE OF THE WIRE ROPE SHALL BE
DETAIL "C" CRIMPED OVER THE BASE OF THE WEDGE TO HOLD IT FIRMLY IN PLACE.
COMMON POST PAY LIMIT FOR ANCHOR UNIT (TYP.)
FOR CABLE RUN "A"
PLAN VIEW 10. CABLE ENDS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM MALLEABLE IRON y( 715-09)
PAYMENT LIMIT FOR CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER (TYP.)
OR CAST STEEL ( y
715-02). THE CABLE SPLICE AND WEDGE SHALL BE
PAYMENT LIMIT FOR ANCHOR UNIT FABRICATED FROM MALLEABLE IRON OR ASTM A536 DUCTILE IRON
PAYMENT LIMIT FOR CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER GRADE 65-45-12.
SEE DETAIL "C" -0"

16’
16’-0" 16’-0" 16’-0" COMMON POST
POST (TYP.)
TYP)
CABLE END ASSEMBLY
2’ TO ANCHOR POST (
ANCHOR POST POST (TYP.) 8’-0" (SEE NOTE 4)
ANCHOR UNIT ANCHOR POST

CABLE END ASSEMBLY CABLE END ASSEMBLY
FOR CABLE RUN "B"
CABLE RUN "B"
2000’ MAXIMUM BETWEEN TERMINAL SECTIONS, TERMINAL
SECTIONS AND INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTIONS, OR

INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTIONS.
PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW
STATE OF NEW YORK

dgn

20
FILE NAM E = 606-0201_090612.
DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
2’-4" (NOM.)
MOUNTING HEIGHT
TABLE "A" CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER

ANCHOR
USER = jturley
RADIUS OF c CURVATURE MAX. POST SPACING (SHEET 1 OF 3)

ELEVATION TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE > 715’ 16’-5" ELEVATION TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE
ANCHORAGE SECTION ANCHORAGE SECTION
w 440’ AND l 715’ 12’-3" APPROVED FEBRUARY 14, 2012 ISSUED UNDER EB 12-003
DO NOT INSTALL CABLE GUIDE RAILING ON /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.

CURVES WITH A c RADIUS OF < 440’ DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER DESIGN
606-02
C-UIVB
C-UIVB
18"
18"
1’-6"
20n
45n
3" 3" 3" 3"
"
4
" d
"
1"
"
"
1
" d 1"
4
" d 1"
2"
9"
" " p
" d
" p
"
"
2" 3" 3" 3" 3" BRASS
"
3
2
ROD
2
"
"
"
1
4" 3" 3" 3" 3"
1
4"
1
" 3" 2"
(10)- " d HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
WELDED PLATE DETAIL WELDED PLATE EXTERNAL AND CENTRAL INTERNAL STIFFENER p
EXTERNAL STIFFENER STIFFENER p
(SEE DETAIL)
1’-6"
3" 3" 3" 3"

" RADIUS
" INTERNAL STIFFENER p SEE DETAIL

4
R = " n
45
" CENTRAL INTERNAL STIFFENER p SEE DETAIL
"
1
" d
4
BRASS ROD
2"
9"
" 3" " 3"
" d " 2"
" 2" " 2"
"
2" 3" 3" 3" 3" BRASS EXTERNAL STIFFENER p

2
ROD (SEE DETAIL)

" 3" " 3" " 3"
"
4 " 3" 3" 3" 3" 4"

1
" 5" 3" 3" 5"

(10)- " d HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
BENT PLATE DETAIL BENT PLATE ANCHOR ANGLE DETAILS

EXTERNAL STIFFENER NOTE: ALTERNATE METHODS OF FABRICATING
(SEE DETAIL) ANCHOR ANGLES SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL
STATE OF NEW YORK

dgn

FILE NAM E = 606-0202_090612.
20
DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER

USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 3)

606-02
GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET 1 OF 3
3/4" TYP
2"
3"
1
"
2"
"
" 4’ 9"
"
PLACE " d
"
BRASS ROD IN TOP CABLE
" d HOLE FOR HOLES AND BEND
" d BRASS ROD OVER ENDS (TYP.)
ANCHOR c
12" TYP
6"
" d BRASS ROD
3’ 9"
" ANCHOR POST SUPPORT PLATE
2
"
"
1
BOTTOM CABLE
6"
"
"
-4
"
2’
ANCHOR POST SUPPORT
-7"
PLATE DETAIL
2’
" d HOLE FOR " d BRASS ROD
ANCHOR UNIT DETAIL TOP VIEW
1
"
(REINFORCEMENT NOT SHOWN)
6"
S3 X 5.7 UPPER POST

n
45
CABLE 1
"
" BOLT, 2" LONG WITH NUT AND
(3) WASHERS TORQUE TO 25 LBS./FT.
CABLE 2
(1) WASHER UNDER HEAD, (1) BETWEEN
PLATES, (1) UNDER NUT. AN ADDITIONAL
" THICK WASHER MAY BE PLACED
" BETWEEN PLATE TO PLUMB ANCHOR POST. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET 2
10"
BOLT PATTERN c
LOWER SLIP IMPACT p

CABLE 3
ANCHOR POST BASE DETAILS CABLE 4

SEE CABLE GUIDE RAILING (SEE NOTE 4)
STANDARD SHEETS SEE ANCHOR POST DETAIL
EDGE OF MOWING STRIP
EDGE OF MOWING STRIP

CONCRETE ANCHOR
SURFACE
FOR CONCRETE ANCHOR
-0"
ALL SIDES
3’
12" 12"
ANCHOR RODS
ANCHOR UNIT DETAIL

(SEE NOTES 1 AND 5 ON SHEET 1)
ANCHOR POST DETAIL

SEE ANCHOR
POST DETAIL
ANCHOR RODS MOUNTED
PERPENDICULAR TO
ANCHOR SURFACE
SHOULDER
CABLE 1
6 ANCHOR SLOPED 1:6

CABLE 2
SEE CABLE NOTES 1 (SEE NOTE 5 ON SHEET 1)
ON THIS SHEET CABLE 3
CABLE NOTES: CONCRETE
CABLE 4 ANCHOR BLOCK
1. CABLE 1 IS LOCATED ON THE HIGH SIDE OF THE MEDIAN.
STATE OF NEW YORK
2. CABLE 2 BEGINS ON THE SAME SIDE OF THE ANCHOR POST

AS CABLE 1 AND PROCEEDS TO WEAVE TO THE OPPOSITE
SIDE OF THE NEXT POST.
dgn
CONCRETE ANCHOR U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

FILE NAM E = 606-0203_090612.
20
3. CABLE 3 BEGINS ON THE SAME SIDE OF THE ANCHOR POST FOR ANCHOR DETAIL
DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
AS CABLE 4 AND PROCEEDS TO WEAVE TO THE OPPOSITE SEE CABLE GUIDE

SIDE OF THE NEXT POST. RAILING SHEET
4. CABLE 4 IS LOCATED ON THE LOW SIDE OF THE MEDIAN. CABLE MEDIAN BARRIER
USER = jturley
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
ISOMETRIC VIEW ANCHOR UNIT DETAIL
(HIGH SIDE OF MEDIAN ON LEFT)

606-02
TERMINATE WITH BOX BEAM END PIECE
PAY LIMIT FOR TYPE I END ASSEMBLY TANGENT SECTION OR TRANSITION TO OTHER SYSTEMS
(SEE NOTE 4)
POINT OF REDIRECTION POINT OF
FOR TYPE I END ASSEMBLY REDIRECTION
DRIVEWAY
WALKWAY OR
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY
OTHER OPENING
SHOULDER
NORMAL
TANGENT TS 6" X 6" X "
WIDTH
SECTION GALVANIZED STEEL
SHOULDER BREAK BOX BEAM
SEE NOTE 4)
15’
SHOULDER BREAK
18’-0"
L=72’ (SEE NOTE 7)

(
R=205.25’ SHOP CURVING REQUIRED

I=20n 05.93’ FOR THESE SECTIONS
PLAN VIEW
PLAN VIEW
SEE BOX BEAM END PIECE DETAILS

(SHEET 2 OF 4)
TERMINATE WITH BOX BEAM END PIECE
TANGENT SECTION OR TRANSITION TO OTHER SYSTEMS
POINT OF REDIRECTION POINT OF REDIRECTION

FOR TYPE I END ASSEMBLY FOR TYPE IIA
DRIVEWAY, WALKWAY POST SPACING 6’-0" TYP.
SHOULDER BREAK
OR OTHER OPENING (SEE NOTE 2)
EDGE OF PAVEMENT
18’-0"
ELEVATION (SEE NOTE 7)
ELEVATION
TYPICAL TYPE I END ASSEMBLY TYPICAL TYPE IIA END ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE DETAILS ON SHEET 3 OF 4)
GENERAL NOTES:
ELEVATION 1. POST SPACING SHALL BE 6’-0" EXCEPT WHERE REDUCED POST SPACING IS INDICATED ON THE
TYPICAL LAYOUT CONTRACT PLANS. POSTS ARE CONNECTED TO RAIL AT 6’-0" SPACING. WHEN 36" OR 24"
REDUCED POST SPACING IS REQUIRED, PAYMENT FOR ADDITIONAL POSTS ASSOCIATED WITH
REDUCED POST SPACING WILL BE MADE UNDER EITHER THE PAY ITEM FOR BACKUP POSTS
FOR GUIDE RAIL OR THE PAYMENT FACTORS SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
LENGTH OF PIECE SHALL BE CUT AT
BACK SLOPE WITHOUT EXCEEDING RAIL MOUNTING 2. SEE BRIDGE PLANS FOR GUIDE RAIL DETAILS, POST SPACING AND PAY ITEMS FOR
HEIGHT ALONG FLARED PORTION TRANSITIONS AND CONNECTIONS TO BRIDGE RAIL.
BOX BEAM SHALL BE SHOP CURVED

2 POST ANCHOR 3. THE LINE OF BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL, WHEN COMPLETED, SHALL PRESENT A SMOOTH
OR STRAIGHT AS DIRECTED BY THE
(SEE DETAIL "A") AND PLEASING GRADE LINE IN BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PLANES. BOX BEAM WITH RADIUS OF
ENGINEER. PAYMENT SHALL BE UNDER
720’-0" OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED TO THE REQUIRED CURVATURE. PAYMENT FOR SUCH
THE APPROPRIATE ITEM
CURVED LENGTHS SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
4. THE END MAY BE EXTENDED BY ONE 18’-0" STRAIGHT SECTION, PLACED BETWEEN THE CURVED
SECTION AND THE END PIECE, TO MOVE THE END CLOSER TO THE EDGE OF THE CLEAR ZONE. PAYMENT
SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
PLAN VIEW
5. BACKUP MAY REMAIN IN PLACE.
WHEN A TYPE 0 TERMINATION IS USED, PAYMENT WILL BE MADE

6. THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDE RAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER PLACED BEHIND CURB
AS GUIDE RAIL WITH THE INDICATED PAYMENT FACTORS
(REGARDLESS OF THE CURB HEIGHT OR SPEED) SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PAVEMENT SURFACE
" d HOLE IN BOTH SIDES OF BOX BEAM WHEN THE OFFSET IS 12" OR LESS AND TO THE GROUND SURFACE UNDER THE FACE OF THE RAIL WHEN
AND IN BOTH POSTS. " X 9" BOLT THE OFFSET IS GREATER.
TS 6" X 6" BOX BEAM
WITH NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS
7. FOR DESIGN SPEEDS UNDER 50 MPH THE POINT OF REDIRECTION WILL BE AT THE POINT OF TANGENCY.
3’-0"
PAYMENT
FACTOR = 2
6’-0" GROUND LINE
3"
4"u
STATE OF NEW YORK

-6" MIN.
NUT WITH WASHER TS 6" X 6" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

SOIL PLATES BOX BEAM
2’
REQUIRED IN SOIL
dgn

POST MAY BE FIELD CUT
50
FILE NAM E = 606-0401_011212.
DATE/TIM E = 22-JUN-2011 13:
TERMINAL POSTS IN ROCK:

DRILL APPROPRIATE SIZE HOLE OR HOLES, BACKFILL AND COMPACT
" X 8" X 24" " BOLT 9" LONG
GRANULAR MATERIAL AROUND POSTS OR DRIVE POST IN COMPACTED BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL
STEEL SOIL PLATE WITH WASHER
MATERIAL, SOIL PLATES NOT REQUIRED.
(SHEET 1 OF 4)
USER = rlohse
(NOT REQUIRED IN ROCK)
TYPE 0 END TERMINAL DETAIL "A" - PLAN VIEW

APPROVED JUNE 21, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-013

606-04
PAY LIMIT FOR BOX BEAM END PIECE EACH UNIT

SPLICE PLATE PAY LIMIT FOR
c (SEE DETAIL B) GUIDE RAILING c POST c POST
43"
(8)- " BOLTS 2" LONG PLAN

TS 6" X 6" X " 38" u
ASTM A325 WITH F436 c POST c POST
CONTINOUS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL c POST c POST
WIDE WASHERS (TYP.)
STEEL TUBE
1" d HOLES IN BOX BEAM " NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE
A " d BOLT 7" LONG WITH 3’-0" 1’-0"
"
SPECIFIED HOLE DIAMETERS
(TOP AND BOTTOM)
NUT AND (2)- FLAT WASHERS 43 ARE "
"
"u
2" 6" 4" 4" 6" 2" (" d HOLE) 6" TYPICAL
c BEAM
3
SPLICE B-U1Vb REFLECTOR HOLE
-5" IN LENGTH
HOOK BOLT HOLE (CABLE)
8"
6"
8"
8"
c 2
3"
BE
AM 1
(2)- " d HOLES (2)- W-BEAM MOUNTING HOLES
"
L 5" X 3" X " " d X 3" 5" SEE DETAIL "B"
A IN POST 1" C.C. HOLES THRU OPPOSING FLANGE
" d BOLT WITH NUT
3"
"
SLOT IN STEEL
"
4" GAP " TO " 6" TO PERMIT USE AS MEDIAN

FOR " BOLTS AND FLAT WASHER
2" MIN. AND 4" MAX.

FOR " BOLT BARRIER POST 1" C.C.
3
7 POST 5’
-11"
(2)- " d HOLES " (SEE NOTE 5)
-3"
-3"
-3"
(2)- " d HOLES 2"
11"
"
2" C.C. IN STEEL "L" (2)- " d HOLES FOR MOUNTING
2’
6’-0" (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 2)
5’
2’
2’
2"+/-
GROUND LINE
6"
BOX BEAM 1" C.C.
3
GROUND LINE 2"
HOOK BOLT HOLE (CABLE)
S3 X 5.
"
8"
8"
" X 8" X 24" ALTERNATE REFLECTOR MOUNTING
1
SOIL PLATE OR W-BEAM SUPPORT BOLT HOLE
TYPICAL SPLICE DETAIL
IN ALL SECTIONS
HOLE FOR ALTERNATE REFLECTOR
2 MOUNTING (BOX BEAM)
36" MIN.
" X 8" X 24"
-0"
-0"
STEEL PLATE FRONT VIEW BACK VIEW
2’
" X 8" X 24"
2’
2-10 SOIL PLATE (TYP.) FRONT VIEW BACK VIEW
UNIVERSAL POST DETAILS
PERMISSIBLE TO CUT ALONG
THIS LINE FOR DRIVING UNIVERSAL POST
ANCHOR POST
4"
4"
(TYPICAL ON ALL GUIDE RAIL POSTS)
S3 X 5.7 POST (SEE DETAIL)
S3 X 5.7 POST
ELEVATION ELEVATION
TYPICAL TANGENT SECTION BOX BEAM END PIECE
" d X 7" LONG STD. HEX BOLT WITH

NUT AND WASHERS (1 WASHER EACH SIDE)
(13#16"d HOLE IN BEAM AND STEEL ANGLE)
" PLATE
2’-3" WITH 8-" d
HOLES
2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3"
"
6"
c
5
"
"
"
ONLY THESE HOLES TO BE TAPPED FOR "-10 NC BOLTS
STEEL L 5" X 3" X "
6
DETAIL "B" SPLICE PLATE SHOWING WITH 2" X " SLOT
TAPPED BOLT HOLES
3"
" PLATE
2’-3" WITH (8)-" d TS 6" X 6" X "
3" X " d SLOTS IN POST
HOLES CONTINUOUS HOLLOW (2)- " d X 1" LONG
2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBE HEX BOLT WITH ONE NUT AND
"
S3 X 5.7 POST TWO WASHERS PER BOLT

c 3’-11" LONG
5
-3"
(2)- " d HOLES
-0"
IN POST 1" C.C. " X 8" X 24"
2’
8"
2’
FOR " BOLT SOIL PLATE
TACK WELD " HEX NUTS 2"
(2)- " d HOLES
-0"
DETAIL "B" SPLICE PLATE SHOWING " 2" C.C. IN STEEL "L"
-0"
DETAIL B
4’
4"
HEX NUTS WELDED TO PLATE
7’
2
-0"
-0"
" X 8" X 24"

STATE OF NEW YORK
2’
2’
ANCHOR POST DETAIL

BOX BEAM STEEL PLATE
2-10
NOTE: WELD OR GALVANIZING
-0"
-0"
TACK WELD PERMISSIBLE TO CUT

PROTRUSIONS NOT PERMITTED
1’
1’
ALONG THIS LINE FOR

dgn
ON TOP OR BOTTOM INSIDE U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DRIVING (TYPICAL ON
00
FILE NAM E = 606-0402_011212.
WALLS IN SPLICE AREA

ALL GUIDE RAIL POST)
DATE/TIM E = 22-JUN-2011 14:
S3X5.7 POST
2
SECTION A-A SECTION A-A ELEVATION TYPICAL BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL
SPLICE PLATE SHOWING SPLICE PLATE SHOWING EXTRA LONG POST (SHEET 2 OF 4)
USER = rlohse
" HEX NUTS WELDED TAPPED BOLT HOLES

TO PLATE

606-04
" 6"
"
"
3"
1
" d HOLE
IN BEAM TANGENT SECTION PAY LIMITS FOR TYPE IIA END ASSEMBLY
POST 1
"
6"
" d X 1" LONG
9
STD. HEX BOLT WITH
NUT AND WASHERS
POST 2
(1 WASHER EACH SIDE)
5" "
-7
3’
(4)- " d HOLES POST 3 S
IL
R= 3
TA
L =1
)
DE
NOM.
" d X 8" LONG SHOP CURVING FOR THIS SECTION E
-0
" EC 4)
3’ PI
5’
STD. HEX BOLT WITH OF
-9" (
D
8’
EN
-0"
POINT OF REDIRECTION POST 4 2
-0"
NUT AND WASHERS AM ET
(SEE NOTE 6) BE HE
(1 WASHER EACH SIDE) X S
7’
" BO E
SHOULDER BREAK POST 5
-0 (SE
3’
VARIABLE
POST 6
(SEE NOTE 3)
POST 7 -0"
3’
POST 9 POST 8
-0"
3’
S3 X 5.7 POST S3 X 5.7 POST
7’-0" LONG -0"
3’
-0"
3’
3’-0" 3’-0"
18’-0"
END ASSEMBLY TYPE IIA

-0"
-0"
PLAN VIEW
2’
2’
4"
4"
TANGENT SECTION
(SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5)
FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION

POST 2 AND 4 POST 2 AND 4
NOTE 4)
-3"
5"
SEE
2’
" d HOLE FOR "X 3" SLOT FOR 5"
(
" d X 7" LONG 2" " d X 8" LONG 2"
ASTM A307 HEX BOLT ASTM A307 HEX BOLT
"
-0"
2
"
"
"
3’
-5
4
EXISTING GROUND
4
4’
"
" "
"X 3" SLOT FOR POST 9 POST 8 POST 7 POST 6 POST 5 POST 3 POST 1
(2) " d X 1" LONG " d HOLES FOR
"
ASTM A307 HEX BOLTS " d X 1" LONG ASTM A307 HEX BOLT POST 4 POST 2
"
END ASSEMBLY TYPE IIA
"
"
ELEVATION
"
3
"
3
1
5" "
5" 1" 1"
BRACKET DETAILS BRACKET DETAILS

POST 1 POSTS 2 AND 4
5"
"X 3" SLOT FOR 6"
" d X 7" LONG 2"
ASTM A307 HEX BOLTS
3"
TYPE IIA NOTES:
1. POSTS 2, AND 4 SHALL BE EXTRA LONG POSTS. POSTS 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, AND 9 SHALL BE STANDARD LENGTH.
"
4
2. POSTS 2 AND 4 SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE RAIL USING DETAIL "A".

"
"
6"
STATE OF NEW YORK

9
3. FOR SIDE SLOPES 1:5 OR FLATTER, THE 18’ OF CURVED BOX BEAM MAY BE PROVIDED IN A CURVED PORTION
OF A 24’ OR 36’ PIECE. OTHERWISE, AN 18’ SECTION IS TO BE SPLICED AT THE POINT OF TANGENCY.
"
" d HOLES FOR 4. THE DRAWING INDICATES THE TERMINAL INSTALLED ON LEVEL GROUND. WHEN INSTALLED OVER A SLOPE
" d X 1" LONG ASTM A307 HEX BOLT OR DITCH, THE TERMINAL END SHOULD BE PUSHED DOWN WITH THE EQUIVALENT OF APPROXIMATELY
"
dgn
100 LBS EFFORT TO DEPRESS THE TERMINAL DOWN. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
46
FILE NAM E = 606-0403_011212.
DATE/TIM E = 30-JUN-2011 08:
5. POSTS 3, 5, AND 7 SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL.

5"
"
6. FOR DESIGN SPEEDS UNDER 50 MPH THE POINT OF REDIRECTION WILL BE AT THE POINT OF TANGENCY.
"
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL

3
(SHEET 3 OF 4)
USER = rlohse
5" 1" 1"

BRACKET DETAILS POSTS 2 AND 4 CONNECTION DETAIL
POSTS 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 AND 9 "DETAIL A" /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 2) DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER DESIGN

606-04
POST 9
A
POST 8
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET 1 OF 4
POST 7
POST 6
POST 5
POST 4
POST 3
SHOULDER POST 2
30" MAX.
POST 1
SHOULDER BREAK
NOTE: IF GRADING TO MAINTAIN RAIL HEIGHT, FILL SHALL BE

FEATHERED TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH TRANSITION ALONG CONTOURS.
SLOPE = 1:4
A
SLOPE = 1:3
FLARING OPTION 1 FOR TYPE IIA BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL SECTION "A-A" - OPTION 1 : ON MILD FILL SLOPE
(SEE NOTE 4 SHEET 1 OF 4) 1. DEPRESS TERMINAL END BY 12" AND FASTEN TO POSTS BEFORE TIGHTENING BOLTS ON SPLICE BETWEEN
POSTS 8 AND 9. IF THE SLOPE FROM SHOULDER BREAK BEGINS 2’-0" OR MORE BEHIND GUIDE RAIL RUN AND
IS 1:4 OR FLATTER, NO ADDITIONAL GRADING IS REQUIRED.
2. TERMINAL MAY BE PLACED ON STEEPER SLOPES IF GRADING IS PROVIDED TO LIMIT RAIL HEIGHT TO 30" OR LESS.
POST 9
B
POST 8
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
POST 7
POST 6
POST 5
POST 4
POST 3
SHOULDER POST 2
30" MAX.
MAX. SLOPE 1:6
POST 1
(SEE NOTE 4)
SHOULDER BREAK SHOULDER BREAK
DRIVEWAY

(SEE NOTE 4)
(SEE NOTE 4)
B
FLARING OPTION 2 FOR TYPE IIA BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL SECTION "B-B" - OPTION 2 : DRIVEWAY EMBANKMENT
(SEE NOTE 4 SHEET 1 OF 4) 1. EXTEND CULVERT A MINIMUM OF 4’-0" PAST GUIDE RAIL FOR GRADING.
2. DEPRESS TERMINAL BY 12" BEFORE TIGHTENING BOLTS ON SPLICE BETWEEN POSTS 8 AND 9.
IF THE SLOPE FROM SHOULDER BREAK IS 1:4 OR FLATTER, NO ADDITIONAL GRADING IS REQUIRED.
3. POST 1 SHALL BE POSITIONED AT OR BELOW SHOULDER BREAK OF DRIVEWAY.
4. DO NOT DRIVE POST THROUGH PIPE. TO AVOID POST HITTING DRIVEWAY PIPE:
A. TERMINAL FLARE MAY BE INCREASED TO PLACE POST 1 BEYOND PIPE.
B. POST 2 MAY BE MOVED UP TO 1’-6" ALONG RAIL, MOVING CLOSER TO ROAD TO AVOID DRIVEWAY PIPE.
C. POST 3 MAY BE RELOCATED ALONG RAIL BETWEEN POSTS 2 AND 4 TO AVOID DRIVEWAY PIPE.
POST 9
C
POST 8
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
POST 7
POST 6
POST 5
POST 4
POST 3
SHOULDER POST 2
30" MAX.
NOT TO EXCEED 1:6
POST 1
TOP OF FILL
SHOULDER BREAK APPROACH SLOPE SHOULDER BREAK
STATE OF NEW YORK
1:2 MAX.
1’-0" 8’-0"
CUT PIPE TO APPROXIMATELY
MATCH SLOPE

DATE/TIME = 09-AUG-2010 14:26
C
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL

TYPICAL PIPE LENGTHS FLARING OPTION 3 FOR TYPE IIA BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL SECTION "C-C" - OPTION 3 : LOCALIZED DITCH FILLING
USER = jturley
(SHEET 4 OF 4)
(SEE NOTE 4 SHEET 1 OF 4)
DITCH DEPTH PIPE LENGTH 1. WHEN TERMINAL MUST FLARE ACROSS A DEEP DITCH AND NO LATERAL EMBANKMENT IS
NEAR, A PIPE SHALL BE SET IN THE DITCH AND AN EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTED AT THE TERMINAL.
2’-0" 25’-0" A. THE APPROACH SLOPE SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM STEEPNESS OF 1:6.
B. THE FILL SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO LIMIT GUIDE RAIL HEIGHT TO NO MORE THAN 30". APPROVED JULY 2, 2010 ISSUED UNDER EB 10-022
2’-6" 29’-0"
C. IF A BACK SLOPE IS ACCESSIBLE AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT, THE BOX BEAM END PIECE SHOULD BE ELIMINATED
3’-0" 33’-0" /S/ RICHARD W. LEE, P.E.
AND A TYPE 0 ENDING USED.
4’-0" 40’-0"
606-04
NOTE: WELD OR GALVANIZED PROTRUSIONS NOT PERMITTED 27" 27"
D
c POST c SPLICE c POST c POST c JOINT c POST
1’-6" MIN. 1’-6" MIN. 1’-6" MIN. 1’-6" MIN.
3" 4" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 3" 3" 4" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 3"
27" 36"
u "
u "
7"
7"
13" 13" 13" 3" 15" c c
4" 5" 5" 4" 4" 5" 6" 9"

ALL HOLES " d
" TO "
8
ONLY THESE HOLES TO BE TAPPED " PLATE (TWO REQUIRED ALL HOLES " d TACK WELD " PLATE (TWO REQUIRED
8
B B C C
1"
2" 3" 3" 3" 3"
4"
4"
" - 10 NC THREADED FOR EACH SPLICE) " HEX NUTS FOR EACH SPLICE)
DETAIL "A" ALTERNATE SPLICE PLATE

DETAIL "A" ALTERNATE SPLICE PLATE
7" SLOT 7" SLOT
4"
4"
36"
TOP AND BOTTOM TOP AND BOTTOM
BOX BEAM
COVER PLATE SEE DETAIL "C" 3" 4" 3" 3" 3" 6" 9" 3"
D
u "
7"
AT FIXED END OF SPAN AT EXPANSION END OF SPAN c
TACK WELD
PLAN PLAN
S
TAPPED HOLES
ALL HOLES " d TACK WELD " PLATE (TWO REQUIRED
T
(8)- 1" d HOLES (8)- " BOLTS 2" LONG (8)- " BOLTS 2" LONG (8)- 1" d HOLES IN BOX " - 10 NC THREAD
" HEX NUTS FOR EACH SPLICE)
S
IN BOX BEAM TOP ASTM A325 WITH WASHERS ASTM A325 WITH WASHERS BEAM TOP AND BOTTOM
AND BOTTOM 2" O.D. " I.D. 2" O.D. " I.D. " TUBE ALTERNATE ALTERNATE
DETAIL "B" ALTERNATE SPLICE PLATE FOR
SECTION D-D SECTION D-D
EXPANSION JOINT
36"
6"
SPLICE PLATES
6"
SEE DETAIL "A"
3" 4" 3" 3" 3" 6" 9" 3"
3’-7"
7" LONG SLOTS IN
2"
u "
7"
8" X 6" X " TUBE 8" X 6" X " TUBE c
ALL HOLES " d

NOTE: EXPANSION JOINT TO BE USED
ONLY WHEN INDICATED ON PLANS
1"
GROUND LINE ONLY THESE HOLES TO BE TAPPED " PLATE (TWO REQUIRED
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
- 10 NC THREADED FOR EACH SPLICE)
TYPICAL RAIL SPLICE DETAIL TYPICAL EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL 1"d HOLE IN BOTH
SIDES OF BOX BEAM
8" X 6" X " " d HOLE IN BOTH POSTS DETAIL "B" ALTERNATE SPLICE PLATE FOR
5’-3"
STEEL TUBE c POST 3’-7"
" + TYP.
EXPANSION JOINT
-0 SEE SLOT SECTION A-A POST INVERTED AND DRIVEN

c POST
WHEN 9" WHEN GREATER A A 5’-3" IS TOTAL LENGTH OF POST.

OR LESS THAN 10’-0" POST MAY BE FIELD CUT AS LONG
NOTES:
AS 2’-6" IS EMBEDDED.
1"
SLOT
" d X 11" LONG BOLT
1. MINIMUM LENGTH OF RAIL TUBE TO BE 18’-0.
WITH NUTS AND WASHERS
8"
30"
12" " d HEX BOLTS AND 2. SEE CONTRACT PLANS FOR LAYOUT DETAILS OF BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIERS.
PLAN TYPICAL END TREATMENT - TYPE B
SECTION A-A NUTS 1" LONG
30" HEIGHT IS
23"
POST
2" APPROX.
WIDE MEDIANS 3. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER FOR MATERIAL
S3 X 5.7 ALWAYS MEASURED
30"
REQUIREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS.

6’-0" C.C. AT 12" OFFSET POST S3X5.7 AT 2" 30"d OR SQ.
MEDIAN 6’-0’ C.C.
4. CURVED MEDIAN BARRIER - CURVED MEDIAN BARRIER ERECTED WITH A RADIUS
C URB CURB 3"
SURFACE OF 1525’-0" OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED TO THE REQUIRED CURVATURE.
3"
PAYMENT FOR SUCH CURVED LENGTHS WILL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
" 2" 6"
PAV’T
PAV’T
24" X 8" X " 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION IF USING EITHER THE SPLICE
STEEL PLATE PLATES WITH THE "-10 HEX NUTS WELDED TO THEM, OR THE SPLICE
BOX BEAM
PLATES WITH THE BOLT HOLES DRILLED AND TAPPED AS SHOWN IN
30" MIN.
DETAILS "A" AND DETAIL "B" ALTERNATIVES ABOVE.

24"
2-10
30" MIN.
"
24"
10"
8"
6. CURBS GREATER THAN 3" HIGH ARE NOT TO BE RETAINED OR PLACED OVER
PLATE MAY BE 9" AND LESS THAN 120" IN FRONT OF GUIDERAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER
CUT ALONG THESE SYSTEMS WHEN THE DESIGN, POSTED, OR OPERATING SPEED IS IN EXCESS OF
LINES FOR DRIVING 50 MPH. THE OFFSET SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF CURB TO THE
4"
NOTE: FACE OF RAIL SHOULD BE OFFSET FACE OF RAIL. THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDERAIL OR MEDIAN
PLAN
4"
EITHER 9" FROM FACE OF CURB OR MORE BARRIER PLACED BEHIND CURB (REGUARDLESS OF CURB HEIGHT OR SPEED) SHALL
THAN 10’ FROM THE FACE OF CURB BE MEASURED FROM PAVEMENT SURFACE WHEN THE OFFSET IS 12" OR LESS
" 2"
PAYMENT LIMIT AND TO THE GROUND SURFACE UNDER THE FACE OF THE RAILWHEN THE OFFSET
6’-0" TYP.
IS GREATER THAN 12".
END ASSEMBLY EACH UNIT TO NEXT POST
TYPICAL SECTION ON RAISED MEDIANS TYPICAL SECTION FOR FLUSH MEDIAN 36" 36"
BOX BEAM
8"+
6" X 8" X "
-0 1 8 ’- 0"
STEEL PLATE " THICK
3" 3"
2"
HEX NUTS AND

FLATWASHERS
30"
2" APPROX.
5"
STATE OF NEW YORK
STEEL PLATE
4"
"
-0
-0
VARIES
6"
5"
+
3"
24"
1"
"
1" d " 8" X 6" X "

GALV. STEEL
BOX BEAM U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:03
1" "
6"
24"
3"
6"
5"
6"
24"
30"
TO FIT OVER
16 GA. BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER
6" X 8" DRAIN SLOPE
USER = jturley
1"
BOX BEAM 7" X 5" X " "/ FT.

" d HOLES
6"
GALVANIZED STEEL PLATE

POST S3 X 5.7
PROVIDE " d DRAIN HOLE ANCHOR BOLTS
30 d OR SQ.
" d X 24" LONG APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
RAIL SUPPORT PLATE DETAIL "C" BOX BEAM ELEVATION

COVER PLATE END TREATMENT TYPICAL END TREATMENT - TYPE A
606-05
NARROW MEDIANS EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/08/09 (DESIGN)
NOTES:
LR DESIRABLE LENGTH OF NEED (FT.)
VARIES (SEE PLANS)
GRADING AS SHOWN ON PLANS

(SEE NOTE 10) 1. MAY BE REDUCED TO WIDTH OF DESIGN CLEAR ZONE.
SHIELDED
FACE OF RAIL AND EDGE
OBJECT LR = 72 + 5.67 L (FREEWAY,
OD PARKWAY)
OF NOMINAL SHOULDER
2. BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III SHALL BE FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH y710-24 BOX
L = 72 + 3.7 L (ELSEWHERE) WIDTH MAY LINE UP
R OD BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III. MATERIALS DETAILS ARE REQUIRED.
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL

POST 3 (STEEL) 3. REDIRECTION BEGINS AT THIS POST (NO. 3). BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III "GATES"
OD
FROM NOSE ASSEMBLY TO POST 3, WHICH MEANS VEHICLES HITTING TYPE III END ASSEMBLY
POST 2 (STEEL) POST 1 STEEL
L
UPSTREAM OF POST 3 PENETRATE THE TERMINAL. POST 3 IS THE BEGINNING OF LENGTH OF NEED.
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL
AND TYPE III END ASSEMBLY
8’ DESIRABLE 4. BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT CURVATURE OR
(SEE NOTE 7) BEND. MAX FLARE RATE IS 1 ON 15 (3 n - 50’). FLARE TO BE DEVELOPED AT JOINTS
(VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, IF ANY, NOT SHOWN)

DOWNSTREAM OF THE TYPE III END ASSEMBLY. SEE TABLE 1 FOR DIMENSIONS.
DISTANCE AND GRADING
BACK OF POSTS AS GIVEN 5. EMBANKMENT OR FORESLOPES WITHIN SPECIAL GRADING LIMITS SHOULD BE PREFERABLY 1 ON 4
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY TRAFFIC OR FLATTER, MAXIMUM 1 ON 3.
ON PLANS 3’ TYPICAL
(2’ MIN.)
END ASSEMBLY TYPE III
(INSTALLED STRAIGHT)
6 THIS DISTANCE VARIES. LENGTH TO BE 15, OR MORE, TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN
TRAFFIC
1 ON 10 OR FLATTER
EMBANKMENT WIDTHS AT A TYPICAL POINT WELL UPSTREAM OF THE END ASSEMBLY
AND THE EMBANKMENT WIDTH AT THE NOSE ASSEMBLY.
7. 8’ OR GREATER OFFSET DESIRABLE BETWEEN EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY AND
(SEE NOTE 8)
BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III THE SIDE OF THE TYPE III END ASSEMBLY MEASURED AT NOSE ASSEMBLY.
LIMITS OF SPECIAL GRADING

DESIRABLE LENGTH OF NEED DETAIL 3’ BEHIND POSTS
8. GRADING TO BE 1:10 OR FLATTER FROM EDGE OF SHOULDER TO SLOPE BREAK POINT.
(SHOWN STRAIGHT, BUT MAY BE FLARED)
SIDE SLOPE DATA

SEE NOTE 5 FOR
(SEE "BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III 9. SHOULDER PAVEMENT AND VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, IF ANY, NOT SHOWN.
GRADING DETAILS" FOR GRADING)
10. LENGTH OF NEED DOES NOT NEED TO EXCEED 360’ ON FACILITIES WITH OPERATING SPEED w 55 MPH
OR 260’ WHEN OPERATING SPEED IS w 45 MPH BUT < 55 MPH.
DISTANCE VARIES (SEE NOTE 6)

1
11. WITH PERMISSION OF THE ENGINEER, THIS LENGTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 50’ IF NECESSITATED
SLOPE BREAK POINT
BY R.O.W. OR ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS.
15
12. FLARE ACHIEVED AT THE JOINTS- APPROXIMATELY 1 n PER JOINT. SEE TABLE 1 BELOW FOR
OFFSETS TO THE JOINTS FROM THE THEORETICAL LINE OF GUIDE RAIL FOR COMMON RAIL
74’ (SEE NOTE 11)
LENGTHS.
SHIELDED

OBJECT
TABLE 1
(SEE NOTE 1)
SHOULDER
OBSTACLE FREE
AREA
20’
OFFSETS FROM THE THEORETICAL LINE OF
BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III - 50’ RAIL TO VARIOUS JOINTS
GRADING AS SHOWN
AND END PLATE FOR COMMON LENGTHS
RAIL JOINTS END PLATE

LENGTHS DISTANCE E
ON PLANS
A B C D
TRAFFIC EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY
---- ---- ---- 0 4"
---- ---- 0 3" 1’-5"
18’-0"
---- 0 3" 11" 2’-10"
BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III
0 3" 11" 1’-9" 4’-7"
GRADING DETAILS
---- ---- ---- 0 4"
(DETAIL APPLIES TO BOTH FLARED
AND TANGENT INSTALLATIONS) ---- ---- 0 4" 1’-6"
24’-0"
---- 0 4" 1’-2" 3’-2"
BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III 0 4" 1’-2" 2’-4" 5’-2"
OBSTACLE FREE AREA DETAIL

---- ---- ---- 0 4"
(SHOWN STRAIGHT, BUT MAY BE FLARED) ---- ---- 0 6" 1’-7"
30’-0"
(SEE "BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III
---- 0 6" 1’-6" 3’-5"
0 6" 1’-6" 3’ 5’-9"
50’
OX BEAM ---- ---- ---- 0 4"
III -
ITS B
LIM YPE
PAY LY T ---- ---- 0 7" 1’-9"
S S EMB 36’-0"
A )
END IGHT ---- 7" 1’-9" 3’-9"
STRA 0
LED
TAL
(INS 0 7" 1’-9" 3’-7" 6’-4"
VARIES 9" 3’ (TYP.)
POST 3 (SEE NOTE 3) ---- INDICATES NO FLARE INTRODUCED AT THIS JOINT
AND NO OFFSET.
8’ DESIRABLE
(SEE NOTE 7)
1 MAX. BOX BEAM END
0 INDICATES ANGLE AT JOINT BUT NO OFFSET
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL PAY LIMITS 15 ASSEMBLY TYPE III
E
FROM THE THEORETICAL LINE OF GUIDE RAIL.
(SEE NOTE 4)
X" INDICATES THERE IS BOTH AN ANGLE AT THE JOINT
2’-4"
THEORETICAL LINE EDGE OF
D AND THE JOINT IS OFFSET FROM THE THEORETICAL
C OF GUIDE RAIL TRAVELED WAY
LINE OF GUIDE RAIL 33’
A 0.06 MAX.
B 0.10
0.10
MAX.
MAX.
1:4
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY TRAFFIC OR
FL
AT
(SEE NOTE 9) 1:3 TE
R
MA
X. STATE OF NEW YORK
(SE
SHOULDER EN
SLOPE BREAK O TE
5) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
POINT
VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP - SEE PLANS
FOR LOCATION, WIDTH AND DEPTH
DATE/TIME = 09-OCT-2009 10:46
FILE NAME = 606-06_010710.dgn
BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III

SECTION THROUGH SPECIAL
GRADING, PAYMENT,
METHOD FOR INTRODUCING FLARE
USER = jturley
GRADING AREA
(SHOWN HERE WITH ANGLES AT JOINTS B, C, AND D.
AND LAYOUT DETAILS
VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, IF ANY, AND SHOULDER NOT SHOWN)
(SEE "BOX BEAM END ASSEMBLY TYPE III

606-06
13’-6" (TOLERANCE = 2X)
12’-6"
SPLICE BOLT SLOTS
3" 6’-3" 6’-3"
" X 1"
1" " " d HOLES FOR " BOLTS 4" LONG
1 +20
WITH NUTS AND WASHERS (TORQUED TO 100
-0
FOOT LBS. AFTER POST IS DRIVEN)
"
"
2
2
2"(X) 2"(X)
+1"
(X) TOLERANCE POST BOLT SLOTS
-" 4"
4" " X 2"
"
8"
"
4" 4"
3
R
TYPICAL RAIL SECTION
13’-6"
"
10"
3
9" 4"
3" ANGLE BRACKET
"
" 4" X 3" X " - 8" LONG
SYMMETRICAL R
ABOUT c " X 1" END POST SUPPORT DETAIL
"
"
"
(WITH END POST SHOWN)
c
-
1’
12
3"
1"d
R
" 6"
"
" X 2"
TYPICAL TERMINAL RAIL
"
"
3
4" MIN.
3’-0" 3’-0"
END SECTION TO BE CENTERED c c
ON ANCHOR. (SEE END SECTION 2’-6"
" NOTE:
" DETAIL THIS SHEET)
" A MINIMUM OF 4" AT THE TOP
R OF THE ROD SHALL BE THREADED.
(10)-1"d HOLES IN RAIL AT 3"
RODS THREADED FOR ENTIRE
"
"
O.C. FOR (8) " d ANCHOR RODS " d HOLE FOR " d HOLE FOR
"
LENGTH ARE ALSO ACCEPTABLE.
-6"
SHOULDER (TWO SPARE HOLES IN RAIL FOR
6
" d X 1" " d X 1"
-1"
-1"
POSITIONING)
2
1’
BREAK HEX. HEAD BOLT HEX. HEAD BOLT
1’
1’
SHEET 0"
3"
THICKNESS
-0"
-6"
-0"
4" d
3’
2’
3’
RAIL ELEMENT DETAIL
" d HOLE FOR " d HOLE FOR
" X 1" " X 1"
#3 BARS SUPPORT BOLT SUPPORT BOLT " d ANCHOR HOOK
RAIL ROTATED (SNOW SUPPORT) (SNOW SUPPORT)
-0"
PLAN PLAN
7’
-5"
5’
1’-0" GROUND LINE
3" 6" 6" 2
8-ANCHOR RODS WITH GALV. NUTS.

" d HOLE RODS NOT TO PROTRUDE OVER TOP 1’-3" " d
OF RAIL. (SEE ANCHOR ROD DETAIL)
2 1"
10 GA. OR APPROX. EQUAL
1"
GALVANIZED TOP PLATE
"
TYP.
c 2-10
-
THIS WASHER PLACED IN

1’
-0"
"
VALLEY OF BEAM WHEN
2’
1
"
MOUNTING BEAM ONTO POST
#3 BARS
1
12 TYP.
-8"
-8"
-3"
2-10
3’
3’
-0"
3’
-6"
-6"
" X 8" X 24"
2’
12 GA. U.S. STANDARD 2
"
1’
1’
STEEL PLATE
GALVANIZED STEEL
2"
S3 X 5.7
GUIDE RAIL POST BACKUP PLATE SQUARE WASHER
3’-0" PLATES MAY BE CUT ALONG
#3 BARS 3" MIN. COVER (TYP.) 3’-0" 3" MIN. COVER (TYP.)
2 THESE LINES FOR DRIVING
ELEVATION ELEVATION STANDARD POST

INCLINED TOP FACE CONCRETE ANCHOR SQUARE TOP FACE CONCRETE ANCHOR NOTE: FOR OPTIONAL UNIVERSAL
12"
POST SEE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAILING
STANDARD SHEETS.
S3 X 5.7
STATE OF NEW YORK

1" " " 1" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
" MIN.
" X " OVAL EXTRA LONG POST
SHOULDER
THESE HOLES MAY BE OMITTED 2"
dgn

"
"
3
"
1"
18
FILE NAM E = 606-0701_011212.
DATE/TIM E = 22-JUN-2011 14:
"
1"
W-BEAM (MOD.)
10"
-
1’
" " " 1"

GUIDE RAILING COMPONENTS
USER = rlohse
" RECESS
1"d X " DEEP
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
2’-3"
END SECTION DETAIL APPROVED JUNE 21, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-013
BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE

606-07
END SECTION
TABLE "A" (SEE NOTE 3)
WORKING POINT
(PARTIALLY BELOW GROUND)
RADIUS OF c CURVATURE POST SPACING
CONCRETE ANCHOR
MORE THAN 220’ 12’-6"
(10)- 1"d HOLES AT 220’ TO 111’ 6’-3"
3" O.C. FOR 110’ TO 76’ 4’-2" PAY LIMITS
(8)- " ANCHOR RODS 75’ TO 50’ 3’-1" GUIDE RAIL/FT PAY LIMITS-ANCHORAGE UNIT
-0"
LESS THAN 50’ USE NOT RECOMMENDED
REDIRECTION
1’
POINT OF
END SECTION
SHOULDER BREAK
-0"
SHOULDER BREAK
4’
-9"
2’
TANGENT LINE OFFSET = 12" OFFSET = 9" OFFSET = 6"
OFFSET = 3"
TANGENT LINE
25’-0" 6’-3" 12’-6" 6’-3"
6’-3" 13’-0"u
PAY LIMITS - GUIDE RAIL/FT.
PLAN PLAN
REDIRECTION
POINT OF
DROP 6" DROP 4" RAIL SECTION DROP 1" BACKUP PLATE
PAY LIMIT ANCHORAGE UNITS NOT REQUIRED
SPLICE 6" (NOTE 4)
BOLTS
SHOP CURVED RAIL SECTION
-8"
-8"
2’
2’
GROUND LINE UNDER RAIL
GROUND LINE AT ANCHOR END POST BACKUP PLATE

SUPPORT NOT REQUIRED END POST SUPPORT
SQUARE TOP FACE
(NOTE 4) SEE DETAIL ON (SHEET 1 OF 2)
EXCAVATE AND BACKFILL CONCRETE ANCHOR
DRIVE POST
DRIVE POST DRIVE POST
TO ACHIEVE
TO ACHIEVE TO ACHIEVE
1" DROP
INCLINED TOP FACE 6" DROP 4" DROP
CONCRETE ANCHOR
ELEVATION TYPICAL END TREATMENT FOR DRIVEWAYS,
APPROACH AND TERMINAL SECTIONS WALKWAYS, AND OTHER OPENINGS IN
S3 X 5.7
(LOW SPEED ANCHORAGE SHOWN) (SEE NOTES 6 AND 7)
POST FLANGE CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL
-0"
-0"
3’
-6
R 20’
2 SQUARE "
20’
ROUND WASHER
"
3" WASHERS
10’
R
-0"
(10)- 1"d HOLES AT
"
REFER TO CONNECTION
DETAIL THIS SHEET 3" CENTERS
6
9"
-1"
c OF HOLE
1’
3"
IN POST
" d, ASTM
" X 1"
"
F568 CLASS
6
4.6 BOLT, 1"d
2" LONG c
NOTES:
DOUBLE NUTS
6" " X 2"
1. BEAMS TO BE ERECTED ON A RADIUS OF 150’ OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED TO THE REQUIRED W-BEAM ASTM F568
(OPPOSITE HAND MAY BE ALSO NECESSARY)
CURVATURE, AND PAYMENT FOR SUCH CURVED LENGTH WILL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM. CLASS 4.6 10"
SEE SHOP CURVED RAIL.
2. THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDE RAIL PLACED BEHIND CURB REGARDLESS OF CURB HEIGHT S3 X 5.7 " d SUPPORT BOLT 12 GAGE W-BEAM
BACKUP PLATE NOTE: OTHER RADII CONFIGURATIONS WHICH CAN BE DEMONSTRATED
OR SPEED) SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PAVEMENT SURFACE WHEN THE OFFSET IS 12" OR LESS AN 2" LONG. 2 NUTS NO
TO PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION SHOWN IN TYPICAL DRIVEWAY
TO THE GROUND SURFACE UNDER THE FACE OF THE RAIL WHEN THE OFFSET IS GREATER THAN 12". WASHER (NOTE: NO
AND OPENING SECTION MAY BE APPROVED.
SUPPORT BOLTS IN
3. ADDITIONAL POSTS REQUIRED TO REDUCE DEFLECTION DISTANCE OR BECAUSE OF HORIZONTAL " d HOLE FOR THE LAST THREE POSTS
CURVATURE SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE RAIL ELEMENT. PAYMENT FOR ADDITIONAL POSTS " d SUPPORT BOLT OF EACH INSTALLATION) CONNECTION DETAIL SHOP CURVED RAIL
WILL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PAYMENT FACTORS FOR REDUCED POST SPACING FOR (ASSEMBLY AID)
CORRUGATED BEAM IN TABLE 606-2 IN SECTION 606-5.01 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
13’-6"
BEAM MOUNTING
4. BACKUP PLATES ARE NOT REQUIRED AT END POST CONNECTIONS.
NOTE: ALL RAIL SPLICES SHALL BE LAPPED 12’-6"
5. ANCHORAGE UNITS SHALL BE PAID UNDER APPROPRIATE ITEM "ANCHORAGE UNITS FOR CORRUGATED BEAM IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC.
GUIDE RAIL" UNDER SECTION 606-GUIDE RAIL. (SEE EXPLODED VIEW)
STATE OF NEW YORK
c c
6. THE ANCHORAGE UNITS DEPICTED HEREIN ARE PERMITTED AT APPROACH ENDS WELL INSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE
RAIL
ONLY WHEN OFF-PEAK 85TH PERCENTILE SPEEDS ARE 30 MPH OR LESS IN RURAL AREAS AND 40 MPH OR LESS c
RAIL
IN URBAN AREAS. OUTSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE, THEY ARE PERMITTED IN ALL APPLICATIONS.
-8"
dgn

2’
35
7. FOR APPROACH AND TERMINAL SECTIONS IN TL3 APPLICATIONS, EITHER GROUND IN BACKSLOPE "FULL HEIGHT"
FILE NAM E = 606-0702_011212.
DATE/TIM E = 23-JUN-2011 10:
WITHOUT USING A TURNED DOWN END OR TRANSITION TO A PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINAL AS FOLLOWS:
TRAFFIC
A. TRANSITION TO HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED BEAM - SEE DETAILS ON STANDARD SHEET W-BEAM (MOD.)
TITLED "TRANSITION W - BEAM MOD. - HPBO RAIL AND MEDIAN BARRIER".
GUIDE RAILING COMPONENTS
USER = rlohse
B. RUN HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED BEAM FOR 8 SPACINGS AT 6’-3". EXPLODED VIEW SHOWING (SHEET 2 OF 2)
RAIL SPLICE LAP
C. TERMINATE USING A PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINAL - SEE GRADING DETAILS ON STANDARD SHEET
12’-6"
TITLED "GRADING DETAILS FOR NCHRP 350 HPBO TERMINALS". APPROVED JUNE 21, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-013
/S/ S/
RICHARD W. LEE P.E.
TYPICAL RUN DETAIL
606-07
NOTE: END SECTION PARTIALLY BELOW GROUND
A MINIMUM OF 4" (SEE END SECTION DETAIL)
4" MIN.
TYPICAL TERMINAL RAIL SHORTENED 9" WITH NOTE:
AT THE TOP OF THE
CONCRETE ANCHOR (10)- 1"d HOLES IN VALLEY @ (10) - 1"d HOLES @ 3" CENTER TO CENTER. (8) - " HEX THE OFFSET SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF CURB TO THE FACE OF RAIL.
ROD SHALL BE
(SEE DETAIL) 3" CENTERS FOR (8) " HEX HEAD BOLTS WITH GALVANIZED NUTS AND FLAT THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDE RAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER PLACED BEHIND
THREADED. RODS 13’-6"
HEAD BOLTS WITH GALVANIZED WASHERS, USE WASHERS ON BOTH SIDES. CURB (REGARDLESS OF CURB HEIGHT OR SPEED) SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE
THREADED FOR ENTIRE (10)- 1"d HOLES @ 3" CENTERS STANDARD RAIL LENGTH
NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS. USE 6" PAVEMENT SURFACE WHEN THE OFFSET IS 12" OR LESS AND TO THE GROUND SURFACE
-9"
LENGTH ARE ALSO FOR (8)- " ANCHOR RODS (SEE RAIL ELEMENT AND
FLAT WASHERS BOTH SIDES. TWO UNDER THE FACE OF RAIL WHEN THE OFFSET IS GREATER THAN 12".
2’
ACCEPTABLE. TYPICAL RAIL SECTION DETAILS)
SPARE HOLES FOR POSITIONING.
-6"
TYPICAL TERMINAL RAIL WITH
1’
CORRUGATED BEAM TYPE RAIL (10) - 1"d HOLES @ 3" CENTERS
12’-6" (TYP.)
REDIRECTION
(ROTATED 90n)
13’-6" 13’u
POINT OF
13’-6"
3"
" d HOLES FOR " BOLTS 4" LONG

PLAN +20
4" d WITH NUTS AND WASHERS (TORQUED TO 100
-0
FOOT LBS. AFTER POST IS DRIVEN)
PAY LIMIT-ANCHORAGE UNITS PAY LIMITS-MEDIAN BARRIER \ LINEAR FT. PAY LIMITS-SPECIAL ANCHORAGE UNITS
12’-6"
"
BEAM SPLICE BOLTS
3" DROP
6" DROP
(SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET) 12’-6"
2
RAIL SECTION
" d ANCHOR ROD DETAIL -6 "
13’ RAIL SECTION
-6 "
13’ (SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET)
(SEE SHOP CURVED
"
8"
RAIL DETAIL THIS SHEET)
33"
3
1"
MEDIAN SURFACE TYPICAL POST (SEE DETAIL)
EXCAVATE AND BACKFILL

ANGLES CLAMPED ON ANGLES CLAMPED ON
DRIVE POSTS TO ACHIEVE
(SEE END POST SUPPORT (SEE END POST SUPPORT
3" 3" AND 6" DROP
DETAIL THIS SHEET) DETAIL THIS SHEET) 4" ANGLE BRACKET
(SEE SQUARE TOP FACE
" X 8" X 24" STEEL p 4" X 3" X " - 8" LONG
1" CONCRETE ANCHOR DETAIL)
" c POST c POST c POST c POST CONCRETE ANCHOR END POST SUPPORT DETAIL
1
(SEE DETAIL) (WITH END POST SHOWN)
ELEVATION
TYPICAL END ANCHORAGE TYPICAL TERMINAL SECTION CORRUGATED BEAM SPECIAL END ANCHORAGE
c SQUARE WASHER
3’-0"
TABLE NOTES: " (SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET)
TABLE "A"
2’-6"
"
RADIUS OF c CURVATURE POST SPACING 1. BEAMS TO BE ERECTED ON A RADIUS OF 150’ OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED TO THE REQUIRED CURVATURE,
END SECTION
2
AND PAYMENT FOR SUCH CURVED LENGTHS WILL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
"
(SEE DETAIL
MORE THAN 220’ 12’-6" " d HOLES BOTH
THIS SHEET)
6
220’ TO 111’
-1"
6’-3" 2. ADDITIONAL POSTS REQUIRED TO REDUCE DEFLECTION DISTANCE OR BECAUSE OF HORIZONTAL CURVATURE SHALL SIDES OF POST
110’ TO 76’ 4’-2" NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE RAIL ELEMENT. PAYMENT FOR THE ADDITIONAL POSTS WILL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE
1’
" (10)- 1"d HOLES IN RAIL
= AT 3" O.C. FOR (8)- " d 75’ TO 50’ 3’-1" WITH THE "PAYMENT FACTOR FOR REDUCED POST SPACING" IN TABLE 606-02 IN SECTION 606-5.01 OF THE
R LESS THAN 50’
ANCHOR RODS (TWO USE NOT RECOMMENDED STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
SPARE HOLES IN RAIL
FOR POSITIONING)
" d X 1" LONG
-11"
HEX BOLT WITH SQUARE WASHER
33" NOM.
NOTE: OTHER RADII CONFIGURATIONS WHICH CAN BE "
R=20’
-6
"
DEMONSTRATED TO PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION 3’
2’
3
SHOWN IN TYPICAL DRIVEWAY AND OPENING

" d HOLE FOR " X 1"
"
SECTION MAY BE APPROVED.
-6"
-0"
R=20’
SUPPORT BOLT
-0"
2’
3’
10’
"
"
" POST BOLT SLOT

MEDIAN
6
SYMMETRICAL = " X 2"
R SURFACE
-3"
ABOUT c SQUARE WASHER SPLICE BOLT SLOTS
5’
(SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET) " X 1" " 2"
"
3" # 3 BARS
TWISTED RAIL
R
-1"
"
1’
SHEET " PLAN " d X 1" LONG POST BOLT SLOT 3" " X 8" X 24" p
HEX HEAD BOLT " X 2"
THICKNESS 8-ANCHOR RODS WITH (10) - 1"d HOLES @ 3" CENTERS
6"
(TYP.)
1’-3" GALVANIZED NUTS. RODS NOT " 2"
" 9"
-0"
TO PROTRUDE OVER TOP
"
"
SHOP CURVED RAIL DETAIL

1"
OF RAIL. (SEE ANCHOR " HEX NUT
2’
12
3
ROD DETAIL) FOR POST BOLT

" d (SEE NOTE BELOW FOR EXCEPTION)
1"
10 GA. OR APPROXIMATE EQUAL
)
TYP.
MEDIAN SURFACE " d HOLES RAIL

" 2"
FOR " d SUPPORT
3" MIN. COVER (
# 3 BARS THIS WASHER PLACED IN RAIL

" BOLT 1" LONG VALLEY OF BEAM WHEN
"
=
-8"
R (2) NUTS - NO WASHER MOUNTING BEAM ONTO

S3 X 5.7
3’
INTERMEDIATE POST PLATES MAY BE CUT ALONG
"
THESE LINES FOR DRIVING
-6"
1
"
1’
2
TYPICAL POST DETAIL

TRAFFIC
PARTIAL SECTION
OF TYPICAL POST "
3’-0"
NOTE: RAIL SPLICES SHALL BE LAPPED

ELEVATION SQUARE WASHER DETAIL STATE OF NEW YORK
RAIL ELEMENT DETAIL IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
SQUARE TOP FACE POST BOLT SLOT
EXPLODED VIEW SHOWING
CONCRETE ANCHOR DETAIL " X 2" TRAFFIC
6’-3" 6’-3"
RAIL SPLICE LAP
" 1"
" MIN.
1" "
" X " OVAL
21
dgn
SPLICE BOLT SLOTS THESE HOLES MAY BE OMITTED

DATE/TIM E = 27-JAN-2012 13:
SHOULDER
"
" X 1"
FILE NAM E = 606-08_011212.
2"
"
3
12
"
"
"
1"
POST BOLT SLOT

1
" X 2" WEAK POST W-BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER
"
USER = rlohse
10"
-
2"(X) 2"(X)
1’
1"
4" 4"
" " " 4" 4"
1"
"
RECESS + 1"
(X) TOLERANCE 2’-3"
1"d X " DEEP - " /S/ RICHARD W. LEE P.E.

606-08
BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE TYPICAL RAIL SECTION END SECTION DETAIL
NOTES:
1"
1. ALL RUNS OF GUIDE RAIL ARE TO BE ANCHORED AT BOTH ENDS.
SOIL PLATES TO BE USED ON ALL POSTS WITH 3’-1" OR LESS SPACING
(2) SPACES AT 3’-1" 2. STEEL SOIL PLATES SHALL BE USED IN AREAS OF 3’-1" POST SPACING.
WITH 2 WAY TRAFFIC USE FIXED OBJECT 4 SPACES AT 3’-1" BEFORE FIXED OBJECT
(4) SPACES AT 3’-1" 3. IF THERE IS INSUFFICIENT DEPTH BETWEEN THE SURFACE OF THE GROUND AT THE
POST SPACING 6’-3" TYPICAL GUIDE RAIL AND A CONCRETE FOOTING, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS SHALL
BE EMPLOYED DEPENDING ON AVAILABLE DEPTHS:
TYPICAL POST
SPACING 6’-3" A.
2’-3" TO 4’-8" - SHORTEN THE POST TO REQUIRED DEPTH BY CUTTING THE
MIN. CLEAR
-5"
BOTTOM OFF THE POST.
(SEE
2’
24"
NOTE 5) B.
1’-6" TO 2’-3" - SHORTEN THE POST TO THE REQUIRED DEPTH BY CUTTING THE
BOTTOM OFF THE POST AND PLACE THE POST IN A 1’d CONCRETE
12" ENCASEMENT EXTENDING FROM THE TOP OF THE FOOTING TO THE GROUND SURFACE.
SHOULDER BREAK LESS THAN 1’-6" - EXCAVATE TO THE FOOTING, SHORTEN THE POST TO THE REQUIRED
C.
LENGTH BY CUTTING OFF THE LOWER END AND WELD THE 15" X 9" BASE PLATE
POST SPACING
SHOWN IN THE DETAIL TITLED "BASE PLATE DETAIL" ON THE CURRENT EDITION OF
3’-1" C. TO C. THE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN
BARRIER" TO THE FOOTING USING A METHOD APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
TRAFFIC 4. DIMENSIONS OF THE TIMBER BLOCK OUTS ARE NOMINAL. DIMENSIONS OF PLASTIC AND
VEGETATION CONTROL
SYNTHETIC BLOCKOUTS ARE AS SHOWN.
STRIP IF SHOWN ON
PLANS, SEPARATE PAYMENT
5. THE OFFSET OF THE GUIDE RAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FACE OF
GUIDE RAIL PAST FIXED OBJECTS RAIL HEIGHT DETERMINATION CURB TO FACE OF RAIL. THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDE RAIL OR MEDIAN
(BETWEEN 24 INCHES AND 48 INCHES) BARRIER PLACED BEHIND THE CURB (REGARDLESS OF CURB HEIGHT OR SPEED) SHALL BE
NEXT TO CURB
MEASURED FROM THE PAVEMENT WHEN THE OFFSET IS 1’-0" OR LESS AND TO THE GROUND
SURFACE UNDER THE FACE OF THE RAIL WHEN THE OFFSET IS GREATER THAN 1’-0".
6. BEAMS TO BE ERECTED ON A RADIUS OF 150’-0" OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED TO THE

4" REQUIRED CURVATURE. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
1"
GREATER THAN 1’-0"
" X " OVAL W6 X 8.5 OR
" " 1"
SHOULDER W6 X 9 POST
(SEE NOTE 5)
-6"
2’
8"
"
"
"
1
2
"
-5"
1
1"
2’
-0"
"
" " "
6’
2-10
-0"
1
"
"
2’
RECESS
1"d X " DEEP
2
" X 8" X 24" p
SPLICE BOLT HEX NUT (SEE NOTE 2)
R"
"
2 2"
" u
-4
1’
"
12
3
1"
R"
STANDARD POST RAIL HEIGHT DETERMINATION
"
"
(SHOWN WITH SOIL PLATE) WHEN SET BACK FROM CURB SYMMETRICAL ABOUT c
"
" d -10" LONG
THREADED OVER 4" MIN.
R"
4"
3" 7" 6" DEFLECTION CLEARANCE
"
1"
(SEE NOTE 2)
3
R"
-6"
2’
"
"
-7
3’
2
-5"
2’
1" SHEET
STRUCTURE
THICKNESS
3"
" d HOLE FOR 10" 12"
-0"
" d BOLT
3"
7’
OFFSET BLOCK, PLASTIC, RAIL ELEMENT

SYNTHETIC OR TIMBER
"
6" X 8" X 14"

-0"
7
(SEE NOTE 4) PAVEMENT

2’
STATE OF NEW YORK

"
NOTE: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
EDGE OF SHOULDER
FLAT WASHER POST, EXCEPT FOR LENGTH,
PLATES AND WELDS SHALL BE
NUT
" "
"
THE SAME AS STANDARD POST

dgn

VEGETATION CONTROL
-4
00
FILE NAM E = 606-0901_011212.
STRIP IF SHOWN ON PLANS

1’
4"
DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
W6 X 8.5 OR (SEPARATE PAYMENT)

W6 X 9 POST WHEN STRUCTURE IS CLOSER THAN 6’ TO POST, HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED
6"
FOR A DISTANCE OF 10’ OR MORE, EXTEND
VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP TO STRUCTURE BEAM GUIDE RAILING WITH PLASTIC,
USER = pgladd
SYNTHETIC, OR TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS

GUIDE RAIL POST TOP VIEW OF OFFSET BLOCK EXTRA LONG POST TYPICAL SECTION FOR CORRUGATED
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
ASSEMBLY DETAIL SHOWN WITH SOIL PLATE BLOCKED-OUT GUIDE RAIL
SHOWN PAST FIXED OBJECT APPROVED OCTOBER 11, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-034
(WITHOUT CURB)

606-09
NOTES:
TANGENT MIDDLE TOTAL
THE MIDDLE DIMENSIONS AND THE TOTAL OFFSET ARE MEASURED FROM THE EDGE OF SHOULDER. REMARKS
1. SECTION DIMENSION OFFSET
USE ONLY WHEN THE GUIDE RAIL CAN BE CARRIED FULL HEIGHT INTO THE BACK SLOPE.
0’-0" 3’-3" 11’-6" NOTE 1
2. MINIMUM LENGTH OF TANGENT SECTION TO BE USED WHEN FIXED OBJECT IS AT 37’-6" 9’-9" 18’-0" NOTE 2 T
MI
LI
POINT OF NEED, WHEN FIELD CONDITIONS WILL NOT PERMIT A TOTAL OFFSET OF 50’-0" 11’-11" 20’-2" NOTE 3 AY
T-P
18’-0", INCREASE THE APPROACH RADIUS TO FIT THE CONDITIONS. 62’-6" 14’-1" 22’-4" NOTE 3 E UNI
AG
HOR -3"
75’-0" 16’-3" 24’-6" NOTE 3 ANC 6’
3. TO BE USED WHEN FIELD CONDITIONS WARRANT THIS TOTAL OFFSET. 87’-6" 18’-5" 26’-8" NOTE 3
100’-0" 20’-7" 28’-10" NOTE 3 -3"
6’
4. WHEN THE DISTANCE FROM THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT TO FACE OF BARRIER IS LESS 112’-6" 22’-9" 31’-0" NOTE 3 C" END SECTION
T "
THAN 8’-0", THE RAIL SHALL FLARE BACK ON A 1:15 FROM THE POINT OF NEED E) -3"
6’ POS SEE DETAIL "HPBO
TABL
UNTIL THE OFFSET IS 8’-0" AT WHICH POINT THE P.C. OF THE 215’-0" RADIUS SEE
ON (
I B" CORRUGATED MEDIAN
SECT T "
CURVE SHALL BE LOCATED. ENT -3"
TANG 6’ POS 3’-0" BARRIER" STANDARD SHEET
A"
SEE TABLE AND NOTE 1)

T "
5. THE ANCHORAGE UNITS DEPICTED HEREIN ARE PERMITTED AT APPROACH ENDS WELL INSIDE THE POS
(10)- 1"d HOLES
CLEAR ZONE ONLY WHEN OFF-PEAK 85TH PERCENTILE SPEEDS ARE 30 MPH OR LESS
SEE CURRENT STANDARD SHEET FOR IN RAIL AT 3" CENTERS
IN RURAL AREAS AND 45 MPH OR LESS IN URBAN AREAS
SEE TABLE AND NOTE 1)

CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL FOR (8)- " d ANCHOR
RODS (TWO SPARE HOLES
MIDDLE DIMENSION
-6"
37’
TOTAL OFFSET
’
IN RAIL FOR POSITIONING)
R=215
REDIRECTION
-0"
R =215’
POINT OF
3’
SPACING AS SHOWN ON PLANS
(
-3"
3’
#3 BAR
(
EDGE OF SHOULDER
RAIL ROTATED
TYPICAL APPROACH END HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT GUIDE RAIL PLAN

LAST POINT OF REDIRECTION
SEE CURRENT STANDARD SHEET (8)- " d RODS WITH GALVANIZED NUTS.
FOR CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL RODS NOT TO PROTRUDE OVER TOP OF RAIL.
RAIL ELEMENT
(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL FOR " d ANCHOR
LI T
MI
T-PAY
UNI
RAGE
ANCHO -3"
6’ " d X 1" LONG
3" MIN. COVER

-3"
6’ 1
-3"
6’
"C" 12
-3"
6’ POST
6’-3" 6’-3" "B"
POST
-8"
-0"
-3"
"A" " d X 1" LONG
POST
3’
4’
3’
"
EDGE OF SHOULDER
-6"
21
1’
"
TRAFFIC
14
" d X 1" LONG
GROUND LINE
"
TYPICAL DEPARTURE END HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT GUIDE RAIL #3 BAR CLASS "A" CONCRETE
7
(ONE WAY TRAFFIC ONLY)
ELEVATION
CONCRETE ANCHOR
GROUND LINE
GALVANIZED
STEEL MOUNTING
SEE TYPICAL RAIL SECTION ON BRACKET (TYP.) " d HOLE TYP.
STANDARD SHEET TITLED "WEAK
POST W-BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER" FOR
(10) - 1"d HOLES 9"
DIMENSIONS OF THIS END OF RAIL
AT 3" CENTERS "
7"
6"
1
’-
" X 1"
"
-8" TYP.
"
1’
7"
"
11
3"
-
n
45
"
6
6
1"d
3’
"
"
9
9
"
0
0
" X 2"
n
n
"
R
10"
2" "
8"
TYPICAL TERMINAL RAIL POSTS "A" POSTS "B" POSTS "C" 2" R
POST ASSEMBLY POSTS "A" AND "C" POST "B"

-5"
MOUNTING BRACKETS
"
4" MIN.
2’
4" WIDE TYPICAL
THREAD
"-10
21
"
" TOP OF POST

POST "A"
W6X8.5
14
POST "B" OR W6X9

"
NOTE:
POST "C"
"
A MINIMUM OF 4" AT THE
*7
TOP OF THE RODS SHALL BE STATE OF NEW YORK
2
THREADED. RODS THREADED FOR
-6"
7"
ENTIRE LENGTH ARE ACCEPTABLE " d HOLE FOR DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
1’
POSTS "A" AND "B"
dgn
MIN.
3"
"
FILE NAM E = 606-0902_011212.
06
4" d " d HOLE

DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
FOR POST "C"

SURFACE BELOW BARRIER HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED
* TO TOP OF POST
MAY BE FIELD ADJUSTED TO BEAM GUIDE RAILING WITH PLASTIC,
PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION
USER = pgladd
SYNTHETIC, OR TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS

ELEVATION ANCHORAGE UNIT (SHEET 2 OF 2)
" d ANCHOR ROD DETAIL POST HOLE LOCATIONS
ASTM A 307 GRADE "C" POSTS "A", "B", AND "C"
/S/ RICHARD W. LEE P.E.

606-09
4" MIN.
THREAD
"-10
SEE CURRENT STANDARD SHEET "HPBO CORRUGATED BEAM NOTES:
1’-0" MIN.
GUIDE RAILING (SHEET 1 OF 2)" FOR FIXED OBJECT
INSTALLATION AND POST SPACING DETAILS A. ON HIGHWAYS AND ASSOCIATED RAMPS, WITH SPEEDS GREATER THAN 45 MPH,
THE APPROACH END OF THIS BARRIER SYSTEM SHALL EITHER BE ANCHORED
1"
OUTSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE AND CONVERGE WITH THE ROADWAY AT A RATE OF NOTE: A MINIMUM OF 4" AT
1:15 OR BE PRECEDED OR REPLACED BY A PROPERLY DESIGNED CRASH CUSHION. THE TOP OF THE RODS SHALL
PAY LI
MITS - GUI
-5"
DE RAIL BE THREADED. RODS THREADED
POST SPACI B. ON FACILITIES WITH SPEEDS LESS THAN 50 MPH, AT SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS,
2’
-6"
NG 6’-3" FOR ENTIRE LENGTH
AND AT STOP CONDITIONS, THE USE OF THIS DETAIL WITHOUT A CRASH CUSHION (I.A.D.) ARE ACCEPTABLE.
1’
1 ON 15 WILL BE PERMITTED.
4’ MIN. FOR
MIN.
75" POST SPACING
3"
4" d VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP
1 ON 15
PAVEMENT SURFACE (OPTIONAL) PAVEMENT SURFACE
PAY LIMITS - MEDIAN BARRIER (FT.) PAY LIMITS -
TYPICAL INSTALLATION BLOCKED-OUT
ANCHORAGE UNITS
150’ MIN. LENGTH CORRUGATED MEDIAN BARRIER
" d ANCHOR ROD DETAIL NOTES:
ASTM A 307 GRADE "C"
TYPICAL MEDIAN BARRIER INSTALLATION AT FIXED OBJECTS 1. ALL RUNS OF MEDIAN BARRIER ARE TO BE ANCHORED AT BOTH ENDS.
4’-0" (8)- " d ROD WITH GALVANIZED NUTS AND

2. IF THERE IS INSUFFICIENT DEPTH BETWEEN THE SURFACE OF THE GROUND AT A MEDIAN BARRIER, AND A CONCRETE
WASHERS TOP. RODS NOT TO PROTRUDE OVER
3’-6" FOOTING, ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS SHALL BE EMPLOYED, DEPENDING ON THE AVAILABLE DEPTHS.
TOP OF RAIL. SEE DETAIL FOR " d ANCHOR
"
*29"
"
18" ROD. GALVANIZE TOP p AND TOP 6" OF
A. 29" TO 43": SHORTEN THE POST TO THE REQUIRED DEPTH BY CUTTING THE BOTTOM OFF THE POST.
"
*21
ANCHOR RODS.
*14
* TOP OF POST MAY BE
*7
FIELD ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE B. 18" TO 29": SHORTEN THE POST TO THE REQUIRED DEPTH BY CUTTING THE BOTTOM OFF THE POST
TERMINAL SECTION AND PLACE THE POST IN A 12" DIAMETER CONCRETE ENCASEMENT EXTENDING FROM THE TOP
A SMOOTH TRANSITION " X 3" X 27" p WITH " d HOLES
(SEE END SECTION OF THE FOOTING TO THE GROUND SURFACE.
(PLATE IS IN EACH VALLEY OF W BEAM)
DETAIL)
C. LESS THAN 18": EXCAVATE TO THE FOOTING. SHORTEN THE POST BY CUTTING OFF THE LOWER END
AND WELDING THE 15" X 9" BASE PLATE SHOWN IN THE "BASE PLATE DETAIL" TO THE BOTTOM
PAY LIMITS - MEDIAN PAY LIMIT - ANCHORAGE UNITS AND BOLT THE POST TO THE FOOTING USING A METHOD APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
#3 BARS
-6"
-0"
BARRIER
3. FOR DETAILS ON RAIL ELEMENT AND SPLICE HARDWARE, SEE DETAILS "B","F", AND "G" ON THE CURRENT STANDARD
-3"
2’
3’
NOTE: SPECIAL MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES SHEET FOR CORRUGATED BEAM TYPE GUIDE RAILING. ONLY 12 GAGE RAIL SHALL BE USED UNLESS OTHERWISE
3’
OF POSTS. SEE POST DETAILS "A", "B", AND "C" THIS SHEET. SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
4. DIMENSIONS OF TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS ARE NOMINAL. DIMENSIONS OF PLASTIC AND SYNTHETIC

ELEVATION BLOCK-OUTS ARE AS SHOWN.
10 -1"d HOLES IN RAIL
3" COVER
AT 3" O.C. FOR (8)- " d ANCHOR
POST "A" POST "B" POST "C" RODS (TWO SPARE HOLES IN RAIL 5. BEAMS TO BE ERECTED ON A RADIUS OF 148’ OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED TO THE REQUIRED CURVATURE,
PLAN ELEVATION AND PAYMENT FOR SUCH CURVED LENGTHS WILL BE MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
FOR POSITIONING)
MEDIAN BARRIER CONCRETE ANCHOR 6. " GUIDE RAIL BOLT 10" LONG, 4" THREADING WITH NUT AND FLATWASHER, BOLT ASTM A 307 GRADE A,
NUT ASTM A563, WASHER ASTM F844, DIMENSIONS OF WASHER SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B18.22.1 TYPE A PLAIN.
6’-3" 6’-3" 6’-3" 6’-3"
PROVIDE FIRM LEVEL SEAT 1"d ANCHOR BOLT
7. THE OFFSET OF THE GUIDERAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FACE OF CURB TO FACE OF RAIL.
PAY LIMITS - MEDIAN PAY LIMIT - ANCHORAGE UNITS FOR BASE PLATE BY BUSH 1’-3" LONG THREAD FULL LENGTH 1’-3" THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDERAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER PLACED BEHIND THE CURB (REGARDLESS OF
3"
HAMMERING OR LAYER OF
"
BARRIER CURB HEIGHT OR SPEED) SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PAVEMENT SURFACE WHEN THE OFFSET IS 12" OR LESS
PLAN EPOXY MORTAR AS NECESSARY 1" 6" 6"
1
MATERIALS SPECIFICATION AND TO THE GROUND SURFACE UNDER THE FACE OF THE RAIL WHEN THE OFFSET IS GREATER.
ANCHORAGE UNIT FOR HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT 701-07 IN SUFFICENT
CORRUGATED MEDIAN BARRIER QUANTITY TO FILL ALL VOIDS
3"
-0"
"
1’
3"
9
" SEE NOTE 4 (TYP)
12’-6"
6’-3"
CORRUGATED RAIL
2" d HOLE " THICK p
TRAFFIC W6 X 8.5 OR
IN ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS W6 X 9
DRILLED PER SECTION 586 (4)- 1" d HOLES
ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION BASE PLATE DETAIL

FOR USE ON PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE FOR USE ON PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
TRAFFIC MEDIANS AND STRUCTURES MEDIANS AND STRUCTURES
SPLICE POST
(SEE EXPLODED VIEW
" MIN.
SHOWING RAIL SPLICE LAP) THESE HOLES MAY BE OMITTED
TYPICAL PLAN FOR MEDIAN BARRIER 2" RAIL RAIL
"
TRAFFIC OFFSET BLOCK, PLASTIC,
3
SYNTHETIC OR TIMBER
6" X 8" X 14" (TYP)
"
10"
(SEE NOTE 4)
12
c POST TO c HOLE 1"
5" BLOCK OUT
2’-3" TRAFFIC
RAIL RAIL
NOTE: RAIL SPLICES SHALL BE LAPPED 4"
" d X 7" END SECTION DETAIL
IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
" d X 7" 1"
W6 X 8.5 OR EXPLODED VIEW SHOWING RAIL SPLICE LAP
" d X 1" W6 X 9 POST 4’-9" LONG "
W6 X 8.5 OR W6 X 9 STATE OF NEW YORK
POST 4’-3" LONG
" d X 1" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
" d HOLE FOR
12
7"
"
" X 10" BOLT

1
2
BACK UP PLATE (TYP.)

"
2
"
12" LONG - 12 GAUGE
7"
"d X 1" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
7"
"
dgn
07
12 W6 X 8.5
7
"
DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
45n OR W6 X 9
FILE NAM E = 606-10_011212.
72" LONG HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT

"
"
CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER

21
"
"
USER = pgladd
WITH PLASTIC, SYNTHETIC, OR

14
22n-30’
W6 X 8.5 OR 67n-30’
TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS
W6 X 9 POST
MEDIAN BARRIER POST
5’-4’ LONG
"
"
ASSEMBLY DETAIL APPROVED OCTOBER 11, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-034

"
(GUIDE RAIL SIMILAR)

4
GROUND LINE 2" BLOCK OUT

2

POST "A" DETAIL POST "B" DETAIL POST "C" DETAIL DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER DESIGN
606-10
LRDESIRABLE LENGTH OF NEED (FT.) (SEE NOTE 8) HPBO GUIDE RAIL PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINAL
SEE NOTE 12
LIMIT OF SPECIAL GRADING AREA
OFFSET 3’ BACK OF POST

LR= 72’ + 5.67 L (FREEWAY, PARKWAY)
SLOPE BREAK OFFSET

OD
TRANSITION OPTIONS
LR= 72’ + 3.7 L (ELSEWHERE)
SLOPE BREAK
OD
PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINAL
SEE NOTE 6)
(8) BREAKAWAY POSTS PLUS (1) REGULAR POST
THIS AREA SHOULD BE MADE FREE OF

OBSTACLES AND TRAVERSABLE THIRD POST DISTANCE VARIES (SEE NOTE 7)
OD
MINIMUM
(
SHIELDED (SEE NOTE 11)
OBJECT SLOPE AND SHOULDER SLOPE BREAK
BREAK FROM PLANS
(SEE NOTE 11)
1:3 MAX. (1:4 OR
15 FLATTER PREFERRED)
1
SLOPE AND SHOULDER
TRAFFIC BREAK FROM PLANS
1:10 OR FLATTER
(SEE NOTE 6)
TRAFFIC
TRAFFIC
DETAIL 1 - RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DISTANCE TO SHIELDED OBJECT DETAIL 4 - GRADING DETAILS

VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP AND SHOULDER NOT SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 4)
VARIES 3’
(SEE
NOTE 6)
BACK OF RAIL
BREAKAWAY STEEL POST
20’ MEASURED
THIS AREA SHOULD BE MADE FREE OF
SEE NOTE 3)
OBSTACLES AND TRAVERSABLE (SEE NOTE 3) EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY
DISTANCE VARIES (SEE PLANS)
SHIELDED
FROM
OBJECT
(
1:4 O
OFFSET R F
GUIDE RAIL (SEE NOTE 11) (SEE NOTE 2)n 1: LAT
3 M TER
AX. PRE
SHOULDER FER
RED
TRAFFIC (SEE NOTE 10)
SLOPE BREAK POINT
EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY ROUND TO 4’ VERTICAL CURVE
VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP (SLOPE SAME

DETAIL 2 - RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DISTANCE TO SHIELDED OBJECT AS SHOULDER PREFERRED)
OR SHOULDER AS SHOWN ON PLANS
DETAIL 5 - SECTION THROUGH SPECIAL GRADING AREA
SEE NOTE 12
ND TERMI NSTALLED
NAL I
HEAVY POST PARALLEL TYPE E
1:50 MAX. 52 FT.
BLOCKED-OUT GUI
DE RAI
L FLARE
TYP.
-3" ( )
8 SPACES AT 6’ NOTES:
1. PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINAL TYPICALLY REDIRECTS STARTING WITH THE THIRD POST FROM THE FREE END.
2. OFFSET AS SHOWN OR DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THERE
ANGLE POINT (SEE NOTE 2) BE A MINIMUM OFFSET OF 10’ FROM THE EDGE OF TRAVELED WAY TO THE FIRST POST.
THEORETICAL LINE
OF GUIDE RAIL (SEE NOTE 11) 3. IF TOTAL CLEARANCE IS NOT POSSIBLE, THIS AREA SHOULD BE CLEARED TO THE EXTENT THAT IT BECOMES SIMILAR
TO UNSHIELDED ROADSIDE AREAS UPSTREAM OF THE END TERMINAL.
DETAIL 3 - OPTION 1 - 1:50 FLARE 4. IF CONDITIONS REQUIRE, RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DISTANCE TO SHIELDED OBJECT MAY BE REDUCED TO THE HIGHER
OF EITHER 65’ OR (15+3.7 L ) FT.
OD
5. SEE APPROVED MANUFACTURERS DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS OF PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINALS.
6. SLOPES BETWEEN EDGE OF PAVEMENT AND SLOPE BREAK SHALL BE 1:10 OR FLATTER. SLOPE BREAK SHALL
BE 3’ BEHIND POSTS 1 THRU 8. IF DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, THE SLOPE BREAK MAY BE TRANSITIONED TO THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SEE NOTE 12 NSTALLED
ND TERMINAL I NORMAL SLOPE BREAK OFFSET BETWEEN POSTS 5 AND 9.
HEAVY POST PARALLEL TYPE E DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
POST 5 1:25 MAX.
BLOCKED-OUT GUI
DE RAI
L FLARE STARTS AT
)
TYP. 7. THIS DISTANCE VARIES. LENGTH TO BE 15 OR MORE TIMES THE DIFFERENCE IN EMBANKMENT WIDTHS AT A
8 SPACES AT 6’-3" (
TYPICAL POINT UPSTREAM OF THE PARALLEL TYPE END TERMINAL AND THE EMBANKMENT WIDTH AT THE FIRST POST.
8. LENGTH OF NEED MAY BE ADJUSTED, AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER, TO SUIT FIELD CONDITION, (SEE DETAIL 2).
08
DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
9. FOR NON-BYPASSABLE OBJECTS AND HAZARDS OF WIDE LATERAL EXTENT WHERE CLEAR AREA IS 30’ OR WIDER, LENGTH OF NEED
(SEE NOTE 2) SHOULD BE 360’ ON FACILITIES WHERE OPERATING SPEED IS w55 MPH;260’ WHERE OPERATING SPEED IS w45 MPH
dgn
ANGLE POINT THEORETICAL LINE

BUT < 55 MPH;160’ IF OPERATING SPEED IS < 45 MPH. GRADING DETAILS FOR NCHRP
POST 5 OF GUIDE RAIL (SEE NOTE 11)
USER = pgladd
350 HPBO TERMINALS

10. SEE MANUFACTURER’S DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. POSTS SHALL BE STEEL BREAKAWAY POSTS, AS INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
DETAIL 3 - OPTION 2 - 1:25 FLARE AT POST 5
11. THE 2ND POST DOES NOT HAVE A BLOCK-OUT EXCEPT THE ET2000 END TERMINAL.
12. TRANSITIONS TO 29" HPBO BARRIER SHALL BE MADE OVER THE LAST TWO SECTIONS OF BARRIER.

606-11
(ACTING)
8" 8" 8"
1"
D
4"
4"
4"
5SM1
6"
R=C
6"
6"
6"
6"
-4" MIN.
4 X 4 - W2.9 X W2.9 MESH 2’ WIDE
6"
6"
6"
4SM2
1"
FULL LENGTH OF BARRIER SECTION
4SC2 4SM1H LESS 4" (2" ON EACH END)
-6"
-6"
-6"
1’
2" MIN. COVER (TYP.) 2" MIN. COVER (TYP.)
3’
3’
3’
2" MIN. COVER (TYP.)
4 4 4
4SC1 4SB2 TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL
B
BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR TO 21 BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR TO 21 BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR TO 21 (ALL BARRIERS)
LIE PARALLEL TO SURFACE LIE PARALLEL TO SURFACE LIE PARALLEL TO SURFACE
(SEE NOTE 6) (SEE NOTE 6) (SEE NOTE 6)
5SM1
9"
9"
9"
1’
4SC3H 4SB1H
6"
FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE
3"
3"
3"
1’ 2
1’-4" 1’-4" 1’-4" A
1
SECTION SHOWING MACHINE FORMED SINGLE-SLOPE SECTION SHOWING PRECAST SINGLE-SLOPE SECTION SHOWING CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE-SLOPE TYPICAL STIRRUP
CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER (MACHINE FORMED, PRECAST, AND
NOTE:
(SHOWN AT EXPANSION JOINT) (SHOWN AT EXPANSION JOINT) (SHOWN AT EXPANSION JOINT) CAST-IN-PLACE BARRIERS) EARTH BACKUP SHALL CONSIST OF FULLY COMPACTED
SUITABLE MATERIALS HAVING NO PARTICLES GREATER
THAN 1" INCLUDED
EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING
PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER
2" 2"
2" SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION
4SC2 (CARRY THROUGH
2"
2"
BARRIER WITH EARTH BACKUP
2"
CONTRACTION JOINT)
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)
CONTRACTION JOINT 5SM1

(TYPICAL AT 20’
4SM2 W6 X 9 OR
INTERVALS)
4SC2 W6 X 8.5 BACKUP POST
4SM1H 4SM1H 6" C.C. 4SB1H 6" C.C.
4SC3H 6" C.C.
4SC1 5SM1 4SB2
A A
-0"
3" ~ (L/3 - 1’-2") 3" ~ (L/3 - 1’-2") 3"
3’
" MIN. TO
EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL " MAX. EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL
SHOWING REINFORCING BARS SHOWING REINFORCING BARS SHOWING REINFORCING BARS
FOR MACHINE FORMED SINGLE-SLOPE FOR PRECAST SINGLE-SLOPE FOR CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE-SLOPE
-0"
CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER
4’
FINISHED GRADE
DETAIL SHOWING KERF
"
NOTE: THE NOMINAL LENGTH OF PRECAST SECTIONS IS 20’ BUT MAY BE MODIFIED TO A (MESH NOT SHOWN)
IN SECTION A-A MINIMUM OF 10’ AND A MAXIMUM OF 24’ TO FIT CONDITIONS. UNLESS THE MODIFIED BARRIER
1
IS DETAILED BY THE DEPARTMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT LAYOUT
DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL.
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION
MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION BARRIER WITH BACKUP POST
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)
LONGITUDINAL - 6 ON EACH SIDE OF 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT
4SC1 #4 12 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4SB1H #4 8 5’-6" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT
THE EXPANSION JOINT 4SM1H #4 10 5’-6" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" 2 STIRRUPS TO APPROXIMATELY DIVIDE
CONTINUOUS FROM EXPANSION JOINT REMAINING SPACE INTO 3 EQUAL PARTS
4SC2 #4 2 STRINGER 4SB2 #4 12 2’-6" STRAIGHT AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT
TO EXPANSION JOINT
5SM1 #5 3 L-6" STRINGER LONGITUDINAL - 1 IN BOTTOM, 2 IN TOP
STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF THE 6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8"
4SC3H #4 4 5’-6" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" 4S4 #4 4 4’-10" STIRRUP * * * * 2 EACH SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINT
EXPANSION JOINT
4SM2 #4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END OF THE BARRIER UNIT
3’-4" 3’-4" 3’-4" 3’-4"
4S4 #4 4 4’-10" STIRRUP * * * * 2 ON EACH SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINT 6S4 #6 2 4’-10" STIRRUP * * * * 1 EACH SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINT
4S4 #4 4 4’-10" STIRRUP * * * * 2 ON EACH SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINT
* SEE DETAIL OF S4 BAR AND NOTE 8
2" MIN.
C.
C 9 X 20 OR MC 8 X 18.7 EXPANSION JOINT
L = NOMINAL LENGTH OF SECTION IN INCHES 2’-3"
3" C.
COVER
(MIN. 1’-8" LONG)
4S4 OR 6S4
TYPICAL BACKUP POST LAYOUT
NOTES: R = 3"
1. CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE USED AT ALL JOINTS IN PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION
BARRIER. MACHINE FORMED SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER REQUIRES THE USE OF CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS ONLY AT DETAIL OF S4 BAR
THE EXPANSION JOINTS. ALL HARDWARE IN CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE GALVANIZED.
10" X 10" X " FLUSH WITH
2. PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH EARTH OR BACK UP POSTS FOR 4S4
BARRIER FACE (ONE EACH ON
(SEE NOTE 8) JOINT FILLER
ITS ENTIRE LENGTH AS SHOWN IN BACKUP POST LAYOUT. EITHER SIDE OF JOINT)
3. MACHINE FORMED SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH EARTH OR BACK UP POSTS AT EVERY
EXPANSION JOINT AND AT THE END OF EACH RUN OF BARRIER. WHEN EARTH BACK UP IS USED, IT SHALL BE PLACED 20’ EITHER SIDE OF STATE OF NEW YORK
EXPANSION JOINT AND FOR THE FIRST AND LAST 20’ OF THE BARRIER EXCLUDING ANY END SECTIONS. WHEN BACK UP POSTS ARE USED, 3 4"
POSTS SHALL BE PLACED ON EITHER SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT IN THE PATTERN SHOWN IN THE BACK UP POST LAYOUT AND THE FORMED HOLES FOR THROUGH BOLTS
4S4 OR 6S4 4"
BEGINNING AND END OF EACH BARRIER RUN. THE POSTS AT THE ENDS OF BARRIER RUNS SHALL BE PLACED AT 6’-8" CENTER COMMENCING
AND ENDING 3’-4" FROM THE END OF THE BARRIER OR THE JOINT BETWEEN THE BARRIER AND ANY END SECTIONS.
32
4. WHEN SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER IS TERMINATED AT APPROACH END, A FULL SECTION RAMPED TERMINAL OR A CRASH
DATE/TIM E = 25-JUL-2012 14:
ATTENUATOR SHOULD BE USED AS SPECIFIED.
"
-8"
" X 1’-2" BUTTON HEAD BOLTS
3"
5. 2" MINIMUM COVER FOR ALL REINFORCEMENT. 2" MIN.
1
-3"
dgn
1’
SINGLE - SLOPE CONCRETE
1’
6. THESE BENDS MAY BE ELIMINATED, PROVIDED 2" MINIMUM COVER IS MAINTAINED. C9 X 20 OR MC 8 X 18.7
HALF SECTION BARRIER
USER = rlohse
7. SURFACES SHALL BE SMOOTH.
FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE

8. IF 6S4 BARS ARE USED, THEN THE 4S4 BARS NEED NOT BE USED. ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
ERRATA 1 EFF. 09/06/2012 APPROVED: 7/24/2012
ISSUED WITH EB 12-026 /S/ RICHARD W. LEE P.E.

CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR HALF SECTION SINGLE-SLOPE BARRIER
606-13
(SEE NOTE 1) EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/08/09 (DESIGN)
2" MIN.
2" MIN.
2" MIN.
2" MIN.
2" MIN.
2" MIN.
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
8" 1’-0" 8" 1’-0" 8" 1’-0"
4SC1 4SC1
9 MESH
BARRIER SECTION LESS 4"

2’ WIDE FULL LENGTH OF
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
9 X W2.
6"
6"
2" ON EACH END)

6"
6"
6"
6"
6"
6"
5SM1 5SM1
6"
6"
4SC2 4SC2
4" x 4" W2.

6"
6"
6"
6"
6"
6"
N. N. N.
-6"
-6"
-6"
I N. N. N. I I
2" M 2" M
I
2" M
I
2" M
I 2" M 2" M
(
R R
R COVE COVE
3’
3’
3’
COVE R R R
COVE COVE COVE
4SC1
4SM2
4SM2
4SC1
4SB2
4SB2
FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE
4 4 4 4 4 FINISHED GRADE 4
21 21 21 21 21 21
10" MAX. GRADE 10" MAX. GRADE 10" MAX. GRADE 10" MAX. GRADE 4SB1 10" MAX. GRADE 4SB1W
4SM1 4SM1W 10" MAX. GRADE
DIFFERENCE 4SC3 DIFFERENCE 4SC3W FINISHED DIFFERENCE DIFFERENCE FINISHED DIFFERENCE FINISHED
DIFFERENCE
GRADE GRADE GRADE
5SM1 5SM1
9"
9"
9"
FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
GRADE GRADE GRADE
2’-0" 2’-4" 2’-0" 2’-4" 2’-0" 2’-4"

BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR
TO LIE PARALLEL TO TO LIE PARALLEL TO TO LIE PARALLEL TO
SURFACE (SEE NOTE 2) SURFACE (SEE NOTE 2) SURFACE (SEE NOTE 2)
WIDE BARRIER WIDE BARRIER WIDE BARRIER
SECTION SHOWING MACHINE FORMED SINGLE-SLOPE SECTION SHOWING PRECAST SINGLE-SLOPE SECTION SHOWING CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE-SLOPE
CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER
(SHOWN AT EXPANSION JOINT) (SHOWN AT EXPANSION JOINT) (SHOWN AT EXPANSION JOINT)
EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING
PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER
2" 2" 2"
4SC2 (CARRY THROUGH
2"
2"
2"
CONTRACTION JOINT)
CONTRACTION JOINT
5SM1
(TYPICAL AT 20’
INTERVALS) 4SB2 6" C.C.
4SM2
4SC2
4SM1 6" C.C. 4SB1 6" C.C.
4SM1
4SC1
5SM1
4SC3H 6" C.C.
A A
(MESH NOT SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL)

3" ~ (L/3 - 1’-2") 3" ~ (L/3 - 1’-2") 3"
EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL

SHOWING REINFORCING BARS SHOWING REINFORCING BARS SHOWING REINFORCING BARS
FOR MACHINE FORMED SINGLE-SLOPE FOR PRECAST SINGLE-SLOPE FOR CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE-SLOPE
CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER
MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION
LONGITUDINAL - 6 ON EACH SIDE 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT.

4SC1 #4 12 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4SB1 #4 8 8’-0" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT
OF THE EXPANSION JOINT 4SM1 #4 6 8’-0" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" 2 STIRRUPS TO APPROXIMATELY
CONTINUOUS FROM EXPANSION DIVIDE REMAINING SPACE INTO THREE EQUAL PARTS
4SC2 #4 2 STRINGER 4SB1W #4 8 8’-0" STIRRUP 12" 3’-10" 1" 8" 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT
JOINT TO EXPANSION JOINT 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT.
STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF 4SM1W #4 10 8’-4" STIRRUP 12" 3’-10" 1" 8" 2 STIRRUPS TO APPROXIMATELY
4SC3 #4 8 8’-0" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" 4SB2 #4 12 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT
THE EXPANSION JOINT DIVIDE REMAINING SPACE INTO THREE EQUAL PARTS
STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF
4SC3W #4 8 8’-4" STIRRUP 12" 3’-10" 1" 8" 4SM2 #4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER UNIT NOTE: AS AN OPTION TO THE REINFORCEMENT SHOWN FOR THE CAST-IN-PLACE BARRIER
THE EXPANSION JOINT
THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE THE REINFORCEMENT SHOWN FOR PRECAST BARRIER.
5SM1 #5 4 L-4" STRINGER LONGITUDINAL - 2 IN BOTTOM - 2 IN TOP
D
L = NOMINAL LENGTH OF SECTION IN INCHES
THE NOMINAL LENGTH OF PRECAST SECTIONS IS 20’ BUT MAY BE MODIFIED TO A MINIMUM OF 10’ AND A
R=C MAXIMUM OF 24’ TO FIT CONDITIONS. UNLESS THE MODIFIED BARRIER IS DETAILED BY THE DEPARTMENT, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT LAYOUT DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL.
STATE OF NEW YORK
B
1"
" MIN. TO U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

"
30
DATE/TIM E = 25-JUL-2012 14:
" MAX.
1
NOTES:
dgn
1"
SAWCUT OR 1. 2" MINIMUM COVER FOR ALL REINFORCEMENT. SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER
FORM
AND SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE WIDE BARRIER
USER = rlohse
A A
2. THESE BENDS MAY BE ELIMINATED PROVIDED 2" MINIMUM COVER IS MAINTAINED.

DETAIL SHOWING KERF TYPICAL STIRRUP TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL
APPROVED:7/24/2012 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
SECTION A-A (MACHINE FORMED, PRECAST, (ALL BARRIERS) ERRATA 1 EFF. 09/06/2012
AND CAST-IN-PLACE BARRIERS)

606-14
8"
4"
2"
6"
5SM1 4" MIN. RADIUS
CHAMFER
6"
4
-6"
3’
21
4SM2
TRAFFIC
IN.
2" M APPROACH TRAFFIC SIDE
)
TYP.
R (
COVE
4
FINISHED
"
-0"
GRADE
5SM1
-3
2’
4
2’
2" M
21 IN.
COVE
10" MAX. R (TYP.
FINISHED ) FINISHED
TRAFFIC GRADE
4SM1 GRADE 4SM3 GRADE
DIFFERENCE
20’-0"
R = 4"
5SM2
9"
9"
5SM2
3"
3"
PLAN VIEW
2’-0" 2’-0"
APPROACH END OF FULL

SECTION BARRIER OR TRANSITION
BETWEEN WIDE AND NORMAL
WIDTH BARRIER
1"
R = 4" APPROACH
CHAMFER
TRAFFIC SIDE
A
"
B
-2
21
FINISHED 4SM5 FINISHED
1’
2"
5SM1 GRADE GRADE
5SM1 C 4SM4
-3"
4"
4SM2 2" MIN. COVER
4’
R = 4"
R = 4"
4SM3
9"
5SM2
9"
D 5SM1
4SM1 6" C.C.
3"
4SM4
3"
5SM2
11"
4SM5
2" MIN. COVER

A B C D
3" 5’-6" 5’-6" 6" 2’-0" 2’-0"
3"
SECTION C-C SECTION D-D
ELEVATION
TOP OF NORMAL
BARRIER
51
46
APPROACH 41
4
TRAFFIC SIDE 36
21 31
26
FINISHED
21
GRADE
16
9"
11
MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D E LOCATION
VARIES FROM VARIES FROM 4 @ 6" CENTERS AT THE FULL SECTION END 0 2’-6" 5’-0" 7’-6" 10’-0" 12’-6" 15’-0" 17’-6" 20’-0"
4SM1 #4 4 STIRRUP 10" 1" 2"
7’-6" TO 8’-0" 3’-6" TO 3’-9" OF TERMINAL
4SM2 #4 4 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 @ FULL SECTION END OF TERMINAL SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER TERMINAL DETAIL
D USE OPPOSITE HAND WHEN BARRIER IS PLACED TO THE RIGHT OF TRAFFIC FLOW
4SM3 #4 1 5’-6" STIRRUP 31" 1" 5" 20" 1 @ 5’-6" FROM LAST 4SM1 STIRRUP
4SM4 3’-10" STIRRUP 18" 1" 1" 20" 1 @ 5’-6" FROM FIRST 4SM1 STIRRUP D
#4 1
C
=
4SM5 #4 2 2’-7" STIRRUP 10" 5" 1" 2 @ 6" CENTER AT TAIL END OF BARRIER R
5SM1 #5 2 20’-0" STRAIGHT LONGITUDINAL - 2 AT TOP C

=
R
5SM2 #5 2 19’-8" STRAIGHT LONGITUDINAL - 2 AT BOTTOM
SEE NOTE 3)
STATE OF NEW YORK
SEE NOTE 3)
B
C
NOTES:
=
B
1"
6"
6" (
R
(
1. 2" MIN. COVER ON ALL REINFORCEMENTS. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
49
DATE/TIM E = 25-JUL-2012 13:
B
2. STIRRUPS SHOULD LIE AS CLOSE AND PARALLEL TO FACE OF BARRIER AS POSSIBLE.
3. THESE BENDS MAY BE ELIMINATED PROVIDED 2" MIN. COVER IS MAINTAINED.

dgn
A A E A A
SINGLE-SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER
TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL

TERMINAL SECTION - RAMPED TERMINAL
USER = rlohse
(ALL SECTIONS)
5. PROVIDE FOR " EXPANSION AT JOINT WITH MEDIAN (NORMAL WIDTH), TRANSITION STIRRUP STIRRUP 4SM5
BETWEEN WIDE AND NORMAL WIDTH OR HALF SECTION BARRIER. PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER. 4SM1 4SM3, 4SM4

ERRATA 1 EFF. 09/06/2012

606-15
PAY LIMITS FOR PIER PROTECTION (TWO WAY)
BACKFILL OR BACKUP POSTS BACKFILL OR BACKUP POSTS

PIER
WITH CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS WITH CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS
BACKUP POSTS (SEE SECTION A-A AND NOTE 3) (SEE SECTION A-A AND NOTE 3) BACKUP POSTS
SECTIO N A
(SEE NOTE 2) NE SECTIO (SEE NOTE 2)
SECTIO B
ND SE CTION
SECTION C
SECTION C
TER
MIN
6’-0"
POS
T SPA
* * * * ** ** ** ** ** ** * * * * T SP
A CING
MIN
AL
SE AL CIN POS TER
CT
IO
G 6’-0" TIO
N
N
8 SPACES 9 SPACES 1’-4" MAX. 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 1’-4" MAX. 9 SPACES 8 SPACES SEC
72’- 0"
0"
AT 3’-0" AT 2’-0" AT 2’-0" AT 3’-0" 72’-
BOLT SPACING
R=20
5.25’ 5.25’
36’-0" 18’-0" 7’-6" 7’-6" 18"-0" 36’-0" R=20
HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER WITH BOX BEAM NOTE: FOR TWIN OR MULTIPLE STRUCTURES
(LENGTH VARIES AS NECESSARY) CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SEE DETAIL "B"
SHALL BE USED ON ALL JOINTS IN THIS AREA
2’-3"
3"
15’-0" 3" TYPICAL BRIDGE-PIER PROTECTION PLAN
=
3"
R
CONTINUITY CONNECTION THIS END (TWO WAY TRAFFIC)
OPTIONAL (SEE NOTE 3)
90 n 90 n
4P16 PAY LIMITS FOR PIER PROTECTION
2" MIN. (TYP)

TRAFFIC FACE 15’-0"
BACKFILL OR BACKUP POSTS

PLAN SECTION A 4P16 OR NOTCH, BEND, AND REWELD CHANNEL PIER
WITH CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS
6P4 WHEN USED WITH BEVELED ENDS
2" C.C.
1’-8" (SEE SECTION A-A AND NOTE 3) BACKUP POSTS
C9 X 20 OR (SEE NOTE 1)
14’-11"
MC8 X 18.7 A
SE CTION (SEE NOTE 2)
CONTINUITY CONNECTION BOTH ENDS NB
BEVEL THIS END SECTIO
OPTIONAL (SEE NOTE 3) SECTION C
92 n 90 n
** ** ** * * * * T SP
A CING
MIN
AL
POS TER
6’-0" TIO
N
4P16 5’ u 5’ u 5’ u 5’ u 1’-4" MAX. 9 SPACES 8 SPACES SEC
(SEE NOTE 6) 0"
TRAFFIC FACE 15’-0" AT 2’-0" AT 3’-0" 72’-
BOLT SPACING
5.25’
JOINT FILLER (SEE SECTION B-B) 7’-6" 18"-0" 36’-0" R=20
PLAN SECTION B 10" X 10" X " p
4P16
1’-0"
7"
1"
4P16 HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER WITH BOX BEAM NOTE: FOR TWIN OR MULTIPLE STRUCTURES
14’-11"
(3)- " d X 10" LONG (LENGTH VARIES AS NECESSARY) CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SEE DETAIL "B"
3"
BEVEL BOTH ENDS - CONTINUITY CONNECTION REQUIRED ON BUTTON HEAD BOLTS SHALL BE USED ON ALL JOINTS IN THIS AREA
END NEAR PIER (OPTIONAL ON END AWAY FROM PIER) 4P16
92 n 92 n
1"
4" TYPICAL BRIDGE-PIER PROTECTION PLAN
FORMED HOLES FOR
4" (ONE WAY TRAFFIC)
THRU BOLTS
TRAFFIC FACE 15’-0" 2" MIN. 2"
10" X 10" X " p
PLAN SECTION C FLUSH WITH
DIRECTION
BARRIER SLOPE
OF TRAFFIC
14’-11"
1’-3" 1’-3"
CONTINUITY CONNECTION BOTH ENDS BEVEL THIS END CONTINUITY SECTION
OPTIONAL (SEE NOTE 3) 1’-3" 6’-2" u 6’-2" u 1’-3" 6’-2" u 6’-3"u 1’-3" 6’-3"u 6’-3"u 1’-3"
90 n 92 n
PIER W6 X 9 OR W6 X 8.5
BACKUP POSTS WITH CONTINUITY
TRAFFIC FACE 15’-0"
TOP OF BARRIER CONNECTION OR BACKFILL
CONTINUITY
PLAN SECTION D CONNECTION (SEE NOTE 3)
REQUIRED A (SEE NOTE 7)
SEE JOINT DETAIL "A" N A

15’-0" SECTIO
92 n 92 n S3 X 5.7 POSTS
4’-0"
CONTINUITY CONNECTION THIS END
MIN.
NB 1 BACKUP POSTS
SECTIO
OPTIONAL (SEE NOTE 3) B 8
(SEE NOTE 1)
90 n 90 n SECTION C
* * * *A * * * *
JOINT FILLER TRAFFIC FACE 1 1’-0"
TRAFFIC FACE 15’-0" B 15
JOINT DETAIL "A" 2’-0"
PLAN SECTION E
FOR JOINTS BETWEEN SECTIONS WITH BEVELED ENDS 1’-0" 22’-6" 9 SPACES AT 2’-0"
DETAIL PLAN FOR APPROACH END AND ONE WAY

NOTES:
7" 2"
" d BUTTON HEAD BOLT 1. THESE POSTS ARE BACKUP POSTS AND WILL NOT REQUIRE THE USE OF THE
6" 1’-0"
WITH NUT AND WASHER 5" X 3" X " SHELF ANGLE OR THE " X 7" LONG BOLT. THE COST OF
THE BACKUP POSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID FOR PIER PROTECTION ITEMS.
PROVIDE HOLES FOR
PIER
5"
" d BOLTS BOLTS

6"
1’-0"
STEEL BACKUP POSTS WITH 2. WHEN GUIDE RAIL IS REQUIRED, ATTACH OR TRANSITION TO HIGHWAY RAIL AT THIS POINT.
AT 5’ u CENTERS
CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS
1’-7"
REQUIRED IN THIS AREA 3. THE CONCRETE HALF SECTION SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH EITHER FULLY COMPACTED STATE OF NEW YORK
EXCAVATED MATERIAL OR STEEL BACKUP POSTS, EXCEPT WHEN ONLY ONE METHOD IS
VERTICAL BACK FACE SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, CONTINUITY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
2 6" X 6"
CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REQUIRED WITH STEEL BACKUP POSTS ONLY. THE COST OF BACKUP
10"
BOX BEAM
1 FINISHED GRADE FOR CONCRETE HALF SECTIONS, REGARDLESS OF THE METHOD USED, SHALL BE INCLUDED IN
GUIDE RAIL
THE PRICE BID FOR THE PIER PROTECTION ITEMS. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
3"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
5’ u 5’ u
BOLT SPACING TYPICAL
4.
9"
HALF SECTION BARRIER UNITS SHALL BE REINFORCED AS SHOWN ON THE CURRENT STANDARD
3 (SEE SECTION B-B)
6" MIN. SELECT SHEET FOR PRECAST CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER, ADJUST 6P1 BAR LENGTH ACCORDINGLY.
(SEE NOTE 3) BACKFILL WITH
GRANULAR FILL 1
COMPACTED EXCAVATED MATERIAL HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER WITH BOX BEAM
DAYLIGHT GRAVEL TO SECTION B-B 5. SEE CURRENT STANDARD SHEETS FOR DETAILS OF PRECAST
FLOW TO NEAREST DITCH (LENGTH VARIES AS NECESSARY) CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER AND BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL.
PIER PROTECTION
USER = jturley
BE USED ON ALL JOINTS IN THE CONCRETE BARRIER IN THIS AREA

6. THIS BAR IS NOT REQUIRED WHEN 6P4 IS USED ON THE BACKSIDE.
EXCAVATE AS REQUIRED TO
PLACE BARRIER. BACKFILL W6 X 9 OR W6 X 8.5 DETAIL "B" 7. INCLUDE TAPERED END SECTION WHERE A BACK SLOPE IS PRESENT THAT COULD REDIRECT APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
WITH APROVED MATERIAL BACKUP POST 6’-0" LONG FOR TWIN OR MULTIPLE STRUCTURES A VEHICLE THAT PASSES BEHIND TERMINAL BACK TO END OF HALF SECTIONS.

SECTION A-A
(SEE NOTE 3) DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER
606-16
(SEE NOTE 2)
TYPICAL BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL

40’-0" (SEE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL
STANDARD SHEET)
PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION (SEE NOTE 1)
200’-0"u
ECE
BOX BEAM END PI
FOR BOX BEAM

NOTE: WHEN TRANSITION IS USED
REDIRECTION
ADJACENT TO A STRUCTURE SEE
POINT OF
BRIDGE APPROACH DETAILS
R=205
.25’
L =6
0’-0"
CONCRETE ANCHOR
8 U - BOLTS 12’-0" CC SPACING (NOM) = 84’-0" 12’-0" 29’-0" u
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 5)
(SEE DETAIL A AND SECTION D-D)
-0"
RED
NG REQUI
SHOP CURVI
-8"
A A
12’
8’
FILL SLOPE 1 ON 6 6’-0"
OR FLATTER (TYP.)
SHOULDER BREAK
3’-0"
U-BOLTS (TYP.)
THESE TWO U-BOLTS MAY HAVE TO BE ADJUSTED
96’-0"
SLIGHTLY SO THAT THE CABLE WILL NOT
16’-0" 13 POST AT 4’-0" = 48’-0" 38’-0" (NO POSTS) DRAG AGAINST POST
"J" BOLTS REQUIRED EVERY CIRCLED POST
TYPICAL CABLE GUIDE RAILING ONE WAY TRAFFIC TWO WAY TRAFFIC
(SEE CABLE GUIDE RAILING OR
STANDARD SHEET)
GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION CABLE TO BOX BEAM
(ONE WAY OR TWO WAY OPERATION)
* NOTE: WHEN TRANSITION IS USED AT THE TRAILING END

OF A STRUCTURE SEE BRIDGE APPROACH DETAILS.
WHEN USED ON THE TRAILING END OF THE BOX BEAM TYPICAL CABLE GUIDE RAILING
GUIDE RAIL SEE THE STANDARD SHEET FOR BOX FOR DETAILS SEE THE CABLE GUIDE
BEAM GUIDE RAIL FOR DETAILS. RAILING STANDARD SHEETS
(SEE NOTE 2)
NOTES:
24’-0"u
PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION (SEE NOTE 1) 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS WITHIN THE PAY LIMITS FOR TRANSITIONS
WILL BE PAID FOR UNDER THE GUIDE RAIL TRANSITIONS.
29’-0" u 12’ 4 U-BOLTS EVENLY SPACED OVER 36’-0"u 9’-0"
2. DISTANCE MEASURED BETWEEN POINT OF REDIRECTION FOR BOX BEAM
16’-0"
AND APPROACH TERMINAL OR INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTION SHALL
REDIRECTION FOR
THESE TWO U-BOLTS MAY HAVE TO BE NOT EXCEED 1000’.
LAST POINT OF
ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY SO THE CABLE
WILL NOT DRAG AGAINST POST 3. TIGHTEN NUTS UNTIL THEY ARE HAND SNUG, THEN DAMAGE THE THREAD
BOX BEAM
BOX BEAM TO PREVENT NUT FROM BACKING OFF.
BOX BEAM AND CABLE
ONE WAY TRAFFIC 4. WHEN CABLE GUIDE RAIL IS USED TO FORM A CONTINUOUS GUIDE RAIL
D SYSTEM BETWEEN TWO SEPARATE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL INSTALLATIONS,
SEPARATED AT THEIR POINTS OF REDIRECTION BY 1000’ TO 2000’, AN
INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTION, CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN ON THE
D
STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CABLE GUIDE RAILING" SHALL BE REQUIRED.
-0"
U-BOLTS (TYP.) 6’-0"

BOX BEAM END PIECE WHEN THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE POINTS OF REDIRECTION EXCEEDS
2’
TYPICAL SEE BOX BEAM GUIDERAIL 2000’, ADDITIONAL INTERMEDIATE ANCHORAGE SECTIONS SHALL BE
6’-3" REQUIRED, AS INDICATED ON THE ABOVE REFERENCED STANDARD SHEET.
CONCRETE ANCHOR STANDARD SHEETS
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 5)
8" 5. CABLE ANCHOR DETAILS FOR THIS TRANSITION ARE LOCATED ON THE
CABLE GUIDE RAILING STANDARD SHEETS.
72’-0" " d ROD U-BOLT
6. THE UPPER CABLE SHALL PASS OVER THE RAIL AND THE MIDDLE AND
6" X 6" BOX BEAM
LOWER CABLE SHALL PASS UNDERNEATH THE RAIL.
GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION CABLE TO BOX BEAM " d
"
8"
" d CABLES
(ONE WAY ONLY)
6
4’-9" STEEL p 8" X 1"x " FACE OF RAIL
(TRAFFIC ON THIS SIDE)
"
THREAD 2" LONG (SEE NOTE 3)
B B 1 STEEL p (SEE DETAIL A)
-0"
-9"
3’
3’
12
DETAIL "A" SECTION D-D
PLAN SECTION B-B UPPER CABLE

(SEE NOTE 6) 6" X 6" BOX BEAM
BOX BEAM CONTINUES AS PER DESIGN 2 U-BOLTS (SEE SECTION D-D)
CONCRETE ANCHOR
(SEE NOTE 5)
-3"
STATE OF NEW YORK
2’
THREE " d CABLES DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
MIDDLE AND LOWER
TWO CABLES (SEE
GROUND LINE
NOTE 6)
dgn
20
DATE/TIM E = 22-FEB-2012 11:
FILE NAM E = 606-19_090612.
TRANSITION: BOX - CABLE

USER = jturley
ELEVATION A-A

606-19
(CORRUGATED BEAM TYPE GUIDE RAILING TO BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION, FOR (BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL TO CORRUGATED BEAM TYPE GUIDE RAILING TRANSITION
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC OR ONE-WAY TRAFFIC APPROACHING HAZARD, STRUCTURE, OR FOR ONE WAY TRAFFIC LEAVING HAZARD, STRUCTURE OR OTHER OBJECT)
OTHER FIXED OBJECT)
NOTE:
1’-0"
.
MIN
70’-6" PAY LIMIT FOR RAIL TRANSITION - CORRUGATED TO BOX 45’-6" PAY LIMIT FOR RAIL TRANSITIONS - BOX TO CORRUGATED SEE BRIDGE APPROACH PLANS
WHEN TRANSITION IS USED
MIN
1’-0"
30’-0" 30’-0" ADJACENT TO STRUCTURE
SEE DETAIL "D"
.
3’ 3’ SHOULDER BREAK SHOULDER BREAK 3’ 3’
SEE DETAIL "E"
NORMAL SPACING 1’ LINE LINE 1’
12’-6" 6’-3" 6’-3" 6’-3" 12’-6" 12’-6" 12’- 6" 6’-3" NORMAL SPACING
SEE DETAIL "A"
5’-0"
4’-2" TYP. 12’-6"
BOX BEAM BOX BEAM
3’ 3’ 3’ 3’
SEE DETAIL "D"
2’-6"
"W" RAIL S EE DETAIL "B" CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL
(4) SPACES AT 6’-0" = 24’-0" NORMAL SPACINGS AT 6’-0" BACKUP PLATE AND
BACKUP PLATE AND
(5) INTERMEDIATE POSTS SEE DETAIL "E" CONNECTION REQUIRED
CONNECTION REQUIRED
NO CONNECTION TO RAIL
REQUIRED CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL TYPICAL CABLE ANCHOR. SEE DETAILS IN CURRENT
(NESTED 1ST SPAN) STANDARD SHEET "GUIDE RAIL TRANSITIONS - BOX BEAM
TO CABLE". SPRING COMPENSATORS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT
THIS LOCATION. ANCHOR ANGLE TO BE DETAILED IN CURRENT
STANDARD SHEETS FOR CABLE GUIDE RAILING
DETAIL "D"
TWO WAY TRAFFIC ONE WAY TRAFFIC ONE WAY TRAFFIC
OR
ONLY
PLAN
" d CABLES
CONNECTOR
SEE DETAIL "C"
2’-8"
6" 6"
" d HOLE IN BOX
" d BOLT 8" " d HOLE FOR BOLT (BOTH SIDES AND W-BEAMS)
LONG WITH NUTS FOR " d BOLTS
C SEE DETAIL "C"
AND WASHERS
" d THREADED ROD

WITH NUT AND WASHER
6"
DETAIL "E"
4"
(FULL HEIGHT POST)
" d BOLT 4"

8" LONG WITH
" d BOLTS
NUTS AND WASHER
1"d HOLE IN BOX 8" LONG WITH
CUT AND WELD C
(BOTH SIDES) NUTS AND WASHERS
AS NECESSARY
FOR " d BOLTS
PLAN
PLAN SECTION C-C
DETAIL "B"
DETAIL "A"
10" 2’-6" 3" 2’-4"

7"
7" X 3" X "
NESTED CORRUGATED BEAM

8" 2"
1"
A B " 12 GA.
3"
2" 1" 1"
" SPLICE BOLTS. SEE DETAIL

STATE OF NEW YORK
"BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE" ON THE
CURRENT STANDARD SHEET FOR

A B CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING
4"
" d HOLES
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
2"
ELEVATION SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
DETAIL "B"
TRANSITION: BOX - W-BEAM (MOD.)

USER = jturley
DETAIL "C"

606-20
TYPICAL ANCHOR AND CABLE INCLUDED IN RAIL TRANSITION PAYMENT
(SEE DETAIL IN CURRENT STANDARD SHEET TITLED TRANSITION: BOX - CABLE).
SPRING COMPENSATORS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT THIS LOCATION
30’-0"
THREE INTERMEDIATE POSTS

(NO CONNECTION TO GUIDE SEE DETAIL "A"
RAIL REQUIRED)
-0"
TWO W-BEAMS NESTED
HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT (HPBO)
5’
CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL
1’ FIRST HEAVY POST
SINGLE W-BEAM
3’-0" 3’-0" 3’-0" 3’-0" 3’-0" 3’-0" 6’-0"

BOX BEAM
GUIDE RAIL
PAY LIMIT FOR RAIL TRANSITIONS
NORMAL SPACING 6’-3"
TWO WAY TRAFFIC ONE WAY TRAFFIC
OR BOX BEAM TO HEAVY POST *SEE BRIDGE APPROACH PLANS
BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED WHEN TRANSITION IS USED
ONE WAY TRAFFIC
BEAM TRANSITION ADJACENT TO STRUCTURE
PLAN
(SEE DETAIL "C") (3)- " d HOLES IN BOX

2’-6" 6" 6" (BOTH SIDES AND W-BEAMS)
CONNECTOR FOR " d BOLTS
" d HOLE FOR BOLT " d BOLT 8" 12" TYP.

LONG WITH NUTS
" d CABLES
AND WASHERS C
SEE DETAIL "C"
" d THREADED ROD
WITH NUT AND WASHER
4"
4"
" d BOLT
8" LONG WITH " d BOLTS
NUTS AND WASHER 8" LONG WITH
CUT AND WELD " d HOLE C
NUTS AND WASHERS
AS NEEDED (BOTH SIDES)
FOR " BOLT
PLAN SECTION C-C
PLAN
DETAIL "A"
DETAIL "B"
7"
7" X 3" X "
THE CHANGE FROM 29" HPBO TO 27" BOX BEAM IS
ACCOMPLISHED OVER TWO 12’6" LENGTHS OF HPBO
"
1
3"
2’-3" 3" 2’-6" 10"
8"
B A
12 GA.
2" 1" 1"
12 GA.
NOTES:
ALL WORK WITHIN PAY LIMITS FOR RAIL TRANSITION WILL BE PAID
FOR UNDER THE RAIL TRANSITION ITEMS.
" d HOLE IN BOX

(BOTH SIDES)
"
4"
" SPLICE BOLTS. SEE DETAIL " d HOLES
STATE OF NEW YORK
"BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE" ON THE
"
CURRENT STANDARD SHEET FOR 2"
2
CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING
B A
08
DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
ELEVATION SECTION A-A SECTION B-B DETAIL "C"

DETAIL "B"
dgn
TRANSITION: BOX - HPBO

USER = pgladd

606-21
PAY LIMIT FOR SINGLE PAY LIMIT FOR SINGLE
SLOPE HALF SECTION SLOPE HALF SECTION
CONCRETE BARRIER 52’-0" PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION - BOX BEAM GUIDERAIL TO SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER CONCRETE BARRIER
6 SPACES AT 3’-0" = 18’-0"
"
c OF SPLICE -0
1’
(SEE NOTE 4)
10’-0" 4’-0" 6’-0" 2’ 0" 6 SPACES AT 2’-0" = 12’-0" 0"

-1
8’
3’-4" 6’-8" 6’-8" 3’-4" HEAVY POSTS STANDARD S3 X 5.7 HIGHWAY POSTS
(SEE NOTE 2)
"
ASPHALT / VEGETATION -0
3’
CONTROL STRIP
10"
8"
(SEE NOTE 1)
NO BOLT IS REQUIRED BETWEEN

6" 1’-4" 1’-8" 1’-0" 1’-0" 6"
THE BOX BEAM AND THE BLOCKOUT 7" (RUB RAIL)
6" X 6" X "
ON THIS POST ONLY
10’-8" 9’-4" BOX BEAM
PLAN
(SEE NOTE 5)
STANDARD HIGHWAY POSTS

CONCRETE BARRIER
HEAVY POSTS c SPLICE (TOP RAIL)
TRANSITION
A c OF SPLICE (SEE NOTE 4)
TOP OF PAVEMENT THE COST OF THE POSTS AND 6" X 6" X "
(SEE NOTE 4)
OR SHOULDER RAIL FOR THE LOWER TUBE FLARE BOX BEAM
8
SECTION IS INCLUDED IN THE PRICE
1 6 X 6 X
B 7" BID FOR THE TRANSITION ITEM
BOX BEAM
3’-6"
9"
2’-3"
9"
FINISHED GRADE
A B
SHELF ANGLE (TYP.) RUB RAIL TURN BACK SPLICE
S3 X 5.7 POST
END CONNECTIONS FOR THE " d HOLE DRILLED IN THE (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 3) (TYP.)
BOX BEAMS (SEE NOTE 3) SHELF ANGLE MAY BE FIELD DRILLED
NO " BOLTS REQUIRED IN BOX BEAM
AT THIS POST ONLY
ELEVATION
(SEE NOTE 5)
NOTES:
1. THE VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 3" THICK. THE
MATERIAL AND THICKNESS OF EACH LIFT SHOULD MATCH THAT IN THE ADJOINING STABILIZED
SHOULDER ITEM. PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER SEPARATE ITEMS.
1" 1"
8" 10" 2. THE CONCRETE TRANSITION PIECE SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH EARTH OR BACKUP POSTS.
SEE DETAILS ON STANDARD SHEET TITLED "TRANSITION BOX - SINGLE SLOPE - SHEET 3 OF 3".
3. FOR DETAILS SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "TRANSITION BOX - SINGLE SLOPE - SHEET 2 OF 3".
1"
1"
4. SEE SPLICE DETAILS ON THE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL.
5. THE DETAIL SHOWN IS FOR USE UNDER THE PAY ITEM FOR BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION
TO SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER - ONE OR TWO WAY OPERATION.
1"d P.V.C. PIPE OR 1"d GALVANIZED
BY ELIMINATING THE RUB RAIL, THIS DETAIL CAN BE USED UNDER THE PAY ITEM FOR SINGLE SLOPE
STEEL PIPE (ASTM A53 1 NPS)
HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER TRANSITION TO BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (ONE WAY - TRAILING
THE COST OF FURNISHING AND PLACING
END OF BARRIER).
3’-6"
3’-6"
SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TRANSITION
ITEM (TYP.)
2’-4"
2’-3"
STATE OF NEW YORK

1’-3"

" GALVANIZED THREADED ROD (ASTM A449)
WITH HEX NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS (ONE SET
ON INSIDE AND ONE SET ON OUTSIDE OF BARRIER).
ALL COMPONENTS TO BE GALVANIZED. COST OF
FURNISHING AND PLACING BOLTS WITH HEX U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
6"
9"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
9"
NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS SHALL BE INCLUDED

IN THE TRANSITION ITEM (TYP.)
TRANSITION: BOX - SINGLE SLOPE

1’-4" 1’-4"
USER = jturley
(SHEET 1 OF 3)


606-22
1"
6"
" d 1"
1"d 1"
1"
"
-0
8" X 6" X " BLOCKOUT TUBE 0"
1’
3"
TOPS OF TUBES TO -1
" d 6" LONG (TYP.) 8’
3"
6"
c OF POST BE FLUSH (TYP.)
3"
"x8" LG. SQAURE NECK CARRIAGE
POST WITH SOIL PLATE
BOLT, HEX NUT, FLAT WASHER, AND
W6X9, 7’-0" LONG
1" LOCK WASHER (TYP.) "
-0
3’
1"
8"
3"
6"
26 n
TYPICAL BLOCKOUT DETAIL
c " d HOLES
3"
6" X 6" X " (2)- " X 1" LONG STD. HEX BOLT
2’-3"
IN POST AND REAR BOX BEAM
3"
6"
(ASTM DESIGNATION A-307 GRADE A)
OF BLOCKOUT
WITH HEX NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS 7" RUB RAIL
(1 NEAR SIDE, 1 FAR SIDE) TYP.
9"
8"
TYP.
1"
1"
PLAN - RUB RAIL TURNBACK
1"
6" 1"
POST HOLE DETAIL FINISHED GRADE

NOTE:
THE COST OF THE POSTS AND RAIL
BLOCKOUT FOR THE LOWER TUBE FLARE SECTION
8" X 6" X " TUBE IS INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID FOR
2’-10"
6" LONG c SPLICE (TOP RAIL)
6" X 6" X " THE TRANSITION ITEM.
NOTE:
8" X 24" X " THICK STEEL TUBE RAIL
THE COST OF THE POST c SPLICE (RUB RAIL)
SOIL PLATE
WITH SOIL PLATE TO BE
W6X9 7"
INCLUDED IN THE COST
OF THE TRANSITION ITEM
2 9" MEASURED FROM THE TOP
OF THE GROUND AT THE END
OF THE FLARED BACK SECTION
7’-0"
OF THE TUBE
2"
2-10
2’-0"
2"
8" X 24" X "

SOIL PLATE SOIL PLATE MAY BE CUT ALONG
THIS LINE FOR DRIVING (TYPICAL ELEVATION - HEAVY POST
ON ALL GUIDE RAIL POSTS) RUB RAIL
M THIS ANGLE IS DETERMINED
2 B-U1Vb
BY THE 9" MEASUREMENT
45 n AT THE END OF THE BOX BEAM
G
THE " d HOLE DRILLED IN THE

SHELF ANGLE MAY BE FIELD DRILLED
NO " BOLTS REQUIRED IN BOX BEAMS
AT THIS POST ONLY
HEAVY POST - DETAIL ELEVATION - RUB RAIL TURNBACK

NOTE:
FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS
SEE CURRENT HIGHWAY
THIS AREA TO BE CUT FROM TOP AND BOTTOM
STANDARD SHEET
FACES OF 6" X 6" X " BOX BEAM F
SEAL WELD "BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL"
c HOLES 6"
" BOLT
3"
" d HOLE
6"
"
6"
90 n E
BEND FACE IN AND
3’-0" G
WELD TO WALLS
(SEE DETAIL "A")
CUT DETAIL - END CONNECTION DETAIL "A" SHELF ANGLE 5" 4"
" d X 1" LONG
L5" X 3" X "
3"
1"
STD. HEX BOLT WITH
4" LONG
(1) FLAT WASHER
6" X 6" X " AND HEX NUT
BOX BEAM F
6"
c 1"d HOLE S3X5.7
4"
BACK FACE OF TUBE ELEVATION VIEW F-F
3"
TYPICAL RAIL TO POST CONNECTION

6"
90 n
"
G
"
SEE DETAIL "A" c 2"d HOLE
FRONT FACE OF TUBE
STATE OF NEW YORK
" d HOLE FOR " BOLT

(TOP & BOTTOM OF TUBE)
PLAN - END CONNECTION FOR BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL 90%%d
" THK U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

90 n
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
6" 1’-4" 1’-8" 1’-0" 1’-0" BOX BEAM

G
6" X 6" X "
BOX BEAM
6"
90 n TRANSITION: BOX - SINGLE SLOPE

USER = jturley
G (SHEET 2 OF 3)
3’-0" SECTION E-E
3"
7’-11"
ELEVATION - END CONNECTION FOR BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.

606-22
(DESIGN)
A NOTES:
W6X9 OR
W6X8.5
1. SURFACE SHOULD BE SMOOTH.
BACKUP POST
8"
1’-0"
2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 206-3.01. GRANULAR
BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM WITH SECTION 304 AND SHALL MATCH THE SUBBASE COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY.
3. THE BEND MAY BE ELIMINATED PROVIDED 2" MINIMUM COVER IS MAINTAINED.

2
3’-0"
FINISHED
"
10 4. CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE USED AT ALL JOINTS IN PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE 1 GRADE
1’-0"
HALF SECTION BARRIERS. ALL HARDWARE IN CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE GALVANIZED.
5. PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION BARRIER SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH
EARTH OR BACK UP POSTS FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH AS SHOWN ON THE BACKUP POST LAYOUT.
A
FINISHED
6. IF THE 6SM4 BAR IS USED, THEN THE 4SM4 BAR NEED NOT BE USED.
4’-0"
GRADE
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE HALF SECTION
10
’- TRANSITION BARRIER WITH EARTH BACKUP
0"
B NOTE:
EARTH BACKUP SHALL CONSIST OF FULLY COMPACTED
"
10 SUITABLE MATERIAL CONFORMING TO SUBSECTION 203-1.08
" HAVING NO PARTICLES GREATER THAN 1" AND SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE
’ -0
20 COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 203-3.12. HALF SECTION TRANSITION BARRIER
EARTH BACKUP SHALL EXTEND FULL HEIGHT FROM THE POINT
WITH BACKUP POST
WHERE SECTION A-A IS DRAWN TO A POINT 6’-6" FROM WHERE
SECTION B-B IS DRAWN. (SEE NOTES)
10
’-
0"
6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8"
FRONT SIDE ISOMETRIC BACK SIDE ISOMETRIC
1’ 3’-4" 3’-4" 3’-4"
" -4
-4 "
1’
2" MIN.
COVER
8"
4"
B EXPANSION CONCRETE TRANSITION

BAR LIST
JOINT PIECE
6"
5SM1 10" MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D H K LOCATION TYPICAL BACKUP POST LAYOUT
4"
4SM1H 4 4 5’-6" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" 6" AT CONCRETE BARRIER END
6"
4SM5 D
1"
AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT
2" M 4SM2H 4 1 5’-7" STIRRUP 5" 3’-10" 1" 5" 3’-"
IN. OF THE BARRIER UNIT
3’-6"
COVE
6"
R
5SM1
1’-4" MIN.
4SM3H 4 4 4’-6" TO 4’-8" STIRRUP 6" 2’-8" TO 2’-10" 1" 1’-4" AT BOX BEAM END C
2’-4"
6"
4
1"
4SM5 4SM4 4 2 4’-10" STIRRUP * * * * 2 AT EXPANSION JOINT END
21 4SM1H 4SM5 4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END

5SM2
B
FINISHED FINISHED 4SM3H
AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL
GRADE GRADE 4SM6H 4 1 5’-4" STIRRUP 6" 3’-6" 1" 1’-4"
OF THE BARRIER UNIT
5SM2
5SM1 5 2 19’-9" STRINGER 10’-6" 1’-2" 9’-2" LONGITUDINAL 2 IN TOP
9"
9"
H
5SM2 5 1 19’-9" STRINGER 9’-2" 9’-2" 6" 1’-4" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
A
6SM4 6 1 4’-10" STIRRUP * * * * AT EXPANSION JOINT END
A
3"
3"
1’-4" BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR

TO LIE PARALLEL TO * SEE DETAIL OF SM4 BAR. BARS ARE TO BE EPOXY COATED
SURFACE (SEE NOTE 3) C 4SM1H AND 4SM2H
D
C9 X 20 OR MC8 X 18.7
2" MIN.
COVER
(MIN. 1’-8" LONG) D K B
(TYP.)
4SM4 OR 6SM4 2’-3"
3"
3" 2"
4SM2H 5SM1
B
4SM1H AT 6" 4SM6H 4SM3H AT 6"
6"
H
R
3"
3" c TO c
5SM2
(PLAN) TOP DETAIL OF SM4 BAR
B K
10’-0" 10’-0"
JOINT 4SM4
(2)- 10" X 10" X " (SEE NOTE 6)
4SM3H AND 4SM6H
FILLER 10" X 10" X " p
PLATES
H
FLUSH WITH BARRIER FACE
5SM2
5SM1
4"
FORMED HOLES FOR
(PLAN) BOTTOM 4" 6SM4 OR THROUGH BOLTS
6SM4 OR
4SM4 4SM4
" X 14" LONG STATE OF NEW YORK

9’-4" CARRIAGE SCREWS

4SM5 5SM1 W/ NUTS & WASHERS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
c 2" MIN.
8 (TYP.)
3"
1’-8"
1"
1 C9 X 20 OR MC8 X 18.7
2" MIN.
1’-3"
(MIN. 1’-8" LONG) U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
4SM1H AT 6" 2’-9" 2’-9"

SM4
4SM5
4SM2H
4SM5 4SM6H
FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE TRANSITION: BOX - SINGLE SLOPE
USER = jturley
4SM3H AT 6"
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
5SM2
ELEVATION CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR HALF SECTION SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER

(SEE NOTE 4) /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.

606-22
BACKUP PLATE TO SHIELD
BOX BEAM END TRAFFIC
9’-3"
SIDE DEPARTING BOX BEAM
12’-6" MAX. 6’-3" 6’-3" 4’-2" 4’-2" 4’-2" 4’-2" 3’-0" 6’-0" 6’-0" 3’-0" 1’-6" 1’-6"
NOTE: FOR POST DETAILS, SEE THE CURRENT

STANDARD SHEETS FOR MEDIAN BARRIERS
S3x5.7 AS 6" X 8" BOX BEAM END (SEE DETAIL B) ALL WORK WITHIN THE PAY LIMITS FOR
6" X 8" TRANSITION WILL BE PAID FOR UNDER THE
PLAN BLOCKOUT 13" LONG
NESTED CORRUGATED TERMINAL RAIL MEDIAN BARRIER TRANSITION ITEM.
BOX BEAM MEDIAN
SPAN OF TRANSITION TRAFFIC
BARRIER
50’-0" SIDE APPROACHING BOX BEAM
PAY LIMITS FOR TRANSITION CABLE CONNECTORS " d THREADED ROD

INTERMEDIATE POSTS NOT " d THREADED ROD
FASTENED TO RAIL
B A (3) " CABLES ANCHOR ANGLE
2’-9"
2’-6"
B A
"
ELEVATION
"
"
CORRUGATED BEAM RAIL 6" X 8" BOX BEAM
1’-2" 3’ "
"
3" 4" 4" 2’-6"
4"
2"
" BRASS ROD
" d BRASS
"
45 n BEND BOTH ENDS
15"
AFTER INSTALLING
" 2" 2" 2"
CABLE
2’-6"
4"
N ESTED W-BEAM " d X 9" SECTION D-D
3’
LONG BOLT
1" 3" 3" 3" " CUT AND WELD AS NEEDED
2"
2’-1"
10" 2’-6" 3" 2’-4"
2"
3" 3" 3" 3" 8" 2"

2"
"
" STEEL PLATE
10"
#10 BARS "
NOTE: ALTERNATE METHODS OF

1"
ANCHOR ANGLE
1 "d HOLES (TYP.) FABRICATING ANCHOR ANGLES
(SEE DETAIL D) 2’-6"
SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL
INTERNAL STIFFENER p (SEE DETAIL)
1"
MEDIAN SURFACE 12 GAUGE " d HOLE FOR 2" (8)- 1"d HOLES AT 3" C.C. 2"
" d BRASS ROD 3" (TYP.) 6" " " d X 9" LONG BOLT (BOTH SIDES) "
" 2" " 2" BEND BOTH ENDS 1" " HOLE
"
AFTER INSTALLING CABLE " SPLICE HOLES D
5"
COVER PLATE
2"
EXTERNAL
STIFFENER p DETAIL "F" "
8"
(8)- " d RODS WITH
3"
2"
3"
"
" GALVANIZED NUTS AND
3’-0"
WASHERS - RODS PROTRUDE 1"
(SEE " d ANCHOR ROD DETAIL) 1"
" STIFFINER p 3" X 3" X 8" X " THICK STEEL p
"
8"
1’-6"
(4 REQUIRED)
OR D
2" 2"
" 1" " 1" 3" X 8" X " STEEL p
3" X 8" X " STEEL p
2"
5" 4" 1’-2" LENGTH OF" BENT p "
OR (2)-" p WELDED OR BENT
3’-0"
ANGLE 9" X 4" X" CLASS "A" #3 BARS
CONCRETE 3" MIN. COVER "
DETAIL "D" DETAIL "E" "
" d SPLICE BOLT
2"
SEE DETAIL "A" TERMINAL RAIL
(NESTED ON BOX BEAM APPROACH SIDE)
BOX BEAM END
4"
(10)- 1"d HOLES AT 3" C.C. 9" (SEE DETAIL "B")
DETAIL "C"
" X 1"
" X "
(8)- " d BOLTS
2’-11"
THREAD
4’-3" (8)- 1"d HOLES AT 3" C.C.
10" LONG
1’-6"
6"
BOTH SIDES
12 GAUGE STATE OF NEW YORK
1’-"
3"
COVER p
6"
3"
(SEE DETAIL F)
HARNESS d
4
SECTION A-A U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
SEE DETAIL "C"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
BACKUP PLATE
" d HOLE FOR " d X 9" LONG BOLT
TERMINAL
2"
SECTION
ROUND DETAIL "B" " d ANCHOR

10"
6" X 8" BOX BEAM ROD DETAIL
TRANSITION:
WASHER
USER = jturley
NESTED TERMINAL BOX MEDIAN - CORRUGATED MEDIAN

DETAIL "A" SECTION
" d SPLICE
BOLT
NOTE: SEE TYPICAL TERMINAL RAIL DETAIL
ON THE CURRENT STANDARD SHEET
FOR CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL
SECTION B-B

606-24
PAY LIMIT FOR
PAY LIMIT FOR BOX BEAM
SINGLE SLOPE 52’-0" PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION - BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER TO SLOPE CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER MEDIAN BARRIER
CONCRETE
MEDIAN BARRIER 10’-0" 10’-0" 2’-0" 6 SPACES AT 2’-0" = 12’-0" 2 SPACES AT 3’-0" = 6’-0" 4 SPACES AT 3’-0" = 12’-0" STANDARD HIGHWAY
POST SPACING
HEAVY POSTS TRAFFIC c OF SPLICES (SEE NOTES 4 AND 5)
6" 1’-4" 1’-8" 1’-0" 1’-0" 6" S3 X 5.7 TRANSITION POSTS (SEE NOTE 4) 1’-4" STANDARD HIGHWAY
c OF SPLICES (SEE NOTE 5) POST
CONCRETE BARRIER 6" X 6" X "

BOX BEAM
TRANSITION
" GAP NEEDED FOR FIT UP NO " BOLTS REQUIRED IN

SHELF ANGLE 8" X 6" X " BOX BEAM
BOX BEAMS AT THIS POST
TYPICAL
6"
c OF SPLICE NO BOLT IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE BOX BEAM
3’-0"
(SEE NOTE 3) AND THE BLOCKOUTS ON THIS POST ONLY
END CONNECTIONS
FOR BOX BEAM VEGETATION CONTROL
6" 1’-4" 1’-8" 1’-0" 1’-0" 1’-0" 3’-0" 6" X 6" X " BOX BEAM STRIP (SEE NOTE 9)
(SEE NOTE 4) (TYP.) TRAFFIC TYPE I END ASSEMBLY
GUIDE RAILING (SEE NOTE 3)
UNIT (SEE NOTE 3)
6’-6" 4’-6" 3 SPACES @ 6’-0" = 18’-0" 6’-0"
A
SINGLE SLOPE
CONCRETE
MEDIAN BARRIER " GAP NEEDED FOR FIT UP PLAN
B
c OF SPLICE (SEE NOTE 3)
6" X 6" X" STEEL BOX BEAM
4
8’-0" LONG TYPE I END ASSEMBLY
1
6" X 6" X " STEEL UNIT (SEE NOTE 3)
c OF SPLICE (SEE NOTE 3) SHELF ANGLE (TYP.) BOX BEAM 24’ LONG
3’-6"
S3 X 5.7 POST
END CONNECTIONS FOR FINISHED GRADE (SEE NOTE 3)
BOX BEAMS (SEE NOTE 4) (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 1) (TYP.)
9"
ELEVATION
A B
(APPROACH RAIL NOT SHOWN)
A c OF SPLICE
B (SEE NOTE 5) HEAVY POSTS STANDARD HIGHWAY
S3 X 5.7 TRANSITION POSTS (SEE NOTE 4)
(SEE NOTE 4) POST SPACING
4
6" X 6" X " BOX BEAM 8" X 6" X " BOX BEAM
1
2’-6"
12
1
FINISHED GRADE
9"
END CONNECTIONS FOR (SEE NOTE 1)
BOX BEAMS (SEE NOTE 4)
A B
TURN BACK IN RUB RAIL S3 X 5.7 ANCHOR POST
RUB RAIL
ELEVATION (SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 4)
(DEPARTURE RAIL NOT SHOWN)
8" 6"
" d FULLY THREADED ANCHOR ROD AND
HEAVY HEX NUT WITH FLAT WASHER (TYP).
(SEE NOTES 7 AND 8)
1" CHAMFERS
1"
(TYP.)
NOTES:
4
1. THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM TOP OF FINISHED GRADE TO BOTTOM OF RAIL.
IN THE TRANSITION AREA GRADES MUST MATCH FROM SIDE TO SIDE. ELSEWHERE
THE FINISHED GRADE CAN DIFFER BY UP TO 10" FROM ONE SIDE OF THE CONCRETE
BARRIER TO THE OTHER.
21
1’-9"
3’-6"
2. ALL POSTS, RAIL AND HARDWARE INCLUDED ON THE DEPARTURE SIDE ARE TO BE
4’-3"
INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID FOR THE TRANSITION ITEM.

2’-4" (TO CONCRETE RECESS)
3. DETAILS AND NOTES FOR THE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL AND TYPE I END ASSEMBLY UNIT
1’-9"
FINISHED GRADE (INCLUDING SPLICES) CAN BE FOUND ON THE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL STANDARD SHEET.
(PAVED SURFACE)
1’-0" (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 1) 4. FOR DETAILS SEE SHEET 3 OF 3.
STATE OF NEW YORK
9"
FINISHED GRADE
5. SEE SPLICE DETAILS ON THE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL STANDARD SHEETS.
(PAVED SURFACE) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
6. FOR MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR RAILING IN THE
TRANSITION ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR GUIDE RAILING/BOX BEAM MEDIAN
NOTE 1)
9"
FINISHED GRADE BARRIER IN SECTION 606. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

(SEE
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
7. DRILLING & GROUTING OF THREADED ANCHOR RODS IS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID
FOR THE TRANSITION ITEM. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRILLING AND GROUTING IN y586 OF
THE N.Y.S. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
TRANSITION:
2’-0"
2’-0" BOX MEDIAN - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN
8. MINIMUM EMBEDMENT OF ANCHOR RODS SHALL BE 1’ AND A MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE
USER = jturley
OF 3" SHALL BE MAINTAINED.

(SHEET 1 OF 3)
9. THE VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 3" THICK. IF THERE IS
AN ADJOINING STABILIZED SHOULDER, THE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS SHOULD MATCH
THAT IN THE ADJOINING STABILIZED SHOULDER ITEM, PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SEPARATE ITEMS.

606-25
(DESIGN)
" PLATE (TWO PLATES
2’-3" 2’-3"
REQUIRED EACH SPLICE)
1’-1" 1’-1" 1’-1" 1’-1"

TRAFFIC
ONLY THESE HOLES ALL HOLES " d
2"
2"
ARE TO BE TAPPED TACK WELD
8" X 6" X "
6" X 6" X " FOR " d BOLTS " HEX NUTS
3"
3"
BOX BEAM
BOX BEAM
R=1" R=1"
7"
7"
5"
5"
SPLICE PLATE
(SEE DETAIL "A")
2" 3" 3" 3" 1" 3" 3" 4" 3" 2" 3" 3" 3" 1" 3" 3" 4" 3"
PLAN
DETAIL "A" ALTERNATE SPLICE PLATE SHOWING DETAIL "A" ALTERNATE SPLICE PLATE SHOWING
TAPPED BOLT HOLES " HEX NUTS WELDED TO PLATE
NOTE: THE BOTTOM PLATE IS SHOWN. THE TOP PLATE IS

SIMILAR WITH THE NUTS WELDED ON THE REVERSE SIDE.
(8)- " d BOLTS 2" LONG
WITH WASHERS (TYP.)
B-UIVb
TRAFFIC
B A
6" X 6" X "
8" X 6" X " 2" 6" 4" 4" 6" 3"
BOX BEAM
BOX BEAM
1
4
SPLICE PLATE
(SEE DETAIL "A") PLAN - RUB RAIL TURNBACK
B-UIVb 8" X 6" X "

1"d HOLES
TACK WELD BOX BEAM
BOX BEAM TOP AND
6" X 6" X "
BOTTOM (TYP.)
3"
4" SEE DETAIL "C"

1"
B BOX BEAM
2’-9"
BOX BEAM 12
1
NOTE: WELD OR GALVANIZING

PROTRUSIONS NOT PERMITTED
9"
ON TOP OR BOTTOM INSIDE
WALLS IN SPLICE AREA. TURN BACK IN
RUB RAIL S3 X 5.7 ANCHOR POSTS
SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET
GROUND LINE
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION B-B ELEVATION - RUB RAIL TURNBACK
SPLICE PLATE SHOWING SPLICE PLATE SHOWING
S3 X 5.7 TRANSTION POST " HEX NUTS WELDED TO PLATE TAPPED BOLT HOLES
GROUND LINE
NOTE:
RUB RAIL NOT SHOWN "
" d HOLE
NUT WITH WASHER
90 n
2"
A
"
2" " 2"
6"
ELEVATION TRANSITION SPLICE
M
90 n B-UIVb 45 n " 1’-10"
G 6" X 6"
45 n
S3 X 5.7 BOX BEAM
" TUBE G
2’-0"
ANCHOR POSTS
2’-9"
90 n
G "
1"
PROTRUSION CAUSED BY WELDING OR GALVANIZING " 2"
ARE NOT PERMITTED ON THE INSIDE WALLS OF THE
SPLICE AREA.
SECTION C-C WELD DETAIL FOR
4"
RUB RAIL " X 6" X 2’
6" X 6" X " TUBE
4" STEEL SOIL PLATE NOT
" d BOLT
c 2" d HOLE FRONT REQUIRED IN ROCK
SEE DETAIL "B" 6" 9" LONG
3"
FACE OF TUBE (TYP.) C WITH WASHER

SEAL WELD
ANCHOR POST DETAIL PLAN
"
6"
3"
c HOLES
CC c 1"d FOR SPLICE " d 12"
90 n 12
HOLE BACK FACE HOLE FOR " d BOLT C
OF TUBE (TYP.) (TOP AND BOTTOM OF TUBE) G 1
6"
TS-6" X 6" X "
2"
4"
PLAN DETAIL "B" STEEL BOX BEAM
"
END CONNECTION FOR BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (APPROACH SIDE ONLY)
"
STATE OF NEW YORK
12"
2"
END COVER PLATE
GROUND LINE
2" BURIED
6" 1’-4" 1’-8" 1’-0" 1’-0" 2’-6"
WELD OR DRIVE FIT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
3’ (SEE SKETCH "D") 5" X 5" X "
5"
6"
STEEL PLATE
" d HOLE ON BOTH
WELD OR DRIVE FIT
6"

3"
SIDES OF BOX BEAM.

6"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
" d HOLE ON BOTH POSTS S3 X 5.7 POST

3’-0" 5’-0"
8’-0"
THIS AREA TO BE CUT FROM SOIL PLATES " d DRAIN HOLE TRANSITION:
TOP AND BOTTOM FACES OF
6" X 6" X " BOX BEAM BOX MEDIAN - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN
USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 3)
ELEVATION CUT DETAIL - END CONNECTION DETAIL "C" SKETCH "D" BOX BEAM
END CONNECTION FOR BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL (APPROACH SIDE ONLY) END COVER PLATE
NOTE "A" APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
THE END CONNECTION ON THE DEPARTURE SIDE OF TRAFFIC WILL BE SIMILAR BUT WILL
NOT HAVE THE CUT DETAIL (I.E. IT WILL MAINTAIN ITS SQUARE SHAPE THROUGHOUT.

606-25
(DESIGN)
A
8" NOTES:
1. SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH. 4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXCAVATION

SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO y606-2.14. y206-3.01* GRANULAR BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM
3 TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH WITH y304 AND SHOULD MATCH THE SUBBASE
’-
5 CONCRETE. COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY.
"
B 3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO 5. THE BEND MAY BE ELIMINATED PROVIDED 2" MIN.
y606-3.19. TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, COVER IS MAINTAINED.
6 OR WITH CONCRETE.
’-
6
"
A 0
"
1
6" ’-
10 - 3
1’
’- 0"
0" ’-
10 1"
REF.
3"
"
1"
1"
"
2’-7"
3’-4"
3"
1"
FI
NIS
2’-4 "
HE E
N
D LI
8"
DEPARTURE SIDE GR L APPROACH SIDE
AD O c " d HOLES
ISOMETRIC E TR ISOMETRIC
10 N IN POST & REAR
’- CO "
0" ’-0 OF BLOCKOUT
10
1"
3"
9"
1’-3"
" d
"
-0 8" X 6" X " BLOCKOUT HOLES (TYP.)
2’ 2’
-0 TUBE 6" LONG (TYP.)
2" MIN.
"
6"
COVER
TOP OF TUBES TO
" X 8" LONG SQUARE NECK
8"
B BE FLUSH (TYP.)
4"
6" 1’6" CARRIAGE BOLT, HEX NUT,

FLAT WASHER, AND LOCK 6"
2" MIN. WASHER (TYP.)
2" MIN.
COVER
4"**
(2)- " d X 1" LONG STD. HEX BOLT
COVER
(ASTM DESIGNATION A-307 GRADE A)
6"**
WITH HEX NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS S3X5.7
5SM1 6"X6"X"
2’-6"
(1 NEAR SIDE, 1 FAR SIDE) (TYP.)
3’-2"
3’-2"
4SM2 BOX BEAM
NOTE:
6"
3’-6"
BLOCKOUT
9"
5SM4 FINISHED GRADE
8" 8" X 6" X "
4SM1 * AT THE BARRIER END, THE TOP WILL BE
6"
4SM2 TUBE 6" LONG

LOCATED 1" ABOVE THE TOP OF THE " 2
(TYP.)
12" MIN.
VARIES *
"
1"
RAIL TUBE ON THE APPROACH SIDE 2
7’-0"
7’-0"
4
2" M
IN.
6"**
" 2-10 " 2-10
2’-0"
COVER 21 4SM3 ** BARS CAN BE ADJUSTED VERTICALLY
2’-8"
TO AVOID BEING HIT BY THE DRILLED
5SM2 NOTE: 8" X 32" X "
5SM3 HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
8" X 24" X " THICK
5SM3 THE COST OF THE POST WITH 8" X 24" X " THICK SOIL PLATE
SOIL PLATE
SOIL PLATE TO BE INCLUDED THICK SOIL PLATE
9"
IN THE COST OF THE

5SM2
TRANSITION ITEM
" 2
POST WITH SOIL PLATE
2’-0" W6X9, 7’-0" LONG " 2
3"
3"
BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR 2’-0" W6X9

TO LIE PARALLEL TO
SURFACE (SEE NOTE 5)
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B HEAVY POST ELEVATION HEAVY POST DETAIL * TRANSITION POST DETAIL
* FOR CONNECTION OF RAIL TO POST
2"
SEE THE BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL
2’-1" STANDARD SHEET
BAR LIST 2" 4SM4
4SM1 AT 6" 4SM5 5SM4
MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D H K LOCATION
4SM1 4 4 VARIES STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4" TO 6" - - AT CONCRETE BARRIER END 2"
2"
4SM3 AT 6"
4SM2 4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT - - - - - - 4 AT EACH END OF BARRIER
5SM1 2’-3"
SOIL PLATE MAY BE CUT ALONG
4SM3 4 8 5’-6" STIRRUP 1’-2" 2’-2" 1" - - - AT BOX BEAM END THIS LINE FOR DRIVING (TYPICAL
PLAN (TOP) ON ALL GUIDE RAIL POSTS)
AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT 10’-0" 10’-0"

4SM4 4 1 8’-11" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 1’-3" - -
OF THE BARRIER UNIT
AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT

4SM5 4 1 9’-4" STIRRUP 1’-8" 3’-10" 1" - - -
OF THE BARRIER UNIT
5SM1 5 2 13’-2" STRINGER - 9’-10" - - 8" 3’- 3" LONGITUDINAL 2 IN TOP

5SM2 5SM3
5SM2 5 1 19’-9" STRINGER - 1’-10" - 16’-4" 6" 1’-6" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
PLAN (BOTTOM)
5SM3 5 1 19’-8" STRAIGHT - - - - - - LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
2" 2’-9" 2’-9"
12" MIN.
4SM2 4SM2
5SM4 5 2 8’-9" STRINGER - 4’-11" - - 11" 3’-8" LONGITUDINAL 2 IN TOP STATE OF NEW YORK
(TYP.)
4
1
NOTE: BARS ARE TO BE EPOXY COATED DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
D
4SM1 AT 6" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:04
4SM3 AT 6"
C A
4SM3 AT 6"
K B D K B TRANSITION:
B
5SM2 BOX MEDIAN - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN

3"
USER = jturley
4SM5
C 4SM4 (SHEET 3 OF 3)
B
ELEVATION
A

4SM1 AND 4SM4 4SM3 AND 4SM5 5SM1 AND 5SM4 5SM2
606-25
"
"
1"
1"
3" GUIDE RAIL BOLT " DIA.
7" LONG THREADED OVER 4" MIN. WITH NUT
-5"
-5"
*
*
2’
2’
CORRUGATED RAIL
-8"
-8"
2’
S3 X 5.7 S3 X 5.7
2’
W6 X 8.5 OR
W6 X 9 POST
2"
4"
-5"
-5"
-0"
-0"
5’
5’
W6 X 8.5 OR
6’
6’
W6 X 9 POST
"
5"
"
c
6
* 1"
RAIL HEI
GHT FOR MODIFIED G2 WEAK
"
POST CORRUGATED BEAM SYSTEM IS
"
-1
SHOWN. RAIL HEIGHT FOR PREVIOUS
1’
1"
6
STANDARD WEAK POST CORRUGATED BEAM
SYSTEM WAS 2’-6".
710-13 TIMBER
BLOCKOUT OR
" d HOLES
710-26 PLASTIC
" OR SYNTHETIC " HOLE FOR " BOLT
" BLOCKOUT
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C SECTION D-D

" HOLE FOR " BOLT
FLAT WASHER
" NUT
SPECIAL TRANSITION
INTERMEDIATE POSTS SEE SPECIAL TRANSITION BLOCKED-OUT
NOT CONNECTED TO WEAK POST ASSEMBLY DETAIL S3 X 5.7 POST BLOCKED-OUT WEAK POST ASSEMBLY DETAIL
RAIL
C D
TRAFFIC
LEGEND:
BLOCKED HEAVY POST
TRAFFIC
WEAK POST (S3 X 5.7)
C D
SPECIAL TRANSITION BLOCK-OUT
-5"
(WEAK POST)
2’
6’-3"
HEAVY POST BLOCKED OUT

CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN BARRI
ER (2) SPACES AT 6’-3" (8) SPACES AT 3’-1" (4) SPACES AT 6’-3" POST SPACING 12’-6"
MOUNTING HEIGHT CHANGES
TRANSITION CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER TO HEAVY POST BLOCKED OUT CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER CORRUGATED BEAM MEDI
AN BARRI
ER
MEDIAN BARRIER TRANSITION

CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER TO HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT
SEE STANDARD SHEETS FOR HEAVY

POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED SEE STANDARD SHEET FOR MODIFIED G2
BEAM GUIDE RAIL FOR DETAILS WEAK POST CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL FOR DETAILS
ITEM 606.32 ITEM 606.18
B
6’-3" POST SPACING (SEE NOTE) (8) SPACES AT 3’-1" (5) SPACES AT 6’-3" 12’-6" POST SPACING
A 25’-0" RAIL SPLICE
-8"
-5"
2’
2’
STATE OF NEW YORK

B
FIRST LAST WEAK POST
HEAVY POST U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
dgn
09
MOUNTING HEIGHT CHANGES

DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
FILE NAM E = 606-27_011212.
TRANSITION:
HEAVY POST BLOCKED OUT TRANSITION CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL TO HEAVY POST BLOCKED MODIFIED WEAK POST W-BEAM (MOD.) - HPBO
USER = pgladd
CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL OUT CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL GUIDE RAIL AND MEDIAN BARRIER
GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION
CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING TO HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT APPROVED OCTOBER 11, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-034
CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAIL


606-27
GENERAL NOTES:
CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR 12"
A HALF SECTION SINGLE SLOPE 1. VERTICAL AND SLOPING CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH.
8" BARRIER REQUIRED WETHER
12"
BACKED UP WITH STEEL POST 2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO SUBSECTION 606-2.14, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH, CONCRETE.
OR EARTH.
3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO SUBSECTION 606-3.19, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH, CONCRETE.
FINISHED GRADE
2
-0"
4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 206-3.01. GRANULAR BACK
"
3’
FILL SHALL CONFORM WITH SECTION 304 AND SHALL MATCH SUBBASE COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY.
10
1
FINISHED GRADE 5. THE BEND MAY BE ELIMINATED PROVIDED 2" MIN. COVER IS MAINTAINED.
"
10 ’-0
A ’-0 B 20 6. CONTINUITY CONNECTION SHALL BE GALVANIZED.
"
7. IF THE 6SM4 BAR IS USED, NEITHER 4SM4 BAR NEED BE USED.

10" SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE
5" 8. FOR RAILING LAYOUT AND DETAILS, SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "TRANSITION HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION - SHEET 2 OF 3".
HALF-SECTION TRANSITION BARRIER
-0"
9. CONCRETE TRANSITION PIECE SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH EARTH OR BACK-UP POSTS FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH. WITH EARTH BACKUP
4’
ISOMETRIC VIEW FRONT SIDE 10 16 ISOMETRIC VIEW BACK SIDE
’-0 "
" NOTE: EARTH BACKUP SHALL CONSIST OF FULLY COMPACTED SUITABLE
MATERIAL CONFORMING TO SUBSECTION 203-1.08, HAVING NO
PARTICLES GREATER THAN 1" AND COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE
" BAR LIST WITH SUBSECTION 203-3.12. EARTH BACKUP, IF USED, SHALL EXTEND
2" MIN. COVER
16 FULL HEIGHT FROM THE POINT WHERE SECTION A-A IS DRAWN TO A

B MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D H K LOCATION POINT 6’-6" FROM WHERE SECTION B-B IS DRAWN.
8"
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE
2" MIN. COVER

4SM1H 4 4 68" STIRRUP 10" 46" 1" 4" 6" AT CONCRETE BARRIER END HALF-SECTION TRANSITION BARRIER
4"
VARIES FROM
WITH BACKUP POST
AT 33" FROM THE MIDPOINT
5" TO 10" 4SM2H 4 1 68" STIRRUP 5" 46" 1" 5" 34"
OF THE BARRIER UNIT
6"
5SM3 VARIES FROM VARIES FROM VARIES FROM

4SM3H 4 2 STIRRUP 1" AT CORRUGATED RAIL END 6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8" 3’-4"
5SM1 56" TO 58" 3" TO 5" 37" TO 38"
6"
4"
4SM4 4 2 57" STIRRUP 27" 3" 9" 2 AT EXPANSION JOINT SIDE 3’-4" 3’-4"
6"
4SM5
-8" AND VARIES
5SM5 4SM5 4 8 30" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END

-6"
5SM1
6"
3’
AT 33" FROM THE MIDPOINT

4SM6H 4 1 68" STIRRUP 6" 46" 1"
4SM5 ** OF THE BARRIER UNIT
VARIES FROM VARIES FROM

4SM7H 4 2 STIRRUP 6" 1" AT CORRUGATED RAIL END 1/2" JOINT FILLER
4SM3H ** 60" TO 61" 38" TO 39"
2’
TYPICAL BACKUP POST LAYOUT

FINISHED FINISHED 5SM1 5 1 236" STRINGER 158" 10" 78" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
GRADE 4SM1H GRADE
D
5SM2 5 1 237" STRINGER 192" 11" 44" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
16" MIN.
1"
5SM2 5SM2 5SM3 5 1 157" STRINGER 118" " 39" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP C
1"
9"
9"
3"
5SM5 5 1 62" STRINGER 44" 4" 17" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP

3"
B
5SM6 5 1 68" STRINGER 26" 5" 41" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
16" BEND LOWER 6" 16"
OF BAR TO LIE
PARALLEL TO SURFACE 6SM4 6 1 57" STIRRUP 6" 27" 3" 9" SEE DETAIL OF SM4 BAR
K
SECTION A-A (SEE NOTE 5) SECTION B-B TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL
** LOCATE 4SM5, 4SM3H AND 4SM7H BARS TO AVOID THE 1"d PVC OR GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE. NOTE: ALL BARS ARE TO BE EPOXY COATED A
8" A
4SM1H AND 4SM2H
4SM3H AT 6"
10"
16" MIN.
2" 2"
4SM1H AT 6" 4SM7H AT 6" D K B
4SM2H 5SM1 c 5SM6 4SM6H
C
8"
)
TYP.
H
2" MIN.
C9X20 OR MC8X18.7
"
COVER (
(MIN. 20" LONG)
C.
B
"
TAPERS
3" C.
5
5SM3 24" LAP (TYP.)
18" B=27"
3"
5SM1, 5SM2, 5SM3,
4
4SM4 OR 6SM4
PLAN - TOP 5SM5, AND 5SM6
10’-0" 10’-0"
R=3"
D=9"
16"
5SM2 DETAIL OF SM4 BAR 4SM3H, 4SM6H, AND 4SM7H
(2)- 10" X 10" 4SM4 (SEE NOTE 7) 10" X 10" X " p

" PLATES FLUSH WITH BARRIER FACE
JOINT FILLER
PLAN - BOTTOM FORMED HOLES FOR
THROUGH BOLTS
6’-8"
4SM5 5SM3 c 5SM6 4"
6SM4 OR 6SM4 OR " X 14" BUTTON
8
8" (2) 4SM4 4" (2) 4SM4 HEAD BOLTS WITH NUTS STATE OF NEW YORK
1 AND WASHERS
C9X20 OR
24" LAP
4SM1H AT 6" MC8X18.7
(TYP.) 5SM5
"
(MIN. 20" LONG)
dgn
3"
4SM5 **
20"
1
25
2" MIN.
FILE NAM E = 606-2801_090612.
33" 33"
17"
15"
DATE/TIM E = 03-OCT-2012 12:
4SM5 FINISHED GRADE
4SM2H 4SM6H 4SM7H AT 6" **

TRANSITION:
HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION
9"
5SM2 4SM3H AT 6" **
USER = rlohse
FINISHED GRADE
(SHEET 1 OF 3)

ERRATA 1 EFF. 09/06/2012
ELEVATION CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR HALF SECTION SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER
(SEE NOTE 6)
606-28
38’-6" PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING AND CONCRETE BARRIER PAY LIMIT FOR HEAVY POST BLOCK-OUT
20’-0" CONCRETE TRANSITION UNIT 11" (5)- SPACES AT 1’-6" = 7’ 9-3/4 " (3)- SPACES AT 3’-1" = 9’-4"
(SEE NOTE 3)
W6 X 8.5 OR W6 X 9 POSTS AND W8 X 15 BLOCK-OUTS (SEE NOTE 2) PLASTIC, SYNTHETIC, OR
2’-4"
TIMBER BLOCK-OUTS
W8 X 15
1’-8"
BLOCKOUT
CONCRETE BARRIER
TRANSITION (SEE NOTE 3) W6 X 8.5 OR
W6 X 9 POST
"
SEE SETAIL "B" ON STANDARD 2’-0"
SHEET TITLED "TRANSITION
HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF
1’ X ‹" X 1’-6" TRAFFIC SECTION - SHEET 3 OF 3"
GALVANIZED BEARING p VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP
(SEE NOTE 1)
-8"
PLAN
-7"
1’
THE CHANGE FROM 29" HPBO MEDIAN TO THRIE
2’
BEAM TRANSITION SECTION IS ACCOMPLISHED
"
OVER LAST TWO 12’6" SECTIONS OF HPBO.
-4
2’
38’-6" PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN HEAVY POST BLOCKED-OUT CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING AND CONCRETE BARRIER PAY LIMIT FOR HEAVY POST BLOCK-OUT
-0"
6’
1"
20’-0" CONCRETE TRANSITION UNIT 1’-4" (5)- SPACES AT 1’-6" = 7’-9" (3)- SPACES AT 3’-1" = 9’-4" THE CHANGE FROM 29" HPBO MEDIAN TO THRIE
(SEE NOTE 3) BEAM TRANSITION SECTION IS ACCOMPLISHED
W6 X 8.5 OR W6 X 9 POSTS AND W8 X 15 BLOCK-OUTS (SEE NOTE 2) OVER LAST TWO 12’6" SECTIONS OF HPBO.
2 MIN.
A 1
c OF HPBO CORRUGATED
"
BEAM GUIDE RAILING
W6 X 8.5 OR
-
1’
W6 X 9 POST
-3"
2’
-7"
SECTION A-A
2’
POST ELEVATION
W6 HIGHWAY POST. THE COST

OF THIS POST TO BE INCLUDED
HPBO POST AND BLOCKOUT IN THE PRICE BID FOR THE
TOP OF PAVEMENT OR SHOULDER
(5)- " GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS (ASTM A-325 A NOT ATTACHED TO RAIL TRANSITION ITEM.
TYPE 1 OR 3) WITH HEX NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS.
1 TRANSITION SECTION 10 GAUGE
ALL COMPONENTS TO BE GALVANIZED. COST OF
FURNISHING AND PLACING BOLTS WITH HEX (2)- SECTIONS OF 12 GAUGE THRIE BEAM NESTED INSIDE THE OTHER
NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS SHALL BE INCLUDED
IN THE TRANSITION ITEM (TYP.)
ELEVATION
THRIE BEAM TERMINAL
CONNECTOR (10 GAUGE) HPBO CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING
TRANSITION TO CONCRETE BARRIER
NOTES:
1’-6" FOR TRANSITION TO JERSEY BARRIER
1’-4" FOR TRANSITION TO SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER 1"d P.V.C. OR 1"d GALVANIZED 1. THE VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 3" THICK. THE
STEEL PIPE (ASTM A53, 1 NPS d) MATERIAL AND THICKNESS OF EACH LIFT SHOULD MATCH THAT IN THE ADJOINING SHOULDER
THE COST OF FURNISHING AND ITEM. PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER SEPARATE ITEMS.
10" PLACING SHALL BE INCLUDED
IN THE TRANSITION ITEM (TYP.) 2. FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "TRANSITION HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE
4" HALF SECTION - SHEET 3 OF 3".
1’ X " X 1’-6"
GALVANIZED BEARING p
3. THRIE BEAM TRANSITIONS TO SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER. SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED
"TRANSITION HPBO - SINGLE SLOPE HALF SECTION - SHEET 1 OF 3" FOR DETAILS.
MIN. 1’ LONG " d GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS
(ASTM F 568-CLASS 8.8) WITH HEX NUTS
AND FLAT WASHERS. ALL COMPONENTS TO BE " X 2" POST " X 1" SPLICE BOLTS SLOTS (TYP.)
GALAVANIZED. COST OF FURNISHING AND PLACING BOLT SLOT (TYP.) (USE 12 - " GALVANIZED BOLTS TO
"
BOLTS WITH HEX NUTS AND FLAT WASHERS SPLICE TO THRIE BEAM - SEE SHEET 3 OF 3
1"d HOLES
SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TRANSITION ITEM (TYP.) FOR DETAILS OF BOLTS).
2
-8"
2’
6"
"
EXPLODED VIEW
7
STATE OF NEW YORK

-8"
8"
1’
"
TOP OF PAVEMENT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

OR SHOULDER
7
6"
10
"
8" 8" 4" 4" 3"

DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
9"
dgn
2’-6" TRANSITION:
FILE NAM E = 606-2802.

USER = pgladd
END VIEW THRIE BEAM TERMINAL

(SHEET 2 OF 3)
(TRANSITION TO JERSEY BARRIER) CONNECTOR

606-28
13’-6"
4" 6’-3" 6’-3" 4" 4" 3’-1" 3’-1" 4"

2" 2" 1" 2" 2"
2"
4" 4" " X 2" SLOTTED
n
10
HOLES AT 3’-2"
CENTERS (TYP.)
10
3"
SYMMETRICAL
3"
ABOUT c
"
1’-8"
1’-"
3"
"
c c OF HPBO CORRUGATED
BEAM GUIDE RAILING
1"
2"
" X 1" SPLICE " X 2" SLOTTED
2" MIN. TRANSITION ZONE 2" MIN.
BOLT SLOT (TYP.) HOLES AT 1’-6" CTRS. (TYP.)
TYPICAL THRIE BEAM SECTION END VIEW OF TRANSITION SECTION END VIEW OF
TRANSITION TRANSITION
1"
1"
3"
8.12"
7"
" d BUTTON
W8 X 15
HEAD BOLTS
W8 X 15
4.015"
BLOCKOUT W6 X 9 OR
W6 X 8.5 POST
" d
HEX BOLT
1"
1"
" d CONTINUOUS W8 X 15
STEEL WASHER
6’-0"
NESTED THRIE BEAM
6"
6"
4"
" d
2"
TWO " (ASTM F568 CLASS 4.6)
HEX NUT
BOLTS AND NUTS WITH WASHERS
1’-9"
1’-9"
7"
7"
BACK UP SECTION OF THRIE
" STEEL WASHER TWO " X 2" (ASTM BEAM 13’-6" LONG, PLACED
(TYP.) F568 CLASS 4.6) LONG BEHIND CONTINUOUS THRIE

BUTTON HEAD BOLTS THROUGH BEAM AS INDICATED
7"
7"
" d RECESS
POST AND BEAMS. NO WASHERS
HEX NUT (TYP.) " d
UNDER POST BOLT HEADS
STEEL WASHER (ASTM A563) NUTS AND
" d HEX
(ASTM F844) WASHERS
BOLT (TYP.) " d
HEX NUT
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW REAR VIEW

W6 X 9 OR
W6 X 9 OR
W6 X 8.5 POST
W6 X 8.5 POST
THRIE BEAM ASSEMBLY THRIE BEAM BLOCKOUTS DETAIL POST DETAIL DETAIL "B"
" X " OVAL SHOULDER

1" " " 1"
1"
1"
"
"
STATE OF NEW YORK

NESTED THRIE BEAMS
"
" 1"
FILE NAME = 606-2803_010710.dgn
" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DATE/TIME = 07-DEC-2009 11:06
" DEEP
TERMINAL SECTION
RECESS
SPLICE BOLT HEX NUT ASTM A563

ASTM A307 GRADE A OR BETTER TYPICAL SPLICE LAYOUT TRANSITION:
DETAIL "A"
USER = jturley
BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE (SHEET 3 OF 3)

(EXCLUDING BLOCKOUT CONNECTIONS)

606-28
(DESIGN)
38’-2" PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN BARRIER AND CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER PAY LIMIT FOR HPBO CORRUGATED MEDIAN BARRIER
20’ CONCRETE TRANSITION PIECE 11" (5) SPACES AT 1’-6" = 7’-9" (3) SPACES AT 3’-1" = 9’-4"
(SEE NOTE 3)
12’-6" SECTION STANDARD THRIE BEAM (10 GA.) 6’-3" W-BEAM TO THRIE
TRAFFIC
BEAM TRANSITION SECTION
THRIE BEAM LAPS OVER
1’-8"
TERMINAL CONNECTOR
VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP

(SEE NOTE 1)
TERMINAL CONNECTOR
LAPS OVER THRIE BEAM
TRAFFIC
PLAN VIEW
38’-2" (PAY LIMIT FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN BARRIER AND CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER) PAY LIMIT FOR HPBO CORRUGATED MEDIAN BARRIER
TRANSITION FROM 29" HPBO MEDIAN TO

THRIE BEAM TRANSITION SECTION
11" (5) SPACES AT 1’-6" = 7’-9" (3) SPACES AT 3’-1" = 9’-4" OVER LAST TWO 12’6" SECTIONS OF HPBO
(SEE NOTE 3)
12’-6" SECTION STANDARD THRIE BEAM (10 GA.) 6’-3" W-BEAM TO THRIE
BEAM TRANSITION SECTION (12 GA.)
-7"
A
-3"
1
2’
2’
c OF HPBO CORRUGATED
MEDIAN BARRIER
THRIE BEAM TERMINAL TOP OF PAVEMENT

CONNECTOR (10 GA.) OR SHOULDER
(5) - " GALVANIZED ANCHOR RODS
(ASTM A449) WITH FLAT WASHERS.
ALL COMPONENTS TO BE GALVANIZED.
COST OF FURNISHING AND PLACING RODS
WITH FLAT WASHERS SHALL BE INCLUDED
IN THE TRANSITION ITEM (TYP.) (SEE NOTE 7)
A W6X9 POSTS (6’ LONG)
WITH PLASTIC, SYNTHETIC,
OR TIMBER BLOCKOUTS
W6X9 POSTS (6’ LONG) AND TS 8" X 6" X " BLOCKOUTS (SEE NOTE 5)
ELEVATION VIEW
)
TYP.
1"d HOLES (TYP.) " X 1" SPLICE BOLTS SLOTS (TYP.) USE (12)- " NOTES:
1’-10"
1" (
GALVANIZED BOLTS TO SPLICE TO THRIE BEAM - (SEE

SHEET 2 OF 2 FOR DETAILS OF BOLT). 1. THE VEGETATION CONTROL STRIP, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 3" THICK. THE MATERIAL
8" 4"
AND THICKNESS OF EACH LIFT SHOULD MATCH THAT IN THE ADJOINING STABILIZED
" X 2" POST SHOULDER ITEM. PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER SEPARATE ITEMS.
"
BOLT SLOT (TYP.)

2
2. FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, SEE SHEET 2 OF 2.
END CHAMFER 3. THE THRIE BEAM TRANSITIONS TO THE JERSEY MEDIAN BARRIER OR TO THE SINGLE SLOPE
6"
MEDIAN BARRIER. SEE EITHER, THE TRANSITION: CONCRETE WALL - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN, OR
TRANSITION: CONCRETE WALL - JERSEY MEDIAN (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT) STANDARD SHEETS.
"
STATE OF NEW YORK

-7"
4. FOR SECTION A-A, SEE TRANSITION: HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL STANDARD SHEET (SHEET 2 OF 2).
7
2’
-8"
8"
5. FOR DETAILS, SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED HPBO CORRUGATED BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER.
1’
"
6. FOR MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR RAILING IN THE TRANSITION
ZONE, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR GUIDE RAILING/BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER IN SECTION 606. U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
7
6"
10
DATE/TIM E = 21-OCT-2011 14:
7. DRILLING AND GROUTING OF THREADED ANCHOR RODS IS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID
FOR THE TRANSITION ITEM. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRILLING AND GROUTING IN
dgn
SECTION 586 OF THE N.Y.S. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. MINIMUM EMBEDMENT OF ANCHOR TRANSITION:
FILE NAM E = 606-2901.
"
RODS SHALL BE 8" AND A MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE OF 3" SHALL BE MAINTAINED.
9"
9"
2" 8" 8" 4" 4" 3" HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL
USER = pgladd
8. ALL STEEL THAT IS SPECIFIED TO BE GALVANIZED SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE (SHEET 1 OF 2)

2’-6" TOP OF PAVEMENT WITH N.Y.S. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. ALL AREAS WHERE THE ZINC COATING IS
OR SHOULDER DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION INCLUDING FIELD DRILLING HOLES, SHALL BE REPAIRED.
THRIE BEAM TERMINAL CONNECTOR END VIEW (CONCRETE TRANSITION PIECE) /S/ RICHARD W. LEE P.E.

606-29
10 n
13’-6" 7’ 3"
2"
1"
6’-3" 6’-3" 6’ 3"
2" 4" 4" 4" 4" 2"
3"
"
4" 3’ 1" 3’ 1" 4"
"
2" 2"
R
="
(T 10 n 1"
Y SYMMETRICAL ABOUT c
P.
)
1’-8"
1’ "
"
c SLOT
"
"
"
c HPBO CORRUGATED
MEDIAN BARRIER
2"
3"
3"
" X 2" SLOTTED " X 2" SLOTTED HOLES
3"
" X 1" SPLICE BOLT SLOTS
HOLES AT 1’-6" CENTERS (TYP.) @ 3’ 1" CTRS. (TYP.)
TRANSITION ZONE
R=" (TYP.) 2" MIN. 2" MIN.
2"
TYPICAL THRIE BEAM SECTION 3" TRANSITION SECTION END VIEW OF TRANSITION
" TO TOP OF RAIL
END VIEW OF TRANSITION
8" X 6" X " STEEL

TUBE BLOCK-OUT
B 1"
"
3"
C
"
THRIE BEAM
1’-6"
6"
1’-8"
7"
" (ASTM A307 GRADE A)
" d HOLE FOR
BUTTON HEAD BOLTS AND NUTS TRAFFIC
" HEX BOLTS (TYP.)
WITH WASHERS (TYP.) "
2’-7"
2’ 4"
8"
1"
TOP VIEW THRIE BEAM
1"
2"
6’-0"
TERMINAL SECTION
6"
6"
" d HOLES TRAFFIC
3’-7"
3"
FOR " BUTTON
HEAD BOLTS
1’-6"
W6 X 9 HEAVY POST
7"
7"
THRIE BEAM
" d HOLES
W6 X 9
FOR " HEX BOLTS
C
TERMINAL SECTION
B
3"
SECTION A-A POST ELEVATION 1" TRAFFIC

c OF " d HOLES
FOR " BOLTS
NOTE:
FOR LOCATION OF SECTION A-A SEE STANDARD SHEET
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW BACK VIEW SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
TITLED "TRANSITION: HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL (SHEET 1 OF 2)"
TYPICAL SPLICE LAYOUTS
" 1"
1" " X " OVAL "
3"
SHOULDER STATE OF NEW YORK
7 GAUGE 1"
OR "
"
1"
"

DATE/TIME = 06-NOV-2008 15:02
1"
1"
" "
"
1" TRANSITION:
"
"
RECESS
1"d X " DEEP HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL
USER = jturley
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
1" X " SLOT
SPLICE BOLT ASTM HEX NUT ASTM A563
A307 GRADE A GRADE A OR BETTER
DETAIL "A" APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
RECTANGULAR GUIDE RAIL PLATE WASHER
NOTE: THE RECTANGULAR WASHERS SHALL BE USED AT THRIE BEAM AND /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.
(EXCLUDING BLOCKOUT CONNECTION)
TRANSITION SECTION POSTS (BETWEEN BUTTON HEAD BOLT AND BEAM)
606-29
(DESIGN)
A
D
R=C
1" R=C 8" 8"
1"
D K
1’-10"
4"
4"
B
SEE NOTE 6
6"
B
H
5SM1
4"
6"
)
5SM6
TYP.
5SM1, 5SM2, 5SM4, TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL
6"
5SM5 AND 5SM6 5SM2
1" (
-6"
A 4SM5
3’
6"
2" M
-7"
I
N.
4SM6H AND 4SM3H 4SM1H AND 4SM2H
COVE BEND LOWER 6" OF BAR TO
2’
R (TYP.
4SM5 )
LIE PARALLEL TO SURFACE
4SM3H
(SEE NOTE 5)
2" 1’-6" 2" MIN. FINISHED
11"
FINISHED
COVER (TYP.) GRADE
5SM6 GRADE
5SM3
5SM4
5SM4
9"
9"
9"
4SM1H AT 6" 4SM2H 5SM1 4SM6H 5SM5 4SM1H
3"
5SM2 4SM3H
5SM3
LAP REBARS 2’-0"

FOR 2’ (TYP.)
PLAN - TOP SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
2’-9" 2’-9" 6’-8"

5SM1
4SM5
8 2"
1
8" 8"
5SM2 B B
4SM1H AT 6"
4SM5

4SM5 4SM3H AT 6"
5SM3 4SM6H
4SM2H
1’-10"
B B
REINFORCEMENT
ELEVATION A A
11
’-4 "
" 1’-10" ’-4
11
1’-5" 1’-5"
11’-4" 7’-2" 1’-6" TR
AF
FI
C
2’ C
-0 FI
" AF
TR
-10"
"
-10"
-0"
-2
"
5SM4 6’ 5’
-8
2’
1’
"
1’
-5
5SM3 DEPARTURE SIDE - ISOMETRIC APPROACH SIDE - ISOMETRIC
1’
"
-6
1’
20’-0"
A A
PLAN - BOTTOM
BAR LIST
NOTES: MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D H K LOCATION
1. SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH. VARIES FROM VARIES FROM

4SM1H #4 4 STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" AT CONCRETE BARRIER END
8’-0" TO 8’-1" 4" TO 5"
2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO y606-2.14, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH, AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT
4SM2H #4 1 8’-7" STIRRUP 9" 3’-10" 1" 1’-1"
CONCRETE. OF THE BARRIER UNIT
VARIES FROM VARIES FROM VARIES FROM
1" AT CORRUGATED RAIL END
STATE OF NEW YORK
4SM3H #4 4 STIRRUP
3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO y606-3.19, TRANSITION CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH, 7’-" TO 7’-8" 1’-2" TO 1’-6"3’-0" TO 3’-2"
CONCRETE.
4SM5 #4 8 2’-8" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END
4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE: EXCAVATION SHALL BE PREFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT
4SM6H #4 1 9’-" STIRRUP 1’-6" 3’-10" 1"
y206-3.01;GRANULAR BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM WITH SECTION 304 AND SHALL MATCH THE OF THE BARRIER UNIT U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
12
SUBBASE COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY. 5SM1 #5 2 13’-2" STRINGER 11’-2" " 2’-0" LONGITUDINAL 2 IN TOP
DATE/TIM E = 17-M AY-2012 09:
5. THE BEND MAY BE ELIMINATED PROVIDED 2" MIN. COVER IS MAINTAINED. 5SM2 #5 1 8’-6" STRINGER 6’-6" 3" 2’-0" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
dgn
6. FOR CORRUGATED MEDIAN BARRIER TRANSITION DETAILS, SEE STANDARD SHEETS TITLED 5SM3 #5 19’-8" STRAIGHT LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
TRANSITION:
1
TRANSITION: HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL. CONCRETE WALL - SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN
USER = rlohse
5SM4 #5 1 19’-8" STRINGER 18’-3" 4" 1’-5" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
5SM5 #5 7’-0" STRINGER 5’-0" 3" 2’-0" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP

1
5SM6 #5 1 3’-6" STRINGER 2’-0" 4" 1’-5" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP

606-30
NORMAL WIDTH SINGLE WIDE SINGLE SLOPE
SLOPE CONCRETE BARRIER 20’-0" PAY LIMIT CONCRETE BARRIER
A B
A
B
PLAN
EXPANSION JOINT PROVIDE FOR " OPENING
PLACE 1" X 1" JOINT FILLER
5SM1
4SM5 4SM5
4SM2
4SM3
4SM1
4SM4
5SM1
3" 5’-6" 3"

5’-6"
ELEVATION
8" 1’
BAR LIST
4"
4"
MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D LOCATION
6"
6"
4 AT 6" CENTERS AT NARROW END OF 5SM1 5SM1
4SM1 #4 4 8’-0" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 4"
BARRIER UNIT
6"
6"
4SM2 1 8’-1" STIRRUP 10" 3’-10" 1" 5" 5’-6" FROM NEAREST 4SM1 BAR 4SM5 4SM5
#4
D 2" M IN.
R=C IN. 2" M )
4SM3 #4 1 8’-3" STIRRUP 11" 3’-10" 1" 6" 5’-6" FROM NEAREST 4SM4 BAR COVE
R ( R (TYP.
TYP.) COVE
-6"
4 AT 6" CENTERS AT WIDE END OF FINISHED GRADE
4SM4 #4 4 8’-4" STIRRUP 1’-0" 3’-10" 1" 8"
4
3’
BARRIER UNIT FINISHED GRADE 4
4SM5 #4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 ON BOTH ENDS OF BARRIER 4SM1 21 21

10" MAX. 10" MAX. 4SM4
1" FINISHED GRADE
GRADE GRADE
B
5SM1 #5 4 19’-7" STRINGER LONGITUDINAL 2 IN BOTTOM - 2 IN TOP DIFFERENCE DIFFERENCE
1"
9"
5SM1 5SM1
3"
3"
NOTES: 2’-0" 2’-4"
BEND LOWER 6"
OF BAR TO LIE
1. SURFACES SHALL BE SMOOTH. A
PARALLEL TO SURFACE
(SEE NOTE 5)
2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO y606-2.14, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH,
TYPICAL STIRRUP TYPICAL CHAMFER SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
CONCRETE.
DETAIL
3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO y606-3.19, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH,
CONCRETE.
4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXCAVATION SHALL BE PREFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE OF NEW YORK
y206-3.01. GRANULAR BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM WITH SECTION 304 AND SHOULD MATCH
THE SUBBASE COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
5. BENDING OF BOTTOM OF STIRRUPS SHOWN IN SECTION A-A AND B-B IS NOT NECESSARY,
PROVIDED 2" COVER REQUIREMENTS ARE SATISFIED.
19
DATE/TIM E = 25-JUL-2012 14:
dgn
TRANSITION:
WIDE - NORMAL WIDTH SINGLE SLOPE MEDIAN

USER = rlohse

ERRATA 1 EFF. 09/06/2012

606-31
13’-6"
3" MIN.
THESE HOLES MAY BE OMITTED 10"
2" 9" 2’-3" (10-1"d HOLES

SEE DETAIL "G" FOR
AT 3" CENTERS) DIMENSIONS OF THIS RAIL
3"
12"
" X 1"
10"
12"
c c
1 "d
27"
END SECTION 6" " X 2"

(PARTIALLY BELOW GROUND) DETAIL "N" END SECTION TYPICAL TERMINAL RAIL
SEE DETAIL "N"
WORKING POINT
CONCRETE ANCHOR E ND SECTION
1’-0"
10-1"d HOLES AT 3" O.C.

FOR (8) " d ANCHOR RODS PAY LIMITS
12" OFFSET
GUIDE RAIL
OF NEED
LINEAR FOOT
6" OFFSET
POINT
2’-9"
4’-0"
c POST
TANGENT LINE
TANGENT LINE
13’-0" u
PLAN
25’-0" APPROX. 12’-6" 12’-6" (SEE TABLE A SHEET 2 OF 2) RAIL SECTION (SEE DETAIL "C")
PAY LIMIT ANCHORAGE UNITS PAY LIMITS GUIDE RAIL - LINEAR FOOT
30"
POINT
OF NEED
6" DROP
SPLICE BOLTS (SEE DETAIL
3" DROP
TYPICAL POST
"F" SHEET 2 OF 2) (SEE NOTE 3 ON (SEE DETAIL "J" AND
SHEET 2 OF 2) "K" ON SHEET 2 OF 2)
(SEE NOTE 3 ON (SEE NOTE 3 ON
RAIL SECTION SEE DETAIL "G" 2-L 4" X 3" X " - 8" LONG
SHEET 2 OF 2)
SHEET 2 OF 2) SEE SECTION A-A
ON SHEET 2 OF 2
30"
NOM.
4"
CONCRETE ANCHOR
SEE DETAIL "A" ON SHEET TITLED
"W-BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER
24"
GROUND LINE (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)"
2-L 4" X 3" X "
(SEE SECTION A-A UNDER GUIDE RAIL
GROUND LINE AT ANCHOR
ON SHEET 2 OF 2)
EXCAVATE AND BACKFILL TYPICAL END TREATMENT FOR DRIVEWAYS
WALKWAYS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN
CLASS "A" CONCRETE DRIVE POSTS TO ACHIEVE
3" AND 6" DROP 3’-0" CORRUGATED BEAM GUIDE RAILING
SEE DETAIL "A"
ELEVATION
END SECTION TO BE CENTERED
TYPICAL APPROACH AND
ON ANCHOR (SEE DETAIL "N")
TERMINAL SECTIONS
4"
10-1"d HOLES IN RAIL AT
13’-6" (2X)
3" O.C. FOR 8-" d ANCHOR
c
3’-0"
RODS. (TWO SPARE HOLES IN
6" (X) 6’-3" 6’-3" 6"
RAIL FOR POSITIONING)
SPLICE BOLT SLOTS NOTE: A MINIMUM OF 4" AT THE

" X 1" TOP OF THE ROD SHALL BE
THREADED. RODS THREADED FOR
1’-6"
#3 BAR ENTIRE LENGTH ARE ACCEPTABLE.
12"
c c RAIL ROTATED
PLAN
2(X)
POST BOLT SLOT (X) TOLERANCE +1"
3"
" X 2" -"
4"
4" d
4’-0"
4" DETAIL "G"
TYPICAL RAIL SECTION
(8)- " d RODS - 18" LONG WITH GALVANIZED
(SEE DETAIL "B" SHEET 2 OF 2)
NUTS. RODS NOT TO PROTRUDE OVER TOP
OF RAIL. SEE DETAIL FOR " d ANCHOR ROD.
0"
3’
-6
0’-
"
R=20’-0"
GALVANIZED TOP PLATE

2
" d ANCHOR ROD

R=
10’ DETAIL
-0"
RAIL 1
STATE OF NEW YORK
10" 12
2’-3" (10-1"d HOLES
3’-8"
9" AT 3" CENTERS) RAIL
3’-3"
NOTE: ALTERNATE " d
3" ANCHOR ROD TO BE USED
1’-6"
WITH TOP PLATE ONLY
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
c c
1"d
" X 1"
TRAFFIC
#3 BARS W-BEAM GUIDE RAILING
6"
1"
" X 2" 3’-0"

C LASS "A" CONCRETE 3" MIN. COVER (SHEET 1 OF 2)
USER = jturley
OTHER RADII CONFIGURATIONS WHICH CAN BE DEMONSTRATED TO PROVIDE (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)

THE INSTALLATION SHOWN IN TYPICAL DRIVEWAY AND OPENING SECTION
MAY BE APPROVED.
DETAIL "C" EXPLODED VIEW SHOWING
ELEVATION APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
SHOP CURVED RAIL RAIL SPLICE LAP
DETAIL "A" CONCRETE
(OPPOSITE HAND MAY ALSO BE NECESSARY) DETAIL "O" /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.
ANCHOR
606-33
(DESIGN)
c OF HOLE
3"
IN POST
6"
1"
1"
TABLE "A"
10 n A A
RADIUS OF c CURVATURE POST SPACING
8n OR LESS 12’-6"
2"
" d X 1" LONG HEX.
"
" d HOLE WITH " d BOLT AND NUT.
MORE THAN 8 n TO 26 n (220 FT. RADIUS) 12’-6"
R SUPPORT BOLT
3"
" S3X5.7
219 FT. TO 111 FT. 6’-3"
110 FT. TO 76 FT. 4’-2"
"
3"
1"
75 FT. TO 50 FT. 3’-1"
LESS THAN 50 FT. USE NOT RECOMMENDED
3"
NOTE: ADDITIONAL POSTS REQUIRED TO REDUCE DEFLECTION DISTANCE OR BECAUSE OF
"
HORIZONTAL CURVATURE SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE RAIL ELEMENT.
SYMMETRICAL R " PAYMENT FOR ADDITIONAL POSTS WILL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
6"
ABOUT c
PAYMENT FACTORS FOR REDUCED POST SPACING IN TABLE 606-2 IN SECTION 606-5.01
OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
"
1’-"
R " d X 1"
" LONG HEX. NOTES:
"
BOLT AND NUT.
1’-1"
1. BEAMS TO BE ERECTED ON A RADIUS OF 150’ OR LESS SHALL BE SHOP WORKED
c
" TO THE REQUIRED CURVATURE, AND PAYMENT FOR SUCH CURVED LENGTHS WILL BE
3" MADE UNDER THE APPROPRIATE ITEM.
SQUARE WASHER 2. THE RAIL MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL GUIDE RAIL OR MEDIAN BARRIER PLACED BEHIND
SEE DETAIL M CURB (REGARDLESS OF CURB HEIGHT OR SPEED) SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE
R PAVEMENT SURFACE WHEN THE OFFSET IS 12" OR LESS AND TO THE GROUND SURFACE
" HEX. NUT FOR
UNDER THE FACE OF THE RAIL WHEN THE OFFSET IS GREATER .
POST BOLT
DRIVEWAY END POST
3. ALL RAIL SPLICES SHALL BE LAPPED IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC. SEE DETAIL O.
" d SUPPORT BOLT 1" LONG.

2"
2 NUTS NO WASHER. (NOTE: NO

SUPPORT BOLTS ON THE LAST THREE
POSTS OF EACH INSTALLATION.)
10 n
6"
c c " HOLES FOR " d BOLTS 4" LONG
1’-1"
"
DETAIL B DETAIL J WITH NUTS AND WASHERS (TORQUED TO 100 +20/-0
c
RAIL ELEMENT TYPICAL BEAM MOUNTING " FOOT LBS. AFTER POST IS DRIVEN)
"
" d HOLE FOR
3" 3"
"
" d X 1"
6"
8"
HEX. HEAD BOLT
2"
6"
3"
HOOK BOLT OR
1" 10 GAUGE OR
" d HOLE FOR REFLECTOR HOLE
1’-1"
APPROX. EQUAL " X 1"
3"
SUPPORT BOLT
6"
(2)- " d HOLES FOR
THIS WASHER PLACED IN " d HOLE FOR MOUNTING BOX BEAM
3"
8"
" d X 1"
2’-6"
VALLEY OF BEAM WHEN
S3 x 5.7 POST 5’-5" IN LENGTH

"
MOUNTING BEAM ONTO POST HEX. HEAD BOLT

d
" HOOK BOLT
1"
c " d HOLE FOR W-BEAM SUPPORT BOLT

HOLE FOR HOOK BOLT
" d X 1" " d HOLE OR
OR ALTERNATE
GROUND LINE SUPPORT BOLT
REFLECTOR MOUNTING ALTERNATE REFLECTOR
(BOX BEAM) MOUNTING (BOX BEAM)
GROUND LINE
4"
" 7’-0" ANGLE BRACKET
4"
5’-3"
" X 8" X 24" " X 8" X 24" " X 8" X 24" 4" X 3" X " - 8" LONG
STEEL PLATE STEEL PLATE SOIL PLATE
" 2" " 2"
DETAIL M SECTION A-A

SQUARE WASHER
" 2"-10 " 2"-10

2’-0"
24"
STATE OF NEW YORK

1" " " 1"

" X " OVAL
SHOULDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
" 2" " 2"
1"
1"

"
"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
2"
4"
S3X5.7
1"
3"
W-BEAM GUIDE RAILING
12"
" " "

S3X5.7 PLATE MAY BE CUT
1" 3" (SHEET 2 OF 2)
USER = jturley
ALONG THESE LINES FRONT BACK

"
RECESS 1"d FOR DRIVING (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
X " DEEP
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HOLE DIAMETERS ARE "
OPTIONAL UNIVERSAL POST APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
DETAIL F ELEVATION EXTRA LONG POST ELEVATION STANDARD POST

BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE DETAIL K TYPICAL POST /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.

606-33
(DESIGN)
NOTES:
7" 1. THE 9" EMBEDMENT IS TYPICAL FOR NEW AND RECONSTRUCTED MEDIANS.
7"
6" CHAMFER OR
9" TYPE "B"
ROUND "(TYP.) 2" 2. ANY VARIATION OF THE 9" (TYPICAL) EMBEDMENT WILL BE DETAILED ON THE PLANS.
1’-0" TYPE "C"
2" 6"
6" EXPANSION JOINT - PROVIDE
4"
2"
(TYP.) 3. FREE STANDING HALF-SECTION BARRIERS ON STRUCTURES, AND SPECIAL SECTIONS
FOR " EXPANSION
7" 4C1 WILL BE DETAILED IN THE PLANS.
2
4"
3"
4"
2 2 2 2"
(TYP.)
2 4. HALF SECTION BARRIERS SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH W6 X 9 BACKUP POSTS PLACED
6"
4" X 4" W2.9 X W2.9
19 AT 6’-8" CENTERS OR EARTH BACKFILL PLACED IN LAYERS NOT TO EXCEED 6" AND
MESH 2’ WIDE. FULL
COMPACTED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER, EXCEPT WHEN THE METHOD
1’-7"
1’-7"
1’-7"
19 LENGTH OF BARRIER 19 19 19
4C1 OF BACKING UP THE BARRIER IS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
SECTION LESS 4"
(TYP.) UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REQUIRED
1" MIN. COVER (2" ON EACH END)
1" MIN. ONLY WHEN STEEL BACKUP POSTS ARE USED.
R 1" MIN. COVER
10" R 1 COVER 0"
0" R 1
5. THE END TAPER IS COMPOSED OF FOUR 20’ SECTIONS REINFORCED AS FOLLOWS:
7 SECTION 1, WHERE IT JOINS WITH THE BARRIER, IS REINFORCED ACCORDING TO
7
7 4C1 BAR (TYP.) 7 7 THE DETAIL FOR TITLED TYPE "A". THE REINFORCEMENT FOR THE END TAPER AT
10
10 THE JOINTS BETWEEN SECTION 1 AND 2. SECTIONS 2 AND 3 AND SECTIONS 3 AND 4
10"
10"
10"
10 10 10
IS SHOWN IN THE CROSS SECTIONS OF THE END TAPER. ONLY TYPE "A" END TAPERS
ARE SHOWN AND, IF END TAPERS FOR TYPE "B", "C", OR "HALF SECTION" BARRIERS
4C2A, 4C2B, ARE REQUIRED, THE REINFORCEMENT WILL HAVE TO BE DETAILED ON THE PLANS.
3"
3"
3"
4C2C OR 4C2H
FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED 6. ON HALF-SECTION BARRIER UNIT, ANGLE THE STIRRUP, MARK 4C2H, SO THAT IT WILL
GRADE GRADE 4C2H GRADE
3"
3"
LIE PARALLEL TO BOTH FACES OF THE BARRIER.
4C2B OR
3"
9"
9"
9"
4C2C
7. ON HIGH-SPEED HIGHWAYS AND ASSOCIATED RAMPS (DESIGN OR OPERATING SPEED,
4C2A
3"
50 MPH, WHICHEVER IS LESS). THE APPROACH END OF THE CONCRETE

BARRIER SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH AN END TAPER PLACED OUTSIDE THE
2’-3" TYPE "B" 1’-3" 4" X 4" W2.9 X W2.9 MESH 3" CLEAR ZONE. THE BARRIER SHALL CONVERGE WITH THE ROADWAY WITH A
2’-0" 3"
2’ WIDE. FULL LENGTH FLARE RATE OF 1:15. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO TERMINATE THE BARRIER
2’-6" TYPE "C"
OF BARRIER SECTION OUTSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE, THE END OF THE BARRIER SHALL BE SHIELDED WITH
EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL SHOWING A PROPERLY DESIGNED CRASH CUSHION. THE CRASH CUSHION WILL BE PAID FOR
LESS 4" (2" ON EACH END)
TYPE "A" TYPE "B" OR "C" HALF SECTION REINFORCING BARS SEPARATELY.
(MESH NOT SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL)
NOTE: THE 19:2 AND 10:7 SLOPES ARE TYPICAL FOR ALL JERSEY CONCRETE BARRIERS AND SHALL NOT BE CHANGED EXCEPT AT END 8. ON REDUCED SPEED FACILITIES, (OPERATING AND DESIGN SPEED < 50 MPH),
TAPERS AND TRANSITIONS. THE BREAK BETWEEN THE 19:2 AND 10:7 SLOPES SHALL ALWAYS BE 1’-1" ABOVE THE FINISHED AT SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS, AND AT STOP CONDITIONS, THE
GRADE EXCEPT IN TRANSITIONS. CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER MAY BE TERMINATED WITH A TAPERED END SECTION.
3" RADIUS 9. CAST IN PLACE BARRIER SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH FINISH AND THE CONTRACTOR
4" X 4" W2.9 X W2.9 MESH
(TYP.) D SHALL STEEL TROWEL ANY SURFACE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
18" WIDE, FULL LENGTH C
OF BARRIER SECTION LESS C C
4" X 4" W2.9 X W2.9 MESH
4"
2 4" (2" ON EACH END) 1’ WIDE, FULL LENGTH

3" RADIUS C
OF BARRIER SECTION LESS
1’-0"
(TYP.)
2’-0"
4" (2" ON EACH END)
6"
19 4" X 4" W2.9 X W2.9 MESH

4"
4"
8" WIDE, FULL LENGTH

3" RADIUS
B
OF BARRIER SECTION LESS
(TYP.)
6"
7 7 4" (2" ON EACH END)
B
6"
10"
10"
10 10 7
4"
7"
10
6"
4C1 A A
6"
A A A
3"
A A 3" RADIUS (TYP.)

3"
3"
(TYP.) TOP OF 3" RADIUS

FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED
TOP OF NORMAL BARRIER
GRADE GRADE GRADE APPROACH FACE
6"
4C3 TYPE "A" TYPE "B" OR "C" HALF SECTION
9"
9"
9"
4C5 4C6
BAR LIST
3"
3"
4C4
4C1 (TYP.) 4C1 (TYP.)
7" 7" 3" 7"
LONGITUDINAL 6 AT EACH END EXCEPT FOR THE
4C1 4 12 2’ STRINGER
HALF SECTION BARRIER WHICH HAS 3 AT EACH END
2’-0" 2’-0" 2’-0"
4C2A 4 8 6’-1" STIRRUP 5" 3’ 1" STIRRUP - 4 IN EACH END OF THE

SECTION AT JOINT BETWEEN SECTION AT JOINT BETWEEN SECTION AT JOINT BETWEEN
TYPE "A" BARRIER - 4 IN END TAPER NO. 1
END TAPER NO. 1 AND NO. 2 END TAPER NO. 2 AND NO. 3 END TAPER NO. 3 AND NO. 4
4C2B 4 8 6’-3" STIRRUP 6" " 3’ 1" 5" STIRRUP - 4 IN EACH END OF THE TYPE "B" BARRIER
1’-0" 1’-3" 1’-7" 1’-11" 2’-2" 2’-6" 2’-10" 3’-1" 3’-5"
CROSS SECTIONS OF END TAPER SHOWING TYPE "A"
4C2C 4 8 6’-6" STIRRUP 8" 3’ 1" 8" STIRRUP - 4 IN EACH END OF THE TYPE "C" BARRIER
A B C D E F G H I
(SHOWN IN MEDIAN. USE OPPOSITE HAND WHEN PLACED TO THE RIGHT OF TRAFFIC)
2" MIN. (TYP.)
4C2H 4 8 4’ STIRRUP 5" 3’ 1" STIRRUP - 4 IN EACH END OF THE HALF SECTION BARRIER 0 10’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 50’ 60’ 70’ 80’
4C3 4 4 4’-10" STIRRUP 3" 2’-3" 3" STIRRUP FOR CONTINUITY CONNECTION DETAIL SHOWING END TAPER
4C3 OR 6C4
2" C.C.
C9 X 20 OR
1’-8" 1" NOTE: UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF
MC8 X 18.7 4C4 4 8 5’ STIRRUP 4" 2’-5" 4 IN END TAPER NO. 1 AND 4 IN END TAPER NO. 2
SUPPLYING THE TYPE "A" END TAPER SHOWN ON THIS STANDARD SHEET REGARDLESS
4C5 4 8 3’-10" STIRRUP 5" 1’-10" 1" 4 IN END TAPER NO. 2 AND 4 IN END TAPER NO. 3 OF THE TYPE OF BARRIER SPECIFIED. WHEN THE TYPE "A" END TAPER IS USED WITH TYPE
"B" OR "C" BARRIERS, A 20’ TRANSITION PIECE SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN THE TYPE
4C6 4 8 2’-11" STIRRUP 7" 1’-3" 1" 4 IN END TAPER NO. 3 AND 4 IN END TAPER NO. 4 "A" END TAPER AND THE BARRIER SPECIFIED. WHEN THE TYPE "A" END TAPER IS USED
WITH THE HALF SECTION BARRIER, EARTH BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED BEHIND END
4C3 TAPER SECTION X AND THE FIRST SECTION OF THE BARRIER. THE BACKFILL SHALL BE
PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NOTE 4.
1’-0"
4C3 JOINT FILLER

PLAN " d X 10" LONG
6"
(SEE NOTE 11)

4C3 BAR
1’-0"
BUTTON HEAD BOLTS STATE OF NEW YORK

7"
2 FRONT PLATES
1’-0"
1"
(BUTTON HEAD ON TRAFFIC FACE) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

3"
10" X 10" X "
C9 X 20 OR
2
4C3 BAR MC8 X 18.7 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
2’-8"
1
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8""
2" MIN. FORMED HOLES FOR 3’-4" 3’-4" 3’-4" 3’-4"

2"
4"
THRU BOLTS CONCRETE BARRIER
10" X 10" X " p (CAST-IN-PLACE)
USER = jturley
4" FINISHED
FLUSH WITH BACKFILL WITH COMPACTED
GRADE (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
BARRIER FACE EXCAVATED MATERIAL
(SEE NOTE 4)
W6 X 9 BACKUP JOINT " WIDE JOINT " WIDE
POST 6’-0" LONG APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
ELEVATION SECTION
CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR HALF SECTION BARRIER DETAILS FOR HALF SECTION BACK-UP OPTIONS BACKUP POST LAYOUT 606-35
(SEE NOTE 4) EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/08/09
(DESIGN)
BAR LIST NOTES:

1. THE 9" EMBEDMENT IS TYPICAL FOR NEW AND RECONSTRUCTED
LONGITUDINAL -2 BOTTOM (EXCEPT HALF SECTION) MEDIANS.
6P1 6 4* 19’-8" STRINGER
*HALF SECTION -1 BOTTOM -2 TOP
4P2A 4 10** 73" STIRRUP 5" 36" 1" STIRRUP -TYPE A, UNIT * * 4 IN END TAPER NO.1 2. ANY VARIATION OF THE 9" (TYPICAL) EMBEDMENT WILL BE
CHAMFER OR ROUND CHAMFER OR ROUND 4P2B 4 10 75" STIRRUP 7" 36" 1" 5" STIRRUP -TYPE B UNIT DETAILED ON THE PLANS.
9" TYPE "B" 7"
" (TYP.) " (TYP.) 4P2C 4 10 78" STIRRUP 8" 36" 1" 8" STIRRUP -TYPE C UNIT
6" 2" 7" 12" TYPE "C"
6" 2" 7" 4P2H 4 10 61" STIRRUP 5" 36" 1" STIRRUP - HALF SECTION 3. FREE STANDING HALF-SECTION BARRIERS ON STRUCTURES,
2" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.1
2 2 2 2 4P3 4 1 69" STIRRUP 5" 34" AND SPECIAL SECTIONS WILL BE DETAILED ON THE PLANS.
4"
4"
6P1 4P4 4 1 66" STIRRUP 5" 32" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.1
2
6"
4P5 4 8 60" STIRRUP 29" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.1 AND NO.2 (4 IN EACH PIECE) 4. HALF-SECTION BARRIERS SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH
19"
19 19 5"
19"
19"
19 19 6"
6P1 4P6 4 1 56" STIRRUP 5" 27" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.2 W6 X 9 POSTS AT 80" CENTERS OR EARTH BACKFILL
6" 19 1" PLACED IN LAYERS NOT TO EXCEED 6" AND COMPACTED
4P7 4 1 51" STIRRUP 25" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.2
6"
6P1 5"
1" MIN. 1" MIN.
4P15 6" 4P15 4P8 4 8 45" STIRRUP 5" 22" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.2 AND NO.3 (4 IN EACH PIECE) TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER, EXCEPT WHEN
COVER 1" MIN. 4P15 COVER
4P9 4 1 40" STIRRUP 5" 19" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.3 THE METHOD FOR BACKING UP THE BARRIER IS SPECIFIED
COVER
7 7 4P2B OR 4P2C 4P10 4 1 37" STIRRUP 6" 17" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.3 IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. UNLESS SPECIFIED
7 7 7 OTHERWISE, CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REQUIRED
10" R
10"
10 10 10" R 4P11 4 8 34" STIRRUP 7" 15" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.3 AND NO.4 (4 IN EACH PIECE)
10"
10"
10 10 10 ONLY WHEN STEEL BACKUP POSTS ARE USED.
10" R 4P12 4 1 30" STIRRUP 8" 12" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.4
4P2A 4P13 4 1 28" STIRRUP 9" 10" 1" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.4
SEE NOTE
5. ON HALF-SECTION BARRIER UNIT, BEND THE STIRRUP MARK
3"
4P14 4 4 34" STIRRUP 10" 8" 1" 20" STIRRUP IN END TAPER SECTION NO.4
4P2H 4P2H SO THAT IT WILL LIE PARALLEL TO BOTH FACES OF
3" 6P1 FINISHED 3" FINISHED
)
LONGITUDINAL 4 AT EACH END EXCEPT, END SECTION NO. 3 WHICH
)
)
TYP.
THE BARRIER.
TYP.
TYP.
GRADE GRADE
HAS 4 AT END ABBUTING END TAPER SECTION NO. 2 AND NONE AT
9"
9"
9"
6" u 4P15 4 8 24" STRAIGHT THE OTHER END, END TAPER SECTION NO. 4 WHICH HAS NONE, AND
6" u
(
6P1 6" u
(
6P1
(
HALF SECTION WHICH HAS 2 AT EACH END. 6. ON HIGH SPEED HIGHWAYS AND ASSOCIATED RAMPS (DESIGN OR
3" 3"
OPERATING SPEED w50 MPH) THE APPROACH END OF THE
4P16 * 4 4 57" STIRRUP 3" 2’-3" 3" 2 AT EACH END WITH CONTINUITY CONNECTION. *
27" TYPE "B" 15" CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER SHALL BE TERMINATED
24"
6P16 6 4 57" STIRRUP 3" 2’-3" 3" 1 AT EACH END WITH CONTINUITY CONNECTION. WITH AN END TAPER PLACED OUTSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE.
30" TYPE "C" THE BARRIER SHALL CONVERGE WITH THE ROADWAY WITH A
* SEE DETAIL OF P16 BAR AND NOTE 8. FLARE RATE OF 1:15. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO TERMINATE
TYPE "A" TYPE "B" OR "C" HALF SECTION THE BARRIER OUTSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE, THE END OF THE
2" MIN.
BARRIER SHALL BE SHIELDED WITH A PROPERLY DESIGNED
)
NOTE: D CRASH CUSHION. THE CRASH CUSHION SHALL BE PAID FOR
C.
TYP.
4P16 OR 6P16
2" C.
A SEPARATELY.
THE 2:19 AND 7:10 SLOPES ARE TYPICAL FOR ALL CONCRETE BARRIERS AND SHALL NOT BE CHANGED EXCEPT AT END 1’-8" C9 X 20 OR
(
TAPERS AND TRANSITIONS, THE BREAK BETWEEN THE 2:19 AND 7:10 SLOPES SHALL ALWAYS BE 13 INCHES ABOVE THE MC8 X 18.7
C C C C 7. ON REDUCED SPEED FACILITIES, (OPERATING AND DESIGN SPEED
-0"
FINISHED GRADE, EXCEPT IN TRANSITIONS. < 50 MPH), AT SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS, AND
2’
B
AT STOP CONDITIONS, THE CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER
12"
MAY BE TERMINATED WITH A TAPERED END SECTION.
B
B
6"
12"
8. THIS BAR IS NOT REQUIRED WHEN 6P16 BAR IS USED ON
THE BACKSIDE.
4P16 BAR JOINT FILLER A
(SEE NOTE 8)
2 A A A A A
3" 66" 66" 66" PLAN A
1
3"
4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 20’-0" u " 4 BARS AT 6" CTRS.
P16 TYPE A TYPE B OR HALF SECTION
TYPE C
PLAN BACKFILL WITH COMPACTED
EXCAVATED MATERIAL TYPICAL STIRRUPS 6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8"
W6 X 9 (SEE NOTE 4)
BACKUP POST JOINT FILLER 3’-4" 3’-4"
3’-4" 3’-4"
6P1 6’-0" LONG 10" X 10" X " p
4P2A, B, OR C " BUTTON
4P15 4P16 4P16 HEAD BOLTS 10" LONG
WITH NUTS AND WASHERS.
7"
4P15
12"
6P1 1" 3" BUTTON HEAD ON TRAFFIC FACE
DETAILS FOR HALF SECTION
BACK UP OPTIONS C9 X 20 JOINT " WIDE JOINT " WIDE
MC8 X 18.7
(SEE NOTE 4)
3 INCH RADIUS (TYP.)
3" 2" 2" APPROACH FACE
4" FORMED HOLES FOR TOP OF BARRIER
4P2A, 4P2B, OR 4P2C DEPENDING 1" MIN. 4" I
THRU BOLTS
ON BARRIER TYPE ELEVATION FINISH H
GRADE 10" X 10" X " p
G
FLUSH WITH
A
BARRIER FACE F
ELEVATION SECTION
E
4P2A 6P1
6P1 4P5 4P5
6P1 CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR D
4P3 HALF SECTION BARRIER
4P15 4P15 4P15
4P4 4P6 C
6P1 NOTE: UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF SUPPLYING B
6P1 6P1
THE TYPE "A" END TAPER SHOWN ON THIS STANDARD SHEET REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE
A
OF BARRIER SPECIFIED. WHEN THE TYPE "A" END TAPER IS USED ON THE TYPE "B" OR "C"
66" 66" 3" 3" 66" BARRIERS A 20 FOOT TRANSITION PIECE SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN THE TYPE "A" END
3"
TAPER AND THE BARRIER SPECIFIED. WHEN THE TYPE "A" END TAPER IS USED WITH THE
4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 12" 16" 19" 23" 26" 30" 34" 37" 41"
HALF SECTION BARRIER EARTH BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED BEHIND END TAPER SECTION #1
A
AND THE FIRST SECTION OF THE BARRIER. THE BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE
SECTION NO. 1 OF END TAPER SECTION NO. 2 OF END TAPER
WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NOTE 4.
B A B C D E F G H I
C 3" RADIUS (TYP.) 0 10’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 50’ 60’ 70’ 80’
4P8 4P8
3" DETAIL SHOWING END TAPER
6P1 6P1
6P1 3" RADIUS (TYP.) VERTICAL DIMENSIONS IN THIS DETAIL ARE SHOWN TO THE NEAREST INCH
3"
4P9
12"
4P7 4P15 4P15 4P10 2 6P1

4P11
6P1
"
6P1 6P1 19 4P5
3" RADIUS (TYP.) STATE OF NEW YORK
4
7 6P1
66" 3" 3" 66" 66" 3" 7 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
3"
10"
10"
10 7
4P15 10
7"
4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 4 BARS AT 6" CTRS. 10
B
4P11
3"
4P15 6P1 U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
3"
SECTION NO. 2 OF END TAPER SECTION NO. 3 OF END TAPER C
FINISHED FINISHED
dgn
11
GRADE GRADE
DATE/TIM E = 23-JUN-2011 11:
6P1 6P1
FILE NAM E = 606-36_011212.
6P1
9"
9"
9"
6P1 6P1
12"
4P11 4P12
6P1 4P13 4P14 PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER
7" 7" 3"
USER = rlohse
6P1 24" 24" 24"

3"
3" 66" 66" 3"

SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
4 BARS AT 6" CENTERS 4 BARS AT 6" CENTERS APPROVED JUNE 21, 2011 ISSUED UNDER EB 11-013
SECTION NO. 4 OF END TAPER CROSS SECTIONS OF END TAPER SHOWING TYPE "A"
ELEVATION OF END TAPER SHOWING TYPE "A" NOTE: BARRIER IS SHOWN IN MEDIAN. USE OPPOSITE HAND
NOTE: END TAPER SECTIONS 1,2,3, AND 4 ARE u " LONG - ONLY THE ENDS ARE DETAILED
WHEN BARRIER IS PLACED TO THE RIGHT OF TRAFFIC. DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER DESIGN
606-36
1’-0" 3"
2"
EXPANSION JOINT CONTRACTION JOINT
6" 2"
TYPE "C" 2" PROVIDE " EXPANSION (EVERY 20’) NOTES:
4M3
2" 9" CHAMFER OR ROUND 1 " SILICONE SEALANT DEPTH 6" 6" 6"
6" 7"
1" MIN. CHAMFER OR ROUND
TYPE "B" " (TYP.) 1. THE 9" EMBEDMENT IS TYPICAL FOR NEW AND RECONSTRUCTED
" (TYP.)
4"
COVER 4M2 MEDIANS.
6"
1" MIN. COVER
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
6"
2. ANY VARIATION OF THE 9" (TYPICAL) EMBEDMENT WILL BE DETAILED
4M3
6"
6"
ON THE PLANS.
6"
6"
4M2 4M3
1’-7"
1’-7"
6"
6"
1’-7"
6"
3. FREE STANDING HALF-SECTION BARRIERS ON STRUCTURES, AND
6"
6"
6"
SPECIAL SECTIONS WILL BE DETAILED ON THE PLANS.
4M2 7"
4M3
R=10" 4M2 4. HALF SECTION BARRIERS SHALL BE BACKED UP ON EITHER SIDE OF
4M2
4M2 (TYP.) AN EXPANSION JOINT OR THE BEGINNING OF A RUN WITH W6 X 9
(TYP.) R=10" BACKUP POSTS PLACED AT 80" CENTERS OR EARTH BACKFILL PLACED
10"
10"
10"
10"
IN LAYERS NOT TO EXCEED 6" AND COMPACTED TO THE SATISFACTION
4M1A, 4M1B,
OF THE ENGINEER, EXCEPT WHEN THE METHOD OF BACKING UP THE
4M1C, OR
BARRIER IS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. UNLESS
4M1H
3"
3"
SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, CONTINUITY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE
FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE
4M1B OR A A REQUIRED AT EXPANSION JOINTS IN HALF-SECTION BARRIER ONLY
4M1A
4M1C WHEN STEEL BACKUP POSTS ARE USED.
9"
9"
9"
4M1H
3"
3"
" CARRY 4M3 BARS 5. REINFORCEMENT IS REQUIRED IN END TAPERS. MARK 4M1 A, B, C,
THROUGH JOINT OR H BARS, DEPENDING ON THE BARRIER TYPE, AND MARK 4M2 ARE
2’-0" 2’-3" TYPE "B" 1’-3" REQUIRED ONLY ON THE END ADJACENT TO THE FULL SECTION.
EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL
2’-6" TYPE "C" 1’-7"
6. ON HALF SECTION BARRIER UNIT, BEND THE STIRRUP MARK 4M1H SO
SHOWING REINFORCEMENT SHOWING REINFORCEMENT
THAT IT WILL LIE PARALLEL TO BOTH FACES OF THE BARRIER.
TYPE "A" TYPE "B" OR "C" HALF SECTION
7. THE BARRIER SHALL CONVERGE WITH THE ROADWAY WITH A FLARE
6’-8" 6’-8" 3’-4" 3’-4" 6’-8" 6’-8"
RATE OF 1:15. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO TERMINATE THE BARRIER
NOTE: THE 19:2 AND 10:7 ARE TYPICAL FOR ALL CONCRETE BARRIERS AND SHALL NOT BE CHANGED EXCEPT AT END OUTSIDE THE CLEAR ZONE, THE END OF THE BARRIER SHALL BE
TAPERS AND TRANSITIONS. THE BREAK BETWEEN THE 19:2 AND THE 10:7 SLOPES SHALL ALWAYS BE 13" ABOVE THE SHIELDED WITH CUSHION WHICH SHALL BE PAID FOR SEPARATELY.
FINISHED GRADE EXCEPT IN TRANSITIONS.
8. ON REDUCED SPEED FACILITIES, (OPERATING AND DESIGN SPEED <
50 MPH), AT SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS, AND AT STOP
CONDITIONS, THE CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER MAY BE TERMINATED
EXPANSION JOINT WITH A TAPERED END SECTION.
BAR LIST BACKUP POST LAYOUT AT HALF 9. THE TAPERED END SECTION SHALL BE EITHER CAST-IN-PLACE OR
PRECAST AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE DETAILS FOR TAPERED END
LOCATION
SECTION EXPANSION JOINT
MARK SIZE NO. LENGTH USE A B C D SECTIONS ON THE STANDARD SHEET TITLED "CONCRETE BARRIER
(CAST-IN-PLACE)" OR "PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER".
4M1A 4 8 6’-1" STIRRUP 5" 3’-0" 1" STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT ON THE TYPE "A" BARRIER.
10. MACHINE FORMED BARRIERS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH FINISH AND THE
4M1B 4 8 6’-3" STIRRUP 6" 3’-0" 1" 5" STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT ON THE TYPE "B" BARRIER.
CONTRACTOR SHALL STEEL TROWEL ANY SURFACE AS DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER.
4M1C 4 8 6’-6" STIRRUP 8" 3’-0" 1" 8" STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT ON THE TYPE "C" BARRIER.
11. WHEN CONCRETE BARRIER IS PLACED ADJACENT TO PORTLAND CEMENT

STIRRUP - 4 ON EACH SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT ON THE HALF SECTION
4M1H 4 8 4’-0" STIRRUP 5" 3’-0" 1" CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR SHOULDERS, THE BARRIER SHALL BE
BARRIER. 1"
SEPARATED FROM THE CONCRETE AS FOLLOWS: REMOLDED RESILIENT
JOINT FILLER CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF y705-07 SHALL
LONGITUDINAL - 6 ON EACH SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT EXCEPT FOR THE
4M2 4 12 2’-0" STRINGER BE PLACED IN THE JOINT BETWEEN THE BARRIER AND THE CONCRETE
HALF SECTION BARRIER WHICH HAS 3 ON EACH SIDE OF THE EXPANSION JOINT.
PAVEMENT OR SHOULDER. THE REMOLDED JOINT FILLER SHALL BE "
WIDE AND EXTEND TO THE BOTTOM OF THE CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR
4M3 4 2 STRINGER CONTINUOUS FROM EXPANSION JOINT TO EXPANSION JOINT.
SHOULDER. A RECESS OF APPROXIMATELY 1" SHALL BE PROVIDED AT
4M4 4 4’-10" STIRRUP 3" 2’-3" 3" STIRRUP FOR CONTINUITY CONNECTION. THE TOP OF THE JOINT FOR INSTALLATION OF A BACKER ROD AND
4
JOINT SEALANT. THE JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE A SILICONE SEALANT
APPEARING ON THE DEPARTMENT’S APPROVED LIST AND SHALL BE
2" MIN.
4M4 OR 6M4 6" 1’-0" APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
1’-8"
2" C.C.
1"
"
C9 X 20 OR
6" SAW CUT 12. THIS BAR IS NOT REQUIRED WHEN 6M4 IS USED ON THE BACK SIDE.
MC8 X 18.7
1’-0"
6"
1’-8"
13. WHERE TAPERED END SECTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR

c SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF SUPPLYING PRECAST CONCRETE END
1 "d (TYP.) " MIN. TO
SECTIONS OR CAST-IN-PLACE FOR THE END TAPER. THE TYPE "A" END
" MAX.
TAPER MAY BE USED WITH ANY TYPE BARRIER UNLESS SPECIFIED
8" OR 9"
OTHERWISE. WHEN THE TYPE "A" END TAPER IS USED WITH TYPE "B"
OR TYPE "C" BARRIERS, A 20’ TRANSITION PIECE SHALL BE PLACED
3"
BETWEEN THE TYPE "A" END TRANSITION AND THE BARRIER SPECIFIED.
SECTION A-A
WHEN THE TYPE "A" END TAPER IS USED WITH THE HALF SECTION BARRIER,
1"
1’-8" EARTH BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED BEHIND THE END SECTION NO. 1 OF
1"
THE END TAPER AND THE FIRST SECTION OF THE BARRIER. THE BACKFILL
4M4
10" 10" 4" 4" SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NOTE 4.
(SEE NOTE 12) C9 X 20 OR D
8" 8" MC8 X 18.7 BACKFILL WITH COMPACTED
EXCAVATED MATERIAL
(SEE NOTE 4)
PLAN JOINT FILLER IN " JOINT CONTINUITY PLATE DETAIL C
W6 X 9 C C
BACK UP POST
2 FRONT PLATES
JOINT FILLER IN " JOINT 6’ LONG
10" X 10" X "
2’-0"
DETAILS FOR HALF SECTION C
4M4 4M4 BACK UP

7"
4M4
B
B
(SEE NOTE 4)
1"
12"
3"
B
" BUTTON HEAD BOLTS
10" LONG WITH NUTS AND WASHERS STATE OF NEW YORK
BUTTON HEAD ON TRAFFIC FACE
C9 X 20 OR
4" 4"
MC8 X 18.7
A
A A A A A
2" 2" A
FORMED HOLES FOR
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
THRU BOLTS
4M4 TYPE "A" TYPE "B" OR HALF SECTION
FINISHED 10" X 10" X " TYPE "C"
GRADE FLUSH WITH BARRIER FACE MACHINE FORMED
TYPICAL STIRRUPS
USER = jturley
CONCRETE BARRIER
ELEVATION APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036

CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR
HALF SECTION BARRIER /S/ DANIEL D’ANGELO, P.E.
(FOR USE AT EXPANSION JOINTS IN HALF SECTION CONCRETE BARRIER) DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER
606-37
(DESIGN)
TYPICAL CABLE ANCHOR. SEE DETAILS IN CURRENT STANDARD SHEET
"GUIDE RAIL TRANSITIONS-BOX BEAM TO CABLE." SPRING COMPENSATORS
ARE NOT REQUIRED AT THIS LOCATION.
70’-6" PAY LIMIT FOR RAIL TRANSITION
CORRUGATED TO BOX 33’-0" PAY LIMIT FOR RAIL TRANSITIONS - (BOX TO CORRUGATED)
30’-0" 30’-0"
NORMAL SHOULDER BREAK LINE SHOULDER BREAK LINE

SPACING
12’-6" (MAX.) 12’-6" 12’-6" 12’-6" SEE DETAIL A
1’ (M
SEE DETAIL B
IN.)
6’-3" 6’-3" 4’-2" 4’-2" 4’-2" 4’-2" 4’-2" 4’-2" 1’ 3’ 3’ 3’ 3’ 1’ 3’
.)
1’(MIN
5’
5’
"W" RAIL
BOX BEAM 6’
3’ 3’ 4 SPACES AT 6’-0" = 24’-0" * NORMAL SPACINGS 6’-0" NORMAL SPACING 12’-6" (MAX.)
*
"W" RAIL NORMAL SPACING 6’-0"
*
ONE WAY TRAFFIC * SEE BRIDGE APPROACH PLANS
WHEN TRANSITION IS USED
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC OR ONE-WAY TRAFFIC
ONLY ADJACENT TO STRUCTURE
5 INTERMEDIATE POSTS
NO CONNECTION TO RAIL
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL TO CORRUGATED BEAM TYPE
CORRUGATED BEAM TYPE GUIDE RAILING TO GUIDE RAILING TRANSITION FOR ONE WAY TRAFFIC
BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION, FOR TWO LEAVING HAZARD STRUCTURE OR OTHER OBJECT.
WAY TRAFFIC OR ONE WAY TRAFFIC APPROACHING
HAZARD, STRUCTURE OR OTHER FIXED OBJECT.
PLAN
" d CABLES
6" 6" " d BOLT - 8" LONG CONNECTOR

W/NUTS AND WASHERS
" d HOLE IN BOX (BOTH SIDES) SEE DETAIL "C
" d HOLE FOR BOLT
FOR " d BOLTS SEE DETAIL C
C " d THREADED ROD
4"
WITH NUT AND WASHER
" d BOLTS
8" LONG WITH NUTS
" d - 8" LONG
AND WASHERS
W/NUTS AND WASHER
NOTE:
" d HOLE IN BOX CUT AND WELD AS NEEDED
(BOTH SIDES) FOR " d BOLTS ALL WORK WITHIN THE PAY LIMITS FOR RAIL
TRANSITION INCLUDING ANCHOR BLOCKS WILL
C
BE PAID FOR UNDER THE RAIL TRANSITION ITEMS.
PLAN
PLAN
DETAIL B SECTION C-C
DETAIL A
7"
2" 1" 1"
ANGLE 7" X 4" X "
3"
2’-6" 3" 2’-4"
1"
A B 2"
8"
" " d HOLES

12 GAUGE " d HOLE FOR " BOLT
12 GAUGE
STATE OF NEW YORK
4"
2"
" d HOLE IN BOX
(BOTH SIDES)
" d SPLICE BOLTS. SEE "BEAM SPLICE HARDWARE"
A B DETAIL ON THE CURRENT STANDARD SHEET FOR U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
ELEVATION SECTION A-A SECTION B-B DETAIL C

TRANSITION: BOX BEAM - W-BEAM
DETAIL B
USER = jturley

606-38
(DESIGN)
A
6"
6"
6"
5SM1 6" 10"
5SM1
6" 5 SM3
4"
4"
1’-0"
"
4SM5 1’ 0"
10
W6" X 9" OR
2 W6" X 8.5"
6"
6"
1’-7"
10 BACKUP POST
"
19
6"
6"
"
4SM6
10
2’-8"
2’-8"
"
2
-0
2’ 1
7 2" MIN. COVER FINISHED
10"
4SM2H GRADE
10 (TYP.)
R= 10"
A B -0" FINISHED GRADE 2" MIN. COVER
4’ 2
3"
10 (TYP.)
’-
0"
"
10
19
(TYP.)
CONCRETE HALF SECTION CONCRETE HALF SECTION
9"
9"
" TRANSITION BARRIER TRANSITION BARRIER
5
WITH EARTH BACKUP WITH BACKUP POST
NOTE: EARTH BACKUP SHALL CONSIST OF FULLY COMPACTED
3"
" 5SM2
’-0 5SM2 SUITABLE MATERIAL CONFORMING TO SUBSECTION 203-1.08
20
4SM1H HAVING NO PARTICLES GREATER THAN 1" AND
1’-3" 1’-7" COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 203-3.12.
10 EARTH BACKUP SHALL EXTEND FULL HEIGHT FROM THE POINT

’- WHERE SECTION A-A IS DRAWN TO A POINT 6’ 5" FROM WHERE
0"
SECTION B-B IS DRAWN.
ISOMETRIC VIEW - FRONT SIDE ISOMETRIC VIEW - BACK SIDE SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
1’ 1’
-6 " -7
" -7 "
1’
6’-8" 6’-8" 6’-8" 3’-4"
C9 X 20 1" OR
3’-4" 3’-4"
MC8 X 18.7
2’-0" 4’-0" 4SM2H 4SM2H 2" B=2’-3"
(1’-8" LONG MIN.) (2)- 4SM4 OR
5SM1 2" MIN.
(1)- 6SM4
COVER (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 6)
6"
CONCRETE
D=6"
5"
6"
4SM2H 1’-6" TRANSITION

10"
5SM3 4SM2H AT 6" R=3" PIECE

4SM1H AT 6"
3" C.C.
PLAN (TOP)
(2)- 10" X 10" X " p DETAIL OF SM4 BAR HALF SECTION TYPICAL BACKUP POST
JOINT FILLER BARRIER D
LAYOUT
10’-0" 10’-0"
1’-4" MIN.
2’-0" 4’-0"
C
1’-7"
1’-7"
(2)- 4SM4 OR (1)- 6SM4 (2)- 4SM4 OR (1)- 6SM4

5SM2
1’-3"
10" X 10" X " PLATE

1"
1"
FLUSH WITH BARRIER FACE
B
3"
7"
1"
4" FORMED HOLES FOR
PLAN (BOTTOM) THROUGH BOLTS
2’-9" 2’-9" 2" (TYP.)

4SM5 " X 14" BUTTON HEAD
5SM3 4" A
BOLTS WITH NUTS
2"
AND WASHERS
4SM5
4SM1H AT 6" C9 X 20 OR
4SM3H MC8 X 18.7 TYPICAL CHAMFER 4SM1H

4SM5
4SM2H (1’-8" LONG MIN.) DETAIL
4SM2H
5SM2 4SM2H FINISHED GRADE
FINISHED GRADE
A
ELEVATION CONTINUITY CONNECTION FOR HALF SECTION D K B
JERSEY BARRIER
(SEE NOTE 6)
1’-4"
C
H
NOTES: BAR LIST
5SM2
B
1. VERTICAL AND SLOPING CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH.
2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO SUBSECTION 606-2.14, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR

4SM1H 4 4 4’-6" STIRRUP 5" 3’-0" 1" 3" AT CONCRETE BARRIER END
WITH, CONCRETE.
AT CORRUGATED RAIL END AND AT 2’-9"

3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO SUBSECTION 606-3.19, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR 4SM2H 4 3 4’-9" STIRRUP 6" 3’-0" 1"
WITH, CONCRETE.
FROM MIDPOINT STATE OF NEW YORK
VARIES VARIES
4SM3H 4 3 STIRRUP 3’-0" 1" 4SM2H, 4SM3H

4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE: EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 4’-6" - 4’-9" 2" - 6"
3 AT CORRUGATED RAIL END DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SUBSECTION 206-3.01. GRANULAR BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM WITH SECTION 304 AND SHALL
4’-9" STIRRUP 2’-3" 3" 6"
MATCH THE SUBBASE COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY.
4SM4 4 2
* 2 AT EXPANSION JOINT SIDE

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
5. CONTINUITY CONNECTION SHALL BE GALVANIZED. 4SM5 4 8 2’-0" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END
6. IF THE 6SM4 BAR IS USED, THEN 4SM4 BARS NEED NOT BE USED. 5SM1 5 1 19’-8" STRINGER 13’-9" 1’-11" 4" 4’-0" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
7. FOR RAILING LAYOUT AND DETAILS SEE STANDARD SHEETS TITLED "TRANSITION HPBO - SINGLE 5SM2 5 1 19’-8" STRINGER 17’-7" 4" 2’-1" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
TRANSITION: HPBO - JERSEY SHAPE
SLOPE HALF SECTION".
USER = jturley
5SM3 5 1 19’-8" STRINGER 18’-4" 4" 1’-4" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
8. CONCRETE TRANSITION PIECE SHALL BE BACKED UP WITH EARTH OR BACK-UP POSTS FOR ITS
ENTIRE LENGTH.
6SM4 6 1
* 4’-9" STIRRUP 2’-3" 3" 6" SEE DETAIL OF SM4 BAR
* SEE NOTE 6 NOTE: ALL BARS ARE TO BE EPOXY COATED


606-40
(DESIGN)
A
D
C 1"
1"
D K B C
B
TYPICAL CHAMFER 5SM1 6"
5SM1 THRU 5SM5 SEE 1’-10"
DETAIL 5SM2 2"
NOTE 5 4" 1" MIN. COVER
(TYP.)
2"
(FOR 4SM1H BARS)
6" 4"
A
4"
5SM5
6"
1’-7"
1"
4SM4H AND 4SM3H 4SM2H AND 4SM1H 5SM2
6"
7"
6"
2’-7"
R= 10"
4SM5
10"
2" MIN. 4SM1H
11"
1’-6" COVER FINISHED
3" FINISHED GRADE
3"
4SM1H AT 6" TYPICAL LAP
4SM5
2’-0" 5SM5 GRADE
4SM2H
5SM4
9"
9"
5SM1 4SM3H 6"
5SM3
4SM6H 5SM2 5SM3
4SM4H 5SM5 2’-0"
PLAN (TOP) SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
B
B
6" 6"
2’-9" 2’-9"
4SM5 2" (TYP.)
4SM5
4SM1H AT 6" 5SM2

B 1’-10" 1’-10"
B
4SM5
FINISHED FINISHED
11 A A
’- GRADE GRADE "
4SM4H AT 6" 4" -4
’
11
5SM3 4SM2H 4SM3H 1’-5"
1’-5"
TR IC
REINFORCEMENT ELEVATION A FF
FF A
IC TR
8’ "
-8 7 ’2
"
"
-6
11’-4" 7’-2" 1’-6" 1’
A A
DEPARTURE SIDE ISOMETRIC APPROACH SIDE ISOMETRIC

1’-10"
1’-10"
2’-0"
1’-5"
5SM4 5SM5
5SM3
20’-0"
PLAN (BOTTOM)
BAR LIST
NOTES:
1. SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH. VARIES FROM VARIES FROM VARIES FROM

4SM1H 4 4 STIRRUP 3’-0" 1" AT CONCRETE BARRIER END
6’-1" - 6’-3" 5" - 5" 3" - 4"
2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO y606-2.14, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH, AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT OF
CONCRETE.
4SM2H 4 1 7’-0" STIRRUP 7" 3’-0" 1" 1’-"
THE BARRIER UNIT
STATE OF NEW YORK
AT 2’-9" FROM THE MIDPOINT OF
3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO y606-3.19, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED OF, OR WITH,

4SM3H 4 1 7’-5" STIRRUP 1’-6" 3’-0" 1" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
THE BARRIER UNIT
CONCRETE. VARIES FROM VARIES FROM
4SM4H 4 4 STIRRUP 3’-0" 1" AT CORRUGATED RAIL END
7’-0" - 7’-5" 1’-1" - 1’-6"
4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXCAVATION SHALL BE PREFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
4SM5 4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
y206-3.01. GRANULAR BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM WITH SECTION 304 AND SHALL MATCH THE
SUBBASE COURSE TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY.
5SM1 5 1 13’-2" STRINGER 11’-2" 1" 2’-0" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
5. FOR CORRUGATED MEDIAN BARRIER TRANSITION DETAILS SEE STANDARD SHEET TITLED LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
5SM2 5 1 19’-9" STRINGER 11’-2" 6" 8’-6"
TRANSITION: HPBO MEDIAN - CONCRETE WALL. (2 SHEETS). TRANSITION: CONCRETE WALL- JERSEY MEDIAN
USER = jturley
5SM3 5 1 19’-8" STRINGER 11’-2" 3" 8’-6" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM (MAINTENANCE SUPPORT)
5SM4 5 1 13’-2" STRINGER 11’-2" " 2’-0" LONGITUDINAL 1 IN BOTTOM
LONGITUDINAL 1 IN TOP
5SM5 5 1 8’-6" STRINGER 7’-2" 4" 1’-4" APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
1 IN BOTTOM

606-41
BAR LIST
1"

FINISHED GRADE
VARIES VARIES 4 AT 6" CENTERS AT END ADJACENT TO THE
4SM1 #4 4 STIRRUP 10" 1" 4"
7’-9" TO 7’-11" 3’-9" TO 3’-10" SINGLE SLOPE BARRIER
:4
1"
21 4SM2 #4 1 7’-2" STIRRUP 8" 3’-6" 1" 3" 5’-5" FROM 4SM1 BARS
4SM3 #4 1 6’-8" STIRRUP 7" 3’-3" 1" 3" 5’-5" FROM 4SM4 BARS
TYPICAL CHAMFER DETAIL VARIES VARIES 4 AT 6" CENTERS AT END ADJACENT TO THE
4SM4 #4 4 STIRRUP 5" 1" 3"
(ALL SECTIONS) 6’-2" TO 6’-4" 3’-0" TO 3’-1" JERSEY BARRIER
4SS1 #4 8 2’-6" STRAIGHT 4 AT EACH END OF TRANSITION
5ST1 #5 4 19’-8" STRINGER LONGITUDINAL 2 IN TOP - 2 IN BOTTOM
BARS ARE TO BE EPOXY COATED GRADE 420
SINGLE SLOPE
:2 CONCRETE BARRIER
19 STANDARD (NJ)
TRANSITION - ISOMETRIC SHAPE CONCRETE

BARRIER
E
2"
4"
A C D 2"
:7
B
10
2" TYPICAL
4"
2"
6"
6"
5ST1 4SS1
3"
4SS1 4SM2
3" 4SM3
4SM1 6" C.C.
FINISHED GRADE
4SM4 6" CENTER TO CENTER
D 5ST1
D
D
C 5’-6" 5’-6"
C A E
C C
FINISHED GRADE
1’-"
B D
2’-"
4"
EXPANSION JOINT
PROVIDE FOR " OPENING.
B
5’-0" 5’-0" 5’-0"

PLACE 1" X 1"
6"
B
JOINT FILLER (TYP.)

20’-0" PAY LIMIT
2’-2"
1’-5"
ELEVATION VIEW
NOTES:
6"
A A
A A A A A A
2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO y606-2.14, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED

OF, OR WITH, CONCRETE.
STIRRUP STIRRUP STIRRUP STIRRUP
4SM4 4SM3 4SM2 4SM1 3. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO y606-3.19, TRANSITIONS CONSTRUCTED
1’-1" 1’-5" 1’-8" OF, OR WITH, CONCRETE.

6"
7" 4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE:
4" 6" 4" 7" 4"
EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH y206-3.01* GRANULAR
8"
c CHAMFER c BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM WITH y304 AND SHOULD MATCH THE SUBBASE COURSE
CHAMFER c CHAMFER CHAMFER c CHAMFER
3" (SEE DETAILS) c
(SEE DETAILS) (SEE DETAILS) (SEE DETAILS) TYPE USED ON THE ADJACENT ROADWAY.
(SEE DETAILS)
2"
5. BENDING OF BOTTOM OF STIRRUPS SHOWN IN SECTION E-E IS NOT NECESSARY,
4"
4"
PROVIDED COVER REQUIREMENTS ARE SATISFIED.

4"
10"
10"
1’-4"
10"
5ST1
5ST1
1’-9"
1’-4"
5ST1
1’-7"
5ST1 5ST1
2’-7"
1" MIN. 4SS1

COVER FOR
2’-10"
3’-3"
3’-6"
1’-2"
2’-8"
4SM4 BAR 1" 1"
2" 1" 1"

4SS1 STATE OF NEW YORK
R = 10"
" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
R = 10" 2" MIN. COVER
9"
9"
(TYP.)
(TYP.)
10"
FOR 4SM1 BAR

"
7"
2"
R= 10"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
4"
R = 10"
5"
7" R = 10" (TYPICAL) 4SM1

(TYP.)
3"
(TYP.) (VANISHES)
3"
5ST1 5ST1 5ST1
TRANSITION: CONCRETE BARRIER BETWEEN
4SM4 5ST1
11"
10"
9"
9"
STANDARD (NJ) AND

9"
9"
9"
9"
USER = jturley
SINGLE SLOPE CONCRETE SHAPES

3"
3"
BEND LOWER 6" OF

2" 1’-0"
BAR TO LIE PARALLEL TO
1’-0" 1’-0" 1’-0" 1’-0" FINISHED GRADE
3"
3"
5ST1 SURFACE, SEE NOTE 5 APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
2’-0"
2’-0" 2’-0" 2’-0" 2’-0"

606-42
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C SECTION D-D SECTION E-E EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/08/09 (DESIGN)
POST SPACING GATE LEAF LENGTH GATE POST SECTION (STEEL)
10’-0" TO 24’-0" (SIZE OF GATE GIVEN IN PROPOSAL) 10’-0" MAX. 10’-0" MAX. 3’-0" TO 12’-0"
LEAF LENGTH
10’-0" MAX. LESS THAN 6’-0"
LEAF LENGTH
FENCING FABRIC CONFORMS TO THE END, CORNER, OR INTERMEDIATE

1 NPS - SCHEDULE 40 PIPE LINE POSTS T OR U: SECTION
GATE POSTS (SEE TABLE) REQUIREMENTS OF y710-30 OF THE POSTS L 2" X 2" X " 6’-0" TO 12’-0" CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 3" NOM. DIA.
NOMINAL WEIGHT OF 1.33 LB./FT.
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2 NPS SCHEDULE 40 PIPE, OR 2"d
" d TRUSS ROD REQUIRED FOR GATE (FOR 6’-6" LENGTH WITH ANCHOR PLATE) GATE POSTS
CLASS B TUBING
LEAVES 10’-0" OR GREATER (WELDED FRAME) (SEE TABLE)
BRACE BOTH SIDES FOR 6" 2 DOUBLE STRAND
INTERMEDIATE POST #9 GAUGE WIRES
3’-11"u
3’-10"
8"
3’-3"
7"
45 n 45 n
6"
6’-6"
5"
5"
1’-4"
4"
1’-6"
1’-0"
3"
4"
3"
3" NOMINAL
4"
2’-6"
2’-6"
2’-6"
3’-0"
3’-0"
GROUND CLEARANCE
MIN.
MIN.
TURNBUCKLE
1’-0" SQUARE 1’-6" GROUND LINE
GROUND LINE
VERTICAL MEMBER REQUIRED WHEN

GATE LEAF IS 8’-0" OR GREATER
BRACE L 2" X 2" X ". CONCRETE BLOCK ANCHOR p RIVETED OR WELDED BRACE L 2" X 2" X ". BRACE L 2" X 2" X ".
3 /8"d TRUSS ROD WITH TURNBUCKLE
1" d CLASS A, SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1’-6" X 1’-0" X 1’-0" TO THE BACK OF POST. 1" d CLASS A, SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1" d CLASS A, SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
1:2:4 CONCRETE 1’-0"d AT END, CORNER, REQUIRED FOR WELDED GATE LEAVES 10’-0"
OR 1" d CLASS B, STEEL TUBING. (TYP.) MIN. THICKNESS =" OR 1" d CLASS B, STEEL TUBING. 1 NPS SCHEDULE 40 PIPE OR 1" d CLASS B, STEEL TUBING.
INTERMEDIATE AND GATE POSTS OR GREATER, GATES 8’-0" OR GREATER
FASTEN WITH " d BOLT MIN. WEIGHT = 0.67 LB. FASTEN WITH " d BOLT FASTEN WITH " d BOLT
NOTE: GATE FRAMES AND POSTS SHALL BE OF A.S.T.M. F-1083 MIN. SURFACE AREA 18 SQ. IN. ALSO REQUIRE A VERTICAL MEMBER
HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PIPE OR APPROVED EQUAL (SEE DOUBLE LEAF DETAIL)
(TYP.) NOTE: VERTICAL MEMBER IS REQUIRED WHEN GATE LEAF
IS 8’-0" OR GREATER (SEE DOUBLE LEAF DETAIL)
DOUBLE LEAF GATE CORNER AND INTERMEDIATE DETAILS 1:2:4 CONCRETE 1’-0"d AT END, CORNER, SINGLE LEAF GATE
(SHOWN WITH WELDED FRAME) INTERMEDIATE AND GATE POSTS (TYP.) (SHOWN WITH WELDED FRAME)
(SEE BELOW FOR CORNER FITTINGS) (SEE BELOW FOR CORNER FITTINGS)
R.O.W. FENCE (STEEL POSTS)
NOTCH POST AND DOWEL WITH " d X 5" STEEL PIN AT END OF EACH BRACE
10’-0" MAX.
10’ TO 24’ (SIZE OF GATE GIVEN IN PROPOSAL) 10’ 0" MAX. LINE POST SPACING ONE SPAN AT 12’-0" MAX. 3’-0" TO 12’-0"
2 APPROACH SPANS MAY BE (LEAF LENGTH)

LEAF LENGTH NECESSARY (SEE END AND CORNER DETAILS) NOTCH POST AND DOWEL
15’-0" MAX. (SIZE OF GATE 2 APPROACH SPANS MAY
GIVEN IN PROPOSAL) BE NECESSARY (SEE END WITH " d X 5" STEEL PIN
GATE FRAME AND VERTICAL MEMBER AND CORNER DETAILS) AT EACH END OF BRACE
1 NPS SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 DOUBLE STRAND #9 GA. WIRES
2 DOUBLE STRAND #9 GA. WIRES
2 DOUBLE STRAND #9 GA. WIRES
4"d BRACE 4"d BRACE 4"d BRACE
1’-6"
3" NOMINAL 3" NOMINAL
2’-6"
2’-6"
2’-6"
2’-6"
MIN.
MIN.
MIN.
3’ 0"
3’-0"
3’-0"
3’-0"
MIN.
MIN.
GROUND CLEARANCE GROUND
MIN.
MIN.
TURNBUCKLE
INTERMEDIATE POST ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE
1’-0" SQUARE
GROUND LINE
WOOD POSTS 6" MIN. DIA. (TYP.)
APPROACH POST (WOOD)
6" MIN. DIA.
GATE FRAME SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
GATE POST (WOOD) " d TRUSS RODS (ALL GATES VERTICAL MEMBER REQUIRED APPROACH POST (WOOD) LINE POST (WOOD) GATE POST (WOOD)
" d TRUSS RODS WITH TURNBUCKLES
6" MIN. DIA. (TYP.) WITH CORNER FITTINGS) WHEN GATE LEAF IS 8’-0" OR GREATER 6" MIN. DIA. 3" MIN. DIA. 6" MIN. DIA.
(ALL GATES WITH CORNER FITTINGS)
DOUBLE LEAF GATE INTERMEDIATE POST ASSEMBLY SINGLE LEAF GATE

(SHOWN WITH CORNER FITTINGS) (SHOWN WITH CORNER FITTINGS)
(SEE ABOVE FOR WELDED FRAME) (SEE ABOVE FOR WELDED FRAME)
R.O.W. FENCE (TREATED WOOD POSTS)
TWO 10’-0" MAX. APPROACH SPANS WHEN 300’-0" OR MORE TO NEXT CORNER OR INTERMEDIATE POST
ONE 10’-0" MAX APPROACH SPAN WHEN LESS THAN 300’-0" TO NEXT CORNER OR INTERMEDIATE POST
NOTCH POST AND DOWEL

WITH " d X 5" STEEL PIN NOTES:
AT EACH END OF BRACE
1. R.O.W. FENCING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF y607 AND y710-30, RIGHT OF WAY FENCING, OF THE
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.
2. POSTS, INCLUDING ENCASEMENTS, SHALL BE SO SET INSIDE THE R.O.W. LINE SO THAT THE FENCING PLACED ON THE
3’-11"u
3’-10"
R.O.W. LINE SIDE OF POSTS WILL BE AS NEARLY ON THE R.O.W. LINE AS IS POSSIBLE. WHERE PERMITTED BY THE ENGINEER, STATE OF NEW YORK
8"
THE FABRIC MAY BE PLACED ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE IN ORDER FOR FABRIC TO BE PULLED TIGHT AGAINST THE POST.
7"
6"
3. POSTS IN ROCK - WHERE SUBSTANTIAL ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED, A HOLE ONE (1) INCH LARGER IN DIAMETER THAN
5"
5"
THE POST, AND OF 12" MINIMUM DEPTH FOR LINE POSTS AND 18" MINIMUM DEPTH FOR END, CORNER, INTERMEDIATE OR
GATE POSTS, SHALL BE MADE. AFTER INSERTING STEEL POSTS, THE HOLES SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH 1:2 MORTAR U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
4"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
CONSISTING OF ONE PART PORTLAND CEMENT AND TWO PARTS FINE AGGREGATES MIXED TO A PLASTIC CONSISTENCY
4"
3"
2’-6"
3"
SHOWING NO SIGNS OF FREE WATER. HAND MIXING AND CONSOLIDATION OF THE MORTAR IS PERMITTED. WOOD POSTS
3’-0"
2 DOUBLE STRAND
IN ROCK HOLES SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH WELL TEMPERED SAND.
#9 GA. WIRES
APPROACH SPANS SYMMETRICAL 4. INTERMEDIATE POST ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PLACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 400 FT. IN CONTINUOUS RUNS OF RIGHT OF
ABOUT THE CORNER POSTS WAY FENCING AND AT SHARP BREAKS IN VERTICAL GRADE. R.O.W. FENCING
USER = jturley
FENCING FABRIC CONFORMS TO THE

APPROACH POST (WOOD) REQUIREMENTS OF y710-30 OF THE
CORNER POST (WOOD) 5. STEEL CORNER POST ASSEMBLIES (STEEL SYSTEMS) OR WOOD CORNER POSTS WITH APPROACH SPANS (WOOD
6" MIN. DIA. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
6" MIN. DIA. SYSTEMS) SHALL BE USED AT EVERY CHANGE IN HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT EQUAL OR GREATER THAN 15 n..

6. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, CONCRETE SHALL BE LEFT 4" BELOW FINAL GRADE
END AND CORNER DETAILS TO AVOID FROST HEAVING.
R.O.W. FENCE (TREATED WOOD POSTS)
607-01
(DESIGN)
2" X 6" OR 2" X 8" NOMINAL TONGUE AND GROOVE SHEATHING 12’-0" LONG 2" X 6" OR 2" X 8" NOMINAL TONGE AND GROOVE SHEATHING 14’-0" LONG
A
B
B
A
B 1’-0" (TYP.)
CAULKING
2" X 8" 14’-0"
(DOUBLE BEAD) "
NOMINAL BATTEN B 14’-0
DIRECTION
AT EACH COLUMN
C AULKING 2" X 8" OF TRAFFIC
PLAN AND MIDSPAN PLAN PLAN
(DOUBLE BEAD) BATTEN
(TRAFFIC SIDE)
CAULKING
H
H
(DOUBLE BEAD)
DEPTH DEPTH DEPTH
6" MIN.
6" MIN.
6" MIN.
COVER
COVER
(SEE NOTE 4 (SEE NOTE 4 (SEE NOTE 4
AND FOOTING AND FOOTING AND FOOTING
FINISH FINISH FINISH
DETAILS) DETAILS) DETAILS)
GRADE GRADE GRADE
6’-0"
12’-0" CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN 12’-0" CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN 12’-0" CENTER TO CENTER OF COLUMN
ELEVATION SECTION A-A ELEVATION ELEVATION SECTION B-B

BUTTING WALL FISH SCALE WALL OFFSET WALL
6- #5 BARS AT # 4 BARS
EQUAL SPACES
1" APPROX. TOUNGE AND POST
2"
GROOVE SHEATHING
"
2" X 6" OR 2" X 8" 3"
3"
NOMINAL TONGUE AND 1"
D D
2"
GROOVE SHEATHING
2"
GENERAL NOTES:
2"
"
PLAN
TOP PLANK SHALL
1. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, HARDWARE, AND FASTENERS
3" COVER
1"
EXCEPT NAILS SHALL BE GALVANIZED. NAILS SHALL BE CEMENT
NOT HAVE TONGUE PLAN
"/FT. OR RESIN COATED. THE PORTIONS OF GALVANIZED STRUCTURAL
SLOPE MEMBERS EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE PAINTED IN ACCORDANCE
(TYP.) 2- 16 d NAILS WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.
NOTE: USE DRIVING CAPS
PER PLANK
WHEN DRIVING ALL STAKES. OFFSET AND FISH SCALE
6- #5 BARS AT 2. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OF LUMBER, TIMBERS, AND STRUCTURAL
EQUAL SPACES NAILING DETAIL
VARIES
(SEE NOTE 4)
GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
16 d NAILS TO
3" COVER
THE SPECIFICATIONS.
HOLD SHEATHING 3" COVER
TO COLUMN
3. SAFETY, FIRE MAINTENANCE, OR DRAINAGE OPENINGS SHALL BE
50 d NAILS TO HOLD SHEATHING AND 2" X 8" AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
APPROX. " LARGER THAN WEDGE TO COLUMN ON INTERIOR MINIMUM OF
NOMINAL BATTEN
TONGUE FOR EASE ANGLE TURNS. LEAD HOLES REQUIRED 5- #4 BARS OR 4. FOOTINGS EMBEDMENT DEPTHS FOR SELECTED FOOTING DIAMETERS
OF FABRICATION THROUGH SHEATHING AND WEDGE SPACED 12" WILL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
FINISHED
GRADE
TONGUE AND BUTTING WALL SECTION D-D SIDE VIEW 5. SAWED TIMBER AND DIMENSION LUMBER ARE NOMINAL. GLUE LAM
GROOVE DETAIL NAILING DETAIL FOOTING DETAILS STAKE DETAIL DIMENSIONS ARE ACTUAL.
6. TOPS OF POSTS AND SHEETING SHALL BE SLOPED TO SHED WATER.
7" 7. AT POSTS WHERE THE NOISE WALL CHANGES HEIGHT, USE THE
4" MIN.
C 1" C GREATER HEIGHT TO SELECT THE POST SIZE.
2’-0"
LAP
1" 3"
1"
2- " BOLTS
F568 CLASS 4.6 4" X 4" TREATED STAKES
2- 16 d NAILS PER PLANK (TYP.)
3"
NOTE: MINIMUM OF TWO BOARDS AFFIXED TO STAKES
USING 2- 16 d NAILS PER PLANK
FINISHED GRADE
ELEVATION SLOPING EARTH
FISH SCALE WALL OR OFFSET WALL
1"
EMBEDMENT
2- 3" X " p (A-36 STEEL, "/FT.
SLOPE TABLE OF COLUMN SIZES
"C"
ONE FRONT AND ONE BACK)
8"
(TYP.)
W MINIMUM COLUMN DIMENSIONS
"H"
6" HEIGHT
(SEE DETAIL A) W/2 W/2 POSTS AND TIMBERS GLULAM POSTS
MINIMUM
COVER
4’-0" 6" X 8" 6" X 6" STATE OF NEW YORK
6" X 6" MIN. DETAIL A
W/5
6’-0" 8" X 8" 6" X 6"
W/5
c " BOLT 8" LONG F568 CLASS 4.6 8’-0" 8" X 10" 6" X 6"
DEPTH
MINIMUM FOOTING
10’-0" 8" X 12" 6" X 8"
COVER POST
NOTES: 2- 3" X " p (A-36 STEEL, WEDGE FOR
WASHER 12’-0" 12" X 12" 6" X 10"
ONE FRONT AND ONE BACK) U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
INTERIOR ANGLE
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
14’-0" 12" X 14" 6" X 12"

1. ON SLOPING TERRAIN THE CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF USING THIS METHOD
POST
OR PLACING THE FOOTINGS AT THE SAME LEVEL WITH GROUND COVER VARYING 16’-0" 12" X 16" * 6" X 13"
FROM 6" MIN. TO "C". 18’-0" 12" X 18" 6" X 15"
POST
EXTERIOR ANGLE 20’-0" 12" X 20" 6" X 17"
2. STAKES MAY BE USED ON SLOPING EARTH BUTTING WALL. SEE SLOPING EARTH
NOISE BARRIER - WALL DETAILS
MILLING DETAIL * TOP SIZE FOR 2’-0" FOOTING
USER = jturley
FISH SCALE WALL ELEVATION FOR STAKING DETAILS. (HORIZONTAL SHEATHING)

NOTE: ANGLE POSTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF
1"
1"
2" GREATER IN DEPTH THAN REQUIRED IN
ELEVATION SLOPING 6" X 6" MIN. TABLE FOR EXTERIOR ANGLE TURNS. APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036
EARTH BUTTING WALL 2"

SECTION C-C 607-02
(DESIGN)
TABLE OF COLUMN AND STRINGER DATA
SEE LAP-BOARD BRACKET DETAIL

A
COLUMN STRINGER
HEIGHT
STRINGER (SEE TABLE FOR NUMBER AND SIZE)
OF WALL TIMBER STRINGER STRINGER F MAX. E MAX.
2- 16 d NAILS PER GLUE LAM
STRINGER (NOMINAL SIZE) (NOMINAL SIZE) NO. SPACING SPACING
PLANK/STRINGER
ANGLED TOWARD 5’-0" 6" X 10" 6" X 6" 4" X 8" 2 3’-0" 1’-0"
CENTER OF STRINGER
6’-0" 6" X 10" 6" X 6" 4" X 8" 2 4’-0" 1’-0"
COLUMN (SEE TABLE FOR DIMENSION) 6" X 12" 6" X 6" 2 5’-0" 1’-0"
7’-0" 4" X 8"
A
8’-0" * 6" X 12" 6" X 8" 4" X 8" 2 6’-0" 1’-0"
PLAN 9’-0" 6" X 14" 6" X 9" 4" X 8" 2 6’-0" 1’-6"
SHEATHING 10’-0" 6" X 16" 6" X 9" 2’-0"

6" X 8" 2 6’-0"
2 X 6 OR 2 X 8 TONGE AND GROOVE SHEATHING NAILING DETAIL
11’-0" 6" X 16" 6" X 10" 6" X 8" 2 7’-0" 2’-0"
TOP TO BE LEVEL ALL PANELS
SEE ATTACHMENT DETAILS 12’-0" 8" X 16" 6" X 12" 6" X 8" 2 8’-0" 2’-0"
13’-0" 8" X 16" 6" X 12" 6" X 8" 3 4’-6" 2’-0"
14’-0" 8" X 18" * 6" X 13" 6" X 8" 3 5’-0" 2’-0"
15’-0" 6" X 15" 6" X 8" 2’-0"
E
8" X 20" 3 5’-6"
16’-0" 8" X 20" 6" X 15" 6" X 8" 3 6’-0" 2’-0"
17’-0" 10" X 20" 6" X 16" 6" X 8" 3 6’-6" 2’-0"
2" X 6" OR 2" X 8" TONGUE 10" X 20" 8" X 15" 6" X 8"
18’-0" 3 7’-0" 2’-0"
H
AND GROOVE SHEATHING
19’-0" 10" X 22" 8" X 16" 6" X 8" 3 7’-6" 2’-0"
20’-0" 10" X 22" 8" X 17" 6" X 8" 3 8’-0" 2’-0"
NOTE: ANGLE POSTS SHALL BE 2" MIN. GREATER IN DEPTH THAN * LAST SECTION ALLOWED FOR 2’d FOOTING
REQUIRED IN TABLE FOR EXTERIOR ANGLE TURNS.
E
AND FOOTING
SEE NOTE 5
6"
DEPTH
FINISHED
DETAILS
GRADE GENERAL NOTES:
1. SAWED TIMBER AND DIMENSION LUMBER SIZES ARE NOMINAL. GLUE

LAMINATE ARE ACTUAL.
2. SAFETY, FIRE MAINTENANCE, OR DRAINAGE OPENINGS SHALL BE AS

SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
3. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, HARDWARE, AND FASTENERS EXCEPT

ELEVATION SECTION A-A
NAILS SHALL BE GALVANIZED. NAILS SHALL BE CEMENT OR RESIN COATED.
THE PORTIONS OF GALVANIZED STRUCTURAL EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE
PAINTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.
4. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OF LUMBER, TIMBERS, AND STRUCTURAL GLUED

2" LAMINATED MEMBERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.
" LAG BOLT
"
THREADED 4" 7"
5. FOOTING EMBEDMENT DEPTH FOR SELECTED DIAMETERS WILL BE SHOWN
INTO MEMBER
ACTUAL ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. AT POSTS WHERE THE NOISE
WALL CHANGES HEIGHT, USE THE GREATER HEIGHT TO SELECT THE POST
5" X 5" X "
SIZE.
5"
ANGLE 5" LONG " d HOLE
OR 5"
6. TOPS OF POSTS AND SHEATHING SHALL BE SLOPED TO SHED WATER.
5"
POST
3"
6- #5 BARS AT #4 BARS POST
EQUAL SPACES
5"
1"
W
" THROUGH BOLT 1" 1"

5" 1"
W/2 W/2
WITH NUT AND WASHER 1" APPROX.
5"
B B
"
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
W/5
PLAN
W/5
POST STRINGER DETAIL POST ATTACHMENT
DEPTH
ANGLE DETAIL
POST
"
WEDGE FOR
3" COVER
"/FT. INTERIOR ANGLE

SLOPE POST
(TYP.)
2" X 6" OR 2" X 8" SHEATHING " CARRIAGE BOLT
WITH NUT AND WASHER
6- #5 BARS AT
"
EQUAL SPACES EXTERIOR ANGLE
EMBEDMENT DEPTH
" d HOLE
MILLING DETAIL
(SEE PLANS)
3" COVER
3" COVER
STATE OF NEW YORK

1"
1"
MINIMUM OF 5" X 5" X " ANGLE
5- #4 BARS OR
SPACED 12" U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET
APPROX. ¢"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
1" 1"
" LAG BOLT LARGER THAN
THREADED 4" INTO MEMBER 5" TONGUE FOR EASE
SECTION B-B OF FABRICATION
FOOTING DETAILS NOISE BARRIER - WALL DETAILS

LAP-BOARD BRACKET DETAIL STRINGER ATTACHMENT TONGUE AND
USER = jturley
ANGLE DETAIL GROOVE DETAIL (VERTICAL SHEATHING)

607-03
(DESIGN)
500’-0" MAXIMUM FROM END OR CORNER TO PULL SECTION OR BETWEEN PULL SECTIONS
10’-0" MAXIMUM 10’-0" MAXIMUM NOTE: BARB OR KNUCKLED SELVAGE 1" ABOVE
THE TOP RAIL ON FENCES 6’ HIGH AND OVER.
KNUCKLED SELVAGE FOR FENCES LESS THAN 6’.
BARBED OR KNUCKLED SELVAGE 1" ABOVE CORNER OR INTERMEDIATE (PULL)
END POST
THE TOP RAIL ON FENCES 6’ HIGH AND OVER POST (INSTALLATION TYPICAL FOR BOTH)
LINE POST WITH CAP LINE POST WITH CAP TOP RAIL KNUCKLED SELVAGE FOR FENCES LESS THAN 6’
BANDS
BRACE RAIL STRETCHER BAR

BRACE RAIL
3 /8"d TRUSS ROD

TENSION WIRE TENSION WIRE
6"
2"u
T URNBUCKLE
FINISHED GRADE
TURNBUCKLE
CLASS A OR CLASS B POSTS REQUIRE
STRETCHER BARS AND BANDS. CLASS
C POSTS HAVE THE FENCE FABRIC WOVEN
INTO THE POST. (SEE MANUFACTURER’S (SEE NOTE 6)
INSTRUCTIONS)
(SEE NOTE 6)
TERMINAL SECTION LINE SECTION PULL OR CORNER SECTION
NOTES:
COLLAR: WELDABLE STEEL OR CAST STEEL

1. POSTS, INCLUDING ENCASEMENT, SHALL BE SET INSIDE THE R.O.W. LINE SO THAT FENCING PLACED ON
POST AND RAIL SECTION GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
THE R.O.W. SIDE OF POSTS WILL BE AS NEARLY ON THE R.O.W. LINE AS POSSIBLE. WHEN DIRECTED BY THE
719-01 TYPE I OR CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON
NOTE: DRIVE ANCHOR ANGLES ENGINEER. THE FABRIC SHALL BE PLACED ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE POSTS SO THAT THE FABRIC CAN
STEEL ALUMINUM NORMAL TO FENCE FABRIC BE PULLED TIGHT AGAINST THE POST.
USE SECTION " GALVANIZED BOLT 2. POSTS IN ROCK - WHERE SUBSTANTIAL ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED A HOLE 1" LARGER IN DIAMETER THAN
NPS ROLLFORMED O.D. WEIGHT NPS ROLLFORMED O.D. WEIGHT
THE POST, AND OF 12" MIN. DEPTH FOR LINE POSTS, AND 18" MIN. DEPTH FOR ALL OTHER POSTS SHALL
DESIGNATOR AND H POSTS LBS/FT DESIGNATOR AND H POSTS LBS/FT
BE MADE. AFTER INSERTING THE POSTS. THE HOLES SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH A HANDMIXED 1:2 MORTAR
CONSISTING OF ONE PART PORTLAND CEMENT TWO PARTS FINE AGGREGATE MIXED TO A PLASTIC
END, CORNER AND CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2" 3.65 2 2" 1.26 CONSISTENCY SHOWING NO SIGNS OF FREE WATER. THE HAND MIXING AND CONSOLIDATION OF THE
COLLAR
INTERMEDIATE POSTS MORTAR SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
CLASS B STEEL TUBING 2 2" 3.12
FOR FENCES 6’ AND FINISHED GRADE
CLASS C ROLLFORMED 3" X 3" 5.10
4"
UNDER 3. CORNER POSTS SHALL BE USED AT SHARP BREAKS IN VERTICAL GRADE, AND CHANGES IN HORIZONTAL
1" X 1" X " X 2’-6" ALIGNMENT OF 15 n AND OVER. PULL POSTS SHALL BE USED EVERY 500’ ON STRAIGHT RUNS OF CHAINLINK
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2 5.79 2 2" 2.00 c BOLTS
END, CORNER AND GALVANIZED STEEL ANGLE FENCE OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
INTERMEDIATE POSTS 2 2 ANCHOR
CLASS B STEEL TUBING 4.64
FOR FENCES OVER 6’ ANGLE 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DETAILS FOR THE CHAIN LINK FENCE IT PLANS TO ERECT TO THE
CLASS C ROLLFORMED 3" X 3" 5.10 45 n ENGINEER. NO FENCE SHALL BE ERECTED PRIOR TO THE APPROVAL OF THE VARIOUS DETAILS.
n 45
BRACE RAILS FOR
3’-0"
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1 1 0.79
FENCES UNDER 6’ 5. STEEL PIPES AND SHAPES SHALL WEIGH AT LEAST 95% OF THE WEIGHT SPECIFIED ON THIS SHEET. THEY
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1 1 2.27 1 1 0.79 MAY EXCEED THE SPECIFIED WEIGHT.
BRACE RAILS FOR

CLASS B STEEL TUBING 1 1 1.84 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF SETTING THE LINE POSTS IN 10"d BY 3’ DEEP CONCRETE
FENCES 6’ AND OVER LINE POST
BASES WITH THE POSTS EMBEDDED 2’-5" OR USING METHODS OF DRIVING AND ANCHORING SPECIFIED BY
CLASS C ROLLFORMED 1" X 1" 1.35
THE MANUFACTURER EXCEPT THAT THE LINE POSTS WITH TRUSS RODS ATTACHED AND ALL END, CORNER
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1 1 2.27 1 1 0.79 AND INTERMEDIATE POSTS SHALL BE SET IN CONCRETE BASES. THE CONCRETE BASES SHALL BE A
MINIMUM OF 10"d BY 3’ DEEP WITH THE POST EMBEDDED 2’-6" FOR FENCES 6’ HIGH OR LESS AND 12"d
TOP RAIL CLASS B STEEL TUBING 1 1 1.84
BY 3’-6" DEEP WITH THE POST EMBEDDED 3’ FOR FENCES OVER 6’ HIGH. FOR GATE POSTS SEE THE CURRENT
CLASS C ROLLFORMED 1" X 1" 1.35 STANDARD SHEET TITLED "GATES AND CHAINLINK FENCE ADJACENT TO GATES".
3’-3"
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1 1" 2.72 1 1" 0.94 7. CHAINLINK FENCE WITH TOP RAIL SHALL NOT BE USED WITHIN 29’-6" OF TRAVELED WAY.
CLASS B STEEL TUBING 1 2.28

DRIVE ANCHOR
1"
LINE POSTS FOR FENCES CLASS C ROLLFORMED 1" X 1" 2.40

6’ AND UNDER
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 1" X 1" 0.90 TENSION WIRE
H POSTS 2" X 2" 1.22
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2" 3.65 2 2" 1.26

LINE POSTS FOR FENCES
GREATER THAN 6’ AND CLASS C ROLLFORMED 1" X 1" 2.40
EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 8’ 6 GA. ALUMINUM TIE WIRE
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 1" X 1" 0.90 TWIST AROUND POST
2" X 2" 1.22
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2" END, CORNER, AND TOP AND BRACE ROLLFORMED
2" 3.65 2 1.26
LINE POSTS FOR FENCES INTERMEDIATE POST POST POST
GREATER THAN 8’ AND
2" X 1" 2.78
SUGGESTED METHOD OF TYING CLASS "C" ROLLFORMED SECTIONS
EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 10’ CLASS C ROLLFORMED
TENSION WIRE TO LINE POST (SEE POST AND RAIL SCHEDULE FOR DIMENSIONS)
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 2" X 2" 1.22
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2" 5.79 2 2" 2.00 STATE OF NEW YORK

OVER 10’ DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 2" X 2" 1.22
* DO NOT USE 3" X 3" ROLLFORMED POST ON FENCES OVER 8’

ACCESSORY STEEL ALUMINUM
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
6 GA. ALUMINUM WIRE AT

FABRIC TIES FOR TOP AND BRACE " d ALUMINUM WIRE AT 24" C.C. MAX.
24" C.C. MAX.
6 GA. ALUMINUM WIRE AT " d ALUMINUM WIRE AT 14" MAX.

FABRIC TIES FOR LINE POSTS
14" C.C. MAX. OR " X .06" CLIPS AT 14" MAX. CHAINLINK FENCE
USER = jturley
WITH TOP RAIL

11 GA. ALUMINUM WIRE AT
FABRIC TIES FOR TENSION WIRE " d ALUMINUM WIRE AT 12"
12" O.C.
BOTTOM TENSION WIRE 7 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL " d ALUMINUM WIRE APPROVED SEPTEMBER 19, 2008 ISSUED UNDER EB 08-036

607-04
(DESIGN)
CLASS A OR CLASS B POSTS REQUIRE STRETCHER BARS AND BANDS NOTE: BARB SELVAGE 1" ABOVE TOP OF LINE POSTS ON FENCES 6’ HIGH AND
CLASS C POSTS HAVE THE FENCE FABRIC WOVEN INTO THE POST OVER. KNUCKLED SELVAGE FOR FENCES LESS THAN 6’
(SEE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTION)
492’ MAX 492’ MAX
8’ MAX 8’ MAX 8’ MAX 8’ MAX 8’ MAX 8’ MAX 8’ MAX
END POST INTERMEDIATE POST INTERMEDIATE POST INTERMEDIATE POST CORNER I NTERMEDIATE POST
LINE POST LINE POST (PULL POST) (PULL POST) POST (PULL POST)
(PULL POST)
TENSION WIRE WITH CAP WITH CAP
" d TRUSS ROD " d TRUSS ROD

STRETCHER BAR
BANDS TENSION WIRE
6"
FINISHED GRADE
2"
TURNBUCKLE TURNBUCKLE TURNBUCKLE TURNBUCKLE
TURNBUCKLE
KNUCKLED SELVAGE
(SEE NOTE 6)
(SEE NOTE 6)
CONCRETE BASE
TERMINAL SECTION LINE SECTION PULL SECTION CORNER INSTALLATION
KNUCKLED SELVAGE BARB SELVAGE

NOTES:
1. POSTS, INCLUDING ENCASEMENT, SHALL BE SET INSIDE THE R.O.W. LINE SO

THAT FENCING PLACED UPON THE R.O.W. SIDE OF POSTS WILL BE AS NEARLY
TENSION WIRE ON THE R.O.W. LINE AS IS POSSIBLE. WHEN DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, THE
FABRIC SHALL BE PLACED ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE IN ORDER FOR FABRIC TO
BE PULLED TIGHT AGAINST THE POST.
COLLAR: WELDABLE STEEL OR CAST STEEL
GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
719-01 TYPE I OR CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON 2. POST IN ROCK. WHERE SUBSTANTIAL ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED. A HOLE 1"
6 GA. ALUMINUM TIE NOTE: DRIVE ANCHOR ANGLES LARGER IN DIAMETER THAN THE POST. AND OF 12" MIN. DEPTH FOR LINE
END, CORNER, AND TOP AND BRACE ROLLFORMED NORMAL TO FENCE FABRIC
WIRE TWIST AROUND POST POSTS, AND 1’-6" MINIMUM DEPTH FOR CORNER, END, AND INTERMEDIATE
INTERMEDIATE POST POST POST
POSTS SHALL BE MADE. AFTER INSERTING THE POSTS, THE HOLES SHALL BE
" GALVANIZED BOLT
BACK FILLED WITH A HAND MIXED 1:2 MORTAR CONSISTING OF ONE PART
SUGGESTED METHOD OF TYING CLASS "C" ROLLFORMED SECTIONS
PORTLAND CEMENT TO TWO PARTS FINE AGGREGATE MIXED TO A PLASTIC
TENSION WIRE TO LINE POST (SEE POST AND RAIL SCHEDULE FOR DIMENSIONS)
CONSISTENCY SHOWING NO SIGNS OF FREE WATER. THE HAND MIXING AND
CONSOLIDATION OF THE MORTAR SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A MANNER
COLLAR APPROVED BY A ENGINEER.
FINISHED GRADE 3. CORNER POSTS SHALL BE USED AT BREAKS IN VERTICAL GRADE, AND CHANGES
4"
IN HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF 15 n AND OVER. PULL POSTS SHALL BE USED
1" X 1" X " X 2’-6" c BOLTS EVERY 492’ ON RUNS OF CHAIN LINK FENCE OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
GALVANIZED STEEL ANGLE
POST AND RAIL SECTION ANCHOR
4. DETAIL DRAWING FOR CHAIN LINK FENCE THAT THE CONTRACTOR PLANS
ANGLE
TO ERECT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER. NO FENCE SHALL BE
45 n
STEEL ALUMINUM n 45 ERECTED PRIOR TO THE APPROVAL OF THE VARIES DETAILS.
3’-0"
USE SECTION 5. STEEL PIPE AND STEEL SHAPES INDICATED ON THIS SHEET SHALL NOT BE
NPS ROLLFORMED O.D. WEIGHT NPS ROLLFORMED O.D. WEIGHT
LIGHTER IN WEIGHT THAN 95% OF THAT SPECIFIED. THEY MAY EXCEED
DESIGNATOR AND H POSTS LBS/FT DESIGNATOR AND H POSTS LBS/FT
THE REQUIRED WEIGHT.
LINE POST
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2" 3.65 2 2" 1.26 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION OF SETTING THE LINE POSTS
END, CORNER AND
IN 10"d BY 3’ DEEP CONCRETE BASES WITH THE POST EMBEDDED 2’-6"
INTERMEDIATE POSTS CLASS B STEEL TUBING 2 2" 3.12
OR USING METHODS OF DRIVING AND ANCHORING SPECIFIED BY THE
FOR FENCES 6’ AND UNDER
CLASS C ROLLFORMED 3" X 3" 5.10 MANUFACTURER. HOWEVER, LINE POSTS WITH TRUSS RODS ATTACHED
AND ALL END, CORNER AND INTERMEDIATE POSTS SHALL BE SET IN
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2 5.79 2 2" 2.00
END, CORNER AND CONCRETE BASES. THESE CONCRETE BASES SHALL BE A MINIMUM
3’-3"
INTERMEDIATE POSTS CLASS B STEEL TUBING 2 2 4.64 OF 10"d BY 3’-0" DEEP WITH THE POST EMBEDDED 2’-6" FOR FENCES
FOR FENCES OVER 6’ 6’ HIGH OR LESS AND 12"d BY 3’-6" DEEP WITH THE POST EMBEDDED
CLASS C ROLLFORMED 3" X 3" 5.10 DRIVE ANCHOR 3’ FOR FENCES OVER 6’ HIGH. FOR GATE POSTS SEE THE CURRENT STANDARD
CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1 1" 2.72 1 1" 0.94 SHEET TITLED "GATES AND CHAINLINK FENCE ADJACENT TO GATE".

7. TOP TENSION WIRE SHALL BE FASTENED TO EACH POST IN A MANNER
LINE POSTS FOR FENCES CLASS C ROLLFORMED 1" X 1" 2.40 APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
6’ AND UNDER
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 1" X 1" 0.90
H POSTS 2" X 2" 1.22

LINE POSTS FOR FENCES STATE OF NEW YORK
GREATER THAN 6’ AND CLASS C ROLLFORMED 1" X 1" 2.40
EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 8’ DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 1" X 1" 0.90
2" X 2" 1.22

CLASS A SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 3.65 2 2" 1.26 ACCESSORY STEEL ALUMINUM
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
2"
CLASS B STEEL TUBING 2 2" 3.12 " d ALUMINUM WIRE AT
GREATER THAN 8’ AND FABRIC TIES FOR 6 GA. ALUMINUM WIRE
2" X 1" 2.78 14" C.C. MAX OR " X "
EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 10’ CLASS C ROLLFORMED LINE POSTS AT 14" O.C. MAX.
CLIPS AT 14" C.C. MAX.
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 2" X 2" 1.22 CHAINLINK FENCE
FABRIC TIES FOR 11 GA. ALUMINUM WIRE " d ALUMINUM WIRE
USER = jturley

TENSION WIRE 12" O.C. MAX. AT 12" C.C. MAX.
LINE POSTS FOR FENCES 4.64
CLASS B STEEL TUBING 2 2"
OVER 10’ TOP & BOTTOM 7 GA. GALVANIZED
" d ALUMINUM WIRE
H POSTS 2" X 1" 3.43 2" X 2" 1.22 TENSION WIRE STEEL
* DO NOT USE 3" X 3" ROLLFORMED POST ON FENCES OVER 8’

607-05
(DESIGN)
INTERMEDIATE POST GATE POST
LINE CAP WITH POST (PULL POST) (SEE POST AND RAIL SCHEDULE FOR POST SIZE) LINE POST WITH CAP
TOP RAIL
" d TRUSS ROD TENSION WIRE
BRACE RAIL
NOTES:
TENSION WIRE
1. GATES POSTS IN ROCK. WHERE SUBSTANTIAL ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED A HOLE 1" LARGER THAN
" d TRUSS ROD
THE GATE POST AND A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 1’-6" FOR SINGLE LEAF GATES UP TO 12’ SPAN
TENSION WIRE AND DOUBLE LEAF GATES UP TO 36’ SPAN, AND 2’ IN DEPTH FOR DOUBLE LEAF GATES 40’
SPAN TO 44’ SPAN SHALL BE MADE. AFTER INSERTING THE POSTS, THE HOLES SHALL BE
BACKFILLED WITH A HANDMIXED 1:2 MORTAR CONSISTING OF ONE PART PORTLAND CEMENT
2’-0"
AND TWO PARTS FINE AGGREGATE MIXED TO A PLASTIC CONSISTENCY SHOWING NO SIGN OF
TURNBUCKLE 3" GROUND CLEARANCE TURNBUCKLE
FINISHED GRADE FREE WATER. THE HANDMIXING AND CONSOLIDATION OF THE MORTAR SHALL BE PREFORMED IN
A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
A
B
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DETAILS FOR GATES AND CHAINLINK FENCE ADJACENT
1’ CONCRETE BASE TO THEM TO THE ENGINEER. NO FENCE OR GATES SHALL BE ERECTED PRIOR TO THE
(SEE CONCRETE BASE SCHEDULE APPROVAL OF THE VARIOUS DETAILS.
FOR GATE POST DIMENSIONS)
3. STEEL PIPES AND SHAPES SHALL WEIGH AT LEAST 95% OF THE WEIGHT SPECIFIED ON
THIS SHEET. THEY MAY EXCEED THE SPECIFIED WEIGHT.
DIA.
CHAINLINK FENCE WITH TOP CHAINLINK FENCE WITH TOP
TENSION WIRE ADJACENT TO RAIL ADJACENT TO
DOUBLE LEAF GATE
DOUBLE LEAF GATE DOUBLE LEAF GATE
(SHOWN WITH WELDED FRAME)
INTERMEDIATE POST (PULL POST) GATE POST (SEE POST & RAIL SCHEDULE FOR POST SIZED
LINE CAP WITH POST END POST TOP RAIL LINE CAP WITH POST
TENSION WIRE
POST AND RAIL SCHEDULE
" d TRUSS ROD 180 n STEEL ALUMINUM

HINGES
BRACE RAIL NPS ROLLFORMED O.D. SIZE WEIGHT NPS O.D. NOM. WEIGHT
USE SECTION DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR LBS/FT
LATCH LBS/FT
" d TRUSS ROD

SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 2 2" 5.79
TENSION WIRE GATE POSTS FOR SINGLE LEAF
CLASS B, STEEL 2 2" 4.64 3 4" 3.15
GATES LESS THAN 6’ SPAN
TENSION WIRE
ROLLFORMED 3 X 3 5.10
TURNBUCKLE TURNBUCKLE SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 3 4" 9.11 3 4" 3.15

GATE POSTS FOR SINGLE LEAF
3" GROUND GATES LESS THAN 6’ - 12’ SPAN
CONCRETE BASE FINISHED GRADE ROLLFORMED 3 X 3 5.10
CLEARANCE
(SEE GATE POST CONCRETE BASE
SCHEDULE FOR DIMENSIONS)
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 3 4" 9.11 3 4" 3.15
GATE POSTS FOR DOUBLE LEAF
GATES, 10’ - 24’ SPAN
ROLLFORMED 3 X 3 5.10
GATES POSTS FOR DOUBLE LEAF

CHAINLINK FENCE WITH TOP CHAINLINK FENCE WITH TOP SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 6 6" 18.97 6 6" 6.56
TENSION WIRE ADJACENT TO RAIL ADJACENT TO
SINGLE LEAF GATE
SINGLE LEAF GATE SINGLE LEAF GATE
(SHOWN WITH CORNER FITTINGS)
GATE POSTS FOR DOUBLE LEAF
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 8 8" 28.55 8 8" 9.88
GATE FRAME FOR GATES 1 2.72 0.94

SCHEDULE 40 PIPE 1" 1 1"
8’ IN WIDTH OR LESS
GATE POST CONCRETE BASE SCHEDULE

GATE FRAME FOR GATES 2 2" 3.65 2 2" 1.264
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
GREATER THAN 8’ IN WIDTH
USE DIA. A B
GATE POST FOR SINGLE LEAF

14" 3’-0" 3’-6"
GATES UP TO 12’ SPAN
GATE POST FOR DOUBLE LEAF

14" 3’-0" 3’-6"
GATES UP TO 24’ SPAN STATE OF NEW YORK
GATE POST FOR DOUBLE LEAF
GATES 28’ - 36’ SPAN 24" 3’-0" 3’-6"
DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
GATES POSTS FOR DOUBLE LEAF

24" 3’-6" 3’-8"
GATES 40’- 44’ GATES AND CHAINLINK FENCE
USER = jturley
ADJACENT TO GATES
(SEE NOTE 1) *FROM ANSI - H35.2(M)

607-06
(DESIGN)
GENERAL NOTES:
1. THE DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES PRESENTED IN THE DETAILS ARE THE MINIMUM NECESSARY
TO COMPLY WITH THE ADA AND DOT STANDARDS. ANY DEVIATION LESS THAN THE MINIMUM
WIDTH OR GREATER THAN THE MAXIMUM SLOPE FROM THESE STANDARDS MUST BE DOCUMENTED
" 5’ WITH THE STANDARDS BEING MET TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PRACTICABLE AND CONSISTENT
-0 -0
5’ " WITH THE MOST CURRENT ADAAG.
SEE NOTE 5
2. CURB RAMPS, LANDINGS AND BLENDED TRANSITIONS MAY REQUIRE THE USE OF DETECTABLE
WARNINGS. DETECTABLE WARNINGS ON THIS SHEET ARE SHOWN FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY.
G
IN REFER TO THE DETECTABLE WARNING DETAILS ON SHEET 4 OF 4 FOR DETAILS ON
IF 5’-0" OR LESS, DETECTABLE GRADE BREAK ND
LA PLACEMENT, ORIENTATION & DIMENSIONS. REFER TO CHAPTER 18 OF THE HIGHWAY DESIGN
WARNING SHOULD BE PLACED ON (SEE NOTE 8)
E MANUAL FOR MORE INFORMATION.
RAMP. REFER TO SHEET 4 OF 4
LANDING RAG
AND SEE NOTE 10. P TO
M S
RA
OW
RB SN CURB RAMP NOTES:
CR CU
OS OPTIONAL CURB
(S
EE S S
N LO 3. THE MINIMUM WIDTH FOR SIDEWALK CURB RAMPS IS 5’-0".
O P
P TE E
M 6)
RA 4. THE RUNNING SLOPE OF A CURB RAMP SHALL BE 1:20 (5%) MINIMUM (PREFERRED) AND
RB SEE NOTE 11
CU 1:12 (8.33%) MAXIMUM.
NG
N DI
LA 5. WHERE THE SLOPE OF THE ROADWAY EXCEEDS 8.33% THE CURB RAMP LENGTH IS THE
GRADE BREAK (SEE NOTE 8)
LENGTH NECESSARY TO MEET THE EXISTING SIDEWALK. IT IS NOT NECESSARY THAT THE
P RAMP LENGTH EXCEED 15’-0".
M
RA
RUNNING SLOPE (5%) MINIMUM PREFERRED R B
CU 6. THE CROSS SLOPE OF CURB RAMPS SHOULD BE AS FLAT AS POSSIBLE, NOT TO EXCEED
AND (8.33%) MAXIMUM. (SEE NOTE 5)
1:50 (2%). THE CROSS SLOPE AT MIDBLOCK CROSSINGS MAY BE WARPED TO MEET STREET
OR HIGHWAY GRADE.
7. THE VERTICAL ALIGNMENT OF A CURB RAMP, EXCLUDING THE FLARES, SHALL BE PLANAR.
G GRADE BREAKS SHALL BE FLUSH AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF THE RAMP RUN.
IN CURB RAMP
ND
LA
A GE 8. RAMP TRANSITIONS BETWEEN WALKS, LANDINGS, GUTTERS, OR STREETS SHALL BE FLUSH AND
SLOPE TO DRAIN RUNOFF OR
ST FREE OF ABRUPT VERTICAL CHANGES (1/4" MAX).
TO STREET/GUTTER MAXIMUM SLOPE 2% W
O
SN
9. WHERE A PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PATH CROSSES THE CURB RAMP, FLARED SIDES WITH A
SLOPE OF 10% MAXIMUM, MEASURED PARALLEL TO THE CURB LINE, SHALL BE PROVIDED.
LANDING NOTES:
10. LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR DIMENSION OF A 5’-0" BY 5’-0" EXCEPT
CURB RAMP WITHOUT SIDE FLARES MID-BLOCK CROSSING CURB RAMP AT THE BOTTOM OF RAMPS TYPE 1 & 2 ON SHEET 2 OF 4.
TYPICAL DIMENSIONING TYPICAL DIMENSIONING

11. THE RUNNING AND CROSS SLOPES ON LANDINGS AT INTERSECTIONS IS 1:50 (2%) MAXIMUM.
THE RUNNING AND CROSS SLOPES AT MIDBLOCK CROSSINGS MAY BE WARPED TO MEET
STREET OR HIGHWAY GRADE.
" 5’
-0 -0
5’ "
VA
RI
ES
(S
SIDEWALK SIDEWALK E E
NO
TE
5)
LANDING
5’
-0
" LANDING
(M
IN
. ) LANDING
CURB RAMP
ROADWAY
P CU MAXIMUM
M RB SLOPE 8.33% PE 5%
RA RA MAXIMUM SLO
RB M
CU P
NOTE: THE COUNTER SLOPE OF THE GUTTER OR STREET AT THE FOOT OF
A CURB RAMP, LANDING, OR BLENDED TRANSITION SHALL BE 5% MAXIMUM
COUNTER SLOPE CONDITIONS
STATE OF NEW YORK
4’-0" (MIN.)
SIDE FLARES, MAXIMUM SLOPE 10% DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

(SEE NOTE 9)
CROSSWALK MARKING (TYP.) U.S. CUSTOMARY STANDARD SHEET

DATE/TIME = 20-NOV-2008 14:05
CURB RAMP WITH SIDE FLARES

TYPICAL DIMENSIONING SIDEWALK CURB RAMP DETAILS
USER = jturley
(SHEET 1 OF 4)
DIAGONAL SIDEWALK CURB RAMP


608-01
(DESIGN)
LANDING
SIDEWALK
LANDING
CURB RAMP
LANDING
LANDING
LANDING
CROSSWALK
CURB RAMP SIDE FLARE (REFER TO

CURB RAMP SHEET 1 OF 4, NOTE 9)
CURB RAMP
LANDING
(REFER TO SHEET 1
LANDING
LA
OF 4, NOTE 10)
N
D
IN
G
LANDING
CROSSWALK
LANDING SIDEWALK
LANDING SIDEWALK
CURB RAMP CONFIGURATION: TYPE 8
REFER TO SHEET 3 OF 4 (NOTE 6)

NOT RECOMMENDED
CROSSWALK
CROSSWALK CROSSWALK
SNOW STORAGE
SIDEWALK
CURB RAMP CONFIGURATION: TYPE 2 CURB RAMP CONFIGURATION: TYPE 4 CURB RAMP CONFIGURATION: TYPE 6
BUILDING OR OTHER
STRUCTURE
CROSSWALK

2013 May 02 USC Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2013 May 02 USC Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NEW YORK STATE STANDARD SHEETS

NEW YORK LAW

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

1. THESE TYPICAL SECTIONS SHALL APPLY TO THE EXCAVATION OF ALL UNSUITABLE

3. WHERE THE REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED IN ADJACENT AREAS

UNDERWATER BACKFILL EXCAVATION PAYMENT LINES UNSUITABLE MATERIAL

TYPICAL TRANSVERSE SECTION

W - DISTANCE BETWEEN ADJACENT LATERAL LIMITS OF EXCAVATION

EXCAVATION LIMITS - ADJACENT ROADWAYS

STATE OF NEW YORK

BOTTOM OF EXCAVATION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

/S/ ROBERT L. SACK, P.E.

EARTH OR ROCK CUT

EARTH CUT (SEE NOTE 7)

EARTH SLOPE SEE BENCHING

ORIGINAL GROUND SURFACE

THEORETICAL GRADE LINE

EARTH OR ROCK CUT

SUBGRADE SURFACE (SEE NOTE 6)

EARTH SLOPE (SEE NOTE 2)

SEE BENCHING DETAILS

TRANSVERSE - TRANSITIONS LONGITUDINAL - TRANSITIONS

1. THE INTENT OF THE TRANSITIONS IS TO OBTAIN UNIFORM BEARING

6. THE UNDERDRAIN INSTALLATION IS OPTIONAL AS ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER

UNDER THE APPROPRIATE PAY ITEMS.

OR A LINE CONNECTING THE DITCH INVERTS, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER.

8. THE QUANTITY OF BENCHING TO BE PAID FOR SHALL BE DETERMINED BY

THE WIDTH OF THE BENCH. PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE

9. BENCHES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS DESIGNED EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY

(SEE NOTES 8 AND 9)

DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER

SELECT GRANULAR FILL, 2’ MIN.

3. THE BLANKET TYPE OF SLOPE PROTECTION SHALL BE USED IN

PAYMENT LINE TRENCH AND CULVERT

STABLE MATERIAL PIPE UNDERDRAIN INSTALLATION

2. THE DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THESE TYPICAL SECTIONS MAY BE INCREASED AT THE

3. PIPE UNDERDRAINS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE

PAYMENT LINES TRENCH

1. THE PURPOSE OF SLOPE PROTECTION PIPE DRAIN IS TO CONVEY SUBSURFACE WATER

4. THE 1 ON 1 EXCAVATION SLOPE FOR THE SYSTEM MAY BE FLATTENED AS ORDERED BY 4

DEPUTY CHIEF ENGINEER

GROUND SURFACE SUPPORT/PROTECTION SYSTEM: DESIGN AS NECESSARY WITH GROUND SURFACE

C. WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL, NOT ANTICIPATED DURING DESIGN, IS ENCOUNTERED AT OR BELOW

12" 12" 2. EXCAVATION NOTES

PAYMENT LINES FOR T T PAYMENT LINES FOR

OUTER BEDDING AREA OUTER BEDDING AREA

STATE OF NEW YORK

BEDDING THICKNESS TABLE (SEE NOTE 1.D) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

DISTANCE (IN) TYPE OR SPAN (IN.)

NO ROCK SHALL PROJECT EXCAVATE UNSTABLE SOIL A.O.B.E.

STABLE FOUNDATION SOIL ROCK FOUNDATION UNSTABLE FOUNDATION SOIL

203.02 RATHER THAN ITEM 206.02. THE CULVERT INSTALLATION

1. COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECT GRANULAR FILL

3. WHERE GENERAL EXCAVATION OF UNSUITABLE OR UNSTABLE

4. WHERE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL, NOT ANTICIPATED IN DESIGN, IS

3" MIN. 6. WHERE A STABLE "WORKING PLATFORM" MUST FIRST BE ESTABLISHED,

ITEM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON BEDDING ITEM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON

SYMMETRICAL SYMMETRICAL 10. FOR LIGHTWEIGHT PIPE INSTALLATIONS, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO

CIRCULAR PIPE PIPE ARCHES

MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT MAXIMUM EMBANKMENT

(SEE NOTES 5, 7, AND 11)